initial commit of ebook 37507HEADmain

10 files changed, 15883 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/37507-8.txt b/37507-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50d4c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5077 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Spaniards in Florida, by George R. Fairbanks
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Spaniards in Florida
+       Comprising the notable settlement of the Huguenots in 1564,
+       and the History and Antiquities of St. Augustine, Founded
+       A.D. 1565
+
+Author: George R. Fairbanks
+
+Release Date: September 22, 2011 [EBook #37507]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, University of Florida Digital
+Collections and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE
+SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA,
+COMPRISING THE NOTABLE SETTLEMENT
+OF THE
+HUGUENOTS IN 1564,
+AND THE
+HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES
+OF
+ST. AUGUSTINE,
+FOUNDED A. D. 1565.
+
+BY
+GEORGE R. FAIRBANKS,
+
+VICE PRESIDENT FLORIDA HISTORICAL SOCIETY: HONORARY MEMBER NEW-YORK
+HISTORICAL SOCIETY: LECTURER ON AMERICAN HISTORY IN THE UNIVERSITY
+OF THE SOUTH.
+
+JACKSONVILLE, FLA.
+COLUMBUS DREW.
+1868.
+
+Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by
+COLUMBUS DREW,
+
+In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the
+United States for the Southern District of New York.
+
+
+RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED
+
+TO
+
+BUCKINGHAM SMITH, ESQ.,
+U. S. SECRETARY OF LEGATION AT MADRID,
+
+TO WHOSE EFFORTS IN THE
+
+DISCOVERY AND PRESERVATION OF THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF THE
+SPANISH DOMINION IN AMERICA,
+
+A GRATEFUL ACKNOWLEDGMENT
+
+IS DUE FROM
+
+AMERICAN SCHOLARS.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+This volume, relating to the history and antiquities of the oldest
+settlement in the United States, has grown out of a lecture delivered by
+the author, and which he was desired to embody in a more permanent form.
+
+The large amount of interesting material in my possession, has made my
+work rather one of laborious condensation than expansion.
+
+I have endeavored to preserve as fully as possible, the style and
+quaintness of the old writers from whom I have drawn, rather than to
+transform or embellish the narrative with the supposed graces of modern
+diction; and, as much of the work consisted in translations from foreign
+idioms, this peculiarly un-English style, if I may so call it, will be
+more noticeably observed. I have mainly sought to give it a permanent
+value, as founded on the most reliable ancient authorities; and thus, to
+the extent of the ground which it covers, to make it a valuable addition
+to the history of our country.
+
+In that portion of the work devoted to the destruction of the Huguenot
+colony and the forces of Ribault, I have in the main followed the
+Spanish accounts, desiring to divest the narrative of all suspicion of
+prejudice or unfairness; _Barcia_, the principal authority, as is well
+known, professing the same faith as Menendez, and studiously endeavoring
+throughout his work, to exalt the character of the Adelantado.
+
+I am under great obligations to my friend, BUCKINGHAM SMITH, ESQ., for
+repeated favors in the course of its preparation.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
+
+
+The interest evinced in the publication of the first edition of this
+volume, in 1858, under the title of HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF ST.
+AUGUSTINE, has induced the author to prepare a second edition for the
+press, under the present title, as being more exactly descriptive of
+that portion of the history of Florida embraced in its pages.
+
+He hopes at no distant day to put to press the History of Florida, in a
+much more complete form, and embracing the chequered and various
+pictures of the many expeditions which sought either to found upon its
+shores a kingdom to satiate their ambition, or to find wealth
+commensurate with their desires.
+
+A chapter of no mean interest in the history of Florida has been added
+since the first preface was written. Battles have been fought upon its
+soil, more considerable as to the numbers engaged and the fierceness of
+the fray, than any ever before recorded. But as this chapter forms a
+portion of the general history of the State rather than of the old city
+which played but an inconsiderable part in the contest, it does not fall
+within the purview of this work to make more than a brief mention of
+this period.
+
+G. R. F.
+
+UNIVERSITY PLACE, TENN.,
+OCT. 1, 1868.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                                    PAGE.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+Introductory                                                           9
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+First discovery, 1512 to 1565.--Juan Ponce de Leon                    11
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+Ribault, Laudonnière, and Menendez--Settlements of the Huguenots,
+    and foundation of St. Augustine.--1562-1566-1568                  13
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+The attack on Fort Caroline.--1585                                    19
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+Escape of Laudonnière and others from Fort Caroline--Adventures of
+    the fugitives                                                     24
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+Site of Fort Caroline, afterwards called San Matteo                   31
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+Menendez's return to St. Augustine--Shipwreck of Ribault--Massacre
+    of part of his command.--A. D. 1565                               38
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+Fate of Ribault and his followers--Bloody massacre at Mantanzas, 1565  46
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+Fortifying of St. Augustine--Disaffections and mutinies--Approval of
+    Menendez' acts by king of Spain.--1585-1568                       54
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+The notable revenge of Dominic de Gourgues--Return of Menendez--Indian
+    Mission.--1568                                                    60
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+Sir Francis Drake's attack upon St. Augustine--Establishment of
+    missions--Massacre of missionaries at St. Augustine.--1586-1688   65
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+Subjection of the Apalachian Indians--Construction of the fort, sea
+    wall, &c.--1688-1700                                              71
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+Attack on St. Augustine by Gov. Moore of South Carolina--Difficulties
+    with the Georgians.--1702-1732                                    77
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+Siege of St. Augustine by Oglethorpe.--1732-1740                      82
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+Completion of the castle--Descriptions of St. Augustine a century
+    ago--English occupation of Florida.--1755-1763-1788               90
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+Re-cession of Florida to Spain--Erection of the Parish Church--Change
+    of flags.--1783-1821                                             100
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+Transfer of Florida to the United States--American occupation--Ancient
+    buildings, &c.                                                   106
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+Present appearance of St. Augustine, as given by the author of
+    Thanatopsis--Its climate and salubrity                           110
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+St. Augustine in its old age.--1565-1868                             118
+
+
+
+
+THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF ST. AUGUSTINE, Fla.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+INTRODUCTORY.
+
+
+The Saint Augustine of the present and the St. Augustine of the past,
+are in striking contrast.
+
+We see, to-day, a town less in population than hundreds of places of but
+few months' existence, dilapidated in its appearance, with the stillness
+of desolation hanging over it, its waters undisturbed except by the
+passing canoe of the fisherman, its streets unenlivened by busy traffic,
+and at mid-day it might be supposed to have sunk under the enchanter's
+wand into an almost eternal sleep.
+
+With no participation in the active schemes of life, and no hopes for
+the future; with no emulation, and no feverish visions of future
+greatness; with no corner lots on sale or in demand; with no stocks,
+save those devoted to disturbers of the public peace; with no
+excitements and no events; a quiet, undisturbed, dreamy vision of still
+life surrounds its walls, and creates a sensation of entire repose,
+pleasant or otherwise, as it falls upon the heart of the weary wanderer
+sick of life's busy bustle, or upon the restless mind of him who looks
+to nothing as life except perpetual, unceasing action--the one rejoicing
+in its rest, the other chafing under its monotony. And yet, about the
+old city there clings a host of historic associations, that throw around
+it a charm which few can fail to feel.
+
+Its life is in its past; and when we recall the fact that it was the
+first permanent settlement of the white man, by more than forty years,
+in this confederacy; that here for the first time, isolated within the
+shadows of the primeval forest, the civilization of the Old World made
+its abiding place, where all was new, and wild, and strange; that this
+now so insignificant place was the key of an empire; that upon its fate
+rested the destiny of a nation; that its occupation or retention decided
+the fate of a people; that it was itself a vice provincial court,
+boasted of its adelantados, men of the first mark and note, of its Royal
+Exchequer, its public functionaries, its brave men at arms; that its
+proud name, conferred by its monarch, "_Le siempre fiel Ciudad de San
+Augustin_,"--The ever faithful City of St. Augustine--stood out upon the
+face of history; that here the cross was first planted; that from the
+Papal throne itself rescripts were addressed to its governors; that the
+first great efforts at Christianizing the fierce tribes of America
+proceeded from this spot; that the martyr's blood was first here shed;
+that within these quiet walls the din of arms, the noise of battle, and
+the fierce cry of assaulting columns, have been heard;--Who will not
+then feel that we stand on historic ground, and that an interest
+attaches to the annals of this ancient city far more than is possessed
+by mere brick and mortar, rapid growth, or unwonted prosperity?
+Moss-grown and shattered, it appeals to our instinctive feelings of
+reverence for antiquity; and we feel desirous to know the history of its
+earlier days.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+FIRST DISCOVERY, 1512 TO 1565--JUAN PONCE DE LEON.
+
+
+Among the sturdy adventurers of the sixteenth century who sought both
+fame and fortune in the path of discovery, was Ponce de Leon, a
+companion of Columbus on his second voyage, a veteran and bold mariner,
+who, after a long and adventurous life, feeling the infirmities of age
+and the shadows of the decline of life hanging over him, willingly
+credited the tale that in this, the beautiful land of his imagination,
+there existed a fountain whose waters could restore youth to palsied
+age, and beauty to efface the marks of time.
+
+The story ran that far to the north there existed a land abounding in
+gold and all manner of desirable things, but, above all, possessing a
+river and springs of so remarkable a virtue that their waters would
+confer immortal youth on whoever bathed in them; that upon a time a
+considerable expedition of the Indians of Cuba had departed northward in
+search of this beautiful country and these waters of immortality, who
+had never returned, and who, it was supposed, were in a renovated state,
+still enjoying the felicities of the happy land.
+
+Furthermore, Peter Martyr affirms, in his second decade, addressed to
+the Pope, "that among the islands on the north side of Hispaniola, there
+is one about three hundred and twenty-five leagues distant, as they say
+which have searched the same, in the which is a continual spring of
+running water, of such marvelous virtue that the water thereof being
+drunk, perhaps with some diet, maketh old men young again. And here I
+must make protestation to your Holiness not to think this to be said
+lightly, or rashly; for they have so spread this rumor for a truth
+throughout all the court, that not only all the people, but also many of
+them whom wisdom or fortune have divided from the common sort, think it
+to be true."[1] Thoroughly believing in the verity of this pleasant
+account, this gallant cavalier fitted out an expedition from Porto Rico,
+and in the progress of his search came upon the coast of Florida, on
+Easter Monday, 1512, supposing then, and for a long period afterwards,
+that it was an island. Partly in consequence of the bright spring
+verdure and flowery plains that met his eye, and the magnificence of the
+magnolia, the bay and the laurel and partly in honor of the day, Pascua
+Florida, or Palm Sunday, and reminded, probably, of its appropriateness
+by the profusion of the cabbage palms near the point of his landing, he
+gave to the country the name of Florida.
+
+On the 3d of April, 1512, three hundred and fifty-five years ago, he
+landed a few miles north of St. Augustine, and took possession of the
+country for the Spanish crown. He found the natives fierce and
+implacable; and after exploring the country for some distance around,
+and trying the virtue of all the streams, and growing neither younger
+nor handsomer, he left the country without making a permanent
+settlement.
+
+The subsequent explorations of Narvaez, in 1526, and of De Soto, in
+1539, were made in another portion of our State, and do not bear
+immediately upon the subject of our investigation, although forming a
+most interesting portion of our general history.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+RIBAULT, LAUDONNIÈRE, AND MENENDEZ--SETTLEMENTS OF THE HUGUENOTS, AND
+FOUNDATION OF ST. AUGUSTINE.
+
+1562-1565-1568.
+
+
+The settlement of Florida had its origin in the religious troubles
+experienced by the Huguenots under Charles IX. in France.
+
+Their distinguished leader, Admiral Coligny, as early as 1555 projected
+colonies in America, and sent an expedition to Brazil, which proved
+unsuccessful. Having procured permission from Charles IX. to found a
+colony in Florida--a designation which embraced in rather an indefinite
+manner the whole country from the Chesapeake to the Tortugas--he sent an
+expedition in 1562 from France, under command of Jean Ribault, composed
+of many young men of good family. They first landed at the St. John's
+River, where they erected a monument, but finally established a
+settlement at Port Royal, South Carolina, and erected a fort. After some
+months, however, in consequence of dissensions among the officers of the
+garrison, and difficulties with the Indians, this settlement was
+abandoned.
+
+In 1564 another expedition came out under the command of René de
+Laudonnière, and made their first landing at the River of Dolphins,
+being the present harbor of St. Augustine, and so named by them in
+consequence of the great number of Dolphins (Porpoises) seen by them at
+its mouth. They afterwards coasted to the north, and entered the River
+St. Johns, called by them the River May.
+
+Upon an examination of this river, Laudonnière concluded to establish
+his colony on its banks; and proceeding about two leagues above its
+mouth, built a fort upon a pleasant hill of "mean height," which, in
+honor of his sovereign, he named Fort Caroline.
+
+The colonists after a few months were reduced to great distress, and
+were about taking measures to abandon the country a second time, when
+Ribault arrived with reinforcements.
+
+It is supposed that intelligence of these expeditions was communicated
+by the enemies of Coligny to the court of Spain.
+
+Jealousy of the aggrandizement of the French in the New World,
+mortification for their own unsuccessful efforts in that quarter, and a
+still stronger motive of hatred to the faith of the Huguenot, induced
+the bigoted Philip II. of Spain, to dispatch Pedro Menendez de Aviles, a
+brave, bigoted and remorseless soldier, to drive out the French colony,
+and take possession of the country for himself.
+
+The compact made between the King and Menendez was, that he should
+furnish one galleon completely equipped, and provisions for a force of
+six hundred men; that he should conquer and settle the country. He
+obligated himself to carry one hundred horses, two hundred horned
+cattle, four hundred hogs, four hundred sheep and some goats, and five
+hundred slaves, (for which he had a permission free of duties), the
+third part of which should be men, for his own service and that of those
+who went with him, to aid in cultivating the land and building. That he
+should take twelve priests, and four fathers of the Jesuit order. He was
+to build two or three towns of one hundred families, and in each town
+should build a fort according to the nature of the country. He was to
+have the title of Adelantado of the country, as also to be entitled a
+Marquis, and his heirs after him, to have a tract of land, receive a
+salary of 2,000 ducats, a percentage of the royal duties, and have the
+freedom of all the other ports of New Spain.[2]
+
+His force consisted, at starting, of eleven sail of vessels, with two
+thousand and six hundred men; but, owing to storms and accidents, not
+more than one half arrived. He came upon the coast on the 28th August,
+1565, shortly after the arrival of the fleet of Ribault. On the 7th day
+of September, Menendez cast anchor in the River of Dolphins, the harbor
+of St. Augustine. He had previously discovered and given chase to some
+of the vessels of Ribault, off the mouth of the River May. The Indian
+village of Selooe then stood upon the site of St. Augustine, and the
+landing of Menendez was upon the spot where the city of St. Augustine
+now stands.
+
+Fray Francisco Lopez de Mendoza, the Chaplain of the Expedition, thus
+chronicles the disembarkation and attendant ceremonies:--
+
+     "On Saturday the 8th day of September, the day of the nativity of
+     our Lady, the General disembarked, with numerous banners displayed,
+     trumpets and other martial music resounding, and amid salvos of
+     artillery.
+
+     "Carrying a cross, I proceeded at the head, chanting the hymn _Te
+     Deum Laudamus_. The General marched straight up to the cross,
+     together with all those who accompanied him; and, kneeling, they
+     all kissed the cross. A great number of Indians looked upon these
+     ceremonies, and imitated whatever they saw done. Thereupon the
+     General took possession of the country in the name of his Majesty.
+     All the officers then took an oath of allegiance to him, as their
+     general, and as adelantado of the whole country."
+
+The name of St. Augustine was given, in the usual manner of the early
+voyagers, because they had arrived upon the coast on the day dedicated
+in their calendar to that eminent saint of the primitive church, revered
+alike by the good of all ages for his learning and piety.
+
+The first troops who landed, says Mendoza, were well received by the
+Indians, who gave them a large mansion belonging to the chief, situated
+near the banks of the river. The engineer officers immediately erected
+an entrenchment of earth, and a ditch around this house, with a slope
+made of earth and fascines, these being the only means of defense which
+the country presents; for, says the father with surprise, "there is not
+a stone to be found in the whole country." They landed eighty cannon
+from the ships, of which the lightest weighed two thousand five hundred
+pounds.
+
+But in the meantime Menendez had by no means forgotten the errand upon
+which he principally came; and by inquiries of the Indians he soon
+learned the position of the French fort and the condition of its
+defenders. Impelled by necessity, Laudonnière had been forced to seize
+from the Indians food to supply his famished garrison, and had thus
+incurred their enmity, which was soon to produce its sad results.
+
+The Spaniards numbered about six hundred combatants, and the French
+about the same; but arrangements had been made for further accessions to
+the Spanish force, to be drawn from St. Domingo and Havana, and these
+were daily expected.
+
+It was the habit of those days to devolve almost every event upon the
+ordering of a special providence; and each nation had come to look upon
+itself almost in the light of a peculiar people, led like the Israelites
+of old by signs and wonders; and as in their own view all their actions
+were directed by the design of advancing God's glory as well as their
+own purposes, so the blessing of Heaven would surely accompany them in
+all their undertakings.
+
+So believed the Crusaders on the plains of Palestine; so believed the
+conquerors of Mexico and Peru; so believed the Puritan settlers of New
+England (alike in their Indian wars and their oppressive social polity);
+and so believed, also, the followers of Menendez and of Ribault; and in
+this simple and trusting faith, the worthy chaplain gives us the
+following account of the miraculous escape and deliverance of a portion
+of the Spanish fleet:--
+
+     "God and his Holy Mother have performed another great miracle in
+     our favor. The day following the landing of the General in the
+     fort, he said to us that he was very uneasy because his galley and
+     another vessel were at anchor, isolated and a league at sea, being
+     unable to enter the port on account of the shallowness of the
+     water; and that he feared that the French might come and capture or
+     maltreat them. As soon as this idea came to him he departed, with
+     fifty men, to go on board of his galleon. He gave orders to three
+     shallops which were moored in the river to go out and take on board
+     the provisions and troops which were on board the galleon. The next
+     day, a shallop having gone out thither, they took on board as much
+     of the provisions as they could, and more than a hundred men who
+     were in the vessel, and returned towards the shore; but half a
+     league before arriving at the bar they were overtaken by so
+     complete a calm that they were unable to proceed further, and
+     thereupon cast anchor and passed the night in that place. The day
+     following at break of day they raised anchor as ordered by the
+     pilot, as the rising of the tide began to be felt. When it was
+     fully light they saw astern of them at the poop of the vessel, two
+     French ships which during the night had been in search of them. The
+     enemy arrived with the intention of making an attack upon us. The
+     French made all haste in their movements, for we had no arms on
+     board, and had only embarked the provisions. When day appeared, and
+     our people discovered the French, they addressed their prayers to
+     our Lady of _Bon Secours d'Utrera_, and supplicated her to grant
+     them a little wind, for the French were already close up to them.
+     They say that _Our Lady_ descended, herself, upon the vessel; for
+     the wind freshened and blew fair for the bar, so that the shallop
+     could enter it. The French followed it; but, as the bar has but
+     little depth and their vessels were large, they were not able to go
+     over it, so that our men and the provisions made a safe harbor.
+     When it became still clearer they perceived besides the two vessels
+     of the enemy, four others at a distance, being the same which we
+     had seen in port the evening of our arrival. They were well
+     furnished with both troops and artillery, and had directed
+     themselves for our galleon and the other ship, which were alone at
+     sea. In this circumstance God accorded us two favors. The first
+     was, that the same evening after they had discharged the provisions
+     and the troops I have spoken of, at midnight the galleon and other
+     vessel put to sea without being perceived by the enemy; the one
+     for Spain, and the other for Havana, for the purpose of seeking the
+     fleet which was there; and in this way neither was taken.
+
+     "The second favor, by which God rendered us a still greater
+     service, was that on the day following the one I have described
+     there arose a storm, and so great a tempest that certainly the
+     greater part of the French vessels must have been lost at sea; for
+     they were overtaken upon the most dangerous coast I have ever seen,
+     and were very close to the shore; and if our vessels, that is the
+     galleon and its consort, are not shipwrecked, it is because they
+     were already more than twelve leagues off the coast, which gave
+     them the facility of running before the wind, and maneuvering as
+     well as they could, relying upon the aid of God to preserve
+     them."[3]
+
+Menendez had ascertained from the Indians that a large number of the
+French troops had embarked on board of the vessels which he had seen off
+the harbor, and he had good ground for believing that these vessels
+would either be cast helpless upon the shore, or be driven off by the
+tempest to such a distance as would render their return for some days
+impossible. He at once conceived the project of attacking the French
+fort upon the river May, by land.
+
+A council of war was held, and after some discussion, for the most part
+adverse to the plan proposed by him, Menendez spoke as follows:
+
+     "Gentlemen and Brothers! we have before us now an opportunity which
+     if improved by us will have a happy result. I am satisfied that the
+     French fleet which four days since fled from me, and has now come
+     to seek me, has been reinforced with the larger part of the
+     garrison of their fort, to which, nor to port, will they be able to
+     return for many days according to appearances; and since they are
+     all Lutherans, as we learned before we sailed from Spain, by the
+     edicts which Jean Ribault published before embarking, in order that
+     no Catholic at the peril of his life should go in his fleet, nor
+     any Catholic books be taken; and this they themselves declared to
+     us the night they fled from us, and hence our war must be to blood
+     and fire, not only on account of the orders we are under, but
+     because they have sought us in order to destroy us, that we should
+     not plant our holy religion in these regions, and to establish
+     their own abominable and crazy sect among the Indians; so that the
+     more promptly we shall punish them, we shall the more speedily do
+     a service to our God and our king, and comply with our conscience
+     and our duty.
+
+     "To accomplish this, we must choose five hundred arquebuse men and
+     pikemen, and carry provisions in our knapsacks for eight days,
+     divided into ten companies, each one with its standard and its
+     captain, and go with this force by land to examine the settlements
+     and fort of our enemies; and as no one knows the road, I will guide
+     you within two points by a mariner's compass; and where we cannot
+     get along, we will open a way with our axes; and moreover, I have
+     with me a Frenchman who has been more than a year at their fort,
+     and who says he knows the ground for two leagues around the fort.
+
+     "If we shall arrive without discovery, it may be that falling upon
+     it at daylight we may take it, by planting upon it twenty scaling
+     ladders, at the cost of fifty lives. If we are discovered, we can
+     form in the shelter of the wood, which I am assured is not more
+     than a quarter of a league distant, and planting there ten
+     standards, send forward a trumpeter requiring them to leave the
+     fort and the country, and return to their own country, offering
+     them ships and provisions for the voyage. They will imagine that we
+     have a much greater army with us, and they may surrender; and if
+     they do not, we shall at least accomplish that they will leave us
+     undisturbed in this our own settlement, and we shall know the way,
+     so that we may return to destroy them the succeeding spring."
+
+After some discussion it was concluded that after hearing mass they
+should undertake the expedition on the third day. Considerable
+opposition was manifested on the part of the officers; but, with a
+consummate knowledge of human nature, the Adelantado got up the most
+splendid dinner in his power, and invited his recreant officers to the
+repast, and dexterously appealed to their fears, as well as their pride,
+and overcame their reluctance to undertake the unknown dangers of a
+first march through Florida at a wet season, an actual acquaintance with
+which would still more have dampened their ardor.
+
+The troops assembled promptly upon the day appointed, at the sound of
+the trumpet, the fife and the drum, and they all went to hear mass,
+except Juan de Vicente, who said he had a disorder of the stomach, and
+in his leg; and when some friends wished to urge his coming, he replied:
+"I vow to God, that I will wait until the news comes that our force is
+entirely cut off, when we who remain will embark in our three vessels,
+and go to the Indies, where there will be no necessity of our all
+perishing like beasts."
+
+This Juan Vicente seems to have been an apt specimen of a class of
+croakers not peculiar to any age or country. Of his future history the
+chronicle gives other instances of a similar spirit; and his sole claim
+to immortality, like that of many an other, is founded upon his
+impudence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE ATTACK ON FORT CAROLINE--1565.
+
+
+The troops, having heard mass, marched out in order, preceded by twenty
+Biscayans and Asturians having as their captain Martin de Ochoa, a
+leader of great fidelity and bravery, furnished with axes to open a road
+where they could not get along. At this moment there arrived two
+Indians, who said that they had been at the fort six days before, and
+who "seemed like angels" to the soldiers, sent to guide their march.
+Halting for refreshment and rest wherever suitable places could be
+found, and the Adelantado always with the vanguard, in four days they
+reached the vicinity of the fort, and came up within less than a quarter
+of a league of it, concealed by a grove of pine trees. It rained
+heavily, and a severe storm prevailed. The place where they had halted
+was a very bad one, and very marshy; but he decided to stop there, and
+went back to seek the rearguard, lest they might lose the way.
+
+About ten at night the last of the troops arrived, very wet indeed, for
+there had been much rain during the four days; they had passed marshes
+with the water rising to their waists, and every night there was so
+great a flood that they were in great danger of losing their powder,
+their match-fire, and their biscuit; and they became desperate, cursing
+those who had brought them there, and themselves for coming.
+
+Menendez pretended not to hear their complaints, not daring to call a
+council as to proceeding or returning, for both officers and soldiers
+went forward very inquietly. Remaining firm in his own resolve, two
+hours before dawn he called together the Master of the Camp and the
+Captains to whom he said that during the whole night he had sought of
+God and his most Holy Mother that they would favor him and instruct him
+what he should do most advantageous for their holy service; and he was
+persuaded that they had all done the same. "But now, Gentlemen," he
+proceeded, "we must make some determination, finding ourselves
+exhausted, lost, without ammunition or provisions, and without the hope
+of relief."
+
+Some answered very promptly, "Why should they waste their time in giving
+reasons? for, unless they returned quickly to St. Augustine, they would
+be reduced to eating palmettos;[4] and the longer they delayed, the
+greater trouble they would have."
+
+The Adelantado said to them that what they said seemed very reasonable,
+but he would ask of them to hear some reasons to the contrary, without
+being offended. He then proceeded--after having smoothed down their
+somewhat ruffled dispositions, considerably disturbed by their first
+experience in encountering the hardships of such a march--to show them
+that the danger of retreat was then greater than an advance would be, as
+they would lose alike the respect of their friends and foes. That if, on
+the contrary, they attacked the fort, whether they succeeded in taking
+it or not, they would gain honor and reputation.
+
+Stimulated by the speech of their General, they demanded to be led to
+the attack, and the arrangements for the assault were at once made.
+Their French prisoner was placed in the advance; but the darkness of the
+night and the severity of the storm rendered it impossible to proceed,
+and they halted in a marsh, with the water up to their knees, to await
+daylight.
+
+At dawn the Frenchman recognized the country, and the place were they
+were, and where stood the fort; upon which the Adelantado ordered them
+to march, enjoining upon all, at the peril of their lives, to follow
+him; and coming to a small hill, the Frenchman said that behind that
+stood the fort, about three bow-shots distant, but lower down, near the
+river. The General put the Frenchman into the custody of Castaneda. He
+went up a little higher, and saw the river and one of the houses, but he
+was not able to discover the fort, although it was adjoining them; and
+he returned to Castaneda, with whom now stood the Master of the Camp and
+Ochoa, and said to them that he wished to go lower down, near to the
+houses which stood behind the hill, to see the fortress and the
+garrison, for, as the sun was now up, they could not attack the fort
+without a reconnoisance. This the Master of the Camp would not permit
+him to do, saying this duty appertained to him; and he went alone with
+Ochoa near to the houses, from whence they discovered the fort; and
+returning with their information, they came to two paths, and leaving
+the one by which they came, took the other. The Master of the Camp
+discovered his error, coming to a fallen tree, and turned his face to
+inform Ochoa, who was following him; and as they turned to seek the
+right path, he stopped in advance, and the sentinel discovered them, who
+imagined them to be French; but examining them he perceived they were
+unknown to him. He hailed, "Who goes there?" Ochoa answered,
+"Frenchmen." The sentinel was confirmed in his supposition that they
+were his own people, and approached them; Ochoa did the same; but seeing
+they were not French, the sentinel retreated. Ochoa closed with him, and
+with his drawn sword gave him a cut over the head, but did not hurt him
+much, as the sentinel fended off the blow with his sword; and the Master
+of the Camp coming up at this moment, gave him a thrust, from which he
+fell backwards, making a loud outcry. The Master of the Camp, putting
+his sword to his breast, threatened him with instant death unless he
+kept silence. They tied him thereupon, and took him to the General, who,
+hearing the noise, thought the Master of the Camp was being killed, and
+meeting with the Sergeant-major, Francisco de Recalde, Diego de Maya,
+and Andres Lopez Patino, with their standards and soldiers, without
+being able to restrain himself, he cried out, "Santiago! Upon them! Help
+of God, Victory! The French are destroyed. The Master of the Camp is in
+their fort, and has taken it." Upon which, all rushed forward in the
+path without order, the General remaining behind, repeating what he had
+said many times: himself believing it to be certain that the Master of
+the Camp had taken with him a considerable force, and had captured the
+fort.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+So great was the joy of the soldiers, and such their speed, that they
+soon came up with the Master of the Camp and Ochoa, who was hastening to
+receive the reward of carrying the good news to the General of the
+capture of the sentinel. But the Master of the Camp, seeing the spirit
+which animated the soldiers, killed the sentinel, and cried out with a
+loud voice to those who were pressing forward, "Comrades! do as I do.
+God is with us;" and turned, running towards the fort, and meeting two
+Frenchmen on the way, he killed one of them, and Andres Lopez Patino the
+other. Those in the environs of the fort, seeing this tragedy enacted,
+set up loud outcries; and in order to know the cause of the alarm, one
+of the Frenchmen within opened the postern of the principal gate, which
+he had no sooner done than it was observed by the Master of the Camp;
+and throwing himself upon him, he killed him, and entered the gate,
+followed by the most active of his followers.
+
+The French, awakened by the clamor, some dressed, others in their
+night-clothes, rushed to the doors of their houses to see what had
+happened; but they were all killed, except sixty of the more wary, who
+escaped by leaping the walls.
+
+Immediately the standards of the Sergeant-major and of Diego Mayo were
+brought in, and set up by Rodrigo Troche and Pedro Valdes Herrera, with
+two cavaliers, at the same moment. These being hoisted, the trumpets
+proclaimed the victory, and the bands of soldiers who had entered opened
+the gates and sought the quarters, leaving no Frenchman alive.
+
+The Adelantado hearing the cries, left Castaneda in his place to collect
+the people who had not come up, who were at least half the force, and
+went himself to see if they were in any danger. He arrived at the fort
+running; and as he perceived that the soldiers gave no quarter to any of
+the French, he shouted, "That at the penalty of their lives they should
+neither wound nor kill any woman, cripple, or child under fifteen years
+of age." By which seventy persons were saved; _the rest were all
+killed_!
+
+Renato de Laudonnière, the Commander of the fort, escaped with his
+servant and some twenty or thirty others, to a vessel lying in the
+river.
+
+Such is the Spanish chronicle, contained in Barcia, of the capture of
+Fort Caroline. Its details in the main correspond with the account of
+Laudonnière, and of Nicolas Challeux, the author of the letter printed
+at Lyons, in France, under date of August, 1566, by Jean Saugrain. In
+some important particulars, however, the historians disagree. It has
+been already seen that Menendez is represented as having given orders to
+spare all the women, maimed persons, and all children under fifteen
+years of age. The French relations of the event, on the contrary, allege
+that an indiscriminate slaughter took place, and that all were massacred
+without respect to age, sex, or condition; but as this statement is
+principally made upon the authority of a terrified and flying soldier,
+it is alike due to the probabilities of the case, and more agreeable to
+the hopes of humanity, to lessen somewhat the horrors of a scene which
+has need of all the palliation that can be drawn from the slightest
+evidences of compassion on the part of that stern and bigoted leader.
+
+The Spanish statement is further confirmed by other writers, who speak
+of a vessel being dispatched by Menendez subsequently to carry the
+survivors to Spain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+ESCAPE OF LAUDONNIÈRE AND OTHERS FROM FORT CAROLINE. ADVENTURES OF THE
+FUGITIVES.
+
+
+The narratives of this event are found singularly full, there being no
+less than three accounts by fugitives from the massacre. The most
+complete of these is that of Nicolas de Challeux, a native of Dieppe,
+which was published in the following year. I have largely transcribed
+from this quaint and curious narrative, not only an account of the
+fullness of the details, but also for the light it throws upon the
+habits of thought and modes of expression of that day, when so much was
+exhibited of an external religious faith, and so many were found who
+would fight for their faith when they refused to adhere to its
+requirements. There are apparent, also, a close study of the Scriptures,
+a great familiarity with its language, a frequent use of its
+illustrations, and a disposition to attribute all things, with a
+reverent piety, to the direct personal supervision of the Almighty. By
+the aid of a map of the St. John's River, it will not be difficult to
+trace the perilous route of escape pursued by De Challeux and his
+companions, over obstacles much magnified by the terror of the moment
+and want of familiarity with the country:--
+
+     "The number of persons in the fort was two hundred and forty,
+     partly of those who had not recovered from sea-sickness, partly of
+     artisans and of women and children left to the care and diligence
+     of Captain Laudonnière, who had no expectation that it was possible
+     that any force could approach by land to attack him. On which
+     account the guards had withdrawn for the purpose of refreshing
+     themselves a little before sunrise, on account of the bad weather
+     which had continued during the whole night, most of our people
+     being at the time in their beds sleeping. The wicket gate open, the
+     Spanish force, having traversed forests, swamps, and rivers,
+     arrived at break of day, Friday, the 20th September, the weather
+     very stormy, and entered the fort without any resistance, and made
+     a horrible satisfaction of the rage and hate they had conceived
+     against our nation. It was then who should best kill the most men,
+     sick and well, women and little children, in such a manner that it
+     is impossible to conceive of a massacre which could equal this for
+     its barbarity and cruelty.
+
+     "Some of the more active of our people, jumping from their beds,
+     slipped out and escaped to the vessel in the river. I was myself
+     surprised, going to my duty with my clasp-knife in my hand; for
+     upon leaving my cabin, I met the enemy, and saw no other means of
+     escape but turning my back, and making the utmost possible haste to
+     lead over the palisades, for I was closely pursued, step by step,
+     by a pike-man and one with a partisan; and I do not know how it
+     was, unless by the grace of God, that my strength was redoubled,
+     old man as I am and grey-headed, a thing which at any other time I
+     could not have done, for the rampart was raised eight or nine feet;
+     I then hastened to secrete myself in the woods, and when I was
+     sufficiently near the edge of the wood at the distance of a good
+     bow-shot, I turned towards the fort and rested a little time,
+     finding myself not pursued; and as from this place all the fort,
+     even the inner-court was distinctly visible to me, looking there I
+     saw a horrible butchery of our men taking place, and three
+     standards of our enemies planted upon the ramparts. Having then
+     lost all hope of seeing our men rally, I resigned all my senses to
+     the Lord. Recommending myself to his mercy, grace and favor, I
+     threw myself into the wood, for it seemed to me that I could find
+     no greater cruelty among the savage beast, than that of our enemy
+     which I had seen shown towards our people. But the misery and
+     anguish in which I found myself then, straitened and oppressed,
+     seeing no longer any means of safety upon the earth, unless by a
+     special grace of our Lord, transcending any expectation of man,
+     caused me to utter groans and sobs, and with a voice broken by
+     distress to thus cry to the Lord:
+
+     "'O God of our fathers and Lord of all mercy! who hast commanded us
+     to call upon Thee even from the depths of hell and the shades of
+     death, promising forthwith thy aid and succor! show me, for the
+     hope which I have in Thee, what course I ought to take to come to
+     the termination of this miserable old age, plunged into the gulf of
+     grief and bitterness; at least, cause that, feeling the effect of
+     Thy mercy, and the confidence which I have conceived in my heart
+     for Thy promises, they may not be snatched from me through fear of
+     savage and furious wild beasts on one hand, and of our and Thy
+     enemies on the other, who desire the more to injure us for the
+     memory of Thy name which is invoked by us than for any other cause;
+     aid me, my God! assist me, for I am so troubled that I can do
+     nothing more.'
+
+     "And while I was making this prayer, traversing the wood, which was
+     very thick and matted with briars and thorns, beneath the large
+     trees where there was neither any road nor path, scarcely had I
+     trailed my way half an hour, when I heard a noise like men weeping
+     and groaning near me; and advancing in the name of God, and in the
+     confidence of His succor, I discovered one of our people, named
+     Sieur de la Blonderie, and a little behind him another, named
+     Maitre Robert, well known to us all, because he had in charge the
+     prayers at the fort.
+
+     "Immediately afterwards we found also the servant of Sieur d'Ully,
+     the nephew of M. Lebreau, Master Jaques Trusse, and many others;
+     and we assembled and talked over our troubles, and deliberated as
+     to what course we could take to save our lives. One of our number,
+     much esteemed as being very learned in the lessons of Holy
+     Scripture, proposed after this manner: 'Brethren, we see to what
+     extremity we are brought; in whatever direction we turn our eyes,
+     we see only barbarism. The heavens, the earth, the sea, the forest,
+     and men,--in brief, nothing favors us. How can we know that if we
+     yield to the mercy of the Spaniards, they will spare us? and if
+     they should kill us, it will be the suffering of but a moment; they
+     are men, and it may be that, their fury appeased, they may receive
+     us upon some terms; and, moreover, what can we do? Would it not be
+     better to fall into the hands of men, than into the jaws of wild
+     beasts, or die of hunger in a strange land?'
+
+     "After he had thus spoken, the greater part of our number were of
+     his opinion, and praised his counsel. Notwithstanding, I pointed
+     out the cruel animosity still unappeased of our enemies, and that
+     it was not for any human cause of quarrel, that they had carried
+     out with such fury their enterprise, but mainly (as would appear by
+     the notice they had already given us) because we were of those who
+     were reformed by the preaching of the Gospel; that we should be
+     cowards to trust in men, rather than in God, who gives life to his
+     own in the midst of death, and gives ordinarily his assistance when
+     the hopes of men entirely fail.
+
+     "I also brought to their minds examples from Scripture, instancing
+     Joseph, Daniel, Elias, and the other prophets, as well also the
+     apostles, as St. Peter and St. Paul, who were all drawn out of much
+     affliction, as would appear by means extraordinary and strange to
+     the reason and judgment of men. His arm, said I, is not shortened,
+     nor in any wise enfeebled; his power is always the same. Do you not
+     recollect, said I the flight of the Israelites before Pharaoh? What
+     hope had that people of escaping from the hands of that powerful
+     tyrant? He had them, as it were, under his heel. Before them they
+     had the sea, on either side inaccessible mountains.
+
+     "What then? He who opened the sea to make a path for his people,
+     and made it afterwards to swallow up his enemies, can not he
+     conduct us by the forest places of this strange country? While thus
+     discoursing, six of the company followed out the first proposition,
+     and abandoned us to go and yield themselves up to our enemies,
+     hoping to find favor before them. But they learned, immediately and
+     by experience, what folly it is to trust more in men than in the
+     promise of the Lord. For having gone out of the wood, as they
+     descended to the fort they were immediately seized by the Spaniards
+     and treated in the same fashion as the others had been. They were
+     at once killed and massacred, and then drawn to the banks of the
+     river, where the others killed at the fort lay in heaps. We who
+     remained in the wood continued to make our way, and drawing towards
+     the sea, as well as we could judge, and as it pleased God to
+     conduct our paths and to straiten our course, we soon arrived at
+     the brow of a mountain and from there commenced to see the sea, but
+     it was still at a great distance; and what was worse, the road we
+     had to take showed itself wonderfully strange and difficult. In the
+     first place, the mountain from which it was necessary for us to
+     descend, was of such height and ruggedness, that it was not
+     possible for a person descending to stand upright; and we should
+     never have dared to descend it but for the hope we had of
+     sustaining ourselves by the branches of the bushes, which were
+     frequent upon the side of the mountain, and to save life, not
+     sparing our hands which we had all gashed up and bloody, and even
+     the legs and nearly all the body was torn. But descending from the
+     mountain, we did not lose our view of the sea, on account of a
+     small wood which was upon a little hill opposite to us; and in
+     order to go to the wood it was requisite that we should traverse a
+     large meadow, all mud and quagmire, covered with briars and other
+     kind of strange plants; for the stalk was as hard as wood, and the
+     leaves pricked our feet and our hands until the blood came, and
+     being all the while in water up to the middle, which redoubled our
+     pain and suffering. The rain came down upon us in such manner from
+     heaven, that we were during all that time between two floods; and
+     the further we advanced the deeper we found the water.
+
+     "And then thinking that the last period of our lives had come, we
+     all embraced each other, and with a common impulse, we commenced to
+     sigh and cry to the Lord, accusing our sins and recognizing the
+     weight of his judgment upon us. 'Alas! Lord,' said we, 'what are we
+     but poor worms of the earth? Our souls weakened by grief, surrender
+     themselves into thy hands. Oh, Father of Mercy and God of Love,
+     deliver us from this pain of death! or if thou wilt that in this
+     desert we shall draw our last breath, assist us so that death, of
+     all things the most terrible, shall have no advantage over us, but
+     that we may remain firm and stable in the sense of thy favor and
+     good-will, which we have too often experienced in the cause of thy
+     Christ to give way to the spirit of Satan, the spirit of despair
+     and of distrust; for if we die, we will protest now before thy
+     Majesty, that we would die unto thee, and that if we live it may be
+     to recount thy wonders in the midst of the assembly of thy
+     servants.' Our prayers concluded, we marched with great difficulty
+     straight towards the wood, when we came to a great river which ran
+     in the midst of this meadow; the channel was sufficiently narrow
+     but very deep, and ran with great force, as though all the field
+     ran toward the sea. This was another addition to our anguish, for
+     there was not one of our men who would dare to undertake to cross
+     over by swimming. But in this confusion of our thoughts, as to what
+     manner to pass over, I bethought myself of the wood which we had
+     left behind us. After exhorting my comrades to patience and a
+     continued trust in the Lord, I returned to the wood, and cut a long
+     pole, with the good size clasp knife which remained in my hand from
+     the hour the fort was taken; and I returned to the others, who
+     awaited me in great perplexity, 'Now, then, comrades,' said I, 'let
+     us see if God, by means of this stick, will not give us some help
+     to accomplish our path.' Then we laid the pole upon the water, and
+     each one by turn taking hold of the end of the pole, carried it by
+     his side to the midst of the channel, when losing sight of him we
+     pushed him with sufficient force to the other bank, where he drew
+     himself out by the canes and other bushes growing along its
+     borders; and by his example we passed over, one at a time; but it
+     was not without great danger, and not without drinking a great deal
+     of salt water, in such manner that our hearts were all trembling,
+     and we were as much overcome as though we had been half drowned.
+     After we had come to ourselves and had resumed courage, moving on
+     all the time towards the wood, which we had remarked close to sea,
+     the pole was not even needed to pass another creek, which gave us
+     not much less trouble than the first; but by the grace of God, we
+     passed it and entered the wood the same evening, where we passed
+     the night in great fear and trembling, standing about against the
+     trees.
+
+     "And, as much as we had labored, even had it been more, we felt no
+     desire to sleep; for what repose could there be to spirits in such
+     mortal affright? Near the break of day, we saw a great beast, like
+     a deer, at fifty paces from us, who had a great head, eyes flaming,
+     the ears hanging, and the higher parts elevated. It seemed to us
+     monstrous, because of its gleaming eyes, wondrously large; but it
+     did not come near us to do us any harm.
+
+     "The day having appeared, we went out of the wood and returned
+     towards the sea, in which we hoped, after God, as the only means of
+     saving our lives; but we were again cast down and troubled, for we
+     saw before us a country of marsh and muddy quagmires, full of water
+     and covered with briars, like that we had passed the previous day.
+     We marched across this salt marsh; and, in the direction we had to
+     take, we perceived among the briars a body of men, whom we at first
+     thought to be enemies, who had gone there to cut us off; but upon
+     close observation, they seemed in as sad a plight as ourselves,
+     naked and terrified; and we immediately perceived that they were
+     our own people. It was Captain Laudonnière, his servant-maid,
+     Jacques Morgues of Dieppe (the artist), Francis Duval of Rouen, son
+     of him of the iron crown of Rouen, Niguise de la Cratte, Nicholas
+     the carpenter, the Trumpeter of Sieur Laudonnière, and others, who
+     all together made the number of twenty-six men. Upon deliberating
+     as to what we should do, two of our men mounted to the top of one
+     of the tallest trees and discovered from thence one of our vessels,
+     which was that of Captain Maillard, to whom they gave a signal,
+     that he might know that we were in want of help. Thereupon he came
+     towards us with his small vessel, but in order to reach the banks
+     of the stream, it was necessary for us to traverse the briars and
+     two other rivers similar to those which we passed the previous day;
+     in order to accomplish which, the pole I had cut the day before was
+     both useful and necessary, and two others which Sr. de Laudonnière
+     had provided; and we came pretty near to the vessel, but our hearts
+     failed us from hunger and fatigue, and we should have remained
+     where we were unless the sailors had given us a hand, which aid was
+     very opportune; and they carried us, one after the other, to the
+     vessel, on board of which we were all received well and kindly.
+     They gave us bread and water, and we began afterwards, little by
+     little, to recover our strength and vigor; which was a strong
+     reason that we should recognize the goodness of the Lord, who had
+     saved us against all hope from an infinity of dangers and from
+     death, by which we had been surrounded and assaulted from all
+     quarters, to render him forevermore our thanks and praises. We thus
+     passed the entire night recounting the wonders of the Lord, and
+     consoled each other in the assurances of our safety.
+
+     "Daylight having come, Jacques Ribault, Captain of the Pearl,
+     boarded us to confer with us respecting what was to done by us, and
+     what means we should take for the safety of the rest of our men and
+     the vessels. It was then objected, the small quantity of provisions
+     which we had, our strength broken, our munitions and means of
+     defense taken from us, the uncertainty as to the condition of our
+     Admiral, and not knowing but that he had been shipwrecked on some
+     coast a long distance from us, or driven to a distance by the
+     tempest.
+
+     "We thereupon concluded that we could do no better than return to
+     France, and were of the opinion that the company should divide into
+     two parts, the one remaining on board the Pearl, the other under
+     charge of Captain Maillard.
+
+     "On Friday, the twenty-fifth day of the month of September, we
+     departed from this coast, favored by a strong northerly wind,
+     having concluded to return to France, and after the first day our
+     two ships were so far separated that we did not again encounter
+     each other.
+
+     "We proceeded five hundred leagues prosperously, when, one morning
+     about sunrise, we were attacked by a Spanish vessel, which we met
+     as well as we could, and cannonaded them in such sort that we made
+     them subject to our disposal, and battered them so that the blood
+     was seen to overrun the scuppers. We held them then as surrendered
+     and defeated; but there was no means of grappling her, on account
+     of the roughness of the sea for in grappling her there would be
+     danger of our striking together, which might have sunk us; she
+     also, satisfied with the affair, left us, joyful and thanking God
+     that no one of us was wounded or killed in this skirmish except our
+     cook.
+
+     "The rest of our passage was without any renconter with enemies;
+     but we were much troubled by contrary winds, which often threatened
+     to cast us on the coast of Spain, which would have been the
+     finishing touch to our misfortunes, and the thing of which we had
+     the greatest horror. We also endured at sea many other things, such
+     as cold and hunger; for be it understood that we, who escaped from
+     the land of Florida, had nothing else for vestment or equipment, by
+     day or by night, except our shirts alone, or some other little rag,
+     which was a small matter of defence from the exposure to the
+     weather; and what was more, the bread which we eat, and we eat it
+     very sparingly, was all spoilt and rotten, as well also the water
+     itself was all noisome, and of which, besides, we could only have
+     for the whole day a single small glass.
+
+     "This bad food was the reason, on our landing, that many of us fell
+     into divers maladies, which carried off many of the men of our
+     company; and we arrived at last, after this perilous and lamentable
+     voyage, at Rochelle; where we were received and treated very
+     humanely and kindly by the inhabitants of the country and those of
+     the city, giving us of their means, to the extent our necessities
+     require; and assisted by their kindness we were each enabled to
+     return to his own part of the country."[5]
+
+Laudonnière's[6] narrative speaks more of his own personal escape; and
+that of Le Moyne[7] refers to this description of De Challeux, as
+containing a full and accurate account of what took place. Barcia
+mentions De Challeux, very contemptuously as a carpenter, who succeeding
+badly at his trade, took up that of preaching, but does not deny the
+truth of his narrative.
+
+Those who separated from their comrades and threw themselves upon the
+enemies' mercy, are mentioned by the Spanish writers; but they are
+silent as to the treatment they received.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+SITE OF FORT CAROLINE, AFTERWARDS CALLED SAN MATTEO.
+
+
+It might naturally be supposed that a spot surrounded with so many
+thrilling and interesting associations, as the scene of the events we
+have just related, would have been commemorated either by tradition or
+by ancient remains attesting its situation. But, in truth, no recognized
+point now bears the appellation of Fort Caroline, and the antiquary can
+point at this day to no fosse or parapet, no crumbling bastion, no
+ancient helm or buckler, no shattered and corroded garniture of war
+mingled with the bones of the dead, as evidencing its position.
+
+A writer who has himself done more to rescue from oblivion the
+historical romance of the South than any other,[8] has well said, "It
+will be an employment of curious interest, whenever the people of
+Florida shall happen upon the true site of the settlement and structure
+of Laudonnière, to trace out in detail these several localities, and fix
+them for the benefit of posterity. The work is scarcely beyond the
+hammer and chisel of some Old Mortality, who has learned to place his
+affections and fix his sympathies upon the achievements of the past."
+
+With a consciousness of our unfitness to establish absolutely a memorial
+so interesting as the site of Fort Caroline must ever be, I shall
+endeavor to locate its position, upon the basis of reasons entirely
+satisfactory to myself, and measurably so, I trust, to others.
+
+The account given by Laudonnière himself, the leader of the Huguenots,
+by whom Fort Caroline was constructed, is as follows:--After speaking of
+his arrival at the mouth of the river, which had been named the River
+May by Ribault, who had entered it on the first day of May, 1562, and
+had therefore given it that name, he says, "Departing from thence, I had
+not sailed three leagues up the river, still being followed by the
+Indians, crying still, 'amy,' 'amy,' that is to say, friend, but I
+discovered an hill of meane height, neare which I went on land, harde
+by the fieldes that were sowed with mil, at one corner whereof there was
+an house, built for their lodgings which keep and garde the mil. * * * *
+* * Now was I determined to searche out the qualities of the hill.
+Therefore I went right to the toppe thereof; where we found nothing else
+but cedars, palms, and bay trees of so sovereign odor that Balme
+smelleth not more sweetly. The trees were environed around about with
+vines bearing grapes, in such quantities that the number would suffice
+to make the place habitable. Besides the fertilitie of the soyle for
+vines, one may see mesquine wreathed about the trees in great
+quantities. Touching the pleasure of the place, the sea may be seen
+plain enough from it; and more than six great leagues off, towards the
+River Belle, a man may behold the meadows, divided asunder into isles
+and islet, enterlacing one another. Briefly, the place is so pleasent,
+that those which are melancholicke, would be inforced to change their
+humour. * *
+
+"Our fort was built in form of a triangle; the side towards the west,
+which was towards the land, was inclosed with a little trench and raised
+with turf made in the form of a battlement, nine feet high; the other
+side, which was towards the river, was enclosed with a palisade of
+planks of timber, after the manner that Gabions are made; on the south
+line, there was a kind of bastion, within which I caused an house for
+the munition to be made. It was all builded with fagots and sand, saving
+about two or three foote high, with turfes whereof the battlements were
+made. In the middest, I caused a great court to be made of eighteen
+paces long, and the same in breadth. In the middest whereof, on the one
+side, drawing towards the south, I builded a corps de garde and an house
+on the other side towards the north. * * * * One of the sides that
+inclosed my court, which I made very faire and large, reached unto the
+grange of my munitions; and on the other side, towards the river, was
+mine own lodgings, round which were galleries all covered. The principal
+doore of my lodging was in the middest of the great place, and the other
+was towarde the river. A good distance from the fort I built an oven."
+
+Jacob Le Moyne, or Jacques Morgues, as he is sometimes called,
+accompanied the expedition; and his _Brevis Narratio_ contains two
+plates, representing the commencement of the construction of Fort
+Caroline, and its appearance when completed. The latter represents a
+much more finished fortification than could possibly have been
+constructed, but may be taken as a correct outline, I presume, of its
+general appearance.
+
+Barcia, in his account of its capture, describes neither its shape nor
+appearance, but mentions the parapet nine feet high, and the munition
+house and store house.
+
+From the account of Laudonnière and Le Moyne, it was situated near the
+river, on the slope or nearly at the foot of a hill.[9] Barcia speaks of
+its being behind a hill, and of descending towards it. The
+clerical-carpenter, Challeux, speaks of being able, after his escape, to
+look down from the hill he was on, into the court of the fort itself,
+and seeing the massacre of the French. As he was flying from the fort
+towards the sea, and along the river, and as the Spaniards came from a
+southeast direction, the fort must have been on the westerly side of a
+hill, near the river.
+
+The distance is spoken of as less than three leagues by Laudonnière.
+Hawkins and Ribault say, the fort was not visible from the mouth of the
+river. It is also incidentally spoken of in Barcia as being two leagues
+from the bar. De Challeux, in the narrative of his escape, speaks of the
+distance as being about two leagues. In the account given of the
+expedition of De Gourgues, it is said to be, in general terms, about one
+or two leagues above the forts afterwards constructed on each side of
+the mouth of the river; and it is also mentioned in De Gourgues, that
+the fort was at the foot of a hill, near the water, and could be
+overlooked from the hill. The distance from the mouth of the river, and
+the nature of the ground where the fort was built, are thus made
+sufficiently definite to enable us to seek a location which shall
+fulfill both these conditions. It is hardly necessary to remark that
+there can be no question but that the fort was located on the south or
+easterly side of the river, as the Spaniards marched by land from St.
+Augustine in a northwesterly direction to Fort Caroline.
+
+The River St. Johns is one of the largest rivers, in point of width, to
+be found in America, and is more like an arm of the sea than a river;
+from its mouth for a distance of fifteen miles, it is spread over
+extensive marshes, and there are few points where the channel touches
+the banks of the river. At its mouth it is comparatively narrow, but
+immediately extends itself over wide-spread marshes; and the first
+headland or shore which is washed by the channel is a place known as St.
+John's Bluff. Here the river runs closely along the shore, making a
+bold, deep channel close up to the bank. The land rises abruptly on one
+side into a hill of moderate height, covered with a dense growth of
+pine, cedar, &c. This hill gently slopes to the banks of the river, and
+runs off to the southwest, where, at the distance of a quarter of a
+mile, a creek discharges itself into the river, at a place called "the
+Shipyard" from time immemorial.
+
+I am not aware that any remains of Fort Caroline, or any old remains of
+a fortress, have ever been discovered here; but it must be recollected
+that this fort was constructed of sand and pine trees, and that three
+hundred years have passed away, with their storms and tempests, their
+rains and destructive influences--a period sufficient to have destroyed
+a work of much more durable character than sandy entrenchments and green
+pine stakes and timbers. Moreover, it is highly probable, judging from
+present appearances, that the constant abrasion of the banks still going
+on has long since worn away the narrow spot where stood Fort Caroline.
+It is also to be remarked, that as there is no other hill, or high land,
+or place where a fort could have been built, between St. John's Bluff
+and the mouth of the river, so it is also the fact that there is no
+point on the south side of the river where the channel touches high
+land, for a distance by water of eight or ten miles above St. John's
+Bluff.
+
+The evidence in favor of the location of Fort Caroline at St. John's
+Bluff is, I think conclusive and irresistible, and accords in all points
+with the descriptions given as to distance, topography, and points of
+view.
+
+It is within the memory of persons now living, that a considerable
+orange grove and somewhat extensive buildings, which existed at this
+place, then called San Vicente, have been washed into the river, leaving
+at this day no vestiges of their existence. It has been occupied as a
+Spanish fort within fifty years; yet so rapid has been the work of time
+and the elements, that no remains of such occupation are now to be seen.
+
+The narratives all speak of the distance from the mouth of the river as
+about two leagues; and in speaking of so short a distance the
+probability of exactness is much greater than when dealing with longer
+distances.
+
+As to the spot itself, it presents all the natural features mentioned by
+Laudonnière; and it requires but a small spice of enthusiasm and romance
+that it be recognized as a "goodlie and pleasante spotte," by those who
+might like the abundance of the wild grapes and the view of the distant
+salt meadows, with their "iles and islets, so pleasante that those which
+are melancholike would be inforced to change their humour."
+
+It is but proper, however, to say, that at a plantation known as
+Newcastle there is a high range of ground, and upon this high ground the
+appearance of an old earth-work of quadrangular form; but this point is
+distant some six leagues from the mouth of the river, is flanked by a
+deep bay or marsh to the southeast, and the work is on the top of the
+hill and not at its foot, is quadrangular and not triangular, and is a
+considerable distance from the water. These earth-works, I am satisfied,
+are Spanish or English remains of a much later period.
+
+By examining a map of the St. John's river, the first projecting land on
+the south side, lying east of the second township line marked from the
+coast, will be found nearly to indicate the point known as St. John's
+Bluff. On the eastern face the bluff is quite high and precipitous--being
+possibly the "brow of the mountain" mentioned by De Challeux--and
+immediately beyond is a deep indentation of the shore-line of several
+miles in circuit, within which is an immense tract of sea-marsh,
+interspersed with small islands, and cut up by narrow channels. Through
+this the fugitives may be supposed to have crossed, and, reaching the
+high lands which hem in the marsh near the mouth of the river, were
+enabled to view the vessels which offered them rescue. About the year
+1856 a handful of small copper coins were accidentally found near the
+eastern margin of this marsh, in the rear of what is now known as
+Mayport Mill. Some few were at first found on the ground, as if
+accidentally exposed, and upon removing the earth for a slight depth the
+remainder were discovered. They were distributed among several gentlemen
+in Florida, and Mr. Buckingham Smith, at that time and more recently
+made the history of the coins a subject of especial inquiry in Spain.
+
+Just before putting the second edition of this work to press, the
+following letter was received by the publisher of this volume, and is
+given as matter of interest in connection with the locality referred to:
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+      MADRID, August 15, 1868.
+
+MY DEAR SIR:--I brought with me from Florida, as I proposed, three
+copper coins of those found with others of the same sort many years ago,
+on the St. Johns river near the old site of Fort Caroline, in what the
+French three centuries ago called the Vale of Laudonnière, that I might
+have them examined in Europe. There were none of the sort in the British
+Museum, with which they might be compared, and in the Bibliothique
+Imperial I could only learn that they were Spanish. On my arrival here I
+gave them for inspection to Señor Bermudez, a long time in charge of the
+national collection of such like antiquities, second only in extent and
+value to that of Paris: and showed them also to other of my friends
+learned in numismatics. The work of A. Heiss, now making its appearance
+in numbers, with the title _Description General de las monedas
+Hispano-Christianas desde la invasion de los Arabes_, has been also
+consulted, and this is the amount of all the conclusions, the
+inscriptions on each coin being nearly the same:
+
+         [image of a dagger] KAROLVS.ET.IOANNA RE.
+
+Two II in the midst, with crowns upon them; to the right P, to the left S;
+             in the middle a square point.
+
+                       REVERSO:
+
+            Same--same--same--REGIS.
+
+    A Y in the middle, crowned; to the right IIII; to the left F.
+
+They were struck for Doña Juana and Carlos I., Empr. Charles V., between
+the years 1516 and 1555. The Y is supposed to refer to Ysabel: the
+double I to Joanna I., or may be to the columns of Hercules, and the
+crowns upon them to those of Castilla and Aragon. On later silver coins,
+not so rude, the columns are placed with the words _plus ultra_, as you
+may have observed on a Spanish dollar. The IIII (on some 4,) means four
+maravedises, the value of which have varied: at present 25 of these
+would be the value of a real. These coins are uncommon; in good
+preservation, very rare. The curiosity so many of us have had for a
+number of years about these matters, I believe is at last satisfied.
+
+I have visited the town of Aviles, a league from the Bay of Biscay,
+whence Pedro Menendez came, and brought his fleet to Florida, three
+centuries ago. I saw his tomb, and not far off the chapel of the family
+of one of his companions. There is no stranger any where to be heard of
+in all that country; every thing is intensely and old Spanish in every
+aspect. Going home late one evening, I was accosted by a native in good
+English. He said the town was rarely visited--three or four Englishmen
+within his memory had passed through, and he supposed me to be the first
+person from the United States who had ever been there. I told him I came
+from Florida, and, though rather late, was returning the visit of
+Menendez to St. Augustine.
+
+The estate of this old colonist is in the house of the Count of
+Canalejas, held by the Marquis of San Estevan, who is also by marriage
+the Count of Revilla Gigedo. I called on him at his country seat in
+Dania, and, detaining me to spend the day with him, gave orders to have
+his family pictures and palace shown to me at Gijon, and his papers at a
+residence in Oviedo. Among the documents is a valuable one for writing a
+life of Menendez. It is a draft for a letter in his own hand, directed
+to his nephew, Governor of Florida, in which he expresses his wish to be
+with him and away from business. He speaks of the "invincible armada"
+which he had been appointed to command, and gives the number of his
+ships. This probably was the last thing he ever wrote, dated ten days
+before he died, as it is known that he died on the ninth day of his
+sickness. Of course I have a copy to show you.
+
+Spain has greatly changed within the last eight years--impoverished
+itself, the people say, with improvements. The railroads traverse most
+parts, are well laid, durable, and the service good. The ancient
+monuments have begun to be cared for, are repaired, and in the charge of
+a commission of the government.
+
+Give my best regards to friends about you, and believe me truly yours,
+
+      BUCKINGHAM SMITH.
+
+Mr. COLUMBUS DREW, Jacksonville, Fla.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+MENENDEZ'S RETURN TO ST. AUGUSTINE--SHIPWRECK OF
+
+A. D. 1565.
+
+
+After an ineffectual attempt to induce those in the small vessels of the
+French to surrender, failing in this, the General concluded to return to
+St. Augustine, and send two of his vessels to the mouth of the river to
+intercept them.
+
+Some of the fugitives from the fort fled to the Indians; and ten of
+these were given up to the Spaniards, to be butchered in cold blood,
+says the French account,--to be sent back to France, says the Spanish
+chronicle.
+
+The 24th September being the day of St. Matthew, the name of the fort
+was changed to that of San Matheo, by which name it was always
+subsequently called by the Spaniards; and the name of St. Matthew was
+also given by them to the river, now called St. Johns, on which it is
+situated.
+
+The Spaniards proceeded at once to strengthen the fortress, deepening
+and enlarging the ditch, and raised and strengthened the ramparts and
+walls in such manner, says the boastful Mendoza, "that if the half of
+all France had come to attack it, they could not have disturbed it;" a
+boast upon which the easy conquest of it by De Gourgues, three years
+subsequently, affords an amusing commentary. They also constructed,
+subsequently, two small forts at the mouth of the river, one on each
+side, which probably were located the one at Batten Island and the other
+at Mayport.
+
+Leaving three hundred soldiers as a garrison under his Son-in-law, De
+Valdez, Master of the Camp, who was now appointed Governor of the fort,
+Menendez marched for St. Augustine, beginning now to feel considerable
+anxiety lest the French fleet, escaping from the tempest, might return
+and visit upon his own garrison at St. Augustine, the fate of Fort
+Caroline. He took with him upon his return but fifty soldiers, and,
+owing to the swollen waters, found great difficulty in retracing his
+route. When within a league of St. Augustine, he allowed one of the
+soldiers to go forward to announce his victory and safe return.
+
+The garrison at St. Augustine had been in great anxiety respecting their
+leader, and from the accounts given by those who had deserted, they had
+feared the total loss of the expedition. The worthy Chaplain thus
+describes the return of Menendez:--
+
+     "The same day, being Monday, we saw a man coming, crying out
+     loudly. I myself was the first to run to him for the news. He
+     embraced me with transport, crying 'Victory! Victory! The French
+     fort is ours.' I promised him the present which the bearer of good
+     news deserves, and gave him the best in my power.
+
+     "At the hour of vespers our good General arrived, with fifty foot
+     soldiers, very much fatigued. As soon as I learned that he was
+     coming, I ran home and put on a new soutain, the best which I had,
+     and a surplice, and going out with a crucifix in my hand, I went
+     forward to receive him; and he, a gentleman and a good Christian,
+     before entering kneeled and all his followers, and returned thanks
+     to the Lord for the great favours which he had received. My
+     companions and myself marched in front in procession, so that we
+     all returned with the greatest demonstrations of joy."
+
+When about to dispatch the two vessels in his harbor to the St John's,
+to cut off the French vessels he had left there, he was informed that
+two sails had already been seen to pass the bar, supposed to contain the
+French fugitives.
+
+Eight days after the capture of Fort Caroline, a fire broke out in the
+quarters of St. Augustine, which destroyed much treasure and provisions,
+and the origin of which was doubtful, whether to be ascribed to accident
+or design. Much dissatisfaction prevailed among the officers and
+soldiers, and the fire was looked upon with pleasure by some, as having
+a tendency to hasten their departure from a spot which offered few
+temptations or rewards, compared to Mexico or Peru.
+
+On the very day of Menendez's return, a Frenchman was discovered by a
+fishing party on Anastasia Island, who, being taken, said he was one of
+a party of eighteen, sent in a small vessel, some days before, to
+reconnoitre the Spanish position; that they had been unable to keep the
+sea, and had been thrown ashore, about four leagues below, at the mouth
+of a river; that the Indians attacked and killed three of their number,
+and they thereupon escaped.
+
+Menendez dispatched a captain and fifty men, to get off the vessel and
+capture any of the French who might be found. On their arrival at the
+place, they found that all the French had been killed by the Indians;
+but they succeeded in getting off the vessel. Menendez, feeling uneasy
+in reference to their encounter with the Indians, had followed on after
+the expedition, in company with the worthy Chaplain, to whom his
+promenade among the briars, vines, prickly cedars, chaparral, and
+prickly pears of Anastasia, seems to have been a true _via dolorosa_.
+
+Upon their arrival, they found a considerable body of French upon the
+south side of an inlet, whose fires indicated their position.
+
+The four vessels of Ribault, which had gone in pursuit of the Spaniards
+at St. Augustine, had been overtaken by the storm, and after keeping to
+sea with incredible effort, had been finally driven ashore upon the
+shoals of Canaveral,[10] with but little loss of life but a total loss
+of every thing else; they were thus thrown on shore without shelter from
+the elements, famished with hunger, borne down by disappointment, and
+utterly dispirited and demoralized. They were consumed, also, by the
+most painful uncertainty. Marching to the northward along shore, they
+discovered a skiff, and resolved to send a small number of persons in
+it, to make their way by sea to Fort Caroline, to bring succor to them
+from there. This boat succeeded in reaching the St. John's, where they
+were informed, by friendly Indians, of the fate which had befallen the
+fort; and subsequently they fell in with a Frenchman who had escaped,
+who related to them the whole disaster. Upon this they concluded to seek
+their own safety among the friendly Indians of St. Helena, rather than
+to be the useless bearers of the tidings of their misfortunes to their
+companions in arms.
+
+There are several accounts of the sad fate which befel the followers of
+Ribault, the massacre of whom has been perpetuated by the memorial name
+given to its scene, "the bloody river of Matanzas," the ebb and flow of
+whose recurring tides for three hundred years have failed to wash out
+the record of blood which has associated this massacre of the Huguenots
+with the darkest scenes of earth's history. In consequence of the rank
+and number of the victims, the event produced various and somewhat
+contradictory accounts; but all stamped with a seal of reprobation and
+execration the act and the actors, without reference to creed or
+nationality. Challeux relates instances of cruel barbarity added to the
+atrocity of slaughter itself; and others, it appears, had given other
+versions, all in different degree pointing the finger of historic
+justice to mark and commemorate the crime against humanity.
+
+The Spanish historian, Barcia, aims to counteract this general
+condemnation, of which in his own language he says, "These calumnies,
+repeated in so many quarters, have sullied the fame of the Adelantado,
+being exaggerated by the heretics, and consented to by the Catholics, so
+that even the Father Felix Briot, in his annals, says that he caused
+them to be killed contrary to the faith which he had given them; which
+is altogether a falsehood, for the Adelantado did not give his word, nor
+would he when asked give it, to spare their lives, although they were
+willing to pay him for doing so; nor in the capture of Fort Caroline did
+he do more than has been related; and such is the account given by
+Doctor Salis de las Meras, brother-in-law to Donna Maria de Salis, wife
+of the Adelantado, who was present, and who, relating the punishment of
+the heretics, and the manner in which it was accomplished, says,--
+
+"'The Adelantado occupied himself in fortifying his settlement at St.
+Augustine, as well as he could, to defend it from the French fleet if
+they should attack it. Upon the following day some Indians came and by
+signs informed them that four leagues distant there were a large number
+of Christians, who were unable to cross an arm of the sea or strait,
+which is a river upon the inner side of an inlet, which they were
+obliged to cross in order to come to St. Augustine. The Adelantado sent
+thither forty soldiers about dusk, and arrived about midnight near the
+inlet, where he commanded a halt until morning, and leaving his soldiers
+concealed, he ascended a tree to see what was the state of matters. He
+discovered many persons on the other side of the river, and their
+standards; and to prevent their passing over, he directed his men to
+exhibit themselves towards the shore, so that it might be supposed that
+he had with him a large force; and when they were discovered, a French
+soldier swam over, and said that the persons beyond the river were
+Frenchmen, that they had been wrecked in a storm, but had all saved
+their lives. The Adelantado asked what French they were? He answered,
+that they were two hundred of the people under command of Jean Ribault,
+Viceroy and Captain General of this country for the king of the French.
+He asked again, if they were Catholics or Lutherans? It was replied that
+they were all Lutherans, of the new religion; all of which was
+previously well known to the Adelantado, when he encountered their fleet
+with his vessels; and the women and children whom he had spared when he
+took their fort, had also so informed him; and he had found in the fort
+when he took it, six trunks filled with books, well bound and gilt; all
+of which were of the new sect, and from which they did not say mass, but
+preached their Lutheran doctrines every evening; all of which books he
+directed to be burnt, not sparing a single one.
+
+"'The Adelantado then asked him why he had come over? He said he had
+been sent over by his Captain, to see what people they were. The General
+asked if he wished to return. He said, "Yes, but he desired to know what
+people they were." This man spoke very plainly, for he was a Gascon of
+San Juan de Suz. "Then tell him," said the Adelantado, "that it is the
+Viceroy and Captain General of this country for the king, Don Philip;
+and that his name is Pedro Menendez, and that he is here with some of
+his soldiery to ascertain what people those were, for he had been
+informed the day before that they were there, and the hour at which they
+came."
+
+"'The French soldier went over with his message, and immediately
+returned, saying "that if they would pledge faith to his captain and to
+four other gentlemen, they would like to come and treat with him;" and
+they desired the loan of a boat, which the General had directed to bring
+some provisions to the river. The General instructed the messenger to
+say to his captain, "that he might come over securely under the pledge
+of his word," and then sent over for them the boat; and they crossed
+over. The Adelantado received them very well, with only ten of his
+followers; the others he directed to stay some distance off among some
+bushes, so that their number might appear to be greater than it was. One
+of the Frenchmen announced himself as captain of these people; and that
+in a great storm they had lost four galleons, and other vessels of the
+king of France, within a distance of twenty leagues of each other; and
+that these were the people from on board of one ship, and that they
+desired they would let them have a boat for this arm of the sea, and for
+another four leagues hence, which was at St. Augustine; that they
+desired to go to a fort which they held twenty leagues from there. It
+was the same fort which Menendez had taken. The Adelantado asked them
+"if they were Catholics or Lutherans?" He replied "that they were all of
+the New Religion." Then the Adelantado said to them, "Gentlemen, your
+fort is taken and its people destroyed, except the women, and children
+under fifteen years of age; and that you may be assured of this, among
+the soldiers who are here there are many things, and also there are here
+two Frenchmen whom I have brought with me, who said they were Catholics.
+Sit down here and eat, and I will send the two Frenchmen to you, as also
+the things which some of my soldiers have taken from the fort, in order
+that you may be satisfied.
+
+"'The Adelantado having spoken thus, directed food to be given to them,
+and sent the two Frenchmen to them, and many things which the soldiers
+had brought from the fort, that they might see them, and then retired
+himself, to eat with his own people; and an hour afterwards, when he saw
+that the French had eaten, he went where they were and asked if they
+were satisfied of the truth of what he had told them. They said they
+were, and desired that for a consideration, he should give them vessels
+and ships' stores, that they might return to France. The Adelantado
+answered, "that he would do so with great pleasure if they were good
+Catholics, or if he had the ships for them; but he had not the vessels,
+having sent two to St. Matteo (Ft. Caroline), the one to take the
+artillery they had captured, and the French women and children, to St.
+Domingo, and to obtain provisions. The other had to go upon business of
+his Majesty to other parts.
+
+"'The French captain replied, "that he should grant to all, their lives,
+and that they should remain with him until they could obtain shipping
+for France, since they were not at war, and the kings of Spain and of
+France were brothers and friends." The Adelantado said, "that was true,
+and Catholics and friends he would favor, believing that he would serve
+both kings in doing so; but as to themselves, being of the new sect, he
+held them for enemies, and he would wage war upon them even to blood and
+to fire; and that he would pursue them with all cruelty wherever he
+should encounter them, in whatever sea or land where he should be
+viceroy or captain general for his king; and that he would go and plant
+the holy faith in this land, that the Indians might be enlightened and
+be brought to the knowledge of the Holy Catholic Faith of Jesus Christ
+our Saviour, as taught and announced by the Roman Church. That if they
+wished to surrender their standards and their arms, and throw themselves
+upon his mercy, they might do so, for _he would do with them what God
+should of his grace direct_; or, they could do as they might deem
+proper; that other treaty or friendship they should not have from him."
+The French captain replied, that he could not then conclude any other
+matter with the Adelantado. He went over in the boat, saying, that he
+went to relate what had passed, and to agree upon what should be done,
+and within two hours he would return with an answer. The Adelantado
+said, "They could do as seemed best to them, and he would wait for
+them." Two hours passed, when the same French captain returned, with
+those who had accompanied him previously, and said to the General, "that
+there were many people of family, and nobles among them, and that they
+would give fifty thousand ducats, of ransom, if he would spare all their
+lives." He answered, "that although he was a poor soldier, he could not
+be governed by selfish interests, and if he were to be merciful and
+lenient, he desired to be so without the suspicion of other motives."
+The French captain returned to urge the matter. "Do not deceive
+yourselves," said the Adelantado, "for if Heaven were to join to earth,
+I would do no otherwise than I have said." The French officer then going
+towards where his people stood, said, that in accordance with that
+understanding he would return shortly with an answer; and within half an
+hour he returned and placed in the boat, the standards, seventy
+arquebuses, twenty pistols, a quantity of swords and shields, and some
+helmets and breast-plates; and the captain came to where the General
+stood, and said that all the French force there submitted themselves to
+his clemency, and surrendered to him their standards and their arms. The
+Adelantado then directed twenty soldiers to go in the boat and bring the
+French, ten by ten. The river was narrow and easy to pass, and he
+directed Diego Flores de Valdes, Admiral of the Fleet, to receive the
+standards and the arms, and to go in the boat and see that the soldiers
+did not maltreat them. The Adelantado then withdrew from the shore,
+about two bow shots, behind a hillock of sand, within a copse of bushes,
+where the persons who came in the boat which brought over the French,
+could not see; and then said to the French captain and the other eight
+Frenchmen who were there with him, "Gentlemen, I have but few men with
+me, and they are not very effective, and you are numerous; and, going
+unrestrained, it would be an easy thing to take satisfaction upon our
+men for those whom we destroyed when we took the fort; and thus it is
+necessary that you should march with hands tied behind, a distance of
+four leagues from here where I have my camp." The French replied "that
+they would do so;" and they had their hands tied strongly behind their
+backs with the match ropes of the soldiers; and the ten who came in the
+boat did not see those who had their hands tied, until they came up to
+the same place; for it was so arranged, in order that the French who had
+not passed the river, should not understand what was being done, and
+might not be offended, and thus were tied two hundred and eight
+Frenchmen. Of whom the Adelantado asked that if any among them were
+Catholics, they should declare it. Eight said that they were Catholics,
+and were separated from the others and placed in a boat, that they might
+go by the river to St. Augustine; and all the rest replied "that they
+were of the new religion, and held themselves to be very good
+Christians; that this was their faith and no other." The Adelantado then
+gave the order to march with them, having first given them meat and
+drink, as each ten arrived, before being tied, which was done before the
+succeeding ten arrived; and he directed one of his captains who marched
+with the vanguard, that at a certain distance from there he would
+observe a mark made by a lance, which he carried in his hand, which
+would be in a sandy place that they would be obliged to pass in going on
+their way towards the fort of St. Augustine, and that there the
+prisoners should all be destroyed; and he gave the one in command of the
+rearguard the same orders; and it was done accordingly; when, leaving
+there all of the dead, they returned the same night before dawn, to the
+fort at St. Augustine, although it was already sundown when the men were
+killed.'"[11]
+
+Such is the second part of this sad and bloody tragedy; which took place
+at the Matanzas Inlet, about eighteen miles south of the city of St.
+Augustine, and at the southerly end of Anastasia Island. The account we
+have given, it must be borne in mind, is that of De Solis, the
+brother-in-law and apologist of Menendez; but even under his extenuating
+hand the conduct of Menendez was that of one deaf to the voice of
+humanity, and exulting in cold-blooded treachery, dealing in vague
+generalities intended to deceive, while affording a shallow apology for
+the actor. A massacre in cold blood of poor shipwrecked, famished men,
+prisoners yielding themselves to an expected clemency, tied up like
+sheep, and butchered by poignard blows from behind, shocked alike the
+moral sense of all to whom the tale without regard to faith or flag.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+FATE OF RIBAULT AND HIS FOLLOWERS--BLOODY MASSACRE AT MATANZAS--1565.
+
+
+The first detachment of the French whom Menendez met and so utterly
+destroyed, constituted the complement of a single vessel, which had been
+thrown ashore at a more northerly point than the others. All these
+vessels were wrecked between Mosquito Inlet and Matanzas.
+
+Of the fate of the main detachment, under Ribault in person, we have the
+following account, as related by the same apologist, the chaplain De
+Solis:
+
+"On the next day following the return of the Adelantado at St.
+Augustine, the same Indians who came before returned, and said that 'a
+great many more Christians were at the same part of the river as the
+others had been.' The Adelantado concluded that it must be Jean Ribault,
+the General of the Lutherans at sea and on land, whom they called the
+Viceroy of this country for the king of France. He immediately went,
+with one hundred and fifty men in good order, and reached the place
+where he had lodged the first time, at about midnight; and at dawn he
+pushed forward to the river, with his men drawn out, and when it was
+daylight, he saw, two bow-shots from the other bank of the river, many
+persons, and a raft made to cross over the people, at the place where
+the Adelantado stood. But immediately, when the French saw the
+Adelantado and his people, they took arms, and displayed a royal
+standard and two standards of companies, sounding fifes and drums, in
+very good order, and showing a front of battle to the Adelantado; who,
+having ordered his men to sit down and take their breakfast, so that
+they made no demonstration of any change, he himself walked up and down
+the shore, with his admiral and two other captains, paying no attention
+to the movement and demonstration of battle of the French; so that they
+observing this, halted and the fifes and the drums ceased, while with a
+bugle note they unfurled the white flag of peace, which was returned by
+the Adelantado. A Frenchman placed himself upon the raft, and cried with
+a loud voice that he wished to cross over, but that owing to the force
+of the current he could not bring the raft over, and desired an Indian
+canoe which was there to be sent over. The Adelantado said he could swim
+over for it, under pledge of his word. A French sailor immediately came
+over, but the General would not permit him to speak with him, but
+directed him to take the canoe, and go and tell his captain, that
+inasmuch as he called for a conference, if he desired anything he should
+send over some one to communicate with him. The same sailor immediately
+came with a gentleman, who said he was the sergeant major of Jean
+Ribault, Viceroy and Captain General of this land for the king of
+France, and that he had sent him to say, that they had been wrecked with
+their fleet in a great storm, and that he had with him three hundred and
+fifty French; that they wished to go to a fort which they held, twenty
+leagues from there; that they wished the favor of boats, to pass this
+river, and the other, four leagues further on, and that he desired to
+know if they were Spaniards, and under what leader they served.
+
+"The Adelantado answered him, that they were Spaniards, and that the
+captain under whom they served was the person now addressing him, and
+was called Pedro Menendez. That he should tell his General that the fort
+which he held twenty leagues from there had been taken by him, and he
+had destroyed all the French, and the rest who had come with the fleet,
+because they were badly governed; and then, passing thence to where the
+dead bodies of the Frenchmen whom he had killed still lay unburied,
+pointed them out to him and said, therefore he could not permit them to
+pass the river to their fort.
+
+"The sergeant, with an unmoved countenance, and without any appearance
+of uneasiness on account of what the Adelantado had said, replied, that
+if he would have the goodness to send a gentleman of his party, to say
+to the French general, that they might negotiate with safety, the people
+were much exhausted, and the general would come over in a boat which was
+there. The Adelantado replied, 'Farewell, comrade, and bear the answer
+which they shall give you; and if your general desires to come and treat
+with me, I give my word that he shall come and return securely, with
+four or six of his people whom he may select for his advisors, that he
+may do whatever he may conclude to be best.'
+
+"The French gentleman then departed with this message. Within half an
+hour he returned to accept the assurance the Adelantado had given, and
+to obtain the boat; which the Adelantado was unwilling to let him have,
+but said he could use the canoe, which was safe, and the strait was
+narrow; and he again went back with this message.
+
+"Immediately Jean Ribault came over, whom the Adelantado received very
+well, with other eight gentleman, who had come with him. They were all
+gentlemen of rank and position. He gave them a collation, and would have
+given them food if they had desired. Jean Ribault with much humility,
+thanked him for his kind reception, and said that to raise their
+spirits, much depressed by the sad news of the death of their comrades,
+they would partake only of the wine and condiments, and did not wish
+anything else to eat. Then after eating, Jean Ribault said, 'that he saw
+that those his companions were dead, and that he could not be mistaken
+if he desired to be.' Then the Adelantado directed the soldiers to bring
+each one whatever he had taken from the fort; and he saw so many things
+that he knew for certain that it was taken: although he knew this
+before, yet he could not wholly believe it, because among his men there
+was a Frenchman by name of Barbero, of those whom the Adelantado had
+ordered to be destroyed with the rest, and was left for dead with the
+others, having with the first thrust he received fallen down and made as
+though he were dead, and when they left there he had passed over by
+swimming, to Ribault; and this Barbero held it for certain that the
+Adelantado had deceived them in saying that the fort was taken, it not
+being so; and thus until now he had supposed. The Adelantado said that
+in order with more certainty to believe this and satisfy himself, he
+might converse apart with the two Frenchmen who were present, to satisfy
+him better; which he did.
+
+"Immediately Jean Ribault came towards the Adelantado and said, 'it was
+certain that all which he had told him was true; but that what had
+happened to him, might have happened to the Adelantado; and since their
+kings were brothers, and such great friends, the Adelantado should act
+towards him as a friend, and give him ships and provisions, that he
+might return to France.'
+
+"The Adelantado replied in the same manner that he had done to the other
+Frenchmen, as to what he would do; and that taking it or leaving it,
+Jean Ribault could obtain nothing further from the Adelantado. Jean
+Ribault then said that he would go and give an account of matters to
+his people, for he had among them many of noble blood; and would return
+or send an answer as to what he would do.
+
+"Three hours afterwards, Jean Ribault returned in the canoe, and said,
+'that there were different opinions among his people; that while some
+were willing to yield themselves to his clemency, others were not.' The
+Adelantado replied 'that it mattered but little to him whether they all
+came, or a part, or none at all; that they should do as it pleased them,
+and he would act with the same liberty.' Jean Ribault said to him, 'that
+the half of the people who were willing to yield themselves to his
+clemency, would pay him a ransom of more than 100,000 ducats; and the
+other half were able to pay more, for there were among them persons of
+wealth and large incomes, who had desired to establish estates in this
+country.' The Adelantado answered him, 'It would grieve me much to lose
+so great and rich a ransom, under the necessity I am under for such aid,
+to carry forward the conquest and settlement of this land, in the name
+of my king, as is my duty, and to plant here the Holy Evangel.' Jean
+Ribault considered from this, that with the amount they could all give,
+he might be induced to spare his own life and that of all the others who
+were with him, and that they might be able to pay more than 200,000
+ducats; and he said to the Adelantado, 'that he would return with his
+answer to his people; that as it was late, he would take it as a favor
+if he would be willing to wait until the following day, when, he would
+bring their reply as to what they would conclude to do.' The Adelantado
+said, 'Yes, that he would wait.' Jean Ribault then went back to his
+people, it being already sunset. In the morning, he returned with the
+canoe, and surrendered to the Adelantado two royal standards--the one
+that of the king of France, the other that of the Admiral
+(Coligny),--and the standards of the company, and a sword, dagger, and
+helmet, gilded very beautifully; and also a shield, a pistol, and a
+commission given him under the high admiral of France, to assure to him
+his title and possessions.
+
+"He then said to him, 'that but one hundred and fifty of the three
+hundred and fifty whom he had with him were willing to yield to his
+clemency, and that the others had withdrawn during the night; and that
+they might take the boat and bring those who were willing to come over,
+and their arms.' The Adelantado immediately directed the captain, Diego
+Flores Valdes, Admiral of the fleet, that he should bring them over as
+he had done the others, ten by ten; and the Adelantado, taking Jean
+Ribault behind the sand hills, among the bushes where the others had
+their hands tied behind them, he said to these and all the others as he
+had done before, that they had four leagues to go after night, and that
+he could not permit them to go unbound; and after they were all tied, he
+asked if they were Catholics or Lutherans, or if any of them desired to
+make confession.
+
+"Jean Ribault replied, 'that all who were there were of the new
+religion,' and he then began to repeat the psalm, '_Domine! Memento!
+Mei_;' and having finished, he said, 'that from dust they came and to
+dust they must return, and that in twenty years, more or less, he must
+render his final account; that the Adelantado might do with them as he
+chose.' The Adelantado then ordered all to be killed, in the same order
+and at the same mark, as had been done to the others. He spared only the
+fifers, drummers, and trumpeters, and four others who said that they
+were Catholics, in all, sixteen persons." "_Todos los demas fueron
+degallados_,"--"all the rest were slaughtered," is the sententious
+summary lay which Padre de Solis announced the close of the sad career
+of the gray-haired veteran, the brave soldier, the Admiral Jean Ribault,
+and his companions.[12]
+
+At some point on the thickly-wooded shores of the Island of Anastasio,
+or beneath the shifting mounds of sand which mark its shores, may still
+lie the bones of some of the three hundred and fifty who, spared from
+destruction by the tempest, and escaping the perils of the sea and of
+the savage, fell victims to the vindictive rancor and blind rage of one
+than whom history recalls none more cruel, or less humane. But while
+their bones, scattered on earth and sea, unhonored and unburied, were
+lost to human sight, the tale of their destruction and sad fate,
+scattered in like manner over the whole world, has raised to their
+memory through sympathy with their fate, a memorial which will endure as
+long as the pages of history.
+
+The Adelantado returned that night to St. Augustine, where, says his
+apologist, some persons censured him for his cruelty. Others commended
+what he had done, as the act of a good general, and said that even if
+they had been Catholics, he could not have done more justly than he had
+done for them; for with the few provisions that the Adelantado had,
+either the one or the other people would have had to perish with hunger,
+and the French would have destroyed our people: they were the most
+numerous.[13]
+
+We have still to trace the fate of the body of two hundred, who retired
+from Ribault after his final determination to surrender to the tender
+mercies of Menendez. As we are already aware, it comprised the elite of
+his force, men of standing and rank, and whose spirits had retained
+energy to combat against the natural discouragements of their position;
+and they adopted the nobler resolve of selling their lives, at least
+with their swords in their hands.
+
+De Solis proceeds to give the following further account of them:--
+
+"Twenty days subsequently to the destruction of these, some Indians came
+to the Adelantado, and informed him by signs, that eight days' journey
+from here to the southward, near the Bahama Channel, at Canaveral, a
+large number of people, brethren of those whom the General had caused to
+be killed, were building a fort and a vessel. The Adelantado at once
+came to the conclusion, that the French had retired to the place where
+their vessels were wrecked, and where their artillery and munitions, and
+provisions were, in order to build a vessel and return to France to
+procure succor. The General thereupon dispatched from St. Augustine to
+St. Matteo, ten of his soldiers, conveying intelligence of what had
+taken place, and directing that they should send to him one hundred and
+fifty of the soldiers there, with the thirty-five others who remained
+when he returned to St. Augustine, after taking the fort. The master of
+the camp immediately dispatched them, under command of Captains Juan
+Velez de Medrano and Andrez Lopez Patrio; and they arrived at St.
+Augustine on October 23d. On the 25th, after having heard mass, the
+Adelantado departed for the coast, with three hundred men, and three
+small vessels to go by sea with the arms and provisions; and the vessels
+were to go along and progress equally with the troops; and each night
+when the troops halted, the vessels also anchored by them, for it was a
+clear and sandy coast.
+
+"The Adelantado carried in the three vessels provisions for forty days
+for three hundred men, and one day's ration was to last for two days;
+and he promised to do everything for the general good of all, although
+they might have to undergo many dangers and privations; that he had
+great hope that he would have the goodness and mercy of God to aid him
+in carrying through safely this so holy and pious an undertaking. He
+then took leave of them, leaving most of them in tears, for he was much
+loved, feared, and respected by all.[14]
+
+"The Adelantado, after a wearisome journey, marching on foot himself the
+whole distance, arrived in the neighborhood of the French camp on All
+Saints Day, at daylight, guided by the Indians by land, and the three
+vessels under the command of Captain Diego de Maya. As soon as the
+French descried the Spaniards, they fled to their fort, without any
+remaining. The Adelantado sent them a trumpeter, offering them their
+lives, that they should return and should receive the same treatment as
+the Spaniards. One hundred and fifty came to the Adelantado; and their
+leader, with twenty others, sent to say that they would sooner be
+devoured by the Indians, than surrender themselves to the Spaniards. The
+Adelantado received those who surrendered, very well, and having set
+fire to the fort, which was of wood, burned the vessel which they were
+building, and buried the artillery, for the vessels could not carry
+them."
+
+De Solis here closes his account of the matter; but from other accounts
+we learn that the Adelantado kept his faith on this occasion with them,
+and that some entered his service, some were converted to his faith, and
+others returned to France; and thus ended the Huguenot attempt to
+colonize the shores of Florida.
+
+There are several other accounts of the fate of Ribault and his
+followers, drawn from the narratives of survivors of the expedition,
+which, without varying the general order of events, fill in sundry
+details of the massacres. The main point of difference is, as to the
+pledges or assurances given by Menendez. The French accounts say that he
+pledged his faith to them that their lives should be spared.[15] It will
+be seen that the Spanish account denies that he did so, but makes him
+use language subject to misconstruction, and calculated to deceive them
+into the hope and expectation of safety. I do not see that in a
+Christian or even moral view there is much difference between an open
+breach of faith and the breach of an implied faith, particularly when it
+was only by this deception that the surrender could have been
+accomplished. Nor could Menendez have had a very delicate sense of the
+value of the word of a soldier, a Christian, and a gentleman, when, as
+his apologist admits, he did directly use the language of falsehood, to
+induce them to submit to the degradation of having their hands tied.
+
+Nor, considered in its broader aspects is it a matter of any consequence
+whether he gave his word or no; nor does it lessen the enormity of his
+conduct, had they submitted themselves in the most unreserved manner to
+his discretion. France and Spain were at peace; no act of hostility had
+been committed by the French toward the Spaniards; and Ribault asked
+only to be allowed to pass on. In violation alike of the laws of war and
+the law of humanity, he first induced them to surrender, to abide what
+God, whose holy name he invoked, should put into his heart to do, and
+then cajoling them into allowing their hands to be tied, he ordered them
+to be killed, in their bonds as they stood, defenseless, helpless,
+wrecked, and famished men. It would have been a base blot upon human
+nature, had he thus served the most savage tribe of nations, standing on
+that far shore, brought into the common sympathy of want and suffering.
+The act seems one of monstrous atrocity, when committed against the
+people of a sister nation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+FORTIFYING OF ST. AUGUSTINE--DISAFFECTIONS AND MUTINIES--APPROVAL OF
+MENENDEZ' ACTS BY THE KING OF SPAIN. 1565-1568.
+
+
+During the time of the several expeditions of the Adelantado against the
+French Huguenots, the fortification and strengthening of the defenses of
+the settlement at St. Augustine had not been neglected. The fort, or
+Indian council-house, which had been first fortified, seems to have been
+consumed in the conflagration spoken of; and thereupon a plan of a
+regular fortification or fort was marked out by Menendez; and, as there
+existed same danger of the return of the French, the Spaniards labored
+unceasingly with their whole force, to put it in a respectable state of
+defense. From an engraving contained in De Bry, illustrating the attack
+of Sir Francis Drake, twenty years afterwards, this fort appears to have
+been an octagonal structure of logs, and located near the site of the
+present fort, while the settlement itself was probably made in the first
+instance, at the lower end of the peninsula, near the building now
+called "the powder-house."
+
+He also established a government for the place, with civil and military
+officials, a hall of justice, etc.
+
+All of these matters were arranged by Menendez before his expedition
+against the French at Canaveral, of whom one hundred and fifty returned
+with him, and were received upon an equal footing with his own men, the
+more distinguished being received at his own table upon the most
+friendly terms; a clemency which, with a knowledge of his character, can
+only be ascribed to motives of policy. The position of the French at
+Canaveral was probably inaccessible, as they had their arms, besides
+artillery brought from the vessels; and the duplicity which had
+characterized his success with their comrades, was out of the question
+here; the French could therefore exact their own terms, and unshackled
+could forcibly resist any attempt at treachery.
+
+The addition of this number to his force lessened the already diminished
+supply of provisions which Menendez had brought with him; and want soon
+began to threaten his camp. He sent as many of his soldiers as he could
+into camp at San Matteo, and endeavored to draw supplies from the
+Indians; but unfortunately for him, the country between the St. Johns
+and St. Augustine was under the rule of the Indian Chief, Satouriara,
+the friend (and ally of the French), whose hostility the Spaniards were
+never able to overcome. Satouriara and his followers withdrew from all
+peaceable intercourse with the Spaniards, and hung about their path to
+destroy, harrass, and cut them off upon every possible occasion.
+
+The winter succeeding the settlement of the Spaniards at St. Augustine,
+was most distressing and discouraging to them. The lack of provisions in
+their camp drove them to seek, in the surrounding country, subsistence
+from the roots and esculent plants it might afford, or to obtain in the
+neighboring creeks, fish and oysters; but no sooner did a Spaniard
+venture out alone beyond, the gates of the fort, than he was grasped, by
+some unseen foe, from the low underbrush and put to death, or a shower
+of arrows from some tree-top was his first intimation of danger; if he
+discharged his arquebuse towards his invisible assailants, others would
+spring upon him before he could reload his piece; or, if he attempted to
+find fish and oysters in some quiet creek, the noiseless canoe of an
+Indian would dart in upon him, and the heavy war-club of the savage
+descending upon his unprotected head, end his existence. Against such a
+foe, no defense could avail; and it is related that more than one
+hundred and twenty of the Spaniards were thus killed, including Captain
+Martin de Ochoa, Captain Diego de Hevia, Fernando de Gamboa, and Juan
+Menendez, a nephew of the Adelantado, and many others of the bravest and
+most distinguished of the garrison.
+
+In this crisis of affairs, the Governor concluded to go to Cuba himself,
+to obtain relief for his colony. He in the meantime established a fort
+at St. Lucia, near Canaveral. A considerable jealousy seems to have
+existed on the part of the governor of Cuba; and he received Menendez
+with great coolness, and in reply to his appeals for aid, only offered
+an empty vessel. In this emergency, Menendez contemplated, as his only
+means of obtaining what he wished, to go upon a filibustering expedition
+against some Portuguese and English vessels which were in those waters.
+While making preparations to do this, four vessels of the fleet with
+which he had left Spain, and which had been supposed lost, arrived; and
+after dispatching a vessel to Campeachy for provisions, he commenced
+his return voyage to his colony, delaying however for a time in South
+Florida, to seek intelligence among the Indians of his lost son.
+
+In the meantime his garrisons at St. Augustine and San Matteo had
+mutinied, and were in open revolt; provisions had become so scarce that
+twenty-five reals had been given for a pound of biscuit, and but for the
+fish they would have starved. They plundered the public stores,
+imprisoned their officers, and seized upon a vessel laden with
+provisions which had been sent to the garrison. The Master of the Camp
+succeeded in escaping from confinement and releasing his fellow
+prisoners, by a bold movement cut off the intercourse between the
+mutineers on board the vessel and those on shore, and hung the Sergeant
+Major, who was at the head of the movement. The Commandant then
+attempted to attack those in the vessel, and was nearly lost with his
+companions, by being wrecked on the bar. The vessel made sail to the
+West India Islands. The garrison at San Matteo took a vessel there and
+come around to St. Augustine, but arrived after their accomplices had
+left.
+
+Disease had already begun to make its ravages, and added to the general
+wish to leave the country; which all would then have done had they had
+the vessels in which to embark. They used for their recovery from
+sickness, the roots of a native shrub, which produced marvelous cures.
+
+At this period Menendez returned to the famished garrison, but was
+forced to permit Juan Vicente, with one hundred of the disaffected, to
+go to St. Domingo by a vessel which he dispatched there for supplies;
+and it is said that the governors of the islands where they went,
+harbored them, and that of some five hundred who on different occasions
+deserted from the Adelantado, and all of whom had been brought out at
+his cost, but two or three were ever returned to him; while the
+deserters putting their own construction upon their acts, sent home to
+the king of Spain criminations of the Adelantado, and represented the
+conquest of Florida, as a hopeless and worthless acquisition; that it
+was barren and swampy, and produced nothing.
+
+After this defection, Menendez proceeded along the coast to San Matteo,
+and thence to Guale, Amelia, and adjoining islands, Orista and St.
+Helena; made peaceful proposals to the Indian tribes, lectured them upon
+theology, and planted a cross at their council-houses. The cacique of
+Guale asked Menendez how it was "that he had waged war upon the other
+white men, who had come from the same country as himself?" He replied,
+"that the other white people were bad Christians, and believers in lies;
+and that those whom he had killed, deserved the most cruel death,
+because they had fled their own country, and came to mislead and deceive
+the caciques and other Indians, as they had already before misled and
+deceived many other good Christians, in order that the devil may take
+possession of them." While at St. Helena he succeeded in obtaining
+permission of the Indians to erect a fort there, and he left a
+detachment. On his return he also erected fort San Felipe, at Orista;
+and after setting up a cross at Guale, the cacique demanded of him, that
+as now they had become good Christians, he should cause rain to come
+upon their fields; for a drought had continued eight months. The same
+night a severe rain-storm happened, which confirmed the faith of the
+Indians, and gained the Adelantado great credit with them. While here,
+he learned that there was a fugitive Lutheran among the Indians, and he
+took some pains to cause to be given to the fugitive hopes of good
+treatment if he would come into the Spanish post at St. Helena, while he
+gave private directions that he should be killed, directing his
+lieutenant to make very strange of his disappearance; an incident very
+illustrative of the vindictiveness and duplicity of Menendez.[16]
+
+He returned to St. Augustine, and was received with great joy, and
+devoted himself to the completion of the fort, which was to frighten the
+savages, and enforce respect from strangers. It was built, it is said,
+where it now stands, _donde este ahora_, (1722.)
+
+The colony left at St. Helena mutinied almost immediately, and seizing a
+vessel sent with supplies, sailed for Cuba, and were wrecked on the
+Florida Keys, where they met at an Indian town the mutineers who had
+deserted from the fort at St. Matteo: these had been also wrecked there.
+
+The garrison again becoming much straitened for provisions, the
+Adelantado, in June, was obliged to go to Cuba for succor. He was
+received with indifference, and his wishes unheeded. He applied to the
+governor of Mexico, and others who happened to be there, and who had the
+power of assisting him; from all he received no encouragement, but the
+advice to abandon his enterprise. He at last pawned his jewels, the
+badge of his order, and his valuables, thus obtaining five hundred
+ducats; with which he purchased provisions, and set sail on his return,
+with only sixty-five men.
+
+But just at this period succor came to the famished troops; a fleet of
+seventeen vessels arrived with fifteen hundred men from Spain, under
+Juan de Avila, as admiral. By this means all the posts were succored and
+reinforced, and the enterprise saved from destruction; for the small
+supplies brought by Menendez would have been soon exhausted, and further
+efforts being out of his power, they would have been forced to withdraw
+from the country.
+
+The admiral of the fleet also had entrusted to him for the Adelantado a
+letter from the king, written on the 12th of May, 1566, which, among
+other matters, contained the following royal commendation of the acts of
+Menendez. "Of the great success which has attended your enterprise, we
+have the most entire satisfaction, and we bear in memory the loyalty,
+the love, and the diligence, with which you have borne us service, as
+well as the dangers and perils in which you have been placed; and as to
+the _retribution_ you have visited upon the Lutheran pirates who sought
+to occupy that country, and to fortify themselves there, in order to
+disseminate in it their wicked creed, and to prosecute there their
+wrongs and robberies, which they have done and were doing against God's
+service and my own, we believe that you did it with every justification
+and propriety, and we consider ourself to have been well served in so
+doing."[17]
+
+To this commendation of Philip II., it is unnecessary to add any
+comment, save that no other action could have been expected of him. And
+of Charles the Ninth, of France, the Spanish historian says that he
+treated the memorial of the widows and orphans of the slain with
+contempt, "considering their punishment to have been just, in that they
+were equally enemies of Spain, of France, of the Church, and of the
+peace of the world."
+
+During the absence of Menendez to inspect his posts, disaffection again
+broke out; and finding his force too numerous, he with sixteen vessels
+went upon a freebooting expedition to attack pirates. He failed to meet
+with any; but having learned that a large French fleet was on its way,
+he visited and fortified the forts on the islands of Cuba, Hispaniola,
+and Puerto Rico, and again returned to Florida; the expected French
+fleet never having arrived. About this time, a small vessel brought from
+Spain three learned and exemplary priests; one of whom, Padre Martinez,
+landed upon the coast with some of the crew, and being unable to regain
+the vessel, coasted along to St. George Island, where he was attacked
+and murdered by the Indians, with a number of his companions.
+
+The following year was principally occupied by Menendez, in
+strengthening his fortifications at his three forts, in visiting the
+Indian chiefs at their towns, and exploring the country. One of his
+expeditions went as far north as the thirty-seventh degree of latitude
+by sea, and another went to the foot of the Apalachian Mountains, about
+one hundred and fifty leagues, and established a fort. The former was
+about the mouth of the Chesapeake, called the Santa Maria,[18] and the
+land expedition, probably to the up-country of Georgia, in the
+neighborhood of Rome.
+
+All attempts at pacifying their warlike neighbor were as fruitless as
+their attempts to subjugate him; whether in artifice and duplicity, in
+open warfare, or secret ambush, he was more than equal to the
+Adelantado, and was a worthy ancestor of the modern Seminole,--never
+present when looked for, and never absent when an opportunity of
+striking a blow occurred.
+
+The Adelantado having had built an extremely slight vessel of less than
+twenty tons, called a frigate, concluded to visit Spain, and ran in
+seventeen days to the Azores, sailing seventy leagues per day, an
+exploit not often equaled in modern times. He was received with great
+joy in Spain, and the king treated him with much consideration. The
+Adelantado felt great anxiety to return to his colony, and deprecated
+the delays of the court, fearing the result of the indignation at his
+cruelty to the Huguenots, which, says his chronicler, increased day by
+day.[19]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE NOTABLE REVENGE OF DOMINIC DE GOURGUES--RETURN OF MENENDEZ--INDIAN
+MISSION--1568.
+
+
+While Menendez thus remained at the Spanish court urging the completion
+of his business, seeking compensation for the great expenditures which
+he had made in the king's service, and vindicating himself from the
+accusations which had been preferred against him,--the revenge, the
+distant murmurs of which had already reached his ears, fell upon the
+Spaniards on the St. Johns.
+
+Dominic de Gourgues, one of those soldiers of fortune who then abounded
+throughout Europe, took upon himself the expression of the indignation
+with which the French nation viewed the slaughter of their countrymen.
+From motives of policy, or from feelings still less creditable, the
+French court ignored the event; but it rankled nevertheless in the
+national heart, and many a secret vow of revenge was breathed, the low
+whispers of which reached even the confines of the Spanish court.
+Conscience, and the knowledge that the sentiment of the age was against
+him, made Menendez from the moment of his success exceedingly anxious
+lest well-merited retribution should fall upon his own colony. He
+guarded against it in every way in his power; he strengthened all his
+posts; he erected for the protection of San Matteo, formerly Fort
+Caroline, two small forts on either side of the entrance of the river,
+at the points now known as Batten Island and Mayport Mills. He placed
+large garrisons at each post, and had made such arrangements against
+surprise or open attack upon his forts, that Father Mendoza boasted
+that, "half of all France could not take them."
+
+De Gourgues, with three vessels and about two hundred and fifty chosen
+men, animated with like feelings with himself, appeared in April, 1568,
+off the mouth of the St. Johns. The Spanish fort received his vessels
+with a salute, supposing them to be under the flag of Spain. De Gourgues
+returned the salute, thus confirming their error. He then entered the
+St. Marys, called the Somme, and was met by a large concourse of
+Indians, friendly to the French and bitterly hostile to the Spaniards,
+at the head of whom was the stern and uncompromising Satouriara. Their
+plans were quickly formed, and immediately carried into execution. Their
+place of rendezvous was the Fort George Inlet, called by them the
+Sarabay; and they traversed that island at low tide, fell suddenly upon
+the fort at Batten Island on the north side of the river, completely
+surprising it. The force occupying the Spanish forts amounted to four
+hundred men, one hundred and twenty of whom occupied the two forts at
+the mouth of the river, and the remainder Fort Caroline. The French with
+their Indian allies approached the fort on the north side of the river
+at day-break. Having waded the intervening marsh and creek, to the great
+damage of their feet and legs by reason of the oyster banks, they
+arrived within two hundred yards of the post, when they were discovered
+by the sentinel upon the platform of the fort; who immediately cried,
+"to arms," and discharged twice at the French a culverin which had been
+taken at Fort Caroline. Before he could load it a third time the brave
+Olatocara leaped upon him, and killed him with a pike. Gourgues then
+charging in, the garrison, by this time alarmed, rushed out, armed
+hastily and seeking escape; another part of Gourgues' force coming up,
+inclosed the Spaniards between them, and all but fifteen of the garrison
+perished on the spot; the others were taken prisoners, only to be
+reserved for the summary vengeance which the French leader meditated.
+
+The Spanish garrison in the other fort kept up in the mean time a brisk
+cannonade, which incommoded the assailants, who however soon managed to
+point the pieces of the fort they had taken; and under the cover of this
+fire the French crossed to the other fort, their Indian allies in great
+numbers swimming with them. The garrison of sixty men, panic-struck,
+made no attempt at resistance, but fled, endeavoring to reach the main
+fort; being intercepted by the Indians in one direction, and by the
+French in another, but few made good their escape. These, arriving at
+Fort Caroline, carried an exaggerated account of the number of their
+assailants.
+
+De Gourgues at once pushed forward to attack Fort Caroline, while its
+defenders were terrified at the suddenness of his attack, and the
+supposed strength of his force. Upon his arrival near the fort, the
+Spanish commander sent out a detachment of sixty men, to make a
+reconnoisance. De Gourgues skillfully interposed a body of his own men
+with a large number of the Indians between the reconnoitering party and
+the fort, and then with his main force charged upon them in front: when
+the Spaniards, turning to seek the shelter of the fort, were met by the
+force in their rear, and were all either killed or taken prisoners.
+Seeing this misfortune, the Spanish commander despaired of being able to
+hold the fortress, and determined to make a timely retreat to St.
+Augustine. In attempting this, most of his followers fell into the hands
+of the Indians, and were slain upon the spot; the commandant with a few
+others alone escaped.
+
+De Gourgues, now completely successful in making retaliation for the
+fate of his countrymen on the same spot where they suffered, on the same
+tree which had borne the bodies of the Huguenots caused his prisoners to
+be suspended; and as Menendez had on the former occasion erected a
+tablet that they had been punished "not as Frenchmen but as Lutherans,"
+so De Gourgues in like manner erected an inscription that he had done
+this to them "_not as to Spaniards, nor as to outcasts, but as to
+traitors, thieves and murderers_."[20]
+
+After inducing the Indians to destroy the forts, and to raze them to the
+ground, he set sail for France, arriving safely without further
+adventure.
+
+His conduct was at the time disavowed and censured by the French court;
+and the Spanish ambassador had the assurance, in the name of that master
+who had publicly declared his approval of the conduct of Menendez, to
+demand the surrender of De Gourgues to his vengeance. The brave captain,
+however the crown might seem to disapprove, was secretly sustained and
+protected by many distinguished persons official and private, and by the
+mass of the people; to whom his boldness, spirit, and signal success
+were grateful. Some years afterwards he was restored to the favor of his
+sovereign, and appointed admiral of the fleet.
+
+That De Gourgues deserves censure, cannot be denied; but there will
+always exist an admiration for his courage and intrepid valor, with a
+sympathy for the bitter provocations under which he acted, both personal
+and national; a sympathy not shared with Menendez, who visited his wrath
+upon the religious opinions of men, while De Gourgues was the
+unauthorized avenger of undoubted crime and inhumanity. Both acted in
+violation of the pure spirit of that Christianity which they alike
+professed to revere, under the same form.
+
+While these scenes were enacting on the St. Johns, Menendez was on his
+way to his colonies, where he first heard of the descent of De Gourgues,
+then on his way back to France. The Adelantado upon his arrival found
+his troops hungry and naked, and their relations with the Indians worse
+than ever. Having made such arrangements as were in his power, he
+returned to Havana, to further his plans for introducing Christianity
+among the Indians; to which, to his credit be it said, he devoted the
+greater share of his time and attention. Father Rogel applied himself to
+learning their language, with great success; and an institution was
+established in Havana especially for their instruction. In the Ensayo
+Cronologica, there is set forth in full, a rescript addressed by Pope
+Pius V., to Menendez, conveying to him the acknowledgements of his
+Holiness for the zeal and loyalty he had exhibited, and his labors in
+carrying the faith to the Indians, and urging him strongly to see to it
+that his Indian converts should not be scandalized by the vicious lives
+of their white brethren who claimed to be Christians.
+
+A small party of Spaniards, as has already been mentioned, accompanied
+by a priest, De Quiros, had been left upon the Chesapeake, and under the
+auspices of a young converted chief, who had been some time with the
+Spaniards in Havana and Florida, anticipated a more easy access to the
+Indian tribes in that region. Another priest, with ten associates, went
+the following year; when, after they had sent away their vessel, they
+discovered that their predecessor had been murdered, through the
+treachery of the renegade apostate; and they themselves shortly fell
+victims to his perfidy. Menendez dispatched a third vessel there; when
+the fate of the two former parties was ascertained, and he went in
+person to chastise the murderers; he succeeded in capturing six or
+seven, who, it is said, (rather improbably I think), confessed
+themselves to have been implicated in the massacre. Menendez, in his
+summary and sailor-like way, ordered their execution at the yard-arm of
+his vessel. The Cronicle says that they were first converted and
+baptized, by the zeal of Father Rogel, before the sentence was carried
+into execution. A long period elapsed before any further efforts were
+made in this quarter to establish a colony; and it was then accomplished
+by the English. In consequence of these temporary establishments,
+however, the Spanish crown, for a long period, claimed the whole of the
+intervening country, as lying within its Province of Florida.
+
+The annals of the city during the remainder of the life of Menendez,
+present only the usual vicissitudes of new settlements,--the
+alternations of supply and want, occasional disaffections, and petty
+annoyances.
+
+Menendez was the recipient from his court of new honors from time to
+time, and had been appointed the grand admiral of the Spanish Armada;
+when, in September, 1574, he was suddenly carried off by a fever, at the
+age of fifty-five. It is a singular coincidence that De Gourgues, five
+years afterwards, was carried off in a similar manner, just after his
+appointment as admiral of the French fleet. A splendid monument in the
+church of San Nicolas, at Aviles, was erected to the memory of Menendez,
+with the following inscription:
+
+     "HERE LIES BURIED THE ILLUSTRIOUS CAVALIER, PEDRO MENENDEZ DE
+     AVILES, A NATIVE OF THIS CITY, ADELANTADO OF THE PROVINCES OF
+     FLORIDA, KNIGHT COMMANDER OF SANTA CRUZ OF THE ORDER OF SANTIAGO,
+     AND CAPTAIN GENERAL OF THE OCEANIC SEAS AND OF THE ARMADA WHICH HIS
+     ROYAL HIGHNESS COLLECTED AT SANTANDER IN THE YEAR 1574, WHERE HE
+     DIED ON THE 17TH OF SEPTEMBER OF THAT YEAR, IN THE 55TH YEAR OF HIS
+     AGE."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+SIR FRANCIS DRAKE'S ATTACK UPON ST. AUGUSTINE--ESTABLISHMENT OF
+MISSIONS--MASSACRE OF MISSIONARIES AT ST. AUGUSTINE--1586-1638.
+
+
+Nine years had elapsed from the death of Menendez, and the colony at St.
+Augustine had slowly progressed into the settlement of a small town; but
+the eclat and importance which the presence of Menendez had given it,
+were much lessened; when, in 1586, Sir Francis Drake, with a fleet
+returning from South America, discovered the Spanish look-out upon
+Anastasia Island, and sent boats ashore to ascertain something in
+reference to it. Marching up the shore, they discovered across the bay,
+a fort, and further up a town built of wood.
+
+Proceeding towards the fort, which bore the name of San Juan de Pinas,
+some guns were fired upon them from it, and they retired towards their
+vessel; the same evening a fifer made his appearance, and informed them
+that he was a Frenchman, detained a prisoner there, and that the
+Spaniards had abandoned their fort; and he offered to conduct them over.
+Upon this information they crossed the river and found the fort
+abandoned as they had been informed, and took possession of it without
+opposition. It was built entirely of wood, and only surrounded by a wall
+or pale formed of the bodies or trunks of large trees, set upright in
+the earth; for, says the narrative, it was not at that time inclosed by
+a ditch, as it had been but lately begun by the Spaniards. The platforms
+were made of the bodies of large pine trees (of which there are plenty
+here), laid horizontally across each other, with earth rammed in to fill
+up the vacancies. Fourteen brass cannon were found in the fort, and
+there was left behind the treasure chest, containing £2,000 sterling,
+designed for the payment of the garrison, which consisted of one hundred
+and fifty men. Whether the massive, iron-bound mahogany chest,[21]
+still preserved in the old fort is the same which fell into the hands
+of Drake, is a question for antiquaries to decide; its ancient
+appearance might well justify the supposition.
+
+On the following day, Drake's forces marched towards the town, but
+owing, it is said, to heavy rains, were obliged to return and go in the
+boats. On their approach, the Spaniards fled into the country. It is
+said, in Barcia, that a Spaniard concealed in the bushes, fired at the
+sergeant major and wounded him, and then ran up and dispatched him, and
+that in revenge for this act, Drake burnt their buildings and destroyed
+their gardens. The garrison and inhabitants retired to fort San Matteo,
+on the St. Johns river. Barcia says that the population of the place was
+then increasing considerably, and that it possessed a hall of justice,
+parochial church, and other buildings, together with gardens in the rear
+of the town.
+
+An engraved plan or view of Drake's descent upon St. Augustine,
+published after his return to England, represents an octagonal fort
+between two streams; at the distance of half a mile another stream;
+beyond that the town, with a look-out and two religious houses, one of
+which is a church, and the other probably the house of the Franciscans,
+who had shortly before established a house of their order there. The
+town contains three squares lengthwise, and four in width, with gardens
+on the west side.
+
+Some doubt has been thrown on the actual site of the first settlement,
+by this account; but I think it probably stood considerably to the south
+of the present public square, between the barracks and the powder-house.
+Perhaps the Maria Sanchez creek may have then communicated with the bay
+near its present head, in wet weather and at high tides isolating the
+fort from the town. The present north ditch may have been the bed of a
+tide creek, and thus would correspond to the appearance presented by the
+sketch. It is well known that the north end of the city was built at a
+much later period than the southern, and that the now vacant space below
+the barracks, was once occupied with buildings. Buildings and fields are
+shown upon Anastasia Island, opposite the town. The relative position of
+the town with reference to the entrance of the harbor is correctly shown
+on the plan; and there seems no sufficient ground to doubt the identity
+of the present town with the ancient locality.
+
+The garrison and country were then under the command of Don Pedro
+Menendez, a nephew of the Adelantado, who, after the English squadron
+sailed, having received assistance from Havana began, it is said, to
+rebuild the city, and made great efforts to increase its population, and
+to induce the Indians to settle in its neighborhood.
+
+In 1592, twelve Franciscan missionaries arrived at St. Augustine, with
+their Superior, Fray Jean de Silva, and placed themselves under the
+charge of Father Francis Manon, Warden of the convent of St. Helena. One
+of them, a Mexican, Father Francis Panja, drew up in the language of the
+Yemasees his "Abridgment of Christian Doctrine," said to be the first
+work compiled in any of our Indian languages.
+
+The Franciscan Father Corpa established a Mission house for the Indians
+at Talomato, in the northwest portion of the city of St, Augustine,
+where there was then an Indian village. Father Blas de Rodriguez, also
+called Montes, had an Indian Church at a village of the Indians called
+Tapoqui, situated on the creek called Cano de la Leche, north of the
+fort; and the church bearing the name of "Our Lady of the Milk" was
+situated on the elevated ground a quarter of a mile north of the fort,
+near the creek. A stone church existed at this locality as late as 1795,
+and the crucifix belonging to it is preserved in the Roman Catholic
+Church at St. Augustine.
+
+These missions proceeded with considerable apparent success, large
+numbers of the Indians being received and instructed both at this and
+other missions.
+
+Among the converts at the mission of Talomato, was the son of the
+cacique of the province of Guale, a proud and high-spirited young
+leader, who by no means submitted to the requirements of his spiritual
+fathers, but indulged in excesses which scandalized his profession.
+Father Corpa, after trying private remonstrances and warnings in vain,
+thought it necessary to administer to him a public rebuke. This aroused
+the pride of the young chief, and he suddenly left the mission,
+determined upon revenge. He gathered from the interior a band of
+warriors, whom he inspired with his own hatred against the missionaries.
+Returning to Talomato with his followers under the cover of night, he
+crept up to the mission house, burst open the chapel doors, and slew the
+devoted Father Corpa while at prayer; then severed his head from his
+body, set it upon a pikestaff, and threw his body out into the forest
+where it could never afterwards be found. The scene of this tragedy was
+in the neighborhood of the present Roman Catholic cemetery of St.
+Augustine.
+
+As soon as this occurrence became known in the Indian village, all was
+excitement; some of the most devoted bewailing the death of their
+spiritual father, while others dreaded the consequences of so rash an
+act, and shrunk with terror from the vengeance of the Spaniards, which
+they foresaw would soon follow. The young chief of Guale gathered them
+around him, and in earnest tones addressed them. "Yes," said he, "the
+friar is dead. It would not have been done, if he would have allowed us
+to live as we did before we became Christians. We desire to return to
+our ancient customs; and we must provide for our defense against the
+punishment which will be hurled upon us by the Governor of Florida,
+which, if it be allowed to reach us, will be as rigorous for this single
+friar as if we had killed them all.--For the same power which we possess
+to destroy this one priest, we have to destroy them all."
+
+His followers approved of what had been done, and said there was no
+doubt but what the same vengeance would fall upon them for the death of
+the one, as for all.
+
+He then resumed. "Since we shall receive equal punishment for the death
+of this one, as though we had killed them all, let us regain the liberty
+of which these friars have robbed us, with their promises of good things
+which we have not yet seen, but which they seek to keep us in hope of,
+while they accumulate upon us who are called Christians, injuries and
+disgusts, making us quit our wives, restricting us to one only, and
+prohibiting us from changing her.--They prevent us from having our
+balls, banquets, feasts, celebrations, games and contests, so that being
+deprived of them, we lose our ancient valor and skill which we inherited
+from our ancestors. Although they oppress us with labor, refusing to
+grant even the respite of a few days, and although we are disposed to do
+all they require from us, they are not satisfied; but for everything
+they reprimand as, injuriously treat us, oppress us, lecture us, call us
+bad Christians, and deprive us of all the pleasures which our fathers
+enjoyed, in the hope that they would give us heaven; by these frauds
+subjecting us and holding us under their absolute control. And what have
+we to hope except to be made slaves? If we now put them all to death, we
+shall destroy these excrescenses, and force the governor to treat us
+well."
+
+The majority were carried away by his address, and rung out the war-cry
+of death and defiance. While still eager for blood, their chief led them
+to the Indian town of Tapoqui, the mission of Father Montes, on the
+Cano de la Leche; tumultuously rushing in, they informed the missionary
+of the fate of Father Corpa, and that they sought his own life and those
+of all his order; and then with uplifted weapons bade him prepare to
+die. He reasoned and remonstrated with them, portraying the folly and
+wickedness of their intentions, that the vengeance of the Spaniards
+would surely overtake them, and implored them with tears, that for their
+own sakes rather than his, they would pause in their mad designs. But
+all in vain; they were alike insensible to his eloquence, and his tears,
+and pressed forward to surround him. Finding all else vain, he begged as
+a last favor that he should be permitted to celebrate mass before he
+died. In this he was probably actuated in part by the hope that their
+fierce hatred might be assuaged by the sight of the ceremonies of their
+faith, or that the delay might afford time for succor from the adjoining
+garrison.
+
+The permission was given; and there for the last time the worthy Father
+put on his robes, which might well be termed his robes of sacrifice. The
+wild and savage crowd, thirsting for his blood, reclined upon the floor
+and looked on in sullen silence, awaiting the conclusion of the rites.
+The priest alone, standing before the altar, proceeded with this most
+sad and solemn mass, then cast his eyes to heaven and knelt in private
+supplication; where the next moment he fell under the blows of his cruel
+foes, bespattering the altar at which he ministered, with his own life's
+blood. His crushed remains were thrown into the fields, that they might
+serve for the fowls of the air or the beasts of the forest; but not one
+would approach it, except a dog, which, rushing forward to lay hold upon
+the body, fell dead upon the spot, says the ancient chronicle; and an
+old Christian Indian, recognizing it, gave it sepulture in the forest.
+
+From thence the ferocious young chief of Guale led his followers against
+several missions, in other parts of the country, which he attacked and
+destroyed, together with their attendant clergy. Thus upon the soil of
+the ancient city was shed the blood of Christian martyrs, who were
+laboring with a zeal well worthy of emulation, to carry the truths of
+religion to the native tribes of Florida. Two hundred and sixty years
+have passed away since these sad scenes were enacted; but we can not
+even now repress a tear of sympathy and a feeling of admiration for
+those self-denying missionaries of the cross, who sealed their faith
+with their blood, and fell victims to their energy and devotion. The
+spectacle of the dying priest struck down at the altar, attired in his
+sacred vestments, and perhaps imploring pardon upon his murderers,
+cannot fail to call up in the heart of the most insensible, something
+more than a passing emotion.
+
+The zeal of the Franciscans was only increased by this disaster, and
+each succeeding year brought additions to their number. They pushed
+their missions into the interior of the country so rapidly that in less
+than two years they had established through the principal towns of the
+Indiana no less than twenty mission houses. The presumed remains of
+these establishments are still occasionally to be found throughout the
+interior of the country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+SUBJECTION OF THE APALACHIAN INDIANS--CONSTRUCTION OF THE FORT, SEA
+WALL, &c.--1638-1700.
+
+
+In the year 1638, hostilities were entered into between the Spanish
+settlements on the coast, and the Apalachian Indians, who occupied the
+country in the neighborhood of the river Suwanee. The Spaniards soon
+succeeded in subduing their Indian foes; and in 1640, large numbers of
+the Apalachian Indians were brought to St. Augustine, and in alleged
+punishment for their outbreak, and with a sagacious eye to the
+convenience of the arrangement, were forced to labor upon the public
+works and fortifications of the city. At this period the English
+settlements along the coast to the northward, had begun to be formed,
+much to the uneasiness and displeasure of the Spanish crown, which for a
+long period claimed, by virtue of exploration and occupation, as well as
+by the ancient papal grant of Alexander, all the eastern coast of the
+United States. Their missionaries had penetrated Virginia before the
+settlement at Jamestown; and they had built a fort in South Carolina,
+and kept up a garrison for some years in it. But the Spanish government
+had become too feeble to compete with either the English or the French
+on the seas; and with the loss of their celebrated Armada, perished
+forever their pretensions as a naval power. They were therefore forced
+to look to the safety of their already established settlements in
+Florida; and the easy capture of the fort at St. Augustine by the
+passing squadron of Drake, evinced the necessity of works of a much more
+formidable character.
+
+It is evident that the fort, or castle as it was usually designated, had
+been then commenced, although its form was afterwards changed; and for
+sixty years subsequently, these unfortunate Apalachian Indians were
+compelled to labor upon the works, until in 1680, upon the
+recommendation of their mission Fathers, they were relieved from further
+compulsory labor, with the understanding that in case of necessity they
+would resume their labors.
+
+In 1648, St. Augustine is described to have contained more than three
+hundred householders (_vecinos_), a flourishing monastry of the order of
+St. Francis with fifty Franciscans, men very zealous for the conversion
+of the Indians, and regarded by their countrymen with the highest
+veneration. Besides these there were in the city alone, a vicar, a
+parochial curate, a superior sacristan, and a chaplain attached to the
+castle. The parish church was built of wood, the Bishop of Cuba, it is
+said, not being able to afford anything better, his whole income being
+but four hundred pezos per annum, which he shared with Florida; and
+sometimes he expended much more than his receipts.
+
+In 1665, Captain Davis, one of the English buccaneers and freebooters
+(then very numerous in the West Indies), with a fleet of seven or eight
+vessels came on the coast from Jamaica, to intercept the Spanish plate
+fleet on its return from New Spain to Europe; but being disappointed in
+this scheme, he proceeded along the coast of Florida, and came off St.
+Augustine, where he landed and marched directly upon the town, which he
+sacked and plundered, without meeting the least opposition or resistance
+from the Spaniards, although they had then a garrison of two hundred men
+in the fort, which at that time was an octagon, fortified and defended
+by round towers.
+
+The fortifications, if this account be true, were probably then very
+incomplete; and with a vastly inferior force it is not surprising that
+they did not undertake what could only have been an ineffectual
+resistance. It does not appear that the fort was taken; and the
+inhabitants retired probably within its enclosure with their
+valuables.[22]
+
+In the Spanish account of the various occurrences in this country, it is
+mentioned that in 1681, "the English having examined a province of
+Florida, distant twelve leagues from another called New Castle, where
+the air is pleasant, the climate mild, and the lands very fertile,
+called it Salvania; and that knowing these advantages, a Quaker, or
+Shaker (a sect barbarous impudent, and abominable), called William Penn,
+obtained a grant of it from Charles II., King of England, and made great
+efforts to colonize it." Such was the extent then claimed for the
+province of Florida, and such the opinion entertained of the Quakers.
+
+In 1681, Don Juan Marquez Cabrera, applied himself at once, upon his
+appointment to the governorship of Florida, to finishing the castle;
+and collected large quantities of stone, lime, timber, and iron, more
+than sufficient subsequently to complete it. About this period, a new
+impulse was given to the extension of the missions for converting the
+Indians; and large reinforcements of the clerical force were received
+from Mexico, Havana, and Spain; and many of them received salaries from
+the crown. A considerable Indian town is spoken of at this period, as
+existing six hundred varas north of St. Augustine, and called Macarasi,
+which would correspond to the place formerly occupied by Judge Douglas,
+deceased, and which has long been called Macariz. Other parts of the
+country were known by various names. Amelia Island was the province of
+Guale. The southern part of the country was known as the province of
+Carlos. Indian river was the province of Ys. Westwardly was the province
+of Apalachie; while smaller divisions were designated by the names of
+the chiefs.
+
+It is hardly to be doubted, that the same spirit of oppression towards
+the Indians, exercised in the other colonies under Spanish domination,
+existed in Florida. It has been already mentioned that the Apalachians
+were kept at labor upon the fortifications of St. Augustine; and in
+1680, the Yemasees, who had always been particularly peaceful and
+manageable, and whose principal town was Macarisqui, near St. Augustine,
+revolted at the rule exercised over them by the Spanish authorities at
+St. Augustine, in consequence of the execution of one of their chiefs by
+the order of the governor; and six years afterwards they made a general
+attack upon the Spaniards, drove them within the walls of the castle,
+and became such mortal enemies to them, that they never gave a Spaniard
+quarter, waylaying, and invariably massacring, any stragglers they could
+intercept outside of the fort.
+
+In 1670, an English settlement was established near Port Royal, South
+Carolina, one hundred and five years subsequent to the settlement of St.
+Augustine. The Spaniards regarded it as an infringement upon their
+rights; and although a treaty, after this settlement, had been made
+between Spain and England, confirming to the latter all her settlements
+and islands, yet as no boundaries or limits were mentioned, their
+respective rights and boundaries remained a subject of dispute for
+seventy years.
+
+About 1675, the Spanish authorities at St. Augustine, having
+intelligence from _white servants_ who fled to them, of the discontented
+and miserable situation of the colony in Carolina, advanced with a
+party under arms as far as the Island of St. Helena, to dislodge or
+destroy the settlers. A treacherous colonist of the name of Fitzpatrick,
+deserted to the Spaniards; but the governor, Sir John Yeamans, having
+received a reinforcement, held his ground; and a detachment of fifty
+volunteers under Colonel Godfrey, marched against the enemy, forcing
+them to retire from the Island of St. Helena, and retreat to St.
+Augustine.[23]
+
+Ten years afterwards, three galleys sailed from St. Augustine, and
+attacked a Scotch and English settlement at Port Royal, which had been
+founded by Lord Cardross, in 1681. The settlement was weak and
+unprotected, and the Spaniards fell upon them, killed several, whipped
+many, plundered all, and broke up the colony. Flushed with success, they
+continued their depredations on Edisto River, burning the houses,
+wasting the plantations, and robbing the settlers; and finished their
+marauding expedition by capturing the brother of Governor Morton, and
+burning him alive in one of the galleys which a hurricane had driven so
+high upon land as to make it impossible to have it re-launched. Such at
+least is the English account of the matter; and they say that intestine
+troubles alone prevented immediate and signal retaliation by the South
+Carolinians.[24]
+
+One Captain Don Juan de Aila went to Spain in the year 1687, in his own
+vessel, to procure additional forces and ammunition for the garrison at
+St. Augustine. He received the men and munitions desired; and as a
+reward for his diligence and patriotism, he also received the privilege
+of carrying merchandise, duty free; being also allowed to take twelve
+Spanish negroes for the cultivation of the fields of Florida, of whom it
+is said there was a great want in that province. By a mischance, he was
+only able to carry one negro there, with the troops and other cargo, and
+was received in the city with universal joy. This was the first occasion
+of the reception of African slaves; although as has been heretofore
+mentioned, it was made a part of the royal stipulation with Menendez,
+that he should bring over five hundred negro slaves.
+
+Don Diego de Quiroga y Losada, the governor of Florida in 1690, finding
+that the sea was making dangerous encroachments upon the shores of the
+town, and had reached even the houses, threatening to swallow them up,
+and render useless the fort which had cost so much to put in the state
+of completion in which it then was, called a public meeting of the chief
+men and citizens of the place, and proposed to them that in order to
+escape the danger which menaced them, and to restrain the force of the
+sea, they should construct a wall, which should run from the castle and
+cover and protect the city from all danger of the sea. The inhabitants
+not only approved of his proposal, but began the work with so much zeal,
+that the soldiers gave more than seventeen hundred dollars of their
+wages, although they were very much behind, not having been paid in six
+years; with which the governor began to make the necessary preparations,
+and sent forward a dispatch to the home government upon the subject.
+
+The council of war of the Indies approved, in the following year, of the
+work of the sea wall, and directed the viceroy of New Spain to furnish
+ten thousand dollars for it, and directed that a plan and estimate of
+the work should be forwarded. Quiroga was succeeded in the governorship
+of Florida, by Don Laureano de Torres, who went forward with the work of
+the sea wall, and received for this purpose the means furnished by the
+soldiers, and one thousand dollars more, which they offered besides the
+two thousand dollars, and likewise six thousand dollars which had come
+from New Spain, remitted by the viceroy, Count de Galleo, for the
+purpose of building a tower, as a look-out to observe the surrounding
+Indian settlements. Whether this tower was erected, or where, we have no
+certain knowledge. The towers erected on the governor's palace and at
+the northeast angle of the fort, were intended as look-outs both sea and
+landward.
+
+The statements made in reference to the building of this wall, from the
+castle as far as the city, confirm the opinion previously expressed,
+that the ancient and early settlement of the place was south of the
+public square, as the remains of the ancient sea wall extend to the
+basin at the Plaza. The top of this old sea wall is still visible along
+the centre of Bay street, where it occasionally appears above the level
+of the street; and its general plan and arrangement are shown on several
+old maps and plans of the city. Upon a plan of the city made in 1665, it
+is represented as terminating in a species of break-water at the public
+square. It is unnecessary to add that the present sea wall is a much
+superior structure to the old, and extends above twice the distance. Its
+cost is said to have been one hundred thousand dollars, and it was
+building from 1837 to 1843.
+
+In the year 1700, the work on the sea wall had progressed but slowly,
+although the governor had employed thirty stone-cutters at a time, and
+had eight yoke of oxen drawing stone to the landing, and two lime-kilns
+all the while at work. But the money previously provided, and
+considerable additional funds was requisite, resembling in this respect
+its successor. The new governor, De Curriga, took the matter in hand, as
+he had much experience in fortifications. The defenses of the fort are
+spoken of as being at the time too weak to resist artillery, and the
+sea wall as being but a slight work.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+ATTACK ON ST. AUGUSTINE BY GOVERNOR MOORE OF SOUTH
+CAROLINA--DIFFICULTIES WITH THE GEORGIANS. 1702-1732.
+
+
+Hostilities had broken out between England and Spain in 1702. The
+English settlements in Carolina only numbered six or seven thousand
+inhabitants, when Governor Moore, who was an ambitious and energetic
+man, but with serious defects of character, led an invading force from
+Carolina against St. Augustine. The pretense was to retaliate for old
+injuries, and, by taking the initiative, to prevent an attack upon
+themselves. The real motive was said by Gov. Moore's opponents at home,
+to have been the acquisition of military reputation and private gain.
+
+The plan of the expedition embraced a combined land and naval attack:
+and for this purpose six hundred provincial militia were embodied, with
+an equal number of Indian allies; a portion of the militia, with the
+Indians, were to go inland by boats and by land, under the command of
+Col. Daniel, who is spoken of as a good officer, while the main body
+proceeded with the governor by sea in several merchant schooners and
+ships which had been impressed for the service.
+
+The Spaniards, who had received intimations of the contemplated attack,
+placed themselves in the best posture of defense in their power, and
+laid up provisions in the castle to withstand a long siege.
+
+The forces under Col. Daniel arrived in advance of the naval fleet of
+the expedition, and immediately marched upon the town. The inhabitants,
+upon his approach, retired with their most valuable effects within the
+spacious walls of the castle, and Col. Daniel entered and took
+possession of the town, the larger part of which, it must be
+recollected, was at some distance from the castle.
+
+The quaint description of these events, given by Oldmixon, is as
+follows:--
+
+"Col. Rob. Daniel, a very brave man, commanded a party who were to go
+up the river in periagas, and come upon Augustino on the land side,
+while the Governour sailed thither, and attacked it by sea. They both
+set out in August, 1702. Col. Daniel, in his way, took St. Johns, a
+small Spanish settlement; as also St. Mary's, another little village
+belonging to the Spaniards; after which he proceeded to Augustino, came
+before the town, entered and took it, Col. Moor not being yet arrived
+with the fleet.
+
+"The inhabitants having notice of the approach of the English, had
+packed up their best effects and retired with them into the castle,
+which was surrounded by a very deep and broad moat.
+
+"They had laid up provisions there for four months, and resolved to
+defend themselves to the last extremity. However, Col. Daniel found a
+considerable booty in the town. The next day the Governour came ashore,
+and his troops following him, they entrenched, posted their guards in
+the church, and blocked up the castle. The English held possession of
+the town a whole month; but finding they could do nothing for want of
+mortars and bombs, they despatched away a sloop for Jamaica; but the
+commander of the sloop, instead of going thither, came to Carolina out
+of fear of treachery. Finding others offered to go in his stead, he
+proceeded in the voyage himself, after he had lain some time at
+Charlestown.
+
+"The Governour all this while lay before the castle of Augustino, in
+expectation of the return of the sloop, which hearing nothing of, he
+sent Col. Daniel, who was the life of the action, to Jamaica on the same
+errand.
+
+"This gentleman, being hearty in the design, procured a supply of bombs,
+and returned towards Augustino. But in the mean time two ships appeared
+in the offing, which being taken to be two very large men of war, the
+Governour tho't fit to raise the siege and abandon his ships, with a
+great quantity of stores, ammunition, and provisions, to the enemy. Upon
+which the two men of war entered the port of Augustino, and took the
+Governour's ships. Some say he burnt them himself. Certain it is they
+were lost to the English, and that he returned to Charles-Town over land
+300 miles from Augustino. The two men of war that were thought to be so
+large, proved to be two small frigates, one of 82, and the other of 16
+guns.[25]
+
+"When Col. Daniel came back to St. Augustine, he was chased, but got
+away; and Col. Moor retreated with no great honor homewards. The
+periagas lay at St. Johns, whither the Governour retired and so to
+Charles-Town, having lost but two men in the whole expedition."
+
+Arratomakaw, king of the Yamioseans, who commanded the Indians,
+retreated to the periagas with the rest, and there slept upon his oars
+with a great deal of bravery and unconcern. The governor's soldiers,
+taking a false alarm, and thinking the Spaniards were coming, did not
+like this slow pace of the Indian king in his flight, and to quicken him
+into it, bade him make more haste. But he replied, "No; though your
+governor leaves you, I will not stir till I have seen all my men before
+me."
+
+The Spanish accounts say that he burned the town, and this statement is
+confirmed by the report made on the 18th July, 1740, by a committee of
+the House of Commons of the province of South Carolina, in which it is
+said, referring to these transactions, that Moore was obliged to
+retreat, _but not without_ first burning the town.[26]
+
+It seems that the plunder carried off by Moore's troops was
+considerable; as his enemies charged at the time that he sent off a
+sloop-load to Jamaica, and in an old colonial document of South Carolina
+it is represented "that the late unfortunate, ill-contrived, and worst
+managed expedition against St. Augustine, was principally set on foot by
+the said late governor and his adherents; and that if any person in the
+said late assembly undertook to speak against it, and to show how unfit
+and unable we were at that time for such an attempt, he was presently
+looked upon by them as an enemy and traitor to his country, and reviled
+and affronted in the said assembly; although the true design of the said
+expedition was no other than catching and making slaves of Indians for
+private advantage, and impoverishing the country. * * * And that the
+expedition was to enrich themselves will appear particularly, because
+whatsoever booty, as rich silks, great quantity of church plate, with a
+great many other costly church ornaments and utensils taken by our
+soldiers at St. Augustine, are now detained in the possession of the
+said late governor and his officers, contrary to an act of assembly
+made for an equal division of the same amongst the soldiers."[27]
+
+The Spanish accounts of this expedition of Moore's are very meager. They
+designate him as the governor of St. George, by which name they called
+the harbor of Charleston; and they also speak of the plunder of the
+town, and the burning of the greater part of the houses. Don Joseph de
+Curriga was the then governor of the city, and had received just
+previous to the English attack, reinforcements from Havana, and had
+repaired and strengthened the fortifications.
+
+The retreat of the English was celebrated with great rejoicing by the
+Spaniards, who had been for three months shut up within the limited
+space of the walls of the castle; and they gladly repaired their ruined
+homes, and made good the ravages of the English invasion. An English
+account says that the two vessels which appeared off the bar and caused
+Moore's precipitate retreat, contained but two hundred men, and that had
+he awaited Colonel Daniel's return with the siege guns and ammunition,
+the castle would have fallen into their hands.
+
+In the same year, the king of Spain, alarmed at the dangers which
+menaced his possessions in Florida, gave greater attention to the
+strengthening the defenses of St. Augustine, and forwarded considerable
+reinforcements to the garrison, as well as additional supplies of
+munitions.
+
+The works were directed to be strengthened, which Governor Curriga
+thought not as strong as had been represented, and that the sea wall in
+the process of erection was insufficient for the purpose for which it
+was designed.
+
+Sixty years had elapsed since the Apalachian Indians had been conquered
+and compelled to labor upon the fortifications of St. Augustine; their
+chiefs now asked that they might be relieved from further compulsory
+labor; and after the usual number of references and reports and
+informations, through the Spanish circumlocution offices, this was
+graciously granted in a suspensory form, until their services should be
+again required.
+
+During the year 1712, a great scarcity of provisions, caused by the
+failure of the usual supply vessels, reduced the inhabitants of St.
+Augustine to the verge of starvation; and, for two or three months, they
+were obliged to live upon horses, cats, dogs, and other disgusting
+animals. It seems strange, that after a settlement of nearly one hundred
+and fifty years, the Spaniards in Florida should still be dependant upon
+the importation of provisions for their support; and that anything like
+the distress indicated should prevail, with the abundant resources they
+had, from the fish, oysters, turtle, and clams of the sea, and the
+arrow-root and cabbage-tree palm of the land.
+
+The English settlements were now extending into the interior portions of
+South Carolina; and the French had renewed their efforts at settlement
+and colonization upon the rivers discharging into the Gulf of Mexico.
+All three nations were competitors for the trade with the Indians, and
+kept up an intriguing rivalship for this trade for more than a hundred
+years.
+
+There seems to have been at this period a policy pursued by the Spanish
+authorities in Florida, of the most reprehensible character. The
+strongest efforts were made to attach all the Indian tribes to the
+Spanish interest; and they were encouraged to carry on a system of
+plunder and annoyance upon the English settlements of Carolina. They
+particularly seized upon all the negroes they could obtain, and carried
+them to the governor at St. Augustine, who invariably refused to
+surrender them, alleging that he was acting under the instructions of
+his government in so doing.
+
+In 1704, Governor Moore had made a sweeping and vigorous excursion
+against the Indian towns in Middle Florida, all of whom were in the
+Spanish interest; and had broken up and destroyed the towns and missions
+attached to them. In 1725, Col. Palmer determined, since no satisfaction
+could be obtained for the incursions of the Spanish Indians, and the
+loss of their slaves, to make a descent upon them; and with a party of
+three hundred men entered Florida, with an intention of visiting upon
+the province all the desolation of retributive warfare.
+
+He went up to the very gates of St. Augustine, and compelled the
+inhabitants to seek protection within the castle. In his course he swept
+every thing before him, destroying every house, field and improvement
+within his reach; carrying off the live stock, and every thing else of
+value. The Spanish Indians who fell within his power, were slain in
+large numbers, and many were taken prisoners. Outside of the walls of
+St. Augustine, nothing was left undestroyed; and the Spanish
+authorities received a memorable lesson in the law of retribution.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+SIEGE OF ST. AUGUSTINE, BY OGLETHORPE--1732-1740
+
+
+Difficulties existed for many years subsequently between the Spanish and
+English settlements. In 1732, Oglethorpe planted his colony in Georgia,
+and extended his settlements along the coast towards Florida, claiming
+and occupying the country up to the margin of the St. Johns, and
+established a post at St. George Island. This was deemed an invasion of
+the territory of Spain; and the post was attacked unfairly, as the
+English say, and some of their men murdered. Oglethorpe, upon this,
+acting under the instructions of the home government, commenced
+hostilities by arranging a joint attack of the forces of South Carolina
+and Georgia, with a view to the entire conquest of Florida.
+
+The instructions of the king of England to Oglethorpe, were, that he
+should make a naval and land attack upon St. Augustine; "and if it shall
+please God to give you success, you are either to demolish the fort and
+bastions, or put a garrison in it, in case you shall have men enough for
+that purpose; which last, it is thought, will be the best way to prevent
+the Spaniards from endeavoring to retake and settle the said place
+again, at any time hereafter."[28]
+
+Don Manuel Monteano was then governor of Florida, and in command of the
+garrison. The city and castle were previously in a poor condition to
+withstand an attack from a well-prepared foe; and on the 11th November,
+1737, Governor Monteano writes to the governor-general of Cuba, that
+"the fort of this place is its only defense; it has no casemates for the
+shelter of the men, nor the necessary elevation to the counter-scarp,
+nor covert ways, nor ravelins to the curtains, nor other exterior works
+that could give time for a long defense; but it is thus naked outside,
+as it is without soul within, for there are no cannon that could be
+fired twenty-four hours, and though there were, artillery-men to manage
+them are wanting."
+
+Under the superintendence of an able officer of engineers, Don Antonio
+de Arredondo, the works were put in order; the ramparts were heightened
+and casemated; a covered way was made, by planting and embanking four
+thousand stakes; bomb-proof vaults were constructed, and entrenchments
+thrown up around the town, protected by ten salient angles, many of
+which are still visible. The garrison of the town was about seven
+hundred and forty soldiers, according to Governor Monteano's return of
+troops. On the 25th March, 1740, the total population of St. Augustine,
+of all classes, was two thousand one hundred and forty-three.
+
+Previous to his attack upon the place, General Oglethorpe obtained the
+following information from prisoners whom he took at the outposts. He
+says: "They agree that there are fifty pieces of cannon in the castle at
+St. Augustine, several of which are of brass, from twelve to forty-eight
+pounds. It has four bastions. The walls are of stone, and casemated. The
+internal square is sixty yards. The ditch is forty feet wide, and twelve
+feet deep, six of which is sometimes filled with water. The counterscarp
+is faced with stone. They have lately made a covered way. The town is
+fortified with an entrenchment, salient angles and redoubts, which
+inclose about half a mile in length, and a quarter of a mile in width.
+The inhabitants and garrison, men, women and children, amount to above
+two thousand five hundred. For the garrison, the king pays eight
+companies, sent from Spain two years since for the invasion of Georgia;
+upon establishment fifty-three men each, three companies of foot and one
+of artillery, of the old garrison, and one troop of horse one hundred
+each upon establishment; of these, one hundred are at St. Marks, ten
+days' march from St. Augustine; upon the Gulf of Mexico, one hundred are
+disposed in several small forts."
+
+Of these out-posts, there were two, one on each side of the river St.
+Johns--at Picolata and immediately opposite--and at Diego. The purpose
+of the forts at Picolata was to guard the passage of the river, and to
+keep open the communication with St. Marks and Pensacola; and when
+threatened with the invasion of Oglethorpe, messengers were dispatched
+to the governor of Pensacola for aid, and also to Mexico by the same
+route. The fort at Diego was but a small work, erected by Don Diego de
+Spinosa, upon his own estate; and the remains of it, with one or two
+cannon, are still visible. Fort Moosa, was an out-post at the place now
+known by that name, on the North River, about two miles north of St.
+Augustine. A fortified line, a considerable portion of which may now be
+traced, extended across from the stockades on the St. Sebastian to Fort
+Moosa. Communication by a tide-creek existed through the marshes,
+between the castle at St. Augustine and Fort Moosa.
+
+Oglethorpe first attacked the two forts at Picolata, one of which,
+called Fort Poppa, or St. Francis de Poppa, was a place of some
+strength. Its remains still exist, about one-fourth of a mile north of
+the termination of the Bellamy Road, its earthworks being still strongly
+marked.
+
+After a slight resistance, both forts fell into his hands, much to the
+annoyance of Governor Monteano. Oglethorpe speaks of Fort Francis as
+being of much importance, "as commanding the passes from St. Augustine
+to Mexico, and into the country of the Creek Indians, and also being
+upon the ferry, where the troops which come from St. Augustine must
+pass." He found in it, one mortar piece, two carriages, three small
+guns, ammunition, one hundred and fifty shells, and fifty glass bottles
+full of gunpowder, with fuses--a somewhat novel missile of war.
+
+The English general's plan of operation was, that the crews and troops
+upon the vessels should land, and throw up batteries upon Anastasia
+Island, from thence bombarding the town; while he himself designed to
+lead the attack on the land side. Having arrived in position, he gave
+the signal of attack to the fleet, by sending up a rocket; but no
+response came from the vessels, and he had the mortification of being
+obliged to withdraw his troops. The troops were unable to effect a
+landing from the vessels, in consequence of a number of armed Spanish
+galleys having been drawn up inside the bar; so that no landing could be
+made except under a severe fire, while the galleys were protected from
+an attack by the ships, in consequence of the shoal water.
+
+He then prepared to reduce the town by a regular siege, with a strict
+blockade by sea. He hoped, by driving the inhabitants into the castle,
+so to encumber the governor with useless mouths, as to reduce him to the
+necessity of a surrender, to avoid starvation. The town was placed under
+the range of his heavy artillery and mortars, and soon became untenable,
+forcing the citizens generally to seek the shelter of the fort.
+
+Col. Vanderduysen was posted at Point Quartel; and others of the troops
+upon Anastasia Island, and the north beach. Three batteries were
+erected: one on Anastasia Island, called the Poza, which consisted of
+four eighteen-pounders and one nine-pounder; one on the point of the
+wood of the island, mounting two eighteen-pounders. The remains of the
+Peza battery are still to be seen, almost as distinctly marked as on the
+day of its creation. Four mortars and forty cohorns were employed in the
+siege.
+
+The siege began on the 12th June; and on the 25th June a night sortie
+was made from the castle against a portion of the troops under command
+of Col. Palmer, who were encamped at Fort Moosa, including a company of
+Scotch Highlanders, numbering eighty-five men, under their chief, Capt.
+McIntosh, all equipped in Highland dress. This attack was entirely
+successful, and the English sustained a severe loss, their colonel being
+killed, with twenty Highlanders, twenty-seven soldiers, and a number of
+Indians.
+
+This affair at Fort Moosa has generally been considered as a surprise,
+and its disastrous results as the consequence of carelessness and
+disobedience of the orders of Oglethorpe. Captain McIntosh, the leader
+of the Highlanders, was taken prisoner, and finally transferred to
+Spain. From his prison at St. Sebastian, under date of 20th June, 1741,
+he gives the following account of the matter:--
+
+"I listed seventy men, all in Highland dress, and marched to the siege,
+and was ordered to scout nigh St. Augustine and molest the enemy, while
+the general and the rest of his little army went to an island where we
+could have no succor of them. I punctually obeyed my orders, until seven
+hundred Spaniards sallied out from the garrison, an hour before
+daylight. _They did not surprise us_, for we were all under arms, ready
+to receive them, which we did briskly, keeping a constant firing for a
+quarter of an hour, when they prest on with numbers; was obliged to take
+our swords until the most of us were shot and cut to pieces. You are to
+observe we had but eighty men; and the engagement was in view of the
+rest of our army, but they could not come to our assistance, by being in
+the foresaid island, under the enemy's guns. They had twenty prisoners,
+a few got off, the rest killed; as we were well informed by some of
+themselves, they had three hundred killed on the spot,[29] besides
+several wounded. We were all stripped naked of clothes, brought to St.
+Augustine, where we remained three months in close confinement."[30]
+
+This officer was Capt. John McIntosh; and his son, Brig. Gen. McIntosh,
+then a youth of fourteen, was present in the engagement, and escaped
+without injury. The family of the McIntoshes have always been
+conspicuous in the history of Georgia.
+
+The large number of persons collected within the walls of the castle,
+and under the protection of its battlements, soon gave rise to serious
+apprehensions on the part of the besieged, of being reduced by
+starvation to the necessity of a speedy surrender. The batteries of
+Oglethorpe were planted at so great a distance that he could produce but
+little effect by his shot or shells upon the castle, although he
+rendered the city itself untenable. The heat of the season and the
+exposure, to which the Provincial militia were unaccustomed, soon
+produced considerable sickness and discouragement in the invading force,
+and affected Oglethorpe himself.
+
+The Spanish governor sent most urgent messages to the governor of the
+island of Cuba, which were transmitted by runners along the coast, and
+thence by small vessels across to Havana. In one of these letters he
+says, "My greatest anxiety is for provisions; and if they do not come,
+there is no doubt of our dying by the hands of hunger." In another, he
+says, "I assure your Lordship, that it is impossible to express the
+confusion of the place; for we have no protection except the fort, and
+all the rest is open field. The families have abandoned their houses,
+and come to put themselves under the guns, which is pitiable; though
+nothing gives me anxiety but the want of provisions; and if your
+Lordship for want of competent force cannot send relief, we all must
+perish."[31]
+
+With the exception of the Fort Moosa affair, the hostilities were
+confined to the exchange of shots between the castle and the batteries.
+Considerable discrepancy exists between the Spanish and English
+accounts, as to the period when the garrison was relieved: it was the
+communication of the fact of relief having been received, which formed
+the ostensible ground of abandoning the siege by Oglethorpe; but the
+Spanish governor asserts that these provision vessels did not arrive
+until the siege was raised. The real fact, I am inclined to think, is
+that the provision vessels arrived at Mosquito, a harbor sixty miles
+below, where they were to await orders from Gov. Monteano, as to the
+mode of getting discharged,[32] and that the information of their
+arrival, being known at St. Augustine, was communicated to the English,
+and thus induced their raising the siege; in fact, the hope of starving
+out the garrison was the only hope left to Oglethorpe; his strength was
+insufficient for an assault, and his means inadequate to reduce the
+castle, which was well manned and well provided with means of defense.
+
+It was in truth a hopeless task, under the circumstances, for Oglethorpe
+to persevere; and it is no impeachment of his courage or his
+generalship, that he was unable to take a fortress of really very
+respectable strength.
+
+The siege continued from the 13th June to the 20th July, a period of
+thirty-eight days. The bombardment was kept up twenty days, but owing to
+the lightness of the guns and the long range, but little effect was
+produced on the strong walls of the castle. Its spongy, infrangible
+walls received the balls from the batteries like a cotton bale, or sand
+battery, almost without making an impression; this may be seen on
+examination, since the marks remain to this day, as they were left at
+the end of the siege, one hundred and seventeen years ago.
+
+The prosecution of the siege having become impracticable, preparations
+were made for retiring; and Oglethorpe, as a pardonable and
+characteristic protest against the assumption of his acting from any
+coercion, with drums beating and banners displayed, crossed over to the
+main land, and marched in full view of the castle, to his encampment
+three miles distant, situated probably at the point now known as Pass
+Navarro.
+
+Great credit and respect have been deservedly awarded to Governor
+Monteano, for the courage, skill, and perseverance with which he
+sustained the siege.
+
+It is well known that the English general had, in a few months, an ample
+opportunity of showing to his opponent that his skill in defending his
+own territory under the most disadvantageous circumstances, was equal to
+that of the accomplished Monteano himself. The defense of Frederica, and
+signal defeat of the Spanish forces at Fort Simons, will ever challenge
+for Oglethorpe the highest credit for the most sterling qualities of a
+good general and a great man.
+
+Two years subsequently, Oglethorpe again advanced into Florida, appeared
+before the gates of St. Augustine, and endeavored to induce the garrison
+to march out to meet him; but they kept within their walls, and
+Oglethorpe in one of his despatches says, in the irritation caused by
+their prudence, "that they were so meek there was no provoking them." As
+in this incursion he had no object in view but a devastation of the
+country, and harrassing the enemy, he shortly withdrew his forces.
+
+A committee of the South Carolina House of Commons, in a report upon the
+Oglethorpe expedition, thus speaks of St. Augustine, evidently smarting
+under the disappointment of their recent defeat.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+      "JULY 1ST, 1741."
+
+"St. Augustine, in the possession of the crown of Spain, is well known
+to be situated but little distance from hence, in latitude thirty
+degrees, in Florida, the next territory to us. It is maintained by his
+Catholic Majesty, partly to preserve his claim to Florida, and partly
+that it may be of service to the plate-fleets when coming through the
+gulf, by showing lights to them along the coast, and by being ready to
+give assistance when any of them are cast away there-about. The castle,
+by the largest account, doth not cover more than one acre of ground, but
+is allowed on all hands to be a place of great strength, and hath been
+usually garrisoned with about three or four hundred men of the King's
+regular troops. The town is not very large, and but indifferently
+fortified. The inhabitants, many of which are mulattoes of savage
+dispositions, are all in the king's pay; also being registered from
+their birth, and a severe penalty laid on any master of a vessel that
+shall attempt to carry any of them off. These are formed into a militia,
+and have been generally computed to be near about the same number as the
+regular troops. Thus relying wholly on the king's pay for their
+subsistence, their thoughts never turned to trade or even agriculture,
+but depending on foreign supplies for the most common necessaries of
+life, they spent their time in universal, perpetual idleness. From such
+a state, mischievous inclinations naturally spring up in such a people;
+and having leisure and opportunity, ever since they had a neighbor the
+fruits of whose industry excited their desires and envy, they have not
+failed to carry those inclinations into action as often as they could,
+without the least regard to peace or war subsisting between the two
+crowns of Great Britain and Spain, or to stipulations agreed upon
+between the two governments."[33]
+
+Among the principal grievances set forth in this report, was the
+carrying off and enticing and harboring their slaves, of which a number
+of instances are enumerated; and they attributed the negro insurrection
+which occurred in South Carolina, in 1739, to the connivance and agency
+of the Spanish authorities at St. Augustine; and they proceed in a
+climax of indignation to hurl their denunciation at the supposed authors
+of their misfortunes, in the following terms: "With indignation we
+looked at St. Augustine (like another Sallee!) That den of thieves and
+ruffians! receptacle of debtors, servants and slaves! bane of industry
+and society! and revolved in our minds all the injuries this province
+had received from thence, ever since its first settlement. That they had
+from first to last, in times of profoundest peace, both publickly and
+privately, by themselves, Indians, and Negroes, in every shape molested
+us, not without some instances of uncommon cruelty."[34]
+
+It is very certain there was on each side, enough supposed causes of
+provocation to induce a far from amiable state of feeling between these
+neighboring colonies.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+COMPLETION OF THE CASTLE--DESCRIPTIONS OF ST. AUGUSTINE A CENTURY
+AGO--ENGLISH OCCUPATION OF FLORIDA. 1755--1763--1788.
+
+
+Don Alonzo Fernandez de Herrera was appointed governor of Florida in
+1755, and completed the exterior works and finish of the fort. It is
+this governor who erected the tablet over its main entrance, with the
+Spanish coat of arms sculptured in _alto relievo_, with the following
+inscription beneath:--
+
+         REYNANDO EN ESPANA EL SENR
+         DON FERNANDO SEXTO Y SIENDO
+    GOVOR Y CAPN DE ESA CD SAN AUGN DE
+      LA FLORIDA Y SUS PROVA. EL MARISCAL
+      DE CAMPO DN ALONZO FERNDO HEREDA
+        ASI CONCLUIO ESTE CASTILLO EL AN
+        OD 1756 DIRIGENDO LAS OBRAS EL
+       CAP. INGNRO DN PEDRO DE BROZAS
+                   Y GARAY.
+
+DON FERDINAND THE SIXTH, BEING KING OF SPAIN, AND THE FIELD MARSHAL, DON
+ALONZO FERNANDO HEREDA, BEING GOVERNOR AND CAPTAIN GENERAL OF THIS
+PLACE, ST. AUGUSTINE, OF FLORIDA, AND ITS PROVINCE. THIS FORT WAS
+FINISHED IN THE YEAR 1756. THE WORKS WERE DIRECTED BY THE CAPTAIN
+ENGINEER, DON PEDRO DE BRAZOS Y GARAY.
+
+I am not sure but that the boastful governor might with equal propriety
+and truth have put a similar inscription at the city gate, claiming the
+town also as a finished city.
+
+The first fort erected was called San Juan de Pinos, and probably the
+same name attached to the present fort at the commencement of its
+erection; when it acquired the name of St. Mark, I have not discovered.
+The Apalachian Indians were employed upon it for more than sixty years,
+and to their efforts are probably due the evidences of immense labor in
+the construction of the ditch, the ramparts and glacis, and the
+approaches; while the huge mass of stone contained in its solid walls,
+must have required the labor of hundreds of persons for many long years,
+in procuring and cutting the stone in the quarries on the island,
+transporting it to the water, and across the bay, and fashioning and
+raising them to their places. Besides the Indians employed, some labor
+was constantly bestowed by the garrison; and, for a considerable period,
+convicts were brought hither from Mexico to carry on the public works.
+During the works of extension and repair effected by Monteano, previous
+to the siege by Oglethorpe, he employed upon it one hundred and forty of
+these Mexican convicts. The southwestern bastion is said to have been
+completed by Monteano. The bastions bore the names respectively of St.
+Paul, St. Peter, St. James, &c.
+
+The whole work remains now as it was in 1756, with the exception of the
+water battery, which was reconstructed by the government of the United
+States in 1842-3. The complement of its guns is one hundred, and its
+full garrison establishment requires one thousand men. It is built upon
+the plan of Vauban, and is considered by military men as a very
+creditable work; its strength and efficiency have been well tested in
+the old times; for it has never been taken, although twice besieged, and
+several times attacked. Its frowning battlements and sepulchral vaults
+will long stand after we and those of our day shall be numbered with
+that long past, of which it is itself a memorial; of its legends
+connected with the dark chambers and prison vaults, the chains, the
+instruments of torture, the skeletons walled in, its closed and hidden
+recesses--of Coacouchee's escape, and many another tale, there is much
+to say; but it is better said within its grim walls, where the eye and
+the imagination can go together, in weaving a web of mystery and awe
+over its sad associations, to the music of the grating bolt, the echoing
+tread, and the clanking chain.
+
+Of the city itself, we have the following description in 1754:--
+
+"It is built on a little bay, at the foot of a hill shaded by trees, and
+forms an oblong square, divided into four streets, and has two full
+streets, which cut each other at right angles. The houses are well
+built, and regular. They have only one church, which is called after the
+city. St. John's Fort, standing about a mile north of it, is a strong,
+irregular fortification, well mounted with cannon, and capable of making
+a long defense."
+
+I am inclined to think that the _mile_ between the fort and the city,
+and the _hill_ at the foot of which, he says, the city was built,
+existed only in the focus of the writer's spectacles.
+
+The Provinces of Florida were ceded by treaty to England in the year
+1763, and the Spanish inhabitants very generally left the country, which
+had then been under Spanish rule for near two hundred years; and
+certainly in no portion of this country had less progress been made.
+Beyond the walls occupied by its garrison, little had been attempted or
+accomplished in these two hundred years. This was in part, perhaps,
+attributable to the circumstances of the country--the frequent hostility
+of the Indians, and the want of that mutual support given by
+neighborhoods, which in Florida are less practicable than elsewhere; but
+it was still more owing to the character of the Spanish inhabitants, who
+were more soldiers than civilians, and more townsmen than
+agriculturists; at all events, at the cession of Florida to Great
+Britain, the number of inhabitants was not over five thousand.
+
+Of the period of the English occupation of Florida, we have very full
+accounts. It was a primary object with the British government, to
+colonize and settle it; and inducements to emigrants were strongly put
+forth, in various publications. The work of Roberts was the first of
+these, and was followed in a few years by those of Bartram, Stork, and
+Romans. The works of both Roberts and Stork, contain plans and minute
+descriptions of St. Augustine. The plan of the town in Stork, represents
+every building, lot, garden, and flower-bed in the place, and gives a
+very accurate view of its general appearance.
+
+The descriptions vary somewhat. Roberts, who published his work the year
+of the cession, 1763, shows in connection with his plan of the town, an
+Indian village on the point south of the city, at the powder-house, and
+another just north of the city. The one to the north has a church. A
+negro fort is shown about a mile to the northward. Oglethorpe's landing
+place is shown on Anastasia Island, and a small fort on the main land
+south of the city. The depth of water on the bar is marked as being at
+low water, eight feet.
+
+Roberts describes the city as "running along the shore at the foot of a
+pleasant hill, adorned with trees; its form is oblong, divided by four
+regular streets, crossing each other at right angles; down by the sea
+side, about three-fourths of a mile south of the town, standeth the
+church, and a monastery of St. Augustine. The best built part of the
+town is on the north side, leading to the castle, which is called St.
+John's Fort. It is a square building of soft stone, fortified with whole
+bastions, having a rampart of twenty feet high, with a parapet nine feet
+high, and it is casemated. The town is fortified with bastions, and with
+cannon. On the north and south, without the walls of the city, are the
+Indian towns."
+
+The next plan we have, is in the work by Dr. Stork, the third edition of
+which was published in 1769. He gives a beautiful plan of the place.
+Shows the fort as it now exists, with its various outworks; three
+churches are designated, one on the public square at its southwest
+corner; another on St. George street, on the lot on the west side, south
+of Green lane, and a Dutch church near where the Roman Catholic cemetery
+now exists. From the size of the plan, it does not embrace the Indian
+village. The present United States Court-house was the governor's
+official residence, and is represented as having attached to it a
+beautiful garden. The Franciscan house or convent is shown where the
+barracks are now, but different in the form of the buildings. With the
+exception of the disappearance of a part of one street then existing,
+there appears very little change from the present plan of the town and
+buildings.
+
+He describes the fort as being finished "according to the modern taste
+of military architecture," and as making a very handsome appearance, and
+"that it might justly be deemed the prettiest fort in the king's
+dominion." He omits the pleasant hill from his description, and says
+"the town is situated near the glacis of the fort; the streets are
+regularly laid out, and built narrow for the purposes of shade. It is
+above half a mile in length, regularly fortified with bastions,
+half-bastions, and a ditch; that it had also several rows of the Spanish
+bayonet along the ditch, which formed so close a chevaux de frize, with
+their pointed leaves, as to be impenetrable; the southern bastions were
+built of stone. In the middle of the town is a spacious square, called
+the parade, open towards the harbor; at the bottom of the square is the
+governor's house, the apartments of which are spacious and suitable;
+suited to the climate, with high windows, a balcony in front, and
+galleries on both sides; to the back of the house is joined a tower,
+called in America a look-out, from which there is an extensive prospect
+towards the sea, as well as inland. There are two churches within the
+walls of the town, the parish church, a plain building, and another
+belonging to the convent of Franciscan Friars, which is converted into
+barracks for the garrison. The houses are built of free-stone, commonly
+two stories high, two rooms upon a floor, with large windows and
+balconies; before the entry of most of the houses, runs a portico of
+stone arches. The roofs are commonly flat. The Spaniards consulted
+convenience more than taste in their buildings. The number of houses
+within the town and lines, when the Spaniards left it, was about nine
+hundred; many of them, especially in the suburbs, being built of wood,
+are now gone to decay. The inhabitants were of all colors, whites,
+negroes, mulattoes, Indians, &c. At the evacuation of St. Augustine, the
+population was five thousand seven hundred, including the garrison of
+two thousand five hundred men. Half a mile from the town to the west, is
+a line with a broad ditch and bastions, running from the St. Sebastian
+creek to St. Marks river. A mile further is another fortified line with
+some redoubts, forming a second communication between a stoccata fort
+upon St. Sebastian river, and Fort Moosa, upon St. Marks river.
+
+"Within the first line near the town, was a small settlement of Germans,
+who had a church of their own. Upon the St. Marks river, within the
+second line, was also an Indian town, with a church built of freestone;
+what is very remarkable, it is in good taste, though built by the
+Indians."
+
+The two lines of defense here spoken of, may still be traced. The
+nearest one is less than one-fourth of a mile from the city gate, and
+the other at the well-known place called the stockades, the stakes
+driven to form which, still distinctly mark the place; and the ditch and
+embankment can be traced for a considerable distance through the grounds
+attached to my residence.
+
+A letter-writer, who dates at St. Augustine, May, 1774, says, "This town
+is now truly become a heap of ruins, a fit receptacle for the wretches
+of inhabitants." (Rather a dyspeptic description, in all probability.)
+
+A bridge was built across the Sebastian river by the English, "but the
+great depth of the water, joined to the instability of the bottom, did
+not suffer it to remain long, and a ferry is now established in its
+room; the keeper of the ferry has fifty pounds per annum allowed him,
+and the inhabitants pay nothing for crossing, except after dark."
+
+The English constructed large buildings for barracks, characterised by
+Romans "as such stupendous piles of buildings, which were large enough
+to contain five regiments, when it is a matter of great doubt whether
+there will ever be a necessity to keep one whole regiment here. The
+material for this great barracks was brought from New York, and far
+inferior to those found on the spot; yet the freight alone amounted to
+more than their value when landed. It makes us almost believe," says the
+elaborate Romans, "that all this show is in vain, or at most, that the
+English were so much in dread of musquitoes, that they thought a large
+army requisite to drive off these formidable foes. To be serious," says
+he, "this fort and barracks add not a little to the beauty of the
+prospect; but most men would think that the money spent on this useless
+parade, would have been better laid out on roads and fences through the
+province; or, if it must be in forts, why not at Pensacola?"
+
+There is a manuscript work of John Gerard Williams de Brahm, existing in
+the library of Harvard University, which contains some particulars of
+interest, relative to Florida at the period of the English occupation.
+
+He states the number of inhabitants of East Florida, which in those days
+meant mostly St. Augustine, from 1663 to 1771, as follows: householders,
+besides women, &c., two hundred and eighty-eight; imported by Mr.
+Turnbull from Minorca, &c., one thousand four hundred; negroes, upwards
+of nine hundred. Of these, white heads of families, one hundred and
+forty-four were married, which is just one-half; thirty-one are
+storekeepers and traders; three haberdashers, fifteen innkeepers,
+forty-five artificers and mechanics, one hundred and ten planters, four
+hunters, six cow-keepers, eleven overseers, twelve draftsmen in employ
+of government, besides mathematicians; fifty-eight had left the
+province; twenty-eight dead, of whom four were killed acting as
+constables, two hanged for pirating. Among the names of those then
+residing in East Florida are mentioned Sir Charles Burdett, William
+Drayton, Esq., planter, Chief Justice; Rev. John Forbes, parson, Judge
+of Admiralty and Councillor; Rev. N. Fraser, parson at Musquito;
+Governor James Grant, Hon. John Moultrie, planter and lieutenant
+Governor; William Stork, Esq., historian; Andrew Turnbull, Esq., H. M.
+Counselor; Bernard Romans, draftsman, &c.; William Bartram, planter;
+James Moultrie, Esq.
+
+He says, The light house on Anastasia Island had been constructed and
+built of mason-work by the Spaniards; and, in 1769, by order of General
+Haldimand, it was raised sixty feet higher in carpenter's work, had a
+cannon planted on the top, which is fired the very moment the flag is
+hoisted, for a signal to the town and pilots that a vessel is off. The
+light house has two flag-staffs, one to the south and one to the north;
+on either of which the flag is hoisted, viz., to the south if the vessel
+comes from thence, and the north if the vessel comes that way.
+
+"The town is situated in a healthy zone, is surrounded with salt water
+marshes, not at all prejudicial to health; their evaporations are swept
+away in the day time by the easterly winds, and in the night season by
+the westerly winds trading back to the eastward. At the time when the
+Spaniards left the town, all the gardens were well stocked with fruit
+trees, viz., figs, guavas, plantain, pomegranates, lemons, limes,
+citrons, shadock, bergamot, China and Seville oranges, the latter full
+of fruit throughout the whole winter season; and the pot-herbs, though
+suspended in their vegetation, were seldom destroyed by cold. The town
+is three-quarters of a mile in length, but not quite a quarter wide; had
+four churches ornamently built with stone in the Spanish taste, of which
+one within and one without the town still exist. One is pulled down;
+that is the German church, but the steeple is preserved as an ornament
+to the town; and the other, viz., the convent church and convent in town
+is taken in the body of the barracks. All houses are built of masonry;
+their entrances are shaded by piazzas, supported by Tuscan pillars or
+pilasters, against the south sun. The houses have to the east windows
+projecting sixteen or eighteen inches into the street, very wide, and
+proportionally high. On the west side, their windows are commonly very
+small, and no opening of any kind to the north, on which side they have
+double walls six or eight feet asunder, forming a kind of gallery, which
+answers for cellars and pantries. Before most of the entrances were
+arbors of vines, producing plenty and very good grapes. No house has any
+chimney for a fire place; the Spaniards made use of stone urns, filled
+them with coals left in their kitchens in the afternoon, and set them at
+sunset in their bed-rooms, to defend themselves against those winter
+seasons, which required such care. The governor's residence has both
+sides piazzas, viz., a double one to the south, and a single one to the
+north; also a Belvidere and a grand portico decorated with Doric pillars
+and entablatures. On the north end of the town is a casemated fort, with
+four bastions, a ravelin, counterscarp, and a glacis built with quarried
+shell-stones, and constructed according to the rudiments of Marechal de
+Vauban. This fort commands the road of the bay, the town, its environs,
+and both Tolomako stream and Mantanzas creek. The soil in the gardens
+and environs of the town is chiefly sandy and marshy. The Spaniards seem
+to have had a notion of manuring their land with shells one foot deep.
+
+"Among the three thousand who evacuated St. Augustine, the author is
+credibly informed, were many Spaniards near and above the age of one
+hundred years, (observe;) this nation, especially natives of St.
+Augustine, bore the reputation of great sobriety."[35]
+
+On the 3d of January, 1766, the thermometer sunk to 26° with the wind
+from N. W. "The ground was frozen an inch thick on the banks; this was
+the fatal night that destroyed the lime, citron, and banana trees in St.
+Augustine, and many curious evergreens up the river that were twenty
+years old in a flourishing state."[36] In 1774 there was a snow storm,
+which extended over most of the province. The ancient inhabitants still
+(1836) speak of it as an extraordinary white rain. It was said to have
+done little damage.[37]
+
+In this connection, and as it is sometimes supposed that the climate is
+now colder than formerly, it may be stated that the thermometer went
+very low in 1799. East Florida suffered from a violent frost on the 6th
+April, 1828. In February, 1835, the thermometer sunk to 7° above zero,
+wind from N. W.; and the St. Johns river was frozen several rods from
+the shore; all kinds of fruit trees were killed to the ground, and the
+wild orange trees suffered as well as the cultivated.
+
+Dr. Nicholas Turnbull, in the year 1767, associated with Sir William
+Duncan and other Englishmen of note, projected a colony of European
+emigrants, to be settled at New Smyrna. He brought from the islands of
+Greece, Corsica, and Minorca, some fourteen hundred persons, agreeing to
+convey them free of expense, find them in clothing and provisions, and,
+at the end of three years, to give fifty acres of land to each head of
+a family, and twenty-five to each child. After a long passage they
+arrived out, and formed the settlement. The principal article of
+cultivation produced by them was indigo, which commanded a high price,
+and was assisted by a bounty from the English government. After a few
+years, Turnbull, as is alleged, either from avarice or natural cruelty,
+assumed a control the most absolute over these colonists, and practiced
+cruelties the most painful upon them.
+
+An insurrection took place in 1769 among them, in consequence of severe
+punishments, which was speedily repressed, and the leaders of it brought
+to trial before the English court at St. Augustine; five of the number
+were convicted and sentenced to death. Gov. Grant pardoned two of the
+five, and a third was released upon the condition of his becoming the
+executioner of the other two. Nine years after the commencement of their
+settlement, their number had become reduced from 1,400 to 600. In 1776,
+proceedings were instituted on their behalf by Mr. Yonge, the
+attorney-general of the province, which resulted in their being
+exonerated from their contract with Turnbull; lands were thereupon
+assigned them in the northern part of the city, which was principally
+built up by them; and their descendants, at the present day, form the
+larger portion of the population of that place.
+
+Governor Grant was the first English governor, and was a gentleman of
+much energy; and during his term of office he projected many great and
+permanent improvements in the province. The public roads, known as the
+king's roads, from St. Augustine to New Smyrna, and from St. Augustine
+to Jacksonville, and thence to Coleraine, were then constructed, and
+remain a lasting monument of his wisdom and desire of improvement.
+
+Gov. Tonyn succeeded Gov. Grant; and a legislative council was
+authorized to assemble, and the pretense and forms of a constitutional
+government were gone through with.
+
+In August, 1775, a British vessel called the Betsey, Capt. Lofthouse,
+from London, with 111 barrels of powder, was captured off the bar of St.
+Augustine, by an American privateer from Charleston, very much to the
+disgust and annoyance of the British authorities.
+
+At this period, St. Augustine assumed much importance as a depot and
+_point d'appui_ for the British forces in their operations against the
+Southern States; and very considerable forces were at times assembled.
+
+In the excess of the zeal and loyalty of the garrison and inhabitants of
+St. Augustine, upon the receipt of the news of the American Declaration
+of Independence, the effigies of John Hancock and Samuel Adams were
+burned upon the public square, where the monument now stands.
+
+The expedition of Gen. Prevost against Savannah was organized and
+embarked from St. Augustine, in 1779.
+
+Sixty of the most distinguished citizens of Carolina were seized by the
+British in 1780, and transported to St. Augustine as prisoners of war
+and hostages, among whom were Arthur Middleton, Edward Rutledge, Gen.
+Gadsden, and Mr. Calhoun; all were put upon parole except Gen. Gadsden
+and Mr. Calhoun, who refused the indulgence, and were committed to the
+fort, where they remained many months close prisoners. Gen. Rutherford
+and Col. Isaacs, of North Carolina, were also transported hither, and
+committed to the fort.
+
+An expedition was fitted out from St. Augustine in 1783, to act against
+New Providence, under Col. Devereux; and, with very slender means that
+able officer succeeded in capturing and reducing the Bahamas, which have
+ever since remained under English domination.
+
+The expense of supporting the government of East Florida during the
+English occupation, was very considerable, amounting to the sum of
+£122,000. The exports of Florida, in 1778, amounted to £48,000; and in
+1772, the province exported 40,000 lbs. indigo; and in 1782, 20,000
+barrels of turpentine.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+RE-CESSION OF FLORIDA TO SPAIN--ERECTION OF THE PARISH CHURCH--CHANGE OF
+FLAGS. 1783--1821.
+
+
+In June, 1784, in fulfillment of the treaty between England and Spain,
+Florida, after twenty years of British occupation, was re-ceded to the
+Spanish Crown, and taken possession of by Governor Zespedez.
+
+The English residents, in general, left[38] the country, and went either
+to the Bahamas, Jamaica, or the United States. Those who went to the
+British islands were almost ruined; but those who settled in the States
+were more successful.
+
+In April, 1793, the present Roman Catholic church was commenced, the
+previous Church having been in another portion of the city.[39] It was
+constructed under the direction of Don Mariana de la Rocque and Don P.
+Berrio, government engineer-officers. The cost of the church was
+$16,650, of which about $6,000 was received from the proceeds of the
+materials and ornaments of the old churches, about $1,000 from the
+contributions of the inhabitants, and the remaining $10,000 furnished by
+the government. One of its four bells has the following inscription,
+showing it to be probably the oldest bell in this country, being now 185
+years old.
+
+[Illustration: image of a cross]
+
+      Sancte Joseph.
+      Ora Pro Nobis.
+        D 1682.
+
+Don Enrique White was for many years governor of Florida, and died in
+the city of St. Augustine. He is spoken of by those who knew him, in
+high terms, for his integrity and openness of character; and many
+amusing anecdotes are related connected with his eccentricities.
+
+In 1812, the American government, being apprehensive that Great Britain
+designed obtaining possession of Florida, sent its troops into the
+province, overrunning and destroying the whole country. The manner and
+the pretenses under which this was done, reflect but little credit on
+the United States government; and the transparent sham of taking
+possession of the country by the patriots, supported by United States
+troops, was as undignified as it was futile. It is for the damages
+occasioned by this invasion, that the "Florida claims" for "losses" of
+its citizens have been presented to the government of the United States.
+The _principal_ of the damages sustained, that is to say, the actual
+value of the property then destroyed, has been allowed and paid; but the
+interest, or damages for the detention, has been withheld upon the
+ground that the government does not pay interest. The treaty between the
+United States and Spain in reference to the cession of Florida to the
+United States, requires the United States to make _satisfaction_ for
+such claims; and the payment of the bare amount of actual loss, after a
+detention of thirty years, is considered by the claimants an inadequate
+_satisfaction_ of a just claim.
+
+In the spring of 1818, General Jackson made his celebrated incursion
+into Florida, and by a series of energetic movements followed the
+Seminoles and Creeks to their fastnesses, and forever crushed the power
+of those formidable tribes for offensive operations.
+
+In the latter part of 1817, a revolutionary party took possession of
+Amelia Island, and raised a _soi disant patriot_ flag at Fernandina,
+supported mainly in the enterprise by adventurers from the United
+States; M'Gregor was assisted by officers of the United States army. An
+expedition was sent from St. Augustine by the Spanish governor to eject
+the invaders, which failed. One Aury, an English adventurer, for a time
+held command there; and also a Mr. Hubbard, formerly sheriff of New
+York, who was the civil governor, and died there. The United States
+troops eventually interfered; but negotiations for the cession put a
+stop to further hostilities.
+
+The king of Spain, finding his possessions in Florida utterly worthless
+to his crown, and only an expense to sustain the garrisons, while the
+repeated attempts to disturb its political relations prevented any
+beneficial progress towards its settlement, gladly agreed, in 1819, to a
+transfer of Florida to the United States for five millions of dollars.
+
+An English gentleman who visited St. Augustine in 1817, gives his
+impressions of the place as follows: "Emerging from the solitudes and
+shades of the pine forests, we espied the distant yet distinct lights of
+the watch towers of the fortress of St. Augustine, delightful beacons to
+my weary pilgrimage. The clock was striking ten as I reached the foot of
+the drawbridge; the sentinels were passing the _alerto_, as I demanded
+entrance; having answered the preliminary questions, the draw-bridge was
+slowly lowered. The officer of the guard, having received my name and
+wishes, sent a communication to the governor, who issued orders for my
+immediate admission. On opening the gate, the guard was ready to receive
+me; and a file of men, with their officer, escorted me to his
+Excellency, who expressed his satisfaction at my revisit to Florida. I
+soon retired to the luxury of repose, and the following morning was
+greeted as an old acquaintance by the members of this little community.
+
+"I had arrived at a season of general relaxation, on the eve of the
+carnival, which is celebrated with much gayety in all Catholic
+countries. Masks, dominoes, harlequins, punchinellos, and a great
+variety of grotesque disguises, on horseback, in cars, gigs, and on
+foot, paraded the streets with guitars, violins, and other instruments;
+and in the evenings, the houses were open to receive masks, and balls
+were given in every direction. I was told that in their better days,
+when their pay was regularly remitted from the Havana, these amusements
+were admirably conducted, and the rich dresses exhibited on these
+occasions, were not eclipsed by their more fashionable friends in Cuba;
+but poverty had lessoned their spirit for enjoyment, as well as the
+means for procuring it; enough, however, remained to amuse an idle
+spectator, and I entered with alacrity into their diversions.
+
+"About thirty of the hunting warriors of the Seminoles, with their
+squaws, had arrived, for the purpose of selling the produce of the
+chase, consisting of bear, deer, tiger, and other skins, bears' grease,
+and other trifling articles. This savage race, once the lords of the
+ascendant, are the most formidable border enemies of the United States.
+This party had arrived, after a range of six months, for the purpose of
+sale and barter. After trafficking for their commodities, they were seen
+at various parts of the town, assembled in small groups, seated upon
+their haunches, like monkeys, passing round their bottles of _aque
+dente_ (the rum of Cuba), their repeated draughts upon which soon
+exhausted their contents; they then slept off the effects of
+intoxication, under the walls, exposed to the influence of the sun.
+Their appearance was extremely wretched; their skins of a dark, dirty,
+chocolate color, with long, straight, black hair, over which they had
+spread a quantity of bears' grease. In their ears, and the cartilages of
+the nose, were inserted rings of silver and brass, with pendants of
+various shapes; their features prominent and harsh, and their eyes had a
+wild and ferocious expression.
+
+"A torn blanket, or an ill-fashioned dirty linen jacket, is the general
+costume of these Indians; a triangular piece of cloth passes around the
+loins; the women vary in their apparel by merely wearing short
+petticoats, the original colors of which were not distinguishable from
+the various incrustations of dirt. Some of the young squaws were
+tolerably agreeable, and if well washed and dressed would not have been
+uninteresting; but the elder squaws wore the air of misery and
+debasement.
+
+"The garrison is composed of a detachment from the Royal regiment of
+Cuba, with some _black_ troops; who together form a respectable force.
+The fort and bastions are built of the same material as the houses of
+the town, _coquina_. This marine substance is superior to stone, not
+being liable to splinter from the effects of bombardment; it receives
+and imbeds the shot, which adds rather than detracts from its strength
+and security.
+
+"The houses and the rear of the town are intersected and covered with
+orange groves; their golden fruit and deep green foliage, not only
+render the air agreeable, but beautify the appearance of this
+interesting little town, in the centre of which (the square) rises a
+large structure dedicated to the Catholic religion. At the upper end are
+the remains of a very considerable house, the former residence of the
+governor of this settlement; but now (1817), in a state of dilapidation
+and decay, from age and inattention.
+
+"At the southern extremity of the town, stands a large building,
+formerly a monastery of Carthusian Friars, but now occupied as a barrack
+for the troops of the garrison. At a little distance are four stacks of
+chimnies, the sole remains of a beautiful range of barracks, built
+during the occupancy of the British, from 1763 to 1783; for three years
+the 29th regiment was stationed there, and in that time they did not
+lose a single man. The proverbial salubrity of the climate, has obtained
+for St. Augustine the designation of the Montpelier of Forth America;
+indeed, such is the general character of the Province of East Florida.
+
+"The governor (Copinger), is about forty-five years of age, of active
+and vigorous mind, anxious to promote by every means in his power the
+prosperity of the province confided to his command; his urbanity and
+other amiable qualities render him accessible to the meanest individual,
+and justice is sure to follow an appeal to his decision. His military
+talents are well known, and appreciated by his sovereign; and he now
+holds, in addition to the government of East Florida, the rank of
+Colonel in the Royal Regiment of Cuba.
+
+"The clergy consist of the _padre_ (priest of the parish), Father Cosby,
+a native of Wexford, in Ireland; a Franciscan friar, the chaplain to the
+garrison, and an inferior or curè. The social qualities of the _padre_,
+and the general tolerance of his feelings, render him an acceptable
+visitor to all his flock. The judge, treasurer, collector, and notary,
+are the principal officers of the establishment, besides a number of
+those devoted solely to the military occupations of the garrison. The
+whole of this society is extremely courteous to strangers; they form one
+family, and those little jealousies and animosities, so disgraceful to
+our small English communities, do not sully their meetings of friendly
+chit-chat, called as in Spain, _turtulias_. The women are deservedly
+celebrated for their charms; their lovely black eyes have a vast deal of
+expression; their complexions a clear brunette; much attention is paid
+to the arrangement of their hair; at mass they are always well dressed
+in black silk _basquinas_ (petticoats), with the little _mantilla_
+(black lace veil) over their heads; the men in their military costumes;
+good order and temperance are their characteristic virtues; but the vice
+of gambling too often profanes their social haunts, from which even the
+fair sex are not excluded. Two days following our arrival, a ball was
+given by some of the inhabitants, to which I was invited. The elder
+couples opened it with minuets, succeeded by the younger couples
+displaying their handsome light figures in Spanish dances."[40]
+
+The old inhabitants still speak in terms of fond regret of the place
+when embowered in its orange groves, and the pleasantness of its old
+customs and usages. Dancing formed one of their most common amusements,
+as it does now. The posey dance, now become obsolete, was then of almost
+daily occurrence, and was introduced in the following manner: The
+females of the family erect in a room of their house a neat little
+arbor, dressed with pots and garlands of flowers, and lit up brightly
+with candles. This is understood by the gentleman as an invitation to
+drop in and admire the beauty of their decorations. In the mean time,
+the lady who has prepared it, selects a partner from among her visitors,
+and in token of her preference, honors him with a bouquet of flowers.
+The gentleman who receives the bouquet becomes then, for the nonce, king
+of the ball, and leads out the fair donor as queen of the dance; the
+others take partners, and the hall is thus inaugurated, and may continue
+several successive evenings. Should the lady's choice fall upon an
+unwilling swain, which seldom happened, he could be excused by assuming
+the expenses of the entertainment. These assemblies were always
+informal, and frequented by all classes, all meeting on a level; but
+were conducted with the utmost politeness and decorum, for which the
+Spanish character is so distinguished.
+
+The carnival amusements are still kept up to some extent, but with
+little of the taste and wit which formerly characterised them, and
+without which they degenerate into mere buffoonery.
+
+The graceful Spanish dance, so well suited in its slow and regular
+movements to the inhabitants of a warm climate, has always retained the
+preference with the natives of the place, who dance it with that native
+grace and elegance of movement which seems easy and natural for every
+one, but is seldom equaled by the Anglo-Saxon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+TRANSFER OF FLORIDA TO THE UNITED STATES--AMERICAN OCCUPATION--ANCIENT
+BUILDINGS, ETC.
+
+
+On the 10th day of July, in the year 1821, the standard of Spain, which
+had been raised two hundred and fifty-six years before over St.
+Augustine, was finally lowered forever from the walls over which it had
+so long fluttered, and the stars and stripes of the youngest of nations
+rose where, sooner or later, the hand of destiny would assuredly have
+placed them.
+
+It was intended that the change of flags should have taken place on the
+4th of July; owing to a detention, this was frustrated; but the
+inhabitants celebrated the 4th with a handsome public ball at the
+governor's house.
+
+The Spanish garrison, and officers connected with it, returned to Cuba,
+and some of the Spanish families; but the larger portion of the
+inhabitants remained. A considerable influx of inhabitants from the
+adjoining States took place, and the town speedily assumed a somewhat
+American character. The proportion of American population since the
+change of flags, has been about one-third. Most of the native
+inhabitants converse with equal fluency in either language.
+
+In the year 1823 the legislative council of Florida held its second
+session in the government house at St. Augustine. Governor W.P. Duval
+was the first governor after the organization of the territory. The
+Ralph Ringwood Sketches of Irving have given a wide celebrity to the
+character of our worthy and original first governor, now recently
+deceased.
+
+During the month of February, 1835, East Florida was visited by a frost
+much more severe than any before experienced. A severe northwest wind
+blew ten days in succession, but more violently for about three days.
+During this period, the mercury sunk to seven degrees above zero. The
+St. Johns river was frozen several rods from the shore. All kinds of
+fruit trees were killed to the ground; many of them never started
+again, even from the roots. The wild groves suffered equally with those
+cultivated. The orange had become the staple of Florida commerce;
+several millions were exported from the St. Johns and St. Augustine
+during the two previous years. Numerous groves had just been planted
+out, and extensive nurseries could hardly supply the demand for young
+trees. Some of the groves had, during the previous autumn, brought to
+their owners, one, two, and three thousand dollars; and the increasing
+demand for this fruit, opened in prospect mines of wealth to the
+inhabitants.
+
+    "Then came a frost, a withering frost."
+
+Some of the orange groves in East Florida were estimated at from five to
+ten thousand dollars, and even more. They were at once rendered
+valueless. The larger part of the population at St. Augustine had been
+accustomed to depend on the produce of their little groves of eight or
+ten trees, to purchase their coffee, sugar, and other necessaries from
+the stores; they were left without resource.
+
+"The town of St. Augustine, that heretofore appeared like a rustic
+village, their white houses peeping from among the clustered boughs and
+golden fruit of their favorite tree, beneath whose shade the foreign
+invalid cooled his fevered limbs, and imbibed health from the fragrant
+air,--how was she fallen! Dry, unsightly poles, with ragged bark, stick
+up around her dwellings; and where the mocking-bird once delighted to
+build her nest, and tune her lovely songs, owls hoot at night, and
+sterile winds whistle through the leafless branches. Never was a place
+rendered more desolate."[41]
+
+The groves were at once replanted, and soon bid fair to yield most
+abundantly; when, in 1842, an insect was introduced into the country,
+called the _orange coccus_, which spread over the whole country with
+wonderful rapidity, and almost totally destroyed every tree it fastened
+upon. Of late, the ravages of this insect seem less destructive, and the
+groves have begun to resume their bearing; these add to the beauty of
+the residences at St. Augustine with their glossy, deep-green leaves,
+and golden fruit; and hopes of an entire restoration are now confidently
+entertained.
+
+In December, 1835, the war with the Seminole Indians broke out; and for
+some years St. Augustine was full of the pomp and circumstance of war.
+It was dangerous to venture beyond the gates; and many sad scenes of
+Indian massacre took place in the neighborhood of the city. During this
+period, great apparent prosperity prevailed; property was valuable,
+rents were high; speculators projected one city on the north of the
+town, and another on the west; a canal to the St. Johns, and also a
+railroad to Picolata; and great hopes of future prosperity were
+entertained. With the cessation of the war, the importance of St.
+Augustine diminished; younger communities took the lead of it, aided by
+superior advantages of location, and greater enterprise, and St.
+Augustine has subsided into the pleasant, quiet, _dolce far niente_ of
+to-day, living upon, its old memories, contented, peaceful, and
+agreeable, and likely to remain without much change for the future.
+
+Of the public buildings, it may be remarked that the extensive British
+barracks were destroyed by fire in 1792; and that the Franciscan Convent
+was occupied as it had been before, as barracks for the troops not in
+garrison in the fort. The appearance of these buildings has been much
+changed by the extensive repairs and alterations made by the United
+States government. It had formerly a large circular look-out upon the
+top, from which a beautiful view of the surrounding country was
+obtained. Its walls are probably the oldest foundations in the city.
+
+The present United States Court-house, now occupied by many public
+offices, was the residence of the Spanish governors. It has been rebuilt
+by the United States; and its former quaint and interesting appearance
+has been lost, in removing its look-out tower, and balconies, and the
+handsome gateway, mentioned by De Brahm, which is said to have been a
+fine specimen of Doric architecture.[42]
+
+Trinity Episcopal Church was commenced in 1827, and consecrated in 1833,
+by Bishop Bowen, of South Carolina. The Presbyterian Church was built
+about 1830, and the Methodist chapel about 1846.
+
+The venerable-looking building on the bay, at the corner of Green lane
+and Bay street, is considered the oldest building in the place, and has
+evidently been a fine building in its day. It was the residence of the
+attorney-general, in English times.
+
+The monument on the public square was erected in 1812-13, upon the
+information of the adoption of the Spanish constitution, as a memorial
+of that event, in pursuance of a royal order to that effect, directed to
+the public authorities of all the provincial towns. Geronimo Alvarez
+was the Alcalde under whose direction it was erected. The plan of it was
+made by Sr. Hernandez, the father of the late General Hernandez. A short
+time after it was put up, the Spanish constitution having had a
+downfall, orders were issued by the government that all the monuments
+erected to the constitution throughout its dominions, should be
+demolished. The citizens of St. Augustine were unwilling to see their
+monument torn down; and with the passive acquiescence of the governor,
+the marble tablets inscribed PLAZA DE LA CONSTITUCION being removed, the
+monument itself was allowed to stand; and thus it remains to this day,
+the only monument in existence to commemorate the farce of the
+constitution of 1812. In 1818, the tablets were restored without
+objection.
+
+The bridge and causeway are the work of the government of the United
+States. The present sea-wall was built between 1835 and 1842, by the
+United States, at an expense of one hundred thousand dollars.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+PRESENT APPEARANCE OF ST. AUGUSTINE, AS GIVEN BY THE AUTHOR OF
+THANATOPSIS--ITS CLIMATE AND SALUBRITY.
+
+
+St. Augustine has now attained, for this side of the Atlantic, a period
+of most respectable antiquity. In a country like America, where States
+are ushered into existence in the full development of maturity, where
+large cities rise like magic from the rude forest, where the "oldest
+inhabitant" recollects the cutting down of the lofty elms which shadowed
+the wigwam of the red man, perchance on some spot now in the heart of a
+great city; an antiquity of three centuries would be esteemed as almost
+reaching back (compared with modern growth) to the days of the Pharaohs.
+
+The larger number of early settlements were unsuitably located, and were
+forced to be abandoned on account of their unhealthiness; but the
+Spanish settlement at St. Augustine has remained for near three hundred
+years where it was originally planted; and the health of its inhabitants
+has, for this long period, given it a deserved reputation for salubrity
+and exemption from disease, attributable to locality or extraneous
+influences or causes.
+
+The great age attained by its inhabitants was remarked by De Brahm; the
+number and healthfulness of the children that throng its streets,
+attract now, as they did then, the attention of strangers. This
+salubrity is easily accounted for, by the almost insular position of the
+city, upon a narrow neck of land nearly surrounded by salt water; the
+main shore, a high and healthy pine forest and sandy plains, so near the
+ocean as to be fanned by its constant breezes, and within the sound of
+its echoing waves; a situation combining more local advantages for
+salubrity could hardly be imagined. While it will never probably
+increase to any great extent in population, it will hardly be likely to
+decrease. Its health, easy means of support, unambitious class of
+inhabitants, with their strong attachments and family and local ties,
+will contribute to maintain St. Augustine as the time-honored ancient
+city, with its permanent population, and its visitors for health, for
+centuries perhaps yet to come.
+
+I cannot perhaps better conclude these historic notices than by giving
+the impressions of the author of Thanatopsis,[43] one whose poetic fame
+will endure as long as American literature exists. Writing from St.
+Augustine in April, 1843, he says:
+
+"At length we emerged upon a shrubby plain, and finally came in sight of
+this oldest city of the United States, seated among its trees on a sandy
+swell of land, where it has stood for three hundred years. I was struck
+with its ancient and homely aspect, even at a distance, and could not
+help likening it to pictures which I had seen of Dutch towns, though it
+wanted a wind-mill or two to make the resemblance perfect. We drove into
+a green square, in the midst of which was a monument erected to
+commemorate the Spanish constitution of 1812, and thence through the
+narrow streets of the city to our hotel.
+
+"I have called the streets narrow. In few places are they wide enough to
+allow two carriages to pass abreast. I was told that they were not
+originally intended for carriages; and that in the time when the town
+belonged to Spain, many of them were floored with an artificial stone,
+composed of shells and mortar, which in this climate takes and keeps the
+hardness of rock; and that no other vehicle than a hand-barrow was
+allowed to pass over them. In some places you see remnants of this
+ancient pavement; but for the most part it has been ground into dust
+under the wheels of the carts and carriages introduced by the new
+inhabitants. The old houses, built of a kind of stone which is seemingly
+a pure concretion of small shells, overhang the streets with their
+wooden balconies; and the gardens between the houses are fenced on the
+side of the street with high walls of stone. Peeping over these walls
+you see branches of the pomegranate, and of the orange-tree now fragrant
+with flowers, and rising yet higher, the leaning boughs of the fig with
+its broad luxuriant leaves. Occasionally you pass the ruins of
+houses--walls of stone with arches and stair-cases of the same material,
+which once belonged to stately dwellings. You meet in the streets with
+men of swarthy complexions and foreign physiognomy, and you hear them
+speaking to each other in a strange language. You are told that these
+are the remains of those who inhabited the country under the Spanish
+dominion, and that the dialect you have heard is that of the island of
+Minorca.
+
+"'Twelve years ago,' said an acquaintance of mine, 'when I first visited
+St. Augustine, it was a fine old Spanish town. A large proportion of the
+houses which you now see roofed like barns, were then flat-roofed; they
+were all of shell rock, and these modern wooden buildings were then not
+erected. That old fort which they are now repairing, to fit it for
+receiving a garrison, was a sort of ruin, for the outworks had partly
+fallen, and it stood unoccupied by the military, a venerable monument of
+the Spanish dominion. But the orange-groves were the wealth and ornament
+of St. Augustine, and their produce maintained the inhabitants in
+comfort. Orange-trees of the size and height of the pear-tree, often
+rising higher than the roofs of the houses, embowered the town in
+perpetual verdure. They stood so close in the groves that they excluded
+the sun; and the atmosphere was at all times aromatic with their leaves
+and fruit, and in spring the fragrance of the flowers was almost
+oppressive.'
+
+"The old fort of St. Mark, now called Fort Marion--a foolish change of
+name--is a noble work, frowning over the Mantanzas, which flows between
+St. Augustine and the island of Anastasia; and it is worth making a long
+journey to see. No record remains of its original construction; but it
+is supposed to have been erected about a hundred and fifty years
+since,[44] and the shell rock of which it is built is dark with time. We
+saw where it had been struck with cannon balls, which, instead of
+splitting the rock, became imbedded and clogged among the loosened
+fragments of shell. This rock is therefore one of the best materials for
+fortification in the world. We were taken into the ancient prisons of
+the fort-dungeons, one of which was dimly lighted by a grated window,
+and another entirely without light; and by the flame of a torch we were
+shown the half obliterated inscriptions scrawled on the walls long ago
+by prisoners. But in another corner of the fort, we were taken to look
+at the secret cells, which were discovered a few years since in
+consequence of the sinking of the earth over a narrow apartment between
+them. These cells are deep under ground, vaulted over-head, and without
+windows. In one of them a wooden machine was found, which some supposed
+might have been a rack, and in the other a quantity of human bones. The
+doors of these cells had been walled up and concealed with stucco,
+before the fort passed into the hands of the Americans.
+
+"You cannot be in St. Augustine a day without hearing some of its
+inhabitants speak of its agreeable climate. During the sixteen days of
+my residence here, the weather has certainly been as delightful as I
+could imagine. We have the temperature of early June as June is known in
+New York. The mornings are sometimes a little sultry; but after two or
+three hours a fresh breeze comes in from the sea sweeping through the
+broad piazzas, and breathing in at the windows. At this season it comes
+laden with the fragrance of the flowers of the Pride of India, and
+sometimes of the orange tree, and sometimes brings the scent of roses,
+now in bloom. The nights are gratefully cool; and I have been told by a
+person who has lived here many years, that there are very few nights in
+summer when you can sleep without a blanket.
+
+"An acquaintance of mine, an invalid, who has tried various climates,
+and has kept up a kind of running fight with death for many years,
+retreating from country to country as he pursued, declares to me that
+the winter climate of St. Augustine is to be preferred to that of any
+part of Europe, even that of Sicily, and that it is better than the
+climate of the West Indies. He finds it genial and equable, at the same
+time that it is not enfeebling. The summer heats are prevented from
+being intense by the sea-breeze, of which I have spoken. I have looked
+over the work of Dr. Forry on the climate of the United States, and have
+been surprised to see the uniformity of climate which he ascribes to Key
+West. As appears by the observations he has collected, the seasons at
+that place glide into each other by the softest gradations; and the heat
+never, even in midsummer, reaches that extreme which is felt in the
+higher latitudes of the American continent. The climate of Florida is,
+in fact, an insular climate: the Atlantic on the east, and the Gulf of
+Mexico on the west, temper the airs that blow over it, making them
+cooler in summer and warmer in winter. I do not wonder, therefore, that
+it is so much the resort of invalids; it would be more so if the
+softness of its atmosphere, and the beauty and serenity of its seasons
+were generally known. Nor should it be supposed that accommodations for
+persons in delicate health are wanting; they are, in fact, becoming
+better with every year, as the demand for them increases. Among the
+acquaintances whom I have made here, I remember many who having come
+hither for the benefit of their health, are detained for life by the
+amenity of the climate. 'It seems to me,' said an intelligent gentleman
+of this class, the other day, 'as if I could not exist out of Florida.
+When I go to the north, I feel most sensibly the severe extremes of the
+weather; the climate of Charleston itself appears harsh to me.'
+
+"The negroes of St. Augustine are a good-looking specimen of the race,
+and have the appearance of being very well treated. You rarely see a
+negro in ragged clothing; and the colored children, though slaves, are
+often dressed with great neatness. In the colored people whom I saw in
+the Catholic church, I remarked a more agreeable, open, and gentle
+physiognomy than I have been accustomed to see in that class.
+
+"Some old customs which the Minorcans brought with them from their
+native country, are still kept up. On the evening before Easter Sunday,
+about eleven o'clock, I heard the sound of a serenade in the streets.
+Going out, I found a party of young men with instruments of music,
+grouped about the window of one of the dwellings, singing a hymn in
+honor of the Virgin,[45] in the Mahonese dialect. They began, as I was
+told, with tapping on the shutter. An answering knock within had told
+them that their visit was welcome, and they immediately began the
+serenade. If no reply had been heard, they would have passed on to
+another dwelling. I give the hymn as it was kindly taken down for me in
+writing, by a native of St. Augustine. I presume this is the first time
+that it has been put in print; but I fear the copy has several
+corruptions, occasioned by the unskillfulness of the copyist. The letter
+_e_, which I have put in italics, represents the guttural French _e_,
+or, perhaps, more nearly the sound of the _u_ in the word but. The _sh_
+of our language is represented by _sc_ followed by an _i_ or an _e_; the
+_g_, both hard and soft, has the same sound as in our language.
+
+    "'Disciar_e_m lu dol
+    Cantar_e_m aub' alagria
+    Y n'arem a da
+    Las pascuas a Maria
+              O Maria!
+    "'Sant Grabiel,
+    Qui portaba la ambasciado
+    Des nostro rey del cel,
+    Estaran vos prenada
+    Ya omitiada
+    Tu o vais aqui surventa
+    Fia del Dieu contenta
+    Para fe lo que el vol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Y a milla nit
+    Pariguero vos regina
+    A un Dieu infinit,
+    Dintra una establina.
+    Y a milla dia,
+    Que los angles von cantant
+    Pau y abondant
+    De la gloria de Dieu sol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Y a Libalam,
+    Alla la terra santa
+    Nus nat Jesus
+    Aub' alagria tanta
+    Infant petit
+    Que tot lu mon salvaria
+    Y ningu y bastaria
+    Nu mes un Dieu tot sul
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Cuant de Orion lus
+    Tres reys la stralla veran
+    Dieu omnipotent
+    Adora lo vingaran
+    Un present inferan
+    De mil _e_ncens y or
+    A lu beneit seno
+    Que conesce cual se vol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Tot fu gayant
+    Para cumple la prumas
+    Y lu Esperit sant
+    De un angel fau gramas
+    Gran foc ences,
+    Que crama lu curagia
+    Dieu nos da lenguagia
+    Para fe lo que Dieu vol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Cuant trespasa
+    De quest mon nostra Senora
+    Al cel s' empugia
+    Sun fil la matescia ora
+    O! Emperadora
+    Que del cel san eligida
+    Lu rosa florida
+    Me resplenden que un sol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Y el tercer giorn
+    Que Jesus resunta
+    Dieu y Aboroma
+    Que la mort triumfa
+    De alli se balla
+    Para perldra Lucife
+    An tot a sen penda
+    Que de nostro ser el sol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+"After this hymn, the following stanzas, soliciting the customary gift
+of cakes or eggs, are sung:--
+
+    "'Ce set que vam cantant,
+    Regina celestial!
+    Damos pan y alagria
+    Y bonas festas tingan
+    Y vos da sus bonas festas
+    Danos dines de sus nous
+    Sempre tar_e_m lus neans Uestas
+    Para recibi un grapat de nes,
+    Y el giorn de pascua florida
+    Alagramos y giuntament
+    As qui _e_s mort par dar nos vida
+    Y via glorosiamente,
+    A questa casa esta empedrada
+    Bien halla que la empedro;
+    San amo de aquesta casa
+    Baldria duna un do
+    Formagiado o empanada
+    Cucutta a flao;
+    Cual se val casa rue grada,
+    Sol que no rue digas que no.'
+
+"The shutters are then opened by the people within, and a supply of
+cheese, cakes or other pastry, or eggs, is dropped into a bag carried by
+one of the party; who acknowledge the gift in the following lines, and
+then depart:--
+
+    "'Aquesta casa reta empedrada
+    Empedrada de cuatro vens;
+    Sun amo de aquesta casa
+    Es omo de compliment.'
+
+"If nothing is given, the last line reads thus:--
+
+    "'No es homo de compliment.'"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+ST. AUGUSTINE IN ITS OLD AGE.--1565-1868.
+
+
+Three hundred and three years have now passed over the walls of this
+venerable city. Ten generations of men and women have passed away since
+this ancient city had an existence and a name. One can look back to 1565
+and picture to the mind the galleons of Spain anchored off its harbor;
+see the gallant Adelantado Menendez, clad in mail, preceded by the
+standards of Spain, and followed by his men at arms, his bowmen and his
+cavaliers, taking possession of the country in the name of his
+sovereign. The waves roll in upon the same shores now as they did then;
+the green, grassy marshes and oyster-clad banks present to our eyes the
+same appearance as they did to theirs; the white sandy beach which
+received the impress of the iron-clad heel of the cavalier, now yields
+to the pressure of your foot; the rustling pines along the shore cast
+their pleasant shadows over you as they did over them, and perchance the
+same eager thoughts of gain pervade your breast as you pass beneath
+them, as filled the hearts and souls of those who long ago came seeking
+gold and wealth unmeasured upon those shores.
+
+Three hundred years ago, and St. Augustine stood the solitary settlement
+of the white race north of the Gulf of Mexico in all that great expanse
+which now boasts of its thirty-four States, its three hundred cities,
+and its thirty millions of people.
+
+Then the Province of Florida extended northward to the pole, and
+westward to the Pacific. At a later period, after the voyages of the
+French and English, its boundaries were limited to the shores of the
+Chesapeake and the Mississippi river, and were subsequently gradually
+contracted to their present limits, so that Florida once represented
+upon the maps all of the United States.
+
+The life of St. Augustine runs parallel with that of Spain. For a long
+period Spain was at the head of European monarchies; its rulers held
+sway over more vast possessions than had ever belonged to any single
+crown since the days of the Cæsars; wealth flowed into its coffers from
+the New World in boundless profusion, and corruption, venality and
+effeminacy followed in its train. The whole continent of America was
+claimed as its dominion. Its fleets anchored upon every shore for
+conquest or exploration, and its banners were unfurled by its generals,
+and the cross was planted by its priests, upon every headland. From all
+this grandeur and eminence the Spanish monarchy has been cast down.
+Driven from land to land, it has receded from the main land of America,
+and has exchanged its dominion over a continent to the islands of the
+sea, which it holds with a precarious grasp, and it now remains in a dry
+old age a fourth-rate power where once it stood foremost. The first
+planted of all the cities of the United States, St. Augustine, now ranks
+among the least.
+
+Ten years have been added to the longevity of the ancient city since the
+first publication of this work. Ten years do not make their mark upon
+the aged man as they do upon the youth launching forth into manhood, or
+as they do upon him who in the full measure of his matured strength is
+battling with life. On the nation at large, these ten years have left
+almost ineffaceable scars and bruises; ten years, the most important,
+the weightiest and the gravest of any since the throes of the great
+revolution which gave birth to the nation. This long sad period has left
+no mark upon its walls--grey and mouldy with the weight of years, and
+have scarcely added a tinge the more of age and sorrow--and yet the
+inner life of the old city has sustained a great shock. The system of
+servitude, which has now been swept away, was the sole dependence of
+many aged persons, of many poor widows and orphan children.
+
+Servants in St. Augustine were treated with paternal kindness; they had
+grown up in the family of the indulgent master, had been his play-mate
+in infancy, and rendered willing service. They had their holidays and
+their balls, and were ever found in the background at all festive
+gatherings, enjoying, upon a privileged footing, the pleasures of the
+hour, looking on and commenting with pride upon the graceful movements
+in the dance of their young mistresses, and anon whirling each other
+around to the music, in the corridors, with the unrestrained exuberance
+of their simple and unalloyed happiness. All this has passed away, their
+homes are broken up, the poor widow and the orphan children have been
+brought to want, the sound of music and dancing no longer resound in
+the old streets, the privileged house-maid and man-servant no longer do
+their easy tasks with cheerful song and merry laugh.
+
+The naval forces of the United States took possession of St. Augustine
+in 1862. Batteries had been mounted at the fort, and a small garrison of
+Confederate troops were in military occupation of the place, but too few
+in numbers to offer any resistance, and the city was surrendered by the
+civil authorities upon the demand of Captain Dupont. The 4th New
+Hampshire regiment first garrisoned the city. The old fort was brushed
+up and repaired, the earth-works strengthened, and barracks built on the
+platform. Occasionally reconnoitering parties of Confederates approached
+the town, and on one occasion a festive party of officers, who had gone
+out to Mr. Solanas, near Picolata, to attend a dance, were captured,
+with their music and ambulance, by Captain Dickinson, celebrated for
+many daring exploits. It was even believed that this daring partisan had
+ridden through the city at night in the guise of a Federal cavalry
+officer. On another occasion, the commanding officer of the garrison at
+St. Augustine was captured on the road from Jacksonville by a
+Confederate picket.
+
+The inhabitants, isolated from all means of obtaining supplies from
+without the lines, were reduced to great straits. The only condition
+upon which they were allowed to purchase, was the acceptance of an oath
+of loyalty. Sympathizing strongly with the South, they were placed in an
+unfortunate position, and many doubtless suffered greatly. At one
+period, those of the citizens who had relatives in the Confederate
+service were ordered to leave the city. Then ensued a scene which
+beggars description. Men, women and children were huddled on board a
+vessel, and, homeless and helpless, were carried along the coast and
+disembarked, shelterless, on the banks of the Nassau river, to make
+their way to food and shelter as best they could--hardships which hardly
+seemed called for by any military necessity. Many of the young men of
+the city went into the Confederate service and served through the war
+with distinction, but many fell victims on the battlefield, in the
+hospitals, or from exposure to the rigorous climate of Virginia and
+Tennessee, to which they were unaccustomed.
+
+To these misfortunes succeeded to all, sales and forcible deprivation of
+property, under the most rigorous construction of most rigorous
+laws--the unsettling of titles and the loss of mean have combined to
+lessen the ability of the people to do more than try to live, without
+much effort to improve their homes and the appearance of the city.
+
+Some changes have taken place in the suburbs of the city. Macariz, the
+site of the old Indian town, belonging to the late Judge Douglas, with
+its beautiful groves of forest trees, has been utterly destroyed; and a
+once pleasant cottage home, near the stockades, dear to the writer,
+cared for and embellished with many things pleasant to the eye, fragrant
+with the ever blooming roses and honeysuckles, has, under the rude hand
+of war, been utterly destroyed, with its library, its furniture, and all
+its pleasant surroundings.
+
+But while man's work has been to destroy, Nature has done much within
+these few years to restore one of its former sources of prosperity, the
+cultivation of the orange, which, having been at one period almost
+utterly destroyed by the cold, and then by the coccus insect, is now
+fast regaining its pristine vigor and productiveness, and promises in a
+few years to furnish to the city more permanent and abundant sources of
+prosperity than it has ever had.
+
+With the infusion of Northern energy and capital, much could be done to
+further the prosperity of the old city, by building up first-class
+hotels and boarding-houses for visitors during the winter, by rebuilding
+the Picolata railway, thus facilitating access to the city, and thus a
+means of support could be given to its inhabitants.
+
+I am sure that no one will feel otherwise than that its old age shall be
+tranquil and serene, and that its name may ever be associated with
+pleasant memories.
+
+[Illustration: decoration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] The fountain of youth is a very ancient fable; and the reader will
+be reminded of the amusing story of the accomplishment of this miracle,
+told in Hawthorne's Twice-Told Tales, and of the marvelous effects
+produced by imbibing this celebrated spring water.
+
+[2] Barcia Ensayo, Cron. 66.
+
+[3] The galleon spoken of was Menendez's own flag ship, the El Pelayo,
+the largest vessel in his fleet, fitted out at his own expense, and
+which had brought four hundred men. He had put on board of her a
+lieutenant and some soldiers, besides fifteen Lutherans as prisoners,
+whom he was sending home to the Inquisition at Seville. The orders to
+his officers were to go as speedily as possible to the island of
+Hispaniola, to bring provisions and additional forces. Upon the passage,
+the Lutheran prisoners, with some Levantine sailors, rose upon the
+Spaniards, killed the commander, and carried the vessel into Denmark.
+Menendez was much chagrined when he ascertained the fate of his favorite
+galleon, a long period afterwards.
+
+[4] A low palm, bearing an oily berry.
+
+[5] Ternaux Compans.
+
+[6] Hakluyt.
+
+[7] Brevis Narratio.
+
+[8] W. Gilmore Simms, Esq.
+
+[9] Laudonnière says, "_joignant la montagne_."
+
+[10] Canaveral, where Ribault was wrecked, must have been some point
+north of Mosquito Inlet, and not the cape now bearing that name, as he
+could not have crossed Mosquito Inlet in his march to Matanzas.
+
+[11] Barcia, p. 87.
+
+[12] Barcia, p. 89.
+
+[13] Barcia, p. 89.
+
+[14] Barcia, p. 89.
+
+[15] Such was the understanding of those who then wrote in reference to
+the transaction, as Barcia admits.
+
+[16] Ensay. Cron. 110.
+
+[17] Ensayo: Cron. 115.
+
+[18] Pensacola Bay was also so called.
+
+[19] Ensayo: Cron. 133.
+
+[20] Ternaux Compans, p. 357.
+
+[21] This old chest, which remained in one of the western vaults of the
+fort, up to the late war, was broken up for relics, and is no longer
+there.
+
+[22] I do not find any account of this expedition and capture of St.
+Augustine in the Ensayo Cronologica.
+
+[23] Carroll's S. C., Vol. 1, p. 62.
+
+[24] Rivers' S. C. Hist. Coll. p. 143. Do. Appendix, 426. Carroll's
+Coll., 2d vol., 350.
+
+[25] There must be an error, of course, in this statement of an 82-gun
+ship entering St. Augustine, as the depth of water would never admit a
+vessel of over 300 tons: probably 82 should read 12 tons. G. R. F.
+
+[26] Carroll's Hist. Coll., vol. 2, p. 352.
+
+[27] Rivers' Hist. Sketches, S. C., app. 458.
+
+[28] State Papers of Georgia. Ga. Hist. Soc.
+
+[29] This statement is unsupported by either Spanish or English
+authority. The writer of the letter, through want of familiarity with
+their language, misunderstood his informants, in all probability, as to
+the extent of their loss.
+
+[30] MSS, in Geo. Hist. Soc. Library.
+
+[31] Monteano, MSS., Archives St. Augustine.
+
+[32] Monteano, MS. Letter of, 28th July, 1740.
+
+[33] Report upon Expedition to St. Augustine. Carroll's Coll. 2d vol.,
+p. 354.
+
+[34] Carroll's Hist. Coll. S. C. p. 359.
+
+[35] De Brahm MS., p. 192.
+
+[36] Stork, p. 11.
+
+[37] Williams' Florida, p. 17.
+
+[38] Among the families remaining were the Fatios, Flemings, and a few
+others.
+
+[39] The old parish church was on St. George street, on west side of the
+street.
+
+[40] Voyage to Spanish Main. London, 1819. Page 116, _et seq._
+
+[41] Williams' Florida, pp. 18, _et seq._
+
+[42] It is said to have been taken down by the contractor, to form the
+foundation of his kitchen.
+
+[43] Bryant.
+
+[44] It is much more ancient.
+
+[45] This song is usually called the _Fromajardis_.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Spaniards in Florida, by George R. Fairbanks
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37507-8.txt or 37507-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/5/0/37507/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, University of Florida Digital
+Collections and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/37507-8.zip b/37507-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c1f54c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507-8.zip
diff --git a/37507-h.zip b/37507-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbe1423
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507-h.zip
diff --git a/37507-h/37507-h.htm b/37507-h/37507-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..949dc34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507-h/37507-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5713 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+<title>
+  The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Spaniards i Florida, by George R. Fairbanks.
+</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+ p {margin-top:.2em;text-align:justify;margin-bottom:.2em;text-indent:2%;}
+
+.c {text-align:center;text-indent:0%;}
+
+.cb {text-align:center;text-indent:0%;font-weight:bold;}
+
+.r {text-align:right;margin-right: 5%;}
+
+small {font-size: 70%;}
+
+ h1,h3 {margin-top:10%;text-align:center;clear:both;}
+
+ hr.full {width: 50%;margin:5% auto 5% auto;border:4px double gray;}
+
+ table {margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;border:none;text-align:left;}
+
+ body{margin-left:2%;margin-right:2%;background:#fdfdfd;color:black;font-family:"Times New Roman", serif;font-size:medium;}
+
+a:link {background-color:#ffffff;color:blue;text-decoration:none;}
+
+  link {background-color:#ffffff;color:blue;text-decoration:none;}
+
+a:visited {background-color:#ffffff;color:purple;text-decoration:none;}
+
+a:hover {background-color:#ffffff;color:#FF0000;text-decoration:underline;}
+
+.smcap  {font-variant:small-caps;font-size:95%;}
+
+ img {border:none;}
+
+.blockquot {margin:2% auto 2% auto;font-size:90%;}
+
+ sup {font-size:75%;}
+
+.caption  {font-weight:bold;}
+
+.figcenter   {margin: 5% auto 5% auto;text-align:center;text-indent:0%;}
+
+.footnotes  {border:dotted 3px gray;margin-top: 8%;clear:both;}
+
+.footnote   {width:95%;margin:auto 3% 1% auto;font-size:0.9em;position:relative;}
+
+.label  {position:relative;left:-.5em;top:0;text-align:left;font-size:.8em;}
+
+.fnanchor   {vertical-align:30%;font-size:.8em;}
+</style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Spaniards in Florida, by George R. Fairbanks
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Spaniards in Florida
+       Comprising the notable settlement of the Huguenots in 1564,
+              and the History and Antiquities of St. Augustine, Founded
+              A.D. 1565
+
+Author: George R. Fairbanks
+
+Release Date: September 22, 2011 [EBook #37507]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, University of Florida Digital
+Collections and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<h1><small>THE</small><br /><br />
+SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA,<br /><br />
+<small><small>COMPRISING THE NOTABLE SETTLEMENT<br /><br />
+OF THE</small></small><br /><br />
+<small>HUGUENOTS IN 1564,</small><br /><br />
+<small><small>AND THE</small></small><br /><br />
+HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES<br /><br />
+<small><small>OF</small></small><br /><br />
+S<small>T</small>. A<small>UGUSTINE</small>,<br /><br />
+<small><small>F<small>OUNDED</small> A. D. 1565.</small></small></h1>
+
+<p class="cb">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;<br />
+<small>BY</small><br />
+GEORGE R. FAIRBANKS,<br />
+<small>VICE PRESIDENT FLORIDA HISTORICAL SOCIETY: HONORARY MEMBER NEW-YORK HISTORICAL SOCIETY:
+<br />LECTURER ON AMERICAN HISTORY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF THE SOUTH.</small><br />
+&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="cb"><small>JACKSONVILLE, FLA.<br />
+COLUMBUS DREW.
+1868.</small></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_003" id="page_003"></a></p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""
+style="border-top:1px solid black;
+border-bottom:1px solid black;">
+<tr><td align="center">Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">COLUMBUS DREW,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">District of New York.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><a name="page_004" id="page_004"></a></p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="cb">RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED<br />
+<br />
+TO<br />
+<br />
+BUCKINGHAM SMITH, ESQ.,<br />
+<small>U. S. SECRETARY OF LEGATION AT MADRID,</small><br />
+<br />
+TO WHOSE EFFORTS IN THE<br />
+<br />
+DISCOVERY AND PRESERVATION OF THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF THE<br />
+SPANISH DOMINION IN AMERICA,<br />
+<br />
+A GRATEFUL ACKNOWLEDGMENT<br />
+<br />
+<small>IS DUE FROM</small><br />
+<br />
+AMERICAN SCHOLARS.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_005" id="page_005"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE.</h3>
+
+<p>T<small>HIS</small> volume, relating to the history and antiquities of the oldest
+settlement in the United States, has grown out of a lecture delivered
+by the author, and which he was desired to embody in a more permanent
+form.</p>
+
+<p>The large amount of interesting material in my possession, has made
+my work rather one of laborious condensation than expansion.</p>
+
+<p>I have endeavored to preserve as fully as possible, the style and
+quaintness of the old writers from whom I have drawn, rather than to
+transform or embellish the narrative with the supposed graces of modern
+diction; and, as much of the work consisted in translations from
+foreign idioms, this peculiarly un-English style, if I may so call it,
+will be more noticeably observed. I have mainly sought to give it a
+permanent value, as founded on the most reliable ancient authorities;
+and thus, to the extent of the ground which it covers, to make it a
+valuable addition to the history of our country.</p>
+
+<p>In that portion of the work devoted to the destruction of the Huguenot
+colony and the forces of Ribault, I have in the main followed
+the Spanish accounts, desiring to divest the narrative of all suspicion
+of prejudice or unfairness; <i>Barcia</i>, the principal authority, as is well
+known, professing the same faith as Menendez, and studiously endeavoring
+throughout his work, to exalt the character of the Adelantado.</p>
+
+<p>I am under great obligations to my friend, B<small>UCKINGHAM</small> S<small>MITH</small>,
+E<small>SQ</small>., for repeated favors in the course of its preparation.<a name="page_006" id="page_006"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="PREFACE_TO_THE_SECOND_EDITION" id="PREFACE_TO_THE_SECOND_EDITION"></a>PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.</h3>
+
+<p>T<small>HE</small> interest evinced in the publication of the first edition of this
+volume, in 1858, under the title of <span class="smcap">History and Antiquities of
+St. Augustine</span>, has induced the author to prepare a second edition
+for the press, under the present title, as being more exactly descriptive
+of that portion of the history of Florida embraced in its pages.</p>
+
+<p>He hopes at no distant day to put to press the History of Florida, in
+a much more complete form, and embracing the chequered and various
+pictures of the many expeditions which sought either to found upon
+its shores a kingdom to satiate their ambition, or to find wealth commensurate
+with their desires.</p>
+
+<p>A chapter of no mean interest in the history of Florida has been
+added since the first preface was written. Battles have been fought
+upon its soil, more considerable as to the numbers engaged and the
+fierceness of the fray, than any ever before recorded. But as this
+chapter forms a portion of the general history of the State rather than
+of the old city which played but an inconsiderable part in the contest,
+it does not fall within the purview of this work to make more than a
+brief mention of this period.</p>
+
+<p class="r">G. R. F.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">University Place, Tenn.,<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">Oct. 1, 1868.</span></span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_007" id="page_007"></a></p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><th colspan="2" align="center"><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a><big><big>CONTENTS.</big></big></th></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="2" align="right"><small>PAGE.</small></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Introductory </td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_009">9</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>First discovery, 1512 to 1565.&mdash;Juan Ponce de Leon</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_011">11</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Ribault, Laudonnière, and Menendez&mdash;Settlements of the Huguenots, and foundation of St. Augustine.&mdash;1562-1566-1568</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_013">13</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>The attack on Fort Caroline.&mdash;1585</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Escape of Laudonnière and others from Fort Caroline&mdash;Adventures of the fugitives</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_024">24</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Site of Fort Caroline, afterwards called San Matteo</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_031">31</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Menendez's return to St. Augustine&mdash;Shipwreck of Ribault&mdash;Massacre of part of his command.&mdash;A. D. 1565</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_038">38</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Fate of Ribault and his followers&mdash;Bloody massacre at Mantanzas, 1565</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_046">46</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Fortifying of St. Augustine&mdash;Disaffections and mutinies&mdash;Approval of Menendez' acts by king of Spain.&mdash;1585-1568</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_054">54</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>The notable revenge of Dominic de Gourgues&mdash;Return of Menendez&mdash;Indian Mission.&mdash;1568</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_060">60</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Sir Francis Drake's attack upon St. Augustine&mdash;Establishment of missions&mdash;Massacre of missionaries at St. Augustine.&mdash;1586-1688</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_065">65</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Subjection of the Apalachian Indians&mdash;Construction of the fort, sea wall, &amp;c.&mdash;1688-1700</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_071">71</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Attack on St. Augustine by Gov. Moore of South Carolina&mdash;Difficulties with the Georgians.&mdash;1702-1732</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_077">77</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Siege of St. Augustine by Oglethorpe.&mdash;1732-1740</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_082">82</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Completion of the castle&mdash;Descriptions of St. Augustine a century ago&mdash;English occupation of Florida.&mdash;1755-1763-1788</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_090">90</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">CHAPTER XVI.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Re-cession of Florida to Spain&mdash;Erection of the Parish Church&mdash;Change f flags.&mdash;1783-1821</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_100">100</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">CHAPTER XVII.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Transfer of Florida to the United States&mdash;American occupation&mdash;Ancient buildings, &amp;c.</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_106">106</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Present appearance of St. Augustine, as given by the author of Thanatopsis&mdash;Its climate and salubrity</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_110">110</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align="center" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">CHAPTER XIX.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>St. Augustine in its old age.&mdash;1565-1868</td><td align="right" valign="bottom"><a href="#page_118">118</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><a name="page_009" id="page_009"></a></p>
+
+<h1><a name="THE_HISTORY_AND_ANTIQUITIES" id="THE_HISTORY_AND_ANTIQUITIES"></a>THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES<br />
+<small>OF</small><br />
+ST. AUGUSTINE, Fla.</h1>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /><br />
+INTRODUCTORY.</h3>
+
+<p>The Saint Augustine of the present and the St. Augustine
+of the past, are in striking contrast.</p>
+
+<p>We see, to-day, a town less in population than hundreds
+of places of but few months' existence, dilapidated in its
+appearance, with the stillness of desolation hanging over it,
+its waters undisturbed except by the passing canoe of the
+fisherman, its streets unenlivened by busy traffic, and at
+mid-day it might be supposed to have sunk under the enchanter's
+wand into an almost eternal sleep.</p>
+
+<p>With no participation in the active schemes of life, and
+no hopes for the future; with no emulation, and no feverish visions
+of future greatness; with no corner lots on sale or
+in demand; with no stocks, save those devoted to disturbers
+of the public peace; with no excitements and no events; a
+quiet, undisturbed, dreamy vision of still life surrounds its
+walls, and creates a sensation of entire repose, pleasant or
+otherwise, as it falls upon the heart of the weary wanderer
+sick of life's busy bustle, or upon the restless mind of him
+who looks to nothing as life except perpetual, unceasing
+action&mdash;the one rejoicing in its rest, the other chafing under
+its monotony. And yet, about the old city there clings a
+host of historic associations, that throw around it a charm
+which few can fail to feel.</p>
+
+<p>Its life is in its past; and when we recall the fact that it
+was the first permanent settlement of the white man, by
+more than forty years, in this confederacy; that here for the
+first time, isolated within the shadows of the primeval forest,
+the civilization of the Old World made its abiding<a name="page_010" id="page_010"></a>
+place, where all was new, and wild, and strange; that this
+now so insignificant place was the key of an empire; that
+upon its fate rested the destiny of a nation; that its occupation
+or retention decided the fate of a people; that it was
+itself a vice provincial court, boasted of its adelantados,
+men of the first mark and note, of its Royal Exchequer, its
+public functionaries, its brave men at arms; that its proud
+name, conferred by its monarch, "<i>Le siempre fiel Ciudad de
+San Augustin</i>,"&mdash;The ever faithful City of St. Augustine&mdash;stood
+out upon the face of history; that here the cross was
+first planted; that from the Papal throne itself rescripts
+were addressed to its governors; that the first great efforts
+at Christianizing the fierce tribes of America proceeded
+from this spot; that the martyr's blood was first here shed;
+that within these quiet walls the din of arms, the noise of
+battle, and the fierce cry of assaulting columns, have been
+heard;&mdash;Who will not then feel that we stand on historic
+ground, and that an interest attaches to the annals of this
+ancient city far more than is possessed by mere brick and
+mortar, rapid growth, or unwonted prosperity? Moss-grown
+and shattered, it appeals to our instinctive feelings of
+reverence for antiquity; and we feel desirous to know the
+history of its earlier days.<a name="page_011" id="page_011"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br />
+FIRST DISCOVERY, 1512 TO 1565&mdash;JUAN PONCE DE LEON.</h3>
+
+<p>Among the sturdy adventurers of the sixteenth century
+who sought both fame and fortune in the path of discovery,
+was Ponce de Leon, a companion of Columbus on his second
+voyage, a veteran and bold mariner, who, after a long
+and adventurous life, feeling the infirmities of age and the
+shadows of the decline of life hanging over him, willingly
+credited the tale that in this, the beautiful land of his imagination,
+there existed a fountain whose waters could restore
+youth to palsied age, and beauty to efface the marks of time.</p>
+
+<p>The story ran that far to the north there existed a land
+abounding in gold and all manner of desirable things, but,
+above all, possessing a river and springs of so remarkable a
+virtue that their waters would confer immortal youth on
+whoever bathed in them; that upon a time a considerable
+expedition of the Indians of Cuba had departed northward
+in search of this beautiful country and these waters of immortality,
+who had never returned, and who, it was supposed,
+were in a renovated state, still enjoying the felicities of
+the happy land.</p>
+
+<p>Furthermore, Peter Martyr affirms, in his second decade,
+addressed to the Pope, "that among the islands on the
+north side of Hispaniola, there is one about three hundred
+and twenty-five leagues distant, as they say which have
+searched the same, in the which is a continual spring of
+running water, of such marvelous virtue that the water
+thereof being drunk, perhaps with some diet, maketh old
+men young again. And here I must make protestation to
+your Holiness not to think this to be said lightly, or rashly;
+for they have so spread this rumor for a truth throughout
+all the court, that not only all the people, but also many of
+them whom wisdom or fortune have divided from the common
+sort, think it to be true."<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> Thoroughly believing in<a name="page_012" id="page_012"></a>
+the verity of this pleasant account, this gallant cavalier
+fitted out an expedition from Porto Rico, and in the progress
+of his search came upon the coast of Florida, on Easter
+Monday, 1512, supposing then, and for a long period afterwards,
+that it was an island. Partly in consequence of the
+bright spring verdure and flowery plains that met his eye,
+and the magnificence of the magnolia, the bay and the laurel
+and partly in honor of the day, Pascua Florida, or Palm
+Sunday, and reminded, probably, of its appropriateness by
+the profusion of the cabbage palms near the point of his
+landing, he gave to the country the name of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>On the 3d of April, 1512, three hundred and fifty-five
+years ago, he landed a few miles north of St. Augustine,
+and took possession of the country for the Spanish crown.
+He found the natives fierce and implacable; and after exploring
+the country for some distance around, and trying
+the virtue of all the streams, and growing neither younger
+nor handsomer, he left the country without making a permanent
+settlement.</p>
+
+<p>The subsequent explorations of Narvaez, in 1526, and of
+De Soto, in 1539, were made in another portion of our
+State, and do not bear immediately upon the subject of our
+investigation, although forming a most interesting portion
+of our general history.<a name="page_013" id="page_013"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br />
+RIBAULT, LAUDONNIÈRE, AND MENENDEZ&mdash;SETTLEMENTS OF THE
+HUGUENOTS, AND FOUNDATION OF ST. AUGUSTINE.<br />
+1562-1565-1568.</h3>
+
+<p>The settlement of Florida had its origin in the religious
+troubles experienced by the Huguenots under Charles IX.
+in France.</p>
+
+<p>Their distinguished leader, Admiral Coligny, as early as
+1555 projected colonies in America, and sent an expedition
+to Brazil, which proved unsuccessful. Having procured
+permission from Charles IX. to found a colony in Florida&mdash;a
+designation which embraced in rather an indefinite manner
+the whole country from the Chesapeake to the Tortugas&mdash;he
+sent an expedition in 1562 from France, under command
+of Jean Ribault, composed of many young men of good
+family. They first landed at the St. John's River, where
+they erected a monument, but finally established a settlement
+at Port Royal, South Carolina, and erected a fort.
+After some months, however, in consequence of dissensions
+among the officers of the garrison, and difficulties with the
+Indians, this settlement was abandoned.</p>
+
+<p>In 1564 another expedition came out under the command
+of René de Laudonnière, and made their first landing at
+the River of Dolphins, being the present harbor of St. Augustine,
+and so named by them in consequence of the great
+number of Dolphins (Porpoises) seen by them at its mouth.
+They afterwards coasted to the north, and entered the River
+St. Johns, called by them the River May.</p>
+
+<p>Upon an examination of this river, Laudonnière concluded
+to establish his colony on its banks; and proceeding
+about two leagues above its mouth, built a fort upon a pleasant
+hill of "mean height," which, in honor of his sovereign,
+he named Fort Caroline.</p>
+
+<p>The colonists after a few months were reduced to great
+distress, and were about taking measures to abandon the
+country a second time, when Ribault arrived with reinforcements.<a name="page_014" id="page_014"></a></p>
+
+<p>It is supposed that intelligence of these expeditions was
+communicated by the enemies of Coligny to the court of
+Spain.</p>
+
+<p>Jealousy of the aggrandizement of the French in the
+New World, mortification for their own unsuccessful efforts
+in that quarter, and a still stronger motive of hatred to the
+faith of the Huguenot, induced the bigoted Philip II. of Spain,
+to dispatch Pedro Menendez de Aviles, a brave, bigoted and
+remorseless soldier, to drive out the French colony, and take
+possession of the country for himself.</p>
+
+<p>The compact made between the King and Menendez was,
+that he should furnish one galleon completely equipped, and
+provisions for a force of six hundred men; that he should
+conquer and settle the country. He obligated himself to
+carry one hundred horses, two hundred horned cattle, four
+hundred hogs, four hundred sheep and some goats, and five
+hundred slaves, (for which he had a permission free of duties),
+the third part of which should be men, for his own service
+and that of those who went with him, to aid in cultivating
+the land and building. That he should take twelve
+priests, and four fathers of the Jesuit order. He was to build
+two or three towns of one hundred families, and in each town
+should build a fort according to the nature of the country.
+He was to have the title of Adelantado of the country, as also
+to be entitled a Marquis, and his heirs after him, to have a
+tract of land, receive a salary of 2,000 ducats, a percentage of
+the royal duties, and have the freedom of all the other ports
+of New Spain.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<p>His force consisted, at starting, of eleven sail of vessels,
+with two thousand and six hundred men; but, owing to
+storms and accidents, not more than one half arrived. He
+came upon the coast on the 28th August, 1565, shortly after
+the arrival of the fleet of Ribault. On the 7th day of September,
+Menendez cast anchor in the River of Dolphins, the harbor
+of St. Augustine. He had previously discovered and
+given chase to some of the vessels of Ribault, off the mouth
+of the River May. The Indian village of Selooe then stood
+upon the site of St. Augustine, and the landing of Menendez
+was upon the spot where the city of St. Augustine now
+stands.</p>
+
+<p>Fray Francisco Lopez de Mendoza, the Chaplain of the
+Expedition, thus chronicles the disembarkation and attendant
+ceremonies:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"On Saturday the 8th day of September, the day of the nativity<a name="page_015" id="page_015"></a>
+of our Lady, the General disembarked, with numerous banners displayed,
+trumpets and other martial music resounding, and amid salvos
+of artillery.</p>
+
+<p>"Carrying a cross, I proceeded at the head, chanting the hymn <i>Te
+Deum Laudamus</i>. The General marched straight up to the cross,
+together with all those who accompanied him; and, kneeling, they all
+kissed the cross. A great number of Indians looked upon these ceremonies,
+and imitated whatever they saw done. Thereupon the General
+took possession of the country in the name of his Majesty. All the
+officers then took an oath of allegiance to him, as their general, and as
+adelantado of the whole country."</p></div>
+
+<p>The name of St. Augustine was given, in the usual manner
+of the early voyagers, because they had arrived upon
+the coast on the day dedicated in their calendar to that eminent
+saint of the primitive church, revered alike by the
+good of all ages for his learning and piety.</p>
+
+<p>The first troops who landed, says Mendoza, were well
+received by the Indians, who gave them a large mansion
+belonging to the chief, situated near the banks of the river.
+The engineer officers immediately erected an entrenchment
+of earth, and a ditch around this house, with a slope made
+of earth and fascines, these being the only means of defense
+which the country presents; for, says the father with surprise,
+"there is not a stone to be found in the whole
+country." They landed eighty cannon from the ships, of
+which the lightest weighed two thousand five hundred
+pounds.</p>
+
+<p>But in the meantime Menendez had by no means forgotten
+the errand upon which he principally came; and by
+inquiries of the Indians he soon learned the position of the
+French fort and the condition of its defenders. Impelled
+by necessity, Laudonnière had been forced to seize from the
+Indians food to supply his famished garrison, and had thus
+incurred their enmity, which was soon to produce its sad
+results.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards numbered about six hundred combatants,
+and the French about the same; but arrangements had been
+made for further accessions to the Spanish force, to be drawn
+from St. Domingo and Havana, and these were daily expected.</p>
+
+<p>It was the habit of those days to devolve almost every
+event upon the ordering of a special providence; and each
+nation had come to look upon itself almost in the light of
+a peculiar people, led like the Israelites of old by signs and
+wonders; and as in their own view all their actions were
+directed by the design of advancing God's glory as well as<a name="page_016" id="page_016"></a>
+their own purposes, so the blessing of Heaven would surely
+accompany them in all their undertakings.</p>
+
+<p>So believed the Crusaders on the plains of Palestine; so
+believed the conquerors of Mexico and Peru; so believed
+the Puritan settlers of New England (alike in their Indian
+wars and their oppressive social polity); and so believed,
+also, the followers of Menendez and of Ribault; and in
+this simple and trusting faith, the worthy chaplain gives us
+the following account of the miraculous escape and deliverance
+of a portion of the Spanish fleet:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"God and his Holy Mother have performed another great miracle
+in our favor. The day following the landing of the General in the
+fort, he said to us that he was very uneasy because his galley and another
+vessel were at anchor, isolated and a league at sea, being unable
+to enter the port on account of the shallowness of the water; and that
+he feared that the French might come and capture or maltreat them.
+As soon as this idea came to him he departed, with fifty men, to go on
+board of his galleon. He gave orders to three shallops which were
+moored in the river to go out and take on board the provisions and
+troops which were on board the galleon. The next day, a shallop
+having gone out thither, they took on board as much of the provisions
+as they could, and more than a hundred men who were in the vessel,
+and returned towards the shore; but half a league before arriving at
+the bar they were overtaken by so complete a calm that they were unable
+to proceed further, and thereupon cast anchor and passed the night
+in that place. The day following at break of day they raised anchor
+as ordered by the pilot, as the rising of the tide began to be felt.
+When it was fully light they saw astern of them at the poop of the
+vessel, two French ships which during the night had been in search of
+them. The enemy arrived with the intention of making an attack
+upon us. The French made all haste in their movements, for we had
+no arms on board, and had only embarked the provisions. When day
+appeared, and our people discovered the French, they addressed their
+prayers to our Lady of <i>Bon Secours d'Utrera</i>, and supplicated her to
+grant them a little wind, for the French were already close up to them.
+They say that <i>Our Lady</i> descended, herself, upon the vessel; for the
+wind freshened and blew fair for the bar, so that the shallop could
+enter it. The French followed it; but, as the bar has but little depth
+and their vessels were large, they were not able to go over it, so that
+our men and the provisions made a safe harbor. When it became still
+clearer they perceived besides the two vessels of the enemy, four others
+at a distance, being the same which we had seen in port the evening
+of our arrival. They were well furnished with both troops and artillery,
+and had directed themselves for our galleon and the other ship,
+which were alone at sea. In this circumstance God accorded us two
+favors. The first was, that the same evening after they had discharged
+the provisions and the troops I have spoken of, at midnight the galleon
+and other vessel put to sea without being perceived by the enemy;<a name="page_017" id="page_017"></a>
+the one for Spain, and the other for Havana, for the purpose of seeking
+the fleet which was there; and in this way neither was taken.</p>
+
+<p>"The second favor, by which God rendered us a still greater service,
+was that on the day following the one I have described there arose a
+storm, and so great a tempest that certainly the greater part of the
+French vessels must have been lost at sea; for they were overtaken
+upon the most dangerous coast I have ever seen, and were very close
+to the shore; and if our vessels, that is the galleon and its consort, are
+not shipwrecked, it is because they were already more than twelve
+leagues off the coast, which gave them the facility of running before
+the wind, and maneuvering as well as they could, relying upon the aid
+of God to preserve them."<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p></div>
+
+<p>Menendez had ascertained from the Indians that a large
+number of the French troops had embarked on board of the
+vessels which he had seen off the harbor, and he had good
+ground for believing that these vessels would either be cast
+helpless upon the shore, or be driven off by the tempest to
+such a distance as would render their return for some days
+impossible. He at once conceived the project of attacking
+the French fort upon the river May, by land.</p>
+
+<p>A council of war was held, and after some discussion, for
+the most part adverse to the plan proposed by him, Menendez
+spoke as follows:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Gentlemen and Brothers! we have before us now an opportunity
+which if improved by us will have a happy result. I am satisfied that
+the French fleet which four days since fled from me, and has now
+come to seek me, has been reinforced with the larger part of the garrison
+of their fort, to which, nor to port, will they be able to return for
+many days according to appearances; and since they are all Lutherans,
+as we learned before we sailed from Spain, by the edicts which Jean
+Ribault published before embarking, in order that no Catholic at the
+peril of his life should go in his fleet, nor any Catholic books be taken;
+and this they themselves declared to us the night they fled from us,
+and hence our war must be to blood and fire, not only on account of
+the orders we are under, but because they have sought us in order to
+destroy us, that we should not plant our holy religion in these regions,
+and to establish their own abominable and crazy sect among the Indians;
+so that the more promptly we shall punish them, we shall the<a name="page_018" id="page_018"></a>
+more speedily do a service to our God and our king, and comply with
+our conscience and our duty.</p>
+
+<p>"To accomplish this, we must choose five hundred arquebuse men
+and pikemen, and carry provisions in our knapsacks for eight days,
+divided into ten companies, each one with its standard and its captain,
+and go with this force by land to examine the settlements and fort of
+our enemies; and as no one knows the road, I will guide you within
+two points by a mariner's compass; and where we cannot get along,
+we will open a way with our axes; and moreover, I have with me a
+Frenchman who has been more than a year at their fort, and who says
+he knows the ground for two leagues around the fort.</p>
+
+<p>"If we shall arrive without discovery, it may be that falling upon
+it at daylight we may take it, by planting upon it twenty scaling ladders,
+at the cost of fifty lives. If we are discovered, we can form in
+the shelter of the wood, which I am assured is not more than a quarter
+of a league distant, and planting there ten standards, send forward a
+trumpeter requiring them to leave the fort and the country, and return
+to their own country, offering them ships and provisions for the voyage.
+They will imagine that we have a much greater army with us, and they
+may surrender; and if they do not, we shall at least accomplish that
+they will leave us undisturbed in this our own settlement, and we shall
+know the way, so that we may return to destroy them the succeeding
+spring."</p></div>
+
+<p>After some discussion it was concluded that after hearing
+mass they should undertake the expedition on the third day.
+Considerable opposition was manifested on the part of the
+officers; but, with a consummate knowledge of human nature,
+the Adelantado got up the most splendid dinner in his
+power, and invited his recreant officers to the repast, and
+dexterously appealed to their fears, as well as their pride,
+and overcame their reluctance to undertake the unknown
+dangers of a first march through Florida at a wet season, an
+actual acquaintance with which would still more have dampened
+their ardor.</p>
+
+<p>The troops assembled promptly upon the day appointed,
+at the sound of the trumpet, the fife and the drum, and they
+all went to hear mass, except Juan de Vicente, who said
+he had a disorder of the stomach, and in his leg; and when
+some friends wished to urge his coming, he replied: "I vow
+to God, that I will wait until the news comes that our force
+is entirely cut off, when we who remain will embark in our
+three vessels, and go to the Indies, where there will be no
+necessity of our all perishing like beasts."</p>
+
+<p>This Juan Vicente seems to have been an apt specimen
+of a class of croakers not peculiar to any age or country.
+Of his future history the chronicle gives other instances of
+a similar spirit; and his sole claim to immortality, like that
+of many an other, is founded upon his impudence.<a name="page_019" id="page_019"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br />
+THE ATTACK ON FORT CAROLINE&mdash;1565.</h3>
+
+<p>The troops, having heard mass, marched out in order, preceded
+by twenty Biscayans and Asturians having as their
+captain Martin de Ochoa, a leader of great fidelity and bravery,
+furnished with axes to open a road where they could
+not get along. At this moment there arrived two Indians,
+who said that they had been at the fort six days before, and
+who "seemed like angels" to the soldiers, sent to guide
+their march. Halting for refreshment and rest wherever
+suitable places could be found, and the Adelantado always
+with the vanguard, in four days they reached the vicinity of
+the fort, and came up within less than a quarter of a league
+of it, concealed by a grove of pine trees. It rained heavily,
+and a severe storm prevailed. The place where they had
+halted was a very bad one, and very marshy; but he decided
+to stop there, and went back to seek the rearguard, lest
+they might lose the way.</p>
+
+<p>About ten at night the last of the troops arrived, very
+wet indeed, for there had been much rain during the four
+days; they had passed marshes with the water rising to their
+waists, and every night there was so great a flood that they
+were in great danger of losing their powder, their match-fire,
+and their biscuit; and they became desperate, cursing those
+who had brought them there, and themselves for
+coming.</p>
+
+<p>Menendez pretended not to hear their complaints, not
+daring to call a council as to proceeding or returning, for
+both officers and soldiers went forward very inquietly. Remaining
+firm in his own resolve, two hours before dawn he
+called together the Master of the Camp and the Captains to
+whom he said that during the whole night he had sought of
+God and his most Holy Mother that they would favor him
+and instruct him what he should do most advantageous for
+their holy service; and he was persuaded that they had all
+done the same. "But now, Gentlemen," he proceeded,
+"we must make some determination, finding ourselves exhausted,<a name="page_020" id="page_020"></a>
+lost, without ammunition or provisions, and without
+the hope of relief."</p>
+
+<p>Some answered very promptly, "Why should they waste
+their time in giving reasons? for, unless they returned
+quickly to St. Augustine, they would be reduced to eating
+palmettos;<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> and the longer they delayed, the greater trouble
+they would have."</p>
+
+<p>The Adelantado said to them that what they said seemed
+very reasonable, but he would ask of them to hear some
+reasons to the contrary, without being offended. He then
+proceeded&mdash;after having smoothed down their somewhat
+ruffled dispositions, considerably disturbed by their first experience
+in encountering the hardships of such a march&mdash;to
+show them that the danger of retreat was then greater than
+an advance would be, as they would lose alike the respect
+of their friends and foes. That if, on the contrary, they
+attacked the fort, whether they succeeded in taking it or
+not, they would gain honor and reputation.</p>
+
+<p>Stimulated by the speech of their General, they demanded
+to be led to the attack, and the arrangements for the assault
+were at once made. Their French prisoner was placed in
+the advance; but the darkness of the night and the severity
+of the storm rendered it impossible to proceed, and they
+halted in a marsh, with the water up to their knees, to await
+daylight.</p>
+
+<p>At dawn the Frenchman recognized the country, and the
+place were they were, and where stood the fort; upon which
+the Adelantado ordered them to march, enjoining upon all,
+at the peril of their lives, to follow him; and coming to a
+small hill, the Frenchman said that behind that stood the
+fort, about three bow-shots distant, but lower down, near
+the river. The General put the Frenchman into the custody
+of Castaneda. He went up a little higher, and saw the river
+and one of the houses, but he was not able to discover the
+fort, although it was adjoining them; and he returned to
+Castaneda, with whom now stood the Master of the Camp
+and Ochoa, and said to them that he wished to go lower
+down, near to the houses which stood behind the hill, to see
+the fortress and the garrison, for, as the sun was now up,
+they could not attack the fort without a reconnoisance.
+This the Master of the Camp would not permit him to do,
+saying this duty appertained to him; and he went alone with
+Ochoa near to the houses, from whence they discovered the
+fort; and returning with their information, they came to<a name="page_021" id="page_021"></a>
+two paths, and leaving the one by which they came,
+took the other. The Master of the Camp discovered his
+error, coming to a fallen tree, and turned his face to inform
+Ochoa, who was following him; and as they turned to seek
+the right path, he stopped in advance, and the sentinel discovered
+them, who imagined them to be French; but examining
+them he perceived they were unknown to him. He
+hailed, "Who goes there?" Ochoa answered, "Frenchmen."
+The sentinel was confirmed in his supposition that
+they were his own people, and approached them; Ochoa did
+the same; but seeing they were not French, the sentinel
+retreated. Ochoa closed with him, and with his drawn
+sword gave him a cut over the head, but did not hurt him
+much, as the sentinel fended off the blow with his sword;
+and the Master of the Camp coming up at this moment,
+gave him a thrust, from which he fell backwards, making a
+loud outcry. The Master of the Camp, putting his sword
+to his breast, threatened him with instant death unless he
+kept silence. They tied him thereupon, and took him to
+the General, who, hearing the noise, thought the Master of
+the Camp was being killed, and meeting with the Sergeant-major,
+Francisco de Recalde, Diego de Maya, and Andres
+Lopez Patino, with their standards and soldiers, without being
+able to restrain himself, he cried out, "Santiago! Upon
+them! Help of God, Victory! The French are destroyed.
+The Master of the Camp is in their fort, and has taken it."
+Upon which, all rushed forward in the path without order,
+the General remaining behind, repeating what he had said
+many times: himself believing it to be certain that the
+Master of the Camp had taken with him a considerable
+force, and had captured the fort.</p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>So great was the joy of the soldiers, and such their speed,
+that they soon came up with the Master of the Camp and
+Ochoa, who was hastening to receive the reward of carrying
+the good news to the General of the capture of the sentinel.
+But the Master of the Camp, seeing the spirit which animated
+the soldiers, killed the sentinel, and cried out with a
+loud voice to those who were pressing forward, "Comrades!
+do as I do. God is with us;" and turned, running towards
+the fort, and meeting two Frenchmen on the way, he killed
+one of them, and Andres Lopez Patino the other. Those
+in the environs of the fort, seeing this tragedy enacted, set
+up loud outcries; and in order to know the cause of the
+alarm, one of the Frenchmen within opened the postern of
+the principal gate, which he had no sooner done than it was<a name="page_022" id="page_022"></a>
+observed by the Master of the Camp; and throwing himself
+upon him, he killed him, and entered the gate, followed by
+the most active of his followers.</p>
+
+<p>The French, awakened by the clamor, some dressed,
+others in their night-clothes, rushed to the doors of their
+houses to see what had happened; but they were all killed,
+except sixty of the more wary, who escaped by leaping the
+walls.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately the standards of the Sergeant-major and of
+Diego Mayo were brought in, and set up by Rodrigo Troche
+and Pedro Valdes Herrera, with two cavaliers, at the same
+moment. These being hoisted, the trumpets proclaimed the
+victory, and the bands of soldiers who had entered opened
+the gates and sought the quarters, leaving no Frenchman
+alive.</p>
+
+<p>The Adelantado hearing the cries, left Castaneda in his
+place to collect the people who had not come up, who were
+at least half the force, and went himself to see if they were
+in any danger. He arrived at the fort running; and as he
+perceived that the soldiers gave no quarter to any of the
+French, he shouted, "That at the penalty of their lives
+they should neither wound nor kill any woman, cripple, or
+child under fifteen years of age." By which seventy persons
+were saved; <i>the rest were all killed</i>!</p>
+
+<p>Renato de Laudonnière, the Commander of the fort,
+escaped with his servant and some twenty or thirty others,
+to a vessel lying in the river.</p>
+
+<p>Such is the Spanish chronicle, contained in Barcia, of the
+capture of Fort Caroline. Its details in the main correspond
+with the account of Laudonnière, and of Nicolas Challeux,
+the author of the letter printed at Lyons, in France, under
+date of August, 1566, by Jean Saugrain. In some important
+particulars, however, the historians disagree. It has
+been already seen that Menendez is represented as having
+given orders to spare all the women, maimed persons, and
+all children under fifteen years of age. The French relations
+of the event, on the contrary, allege that an indiscriminate
+slaughter took place, and that all were massacred
+without respect to age, sex, or condition; but as this statement
+is principally made upon the authority of a terrified
+and flying soldier, it is alike due to the probabilities of the
+case, and more agreeable to the hopes of humanity, to lessen
+somewhat the horrors of a scene which has need of all
+the palliation that can be drawn from the slightest evidences
+of compassion on the part of that stern and bigoted leader.<a name="page_023" id="page_023"></a></p>
+
+<p>The Spanish statement is further confirmed by other writers,
+who speak of a vessel being dispatched by Menendez
+subsequently to carry the survivors to Spain.<a name="page_024" id="page_024"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.<br />
+ESCAPE OF LAUDONNIÈRE AND OTHERS FROM FORT CAROLINE.
+ADVENTURES OF THE FUGITIVES.</h3>
+
+<p>The narratives of this event are found singularly full,
+there being no less than three accounts by fugitives from
+the massacre. The most complete of these is that of Nicolas
+de Challeux, a native of Dieppe, which was published in
+the following year. I have largely transcribed from this
+quaint and curious narrative, not only an account of the
+fullness of the details, but also for the light it throws upon
+the habits of thought and modes of expression of that day,
+when so much was exhibited of an external religious faith,
+and so many were found who would fight for their faith
+when they refused to adhere to its requirements. There
+are apparent, also, a close study of the Scriptures, a great
+familiarity with its language, a frequent use of its illustrations,
+and a disposition to attribute all things, with a
+reverent piety, to the direct personal supervision of the
+Almighty. By the aid of a map of the St. John's River,
+it will not be difficult to trace the perilous route of escape
+pursued by De Challeux and his companions, over obstacles
+much magnified by the terror of the moment and want of
+familiarity with the country:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The number of persons in the fort was two hundred and forty,
+partly of those who had not recovered from sea-sickness, partly of
+artisans and of women and children left to the care and diligence of
+Captain Laudonnière, who had no expectation that it was possible that
+any force could approach by land to attack him. On which account
+the guards had withdrawn for the purpose of refreshing themselves a
+little before sunrise, on account of the bad weather which had continued
+during the whole night, most of our people being at the time
+in their beds sleeping. The wicket gate open, the Spanish force,
+having traversed forests, swamps, and rivers, arrived at break of day,
+Friday, the 20th September, the weather very stormy, and entered
+the fort without any resistance, and made a horrible satisfaction of
+the rage and hate they had conceived against our nation. It was
+then who should best kill the most men, sick and well, women and
+little children, in such a manner that it is impossible to conceive of a
+massacre which could equal this for its barbarity and cruelty.<a name="page_025" id="page_025"></a></p>
+
+<p>"Some of the more active of our people, jumping from their beds,
+slipped out and escaped to the vessel in the river. I was myself surprised,
+going to my duty with my clasp-knife in my hand; for upon
+leaving my cabin, I met the enemy, and saw no other means of escape
+but turning my back, and making the utmost possible haste to lead
+over the palisades, for I was closely pursued, step by step, by a pike-man
+and one with a partisan; and I do not know how it was, unless
+by the grace of God, that my strength was redoubled, old man as I
+am and grey-headed, a thing which at any other time I could not have
+done, for the rampart was raised eight or nine feet; I then hastened
+to secrete myself in the woods, and when I was sufficiently near the
+edge of the wood at the distance of a good bow-shot, I turned towards
+the fort and rested a little time, finding myself not pursued; and as
+from this place all the fort, even the inner-court was distinctly visible
+to me, looking there I saw a horrible butchery of our men taking place,
+and three standards of our enemies planted upon the ramparts. Having
+then lost all hope of seeing our men rally, I resigned all my senses to
+the Lord. Recommending myself to his mercy, grace and favor, I
+threw myself into the wood, for it seemed to me that I could find no
+greater cruelty among the savage beast, than that of our enemy which
+I had seen shown towards our people. But the misery and anguish in
+which I found myself then, straitened and oppressed, seeing no longer
+any means of safety upon the earth, unless by a special grace of our
+Lord, transcending any expectation of man, caused me to utter groans
+and sobs, and with a voice broken by distress to thus cry to the Lord:</p>
+
+<p>"'O God of our fathers and Lord of all mercy! who hast commanded
+us to call upon Thee even from the depths of hell and the shades of
+death, promising forthwith thy aid and succor! show me, for the hope
+which I have in Thee, what course I ought to take to come to the
+termination of this miserable old age, plunged into the gulf of grief
+and bitterness; at least, cause that, feeling the effect of Thy mercy,
+and the confidence which I have conceived in my heart for Thy
+promises, they may not be snatched from me through fear of savage
+and furious wild beasts on one hand, and of our and Thy enemies on
+the other, who desire the more to injure us for the memory of Thy
+name which is invoked by us than for any other cause; aid me, my
+God! assist me, for I am so troubled that I can do nothing more.'</p>
+
+<p>"And while I was making this prayer, traversing the wood, which
+was very thick and matted with briars and thorns, beneath the large
+trees where there was neither any road nor path, scarcely had I trailed
+my way half an hour, when I heard a noise like men weeping and
+groaning near me; and advancing in the name of God, and in the
+confidence of His succor, I discovered one of our people, named Sieur
+de la Blonderie, and a little behind him another, named Maitre Robert,
+well known to us all, because he had in charge the prayers at the fort.</p>
+
+<p>"Immediately afterwards we found also the servant of Sieur d'Ully,
+the nephew of M. Lebreau, Master Jaques Trusse, and many others;
+and we assembled and talked over our troubles, and deliberated as to
+what course we could take to save our lives. One of our number,<a name="page_026" id="page_026"></a>
+much esteemed as being very learned in the lessons of Holy Scripture,
+proposed after this manner: 'Brethren, we see to what extremity
+we are brought; in whatever direction we turn our eyes, we see only
+barbarism. The heavens, the earth, the sea, the forest, and men,&mdash;in
+brief, nothing favors us. How can we know that if we yield to the
+mercy of the Spaniards, they will spare us? and if they should kill us,
+it will be the suffering of but a moment; they are men, and it may be
+that, their fury appeased, they may receive us upon some terms; and,
+moreover, what can we do? Would it not be better to fall into
+the hands of men, than into the jaws of wild beasts, or die of hunger
+in a strange land?'</p>
+
+<p>"After he had thus spoken, the greater part of our number were of
+his opinion, and praised his counsel. Notwithstanding, I pointed out
+the cruel animosity still unappeased of our enemies, and that it was
+not for any human cause of quarrel, that they had carried out with
+such fury their enterprise, but mainly (as would appear by the notice
+they had already given us) because we were of those who were reformed
+by the preaching of the Gospel; that we should be cowards to
+trust in men, rather than in God, who gives life to his own in the
+midst of death, and gives ordinarily his assistance when the hopes of
+men entirely fail.</p>
+
+<p>"I also brought to their minds examples from Scripture, instancing
+Joseph, Daniel, Elias, and the other prophets, as well also the apostles,
+as St. Peter and St. Paul, who were all drawn out of much affliction,
+as would appear by means extraordinary and strange to the reason and
+judgment of men. His arm, said I, is not shortened, nor in any wise
+enfeebled; his power is always the same. Do you not recollect, said I
+the flight of the Israelites before Pharaoh? What hope had that
+people of escaping from the hands of that powerful tyrant? He had
+them, as it were, under his heel. Before them they had the sea, on
+either side inaccessible mountains.</p>
+
+<p>"What then? He who opened the sea to make a path for his
+people, and made it afterwards to swallow up his enemies, can not he
+conduct us by the forest places of this strange country? While thus
+discoursing, six of the company followed out the first proposition, and
+abandoned us to go and yield themselves up to our enemies, hoping to
+find favor before them. But they learned, immediately and by
+experience, what folly it is to trust more in men than in the promise
+of the Lord. For having gone out of the wood, as they descended to
+the fort they were immediately seized by the Spaniards and treated in
+the same fashion as the others had been. They were at once killed
+and massacred, and then drawn to the banks of the river, where the
+others killed at the fort lay in heaps. We who remained in the wood
+continued to make our way, and drawing towards the sea, as well as we
+could judge, and as it pleased God to conduct our paths and to straiten
+our course, we soon arrived at the brow of a mountain and from there
+commenced to see the sea, but it was still at a great distance; and
+what was worse, the road we had to take showed itself wonderfully
+strange and difficult. In the first place, the mountain from which it<a name="page_027" id="page_027"></a>
+was necessary for us to descend, was of such height and ruggedness,
+that it was not possible for a person descending to stand upright; and
+we should never have dared to descend it but for the hope we had of
+sustaining ourselves by the branches of the bushes, which were
+frequent upon the side of the mountain, and to save life, not sparing
+our hands which we had all gashed up and bloody, and even the legs
+and nearly all the body was torn. But descending from the mountain, we
+did not lose our view of the sea, on account of a small wood which
+was upon a little hill opposite to us; and in order to go to the wood it
+was requisite that we should traverse a large meadow, all mud and
+quagmire, covered with briars and other kind of strange plants; for
+the stalk was as hard as wood, and the leaves pricked our feet and our
+hands until the blood came, and being all the while in water up to the
+middle, which redoubled our pain and suffering. The rain came down
+upon us in such manner from heaven, that we were during all that
+time between two floods; and the further we advanced the deeper we
+found the water.</p>
+
+<p>"And then thinking that the last period of our lives had come, we
+all embraced each other, and with a common impulse, we commenced
+to sigh and cry to the Lord, accusing our sins and recognizing the
+weight of his judgment upon us. 'Alas! Lord,' said we, 'what are
+we but poor worms of the earth? Our souls weakened by grief, surrender
+themselves into thy hands. Oh, Father of Mercy and God of
+Love, deliver us from this pain of death! or if thou wilt that in this
+desert we shall draw our last breath, assist us so that death, of all
+things the most terrible, shall have no advantage over us, but that we
+may remain firm and stable in the sense of thy favor and good-will,
+which we have too often experienced in the cause of thy Christ to
+give way to the spirit of Satan, the spirit of despair and of distrust;
+for if we die, we will protest now before thy Majesty, that we would
+die unto thee, and that if we live it may be to recount thy wonders in
+the midst of the assembly of thy servants.' Our prayers concluded,
+we marched with great difficulty straight towards the wood, when we
+came to a great river which ran in the midst of this meadow; the
+channel was sufficiently narrow but very deep, and ran with great force,
+as though all the field ran toward the sea. This was another addition
+to our anguish, for there was not one of our men who would dare
+to undertake to cross over by swimming. But in this confusion of our
+thoughts, as to what manner to pass over, I bethought myself of the
+wood which we had left behind us. After exhorting my comrades to
+patience and a continued trust in the Lord, I returned to the wood,
+and cut a long pole, with the good size clasp knife which remained in
+my hand from the hour the fort was taken; and I returned to the
+others, who awaited me in great perplexity, 'Now, then, comrades,'
+said I, 'let us see if God, by means of this stick, will not give us
+some help to accomplish our path.' Then we laid the pole upon the
+water, and each one by turn taking hold of the end of the pole, carried
+it by his side to the midst of the channel, when losing sight of him
+we pushed him with sufficient force to the other bank, where he drew<a name="page_028" id="page_028"></a>
+himself out by the canes and other bushes growing along its borders; and
+by his example we passed over, one at a time; but it was not without
+great danger, and not without drinking a great deal of salt water, in such
+manner that our hearts were all trembling, and we were as much overcome
+as though we had been half drowned. After we had come to
+ourselves and had resumed courage, moving on all the time towards
+the wood, which we had remarked close to sea, the pole was not even
+needed to pass another creek, which gave us not much less trouble than
+the first; but by the grace of God, we passed it and entered the wood
+the same evening, where we passed the night in great fear and
+trembling, standing about against the trees.</p>
+
+<p>"And, as much as we had labored, even had it been more, we felt
+no desire to sleep; for what repose could there be to spirits in such
+mortal affright? Near the break of day, we saw a great beast, like a
+deer, at fifty paces from us, who had a great head, eyes flaming, the
+ears hanging, and the higher parts elevated. It seemed to us monstrous,
+because of its gleaming eyes, wondrously large; but it did not
+come near us to do us any harm.</p>
+
+<p>"The day having appeared, we went out of the wood and returned towards
+the sea, in which we hoped, after God, as the only means of saving
+our lives; but we were again cast down and troubled, for we saw before
+us a country of marsh and muddy quagmires, full of water and
+covered with briars, like that we had passed the previous day. We
+marched across this salt marsh; and, in the direction we had to take,
+we perceived among the briars a body of men, whom we at first thought
+to be enemies, who had gone there to cut us off; but upon close observation,
+they seemed in as sad a plight as ourselves, naked and terrified;
+and we immediately perceived that they were our own people. It was
+Captain Laudonnière, his servant-maid, Jacques Morgues of Dieppe
+(the artist), Francis Duval of Rouen, son of him of the iron crown
+of Rouen, Niguise de la Cratte, Nicholas the carpenter, the Trumpeter
+of Sieur Laudonnière, and others, who all together made the
+number of twenty-six men. Upon deliberating as to what we should
+do, two of our men mounted to the top of one of the tallest trees and discovered
+from thence one of our vessels, which was that of Captain
+Maillard, to whom they gave a signal, that he might know that we
+were in want of help. Thereupon he came towards us with his small
+vessel, but in order to reach the banks of the stream, it was necessary
+for us to traverse the briars and two other rivers similar to those which
+we passed the previous day; in order to accomplish which, the pole I
+had cut the day before was both useful and necessary, and two others
+which Sr. de Laudonnière had provided; and we came pretty near to the
+vessel, but our hearts failed us from hunger and fatigue, and we should
+have remained where we were unless the sailors had given us a hand,
+which aid was very opportune; and they carried us, one after the
+other, to the vessel, on board of which we were all received well and
+kindly. They gave us bread and water, and we began afterwards, little
+by little, to recover our strength and vigor; which was a strong reason
+that we should recognize the goodness of the Lord, who had saved us<a name="page_029" id="page_029"></a>
+against all hope from an infinity of dangers and from death, by which
+we had been surrounded and assaulted from all quarters, to render him
+forevermore our thanks and praises. We thus passed the entire night
+recounting the wonders of the Lord, and consoled each other in the
+assurances of our safety.</p>
+
+<p>"Daylight having come, Jacques Ribault, Captain of the Pearl,
+boarded us to confer with us respecting what was to done by us, and
+what means we should take for the safety of the rest of our men and
+the vessels. It was then objected, the small quantity of provisions
+which we had, our strength broken, our munitions and means of defense
+taken from us, the uncertainty as to the condition of our
+Admiral, and not knowing but that he had been shipwrecked on some
+coast a long distance from us, or driven to a distance by the tempest.</p>
+
+<p>"We thereupon concluded that we could do no better than return
+to France, and were of the opinion that the company should divide
+into two parts, the one remaining on board the Pearl, the other under
+charge of Captain Maillard.</p>
+
+<p>"On Friday, the twenty-fifth day of the month of September, we
+departed from this coast, favored by a strong northerly wind, having
+concluded to return to France, and after the first day our two ships
+were so far separated that we did not again encounter each other.</p>
+
+<p>"We proceeded five hundred leagues prosperously, when, one
+morning about sunrise, we were attacked by a Spanish vessel, which
+we met as well as we could, and cannonaded them in such sort that we
+made them subject to our disposal, and battered them so that the blood was
+seen to overrun the scuppers. We held them then as surrendered and
+defeated; but there was no means of grappling her, on account of the
+roughness of the sea for in grappling her there would be danger of
+our striking together, which might have sunk us; she also, satisfied
+with the affair, left us, joyful and thanking God that no one of us was
+wounded or killed in this skirmish except our cook.</p>
+
+<p>"The rest of our passage was without any renconter with enemies;
+but we were much troubled by contrary winds, which often
+threatened to cast us on the coast of Spain, which would have been
+the finishing touch to our misfortunes, and the thing of which we had
+the greatest horror. We also endured at sea many other things, such
+as cold and hunger; for be it understood that we, who escaped from
+the land of Florida, had nothing else for vestment or equipment, by
+day or by night, except our shirts alone, or some other little rag, which
+was a small matter of defence from the exposure to the weather; and
+what was more, the bread which we eat, and we eat it very sparingly,
+was all spoilt and rotten, as well also the water itself was all noisome,
+and of which, besides, we could only have for the whole day a single
+small glass.</p>
+
+<p>"This bad food was the reason, on our landing, that many of us fell
+into divers maladies, which carried off many of the men of our company;
+and we arrived at last, after this perilous and lamentable
+voyage, at Rochelle; where we were received and treated very humanely
+and kindly by the inhabitants of the country and those of the<a name="page_030" id="page_030"></a>
+city, giving us of their means, to the extent our necessities require;
+and assisted by their kindness we were each enabled to return to his
+own part of the country."<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p></div>
+
+<p>Laudonnière's<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> narrative speaks more of his own personal
+escape; and that of Le Moyne<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> refers to this description
+of De Challeux, as containing a full and accurate account
+of what took place. Barcia mentions De Challeux, very
+contemptuously as a carpenter, who succeeding badly at his
+trade, took up that of preaching, but does not deny the truth
+of his narrative.</p>
+
+<p>Those who separated from their comrades and threw
+themselves upon the enemies' mercy, are mentioned by the
+Spanish writers; but they are silent as to the treatment
+they received.<a name="page_031" id="page_031"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br />
+SITE OF FORT CAROLINE, AFTERWARDS CALLED SAN MATTEO.</h3>
+
+<p>It might naturally be supposed that a spot surrounded
+with so many thrilling and interesting associations, as the
+scene of the events we have just related, would have been
+commemorated either by tradition or by ancient remains
+attesting its situation. But, in truth, no recognized point
+now bears the appellation of Fort Caroline, and the antiquary
+can point at this day to no fosse or parapet, no
+crumbling bastion, no ancient helm or buckler, no shattered
+and corroded garniture of war mingled with the bones of
+the dead, as evidencing its position.</p>
+
+<p>A writer who has himself done more to rescue from oblivion
+the historical romance of the South than any other,<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a>
+has well said, "It will be an employment of curious interest,
+whenever the people of Florida shall happen upon the true
+site of the settlement and structure of Laudonnière, to
+trace out in detail these several localities, and fix them for
+the benefit of posterity. The work is scarcely beyond the
+hammer and chisel of some Old Mortality, who has learned
+to place his affections and fix his sympathies upon the
+achievements of the past."</p>
+
+<p>With a consciousness of our unfitness to establish absolutely
+a memorial so interesting as the site of Fort Caroline
+must ever be, I shall endeavor to locate its position, upon
+the basis of reasons entirely satisfactory to myself, and
+measurably so, I trust, to others.</p>
+
+<p>The account given by Laudonnière himself, the leader of
+the Huguenots, by whom Fort Caroline was constructed, is
+as follows:&mdash;After speaking of his arrival at the mouth of
+the river, which had been named the River May by Ribault,
+who had entered it on the first day of May, 1562, and had
+therefore given it that name, he says, "Departing from
+thence, I had not sailed three leagues up the river, still
+being followed by the Indians, crying still, 'amy,' 'amy,'
+that is to say, friend, but I discovered an hill of meane<a name="page_032" id="page_032"></a>
+height, neare which I went on land, harde by the fieldes
+that were sowed with mil, at one corner whereof there was
+an house, built for their lodgings which keep and garde
+the mil. * * * * * * Now was I determined to
+searche out the qualities of the hill. Therefore I went
+right to the toppe thereof; where we found nothing else but
+cedars, palms, and bay trees of so sovereign odor that Balme
+smelleth not more sweetly. The trees were environed
+around about with vines bearing grapes, in such quantities
+that the number would suffice to make the place habitable.
+Besides the fertilitie of the soyle for vines, one may see
+mesquine wreathed about the trees in great quantities.
+Touching the pleasure of the place, the sea may be seen
+plain enough from it; and more than six great leagues off,
+towards the River Belle, a man may behold the meadows,
+divided asunder into isles and islet, enterlacing one another.
+Briefly, the place is so pleasent, that those which are melancholicke,
+would be inforced to change their humour. * *</p>
+
+<p>"Our fort was built in form of a triangle; the side towards
+the west, which was towards the land, was inclosed
+with a little trench and raised with turf made in the form
+of a battlement, nine feet high; the other side, which was
+towards the river, was enclosed with a palisade of planks of
+timber, after the manner that Gabions are made; on the
+south line, there was a kind of bastion, within which I
+caused an house for the munition to be made. It was all
+builded with fagots and sand, saving about two or three
+foote high, with turfes whereof the battlements were made.
+In the middest, I caused a great court to be made of
+eighteen paces long, and the same in breadth. In the middest
+whereof, on the one side, drawing towards the south,
+I builded a corps de garde and an house on the other side
+towards the north. * * * * One of the sides that inclosed
+my court, which I made very faire and large, reached
+unto the grange of my munitions; and on the other side,
+towards the river, was mine own lodgings, round which
+were galleries all covered. The principal doore of my
+lodging was in the middest of the great place, and the
+other was towarde the river. A good distance from the
+fort I built an oven."</p>
+
+<p>Jacob Le Moyne, or Jacques Morgues, as he is sometimes
+called, accompanied the expedition; and his <i>Brevis Narratio</i>
+contains two plates, representing the commencement of the
+construction of Fort Caroline, and its appearance when
+completed. The latter represents a much more finished<a name="page_033" id="page_033"></a>
+fortification than could possibly have been constructed, but
+may be taken as a correct outline, I presume, of its general
+appearance.</p>
+
+<p>Barcia, in his account of its capture, describes neither its
+shape nor appearance, but mentions the parapet nine feet
+high, and the munition house and store house.</p>
+
+<p>From the account of Laudonnière and Le Moyne, it was
+situated near the river, on the slope or nearly at the foot of
+a hill.<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> Barcia speaks of its being behind a hill, and of
+descending towards it. The clerical-carpenter, Challeux,
+speaks of being able, after his escape, to look down from
+the hill he was on, into the court of the fort itself, and
+seeing the massacre of the French. As he was flying from
+the fort towards the sea, and along the river, and as the
+Spaniards came from a southeast direction, the fort must
+have been on the westerly side of a hill, near the river.</p>
+
+<p>The distance is spoken of as less than three leagues by
+Laudonnière. Hawkins and Ribault say, the fort was not
+visible from the mouth of the river. It is also incidentally
+spoken of in Barcia as being two leagues from the bar.
+De Challeux, in the narrative of his escape, speaks of the
+distance as being about two leagues. In the account given
+of the expedition of De Gourgues, it is said to be, in general
+terms, about one or two leagues above the forts afterwards
+constructed on each side of the mouth of the river; and it
+is also mentioned in De Gourgues, that the fort was at the
+foot of a hill, near the water, and could be overlooked from
+the hill. The distance from the mouth of the river, and
+the nature of the ground where the fort was built, are
+thus made sufficiently definite to enable us to seek a location
+which shall fulfill both these conditions. It is
+hardly necessary to remark that there can be no question
+but that the fort was located on the south or easterly side
+of the river, as the Spaniards marched by land from St.
+Augustine in a northwesterly direction to Fort Caroline.</p>
+
+<p>The River St. Johns is one of the largest rivers, in point
+of width, to be found in America, and is more like an arm
+of the sea than a river; from its mouth for a distance of
+fifteen miles, it is spread over extensive marshes, and there
+are few points where the channel touches the banks of the
+river. At its mouth it is comparatively narrow, but immediately
+extends itself over wide-spread marshes; and the
+first headland or shore which is washed by the channel is a
+place known as St. John's Bluff. Here the river runs<a name="page_034" id="page_034"></a>
+closely along the shore, making a bold, deep channel close
+up to the bank. The land rises abruptly on one side into a
+hill of moderate height, covered with a dense growth of
+pine, cedar, &amp;c. This hill gently slopes to the banks of the
+river, and runs off to the southwest, where, at the distance of
+a quarter of a mile, a creek discharges itself into the river,
+at a place called "the Shipyard" from time immemorial.</p>
+
+<p>I am not aware that any remains of Fort Caroline, or
+any old remains of a fortress, have ever been discovered
+here; but it must be recollected that this fort was constructed
+of sand and pine trees, and that three hundred
+years have passed away, with their storms and tempests,
+their rains and destructive influences&mdash;a period sufficient to
+have destroyed a work of much more durable character
+than sandy entrenchments and green pine stakes and
+timbers. Moreover, it is highly probable, judging from
+present appearances, that the constant abrasion of the banks
+still going on has long since worn away the narrow spot where
+stood Fort Caroline. It is also to be remarked, that as
+there is no other hill, or high land, or place where a fort
+could have been built, between St. John's Bluff and the
+mouth of the river, so it is also the fact that there is no
+point on the south side of the river where the channel touches
+high land, for a distance by water of eight or ten miles
+above St. John's Bluff.</p>
+
+<p>The evidence in favor of the location of Fort Caroline at
+St. John's Bluff is, I think conclusive and irresistible, and
+accords in all points with the descriptions given as to distance,
+topography, and points of view.</p>
+
+<p>It is within the memory of persons now living, that a considerable
+orange grove and somewhat extensive buildings,
+which existed at this place, then called San Vicente, have
+been washed into the river, leaving at this day no vestiges
+of their existence. It has been occupied as a Spanish fort
+within fifty years; yet so rapid has been the work of time and
+the elements, that no remains of such occupation are now
+to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>The narratives all speak of the distance from the mouth
+of the river as about two leagues; and in speaking of so
+short a distance the probability of exactness is much greater
+than when dealing with longer distances.</p>
+
+<p>As to the spot itself, it presents all the natural features
+mentioned by Laudonnière; and it requires but a small spice
+of enthusiasm and romance that it be recognized as a
+"goodlie and pleasante spotte," by those who might like<a name="page_035" id="page_035"></a>
+the abundance of the wild grapes and the view of the distant
+salt meadows, with their "iles and islets, so pleasante that
+those which are melancholike would be inforced to change
+their humour."</p>
+
+<p>It is but proper, however, to say, that at a plantation known
+as Newcastle there is a high range of ground, and upon
+this high ground the appearance of an old earth-work of quadrangular
+form; but this point is distant some six leagues
+from the mouth of the river, is flanked by a deep bay or
+marsh to the southeast, and the work is on the top of the
+hill and not at its foot, is quadrangular and not triangular, and
+is a considerable distance from the water. These earth-works,
+I am satisfied, are Spanish or English remains of a
+much later period.</p>
+
+<p>By examining a map of the St. John's river, the first projecting
+land on the south side, lying east of the second
+township line marked from the coast, will be found nearly
+to indicate the point known as St. John's Bluff. On the
+eastern face the bluff is quite high and precipitous&mdash;being
+possibly the "brow of the mountain" mentioned by De
+Challeux&mdash;and immediately beyond is a deep indentation of
+the shore-line of several miles in circuit, within which is an
+immense tract of sea-marsh, interspersed with small islands,
+and cut up by narrow channels. Through this the fugitives
+may be supposed to have crossed, and, reaching the high
+lands which hem in the marsh near the mouth of the river,
+were enabled to view the vessels which offered them rescue.
+About the year 1856 a handful of small copper coins were
+accidentally found near the eastern margin of this marsh,
+in the rear of what is now known as Mayport Mill. Some
+few were at first found on the ground, as if accidentally exposed,
+and upon removing the earth for a slight depth the
+remainder were discovered. They were distributed among
+several gentlemen in Florida, and Mr. Buckingham Smith,
+at that time and more recently made the history of the
+coins a subject of especial inquiry in Spain.</p>
+
+<p>Just before putting the second edition of this work to
+press, the following letter was received by the publisher of
+this volume, and is given as matter of interest in connection
+with the locality referred to:</p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="r">
+<span class="smcap">Madrid</span>, August 15, 1868.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">My Dear Sir</span>:&mdash;I brought with me from Florida, as I proposed,
+three copper coins of those found with others of the same sort many
+years ago, on the St. Johns river near the old site of Fort Caroline, in
+what the French three centuries ago called the Vale of Laudonnière,<a name="page_036" id="page_036"></a>
+that I might have them examined in Europe. There were none of the
+sort in the British Museum, with which they might be compared, and
+in the Bibliothique Imperial I could only learn that they were Spanish.
+On my arrival here I gave them for inspection to Señor Bermudez, a
+long time in charge of the national collection of such like antiquities,
+second only in extent and value to that of Paris: and showed them
+also to other of my friends learned in numismatics. The work of A.
+Heiss, now making its appearance in numbers, with the title <i>Description
+General de las monedas Hispano-Christianas desde la invasion
+de los Arabes</i>, has been also consulted, and this is the amount of all
+the conclusions, the inscriptions on each coin being nearly the same:</p>
+
+<p class="c">&dagger; KAROLVS.ET.IOANNA RE.<br />
+<br />
+Two II in the midst, with crowns upon them; to the right P, to the left S;<br />
+in the middle a square point.<br />
+<br />
+REVERSO:<br />
+<br />
+Same&mdash;same&mdash;same&mdash;REGIS.<br />
+<br />
+A Y in the middle, crowned; to the right IIII; to the left F.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>They were struck for Doña Juana and Carlos I., Empr. Charles V.,
+between the years 1516 and 1555. The Y is supposed to refer to Ysabel:
+the double I to Joanna I., or may be to the columns of Hercules,
+and the crowns upon them to those of Castilla and Aragon. On later
+silver coins, not so rude, the columns are placed with the words <i>plus
+ultra</i>, as you may have observed on a Spanish dollar. The IIII (on
+some 4,) means four maravedises, the value of which have varied: at
+present 25 of these would be the value of a real. These coins are uncommon;
+in good preservation, very rare. The curiosity so many of
+us have had for a number of years about these matters, I believe is at
+last satisfied.</p>
+
+<p>I have visited the town of Aviles, a league from the Bay of Biscay,
+whence Pedro Menendez came, and brought his fleet to Florida, three
+centuries ago. I saw his tomb, and not far off the chapel of the family
+of one of his companions. There is no stranger any where to be heard
+of in all that country; every thing is intensely and old Spanish in
+every aspect. Going home late one evening, I was accosted by a native
+in good English. He said the town was rarely visited&mdash;three or
+four Englishmen within his memory had passed through, and he supposed
+me to be the first person from the United States who had ever been
+there. I told him I came from Florida, and, though rather late, was
+returning the visit of Menendez to St. Augustine.</p>
+
+<p>The estate of this old colonist is in the house of the Count of Canalejas,
+held by the Marquis of San Estevan, who is also by marriage
+the Count of Revilla Gigedo. I called on him at his country seat in
+Dania, and, detaining me to spend the day with him, gave orders to
+have his family pictures and palace shown to me at Gijon, and his papers
+at a residence in Oviedo. Among the documents is a valuable one
+for writing a life of Menendez. It is a draft for a letter in his own
+hand, directed to his nephew, Governor of Florida, in which he expresses
+his wish to be with him and away from business. He speaks
+of the "invincible armada" which he had been appointed to command,<a name="page_037" id="page_037"></a>
+and gives the number of his ships. This probably was the last
+thing he ever wrote, dated ten days before he died, as it is known that
+he died on the ninth day of his sickness. Of course I have a copy to
+show you.</p>
+
+<p>Spain has greatly changed within the last eight years&mdash;impoverished
+itself, the people say, with improvements. The railroads traverse most
+parts, are well laid, durable, and the service good. The ancient monuments
+have begun to be cared for, are repaired, and in the charge of
+a commission of the government.</p>
+
+<p>Give my best regards to friends about you, and believe me truly
+yours,</p>
+
+<p class="r">BUCKINGHAM SMITH.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. <span class="smcap">Columbus Drew</span>, Jacksonville, Fla.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_038" id="page_038"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br />
+MENENDEZ'S RETURN TO ST. AUGUSTINE&mdash;SHIPWRECK OF<br />
+A. D. 1565.</h3>
+
+<p>After an ineffectual attempt to induce those in the small
+vessels of the French to surrender, failing in this, the General
+concluded to return to St. Augustine, and send two of
+his vessels to the mouth of the river to intercept them.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the fugitives from the fort fled to the Indians;
+and ten of these were given up to the Spaniards, to be
+butchered in cold blood, says the French account,&mdash;to be
+sent back to France, says the Spanish chronicle.</p>
+
+<p>The 24th September being the day of St. Matthew, the
+name of the fort was changed to that of San Matheo, by
+which name it was always subsequently called by the Spaniards;
+and the name of St. Matthew was also given by them
+to the river, now called St. Johns, on which it is situated.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards proceeded at once to strengthen the fortress,
+deepening and enlarging the ditch, and raised and
+strengthened the ramparts and walls in such manner, says
+the boastful Mendoza, "that if the half of all France had
+come to attack it, they could not have disturbed it;" a boast
+upon which the easy conquest of it by De Gourgues, three
+years subsequently, affords an amusing commentary. They
+also constructed, subsequently, two small forts at the mouth
+of the river, one on each side, which probably were located
+the one at Batten Island and the other at Mayport.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving three hundred soldiers as a garrison under his
+Son-in-law, De Valdez, Master of the Camp, who was now
+appointed Governor of the fort, Menendez marched for St.
+Augustine, beginning now to feel considerable anxiety lest
+the French fleet, escaping from the tempest, might return
+and visit upon his own garrison at St. Augustine, the fate of
+Fort Caroline. He took with him upon his return but fifty
+soldiers, and, owing to the swollen waters, found great difficulty
+in retracing his route. When within a league of St.
+Augustine, he allowed one of the soldiers to go forward to
+announce his victory and safe return.<a name="page_039" id="page_039"></a></p>
+
+<p>The garrison at St. Augustine had been in great anxiety
+respecting their leader, and from the accounts given by those
+who had deserted, they had feared the total loss of the expedition.
+The worthy Chaplain thus describes the return
+of Menendez:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The same day, being Monday, we saw a man coming, crying out
+loudly. I myself was the first to run to him for the news. He embraced
+me with transport, crying 'Victory! Victory! The French
+fort is ours.' I promised him the present which the bearer of good
+news deserves, and gave him the best in my power.</p>
+
+<p>"At the hour of vespers our good General arrived, with fifty foot
+soldiers, very much fatigued. As soon as I learned that he was coming,
+I ran home and put on a new soutain, the best which I had, and a
+surplice, and going out with a crucifix in my hand, I went forward to
+receive him; and he, a gentleman and a good Christian, before entering
+kneeled and all his followers, and returned thanks to the Lord for
+the great favours which he had received. My companions and myself
+marched in front in procession, so that we all returned with the greatest
+demonstrations of joy."</p></div>
+
+<p>When about to dispatch the two vessels in his harbor to
+the St John's, to cut off the French vessels he had left there,
+he was informed that two sails had already been seen to pass
+the bar, supposed to contain the French fugitives.</p>
+
+<p>Eight days after the capture of Fort Caroline, a fire broke
+out in the quarters of St. Augustine, which destroyed much
+treasure and provisions, and the origin of which was doubtful,
+whether to be ascribed to accident or design. Much
+dissatisfaction prevailed among the officers and soldiers, and
+the fire was looked upon with pleasure by some, as having
+a tendency to hasten their departure from a spot which
+offered few temptations or rewards, compared to Mexico or
+Peru.</p>
+
+<p>On the very day of Menendez's return, a Frenchman was
+discovered by a fishing party on Anastasia Island, who, being
+taken, said he was one of a party of eighteen, sent in a
+small vessel, some days before, to reconnoitre the Spanish
+position; that they had been unable to keep the sea, and had
+been thrown ashore, about four leagues below, at the mouth
+of a river; that the Indians attacked and killed three of
+their number, and they thereupon escaped.</p>
+
+<p>Menendez dispatched a captain and fifty men, to get off
+the vessel and capture any of the French who might be
+found. On their arrival at the place, they found that all the
+French had been killed by the Indians; but they succeeded
+in getting off the vessel. Menendez, feeling uneasy in reference
+to their encounter with the Indians, had followed on<a name="page_040" id="page_040"></a>
+after the expedition, in company with the worthy Chaplain,
+to whom his promenade among the briars, vines, prickly
+cedars, chaparral, and prickly pears of Anastasia, seems to
+have been a true <i>via dolorosa</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Upon their arrival, they found a considerable body of
+French upon the south side of an inlet, whose fires indicated
+their position.</p>
+
+<p>The four vessels of Ribault, which had gone in pursuit
+of the Spaniards at St. Augustine, had been overtaken by
+the storm, and after keeping to sea with incredible effort,
+had been finally driven ashore upon the shoals of Canaveral,<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a>
+with but little loss of life but a total loss of every thing
+else; they were thus thrown on shore without shelter from
+the elements, famished with hunger, borne down by disappointment,
+and utterly dispirited and demoralized. They
+were consumed, also, by the most painful uncertainty.
+Marching to the northward along shore, they discovered a
+skiff, and resolved to send a small number of persons in it,
+to make their way by sea to Fort Caroline, to bring succor
+to them from there. This boat succeeded in reaching the
+St. John's, where they were informed, by friendly Indians,
+of the fate which had befallen the fort; and subsequently
+they fell in with a Frenchman who had escaped, who related
+to them the whole disaster. Upon this they concluded to
+seek their own safety among the friendly Indians of St.
+Helena, rather than to be the useless bearers of the tidings
+of their misfortunes to their companions in arms.</p>
+
+<p>There are several accounts of the sad fate which befel the
+followers of Ribault, the massacre of whom has been perpetuated
+by the memorial name given to its scene, "the
+bloody river of Matanzas," the ebb and flow of whose recurring
+tides for three hundred years have failed to wash
+out the record of blood which has associated this massacre
+of the Huguenots with the darkest scenes of earth's history.
+In consequence of the rank and number of the victims, the
+event produced various and somewhat contradictory accounts;
+but all stamped with a seal of reprobation and execration
+the act and the actors, without reference to creed or nationality.
+Challeux relates instances of cruel barbarity added
+to the atrocity of slaughter itself; and others, it appears,
+had given other versions, all in different degree pointing the
+finger of historic justice to mark and commemorate the
+crime against humanity.<a name="page_041" id="page_041"></a></p>
+
+<p>The Spanish historian, Barcia, aims to counteract this
+general condemnation, of which in his own language he
+says, "These calumnies, repeated in so many quarters, have
+sullied the fame of the Adelantado, being exaggerated by
+the heretics, and consented to by the Catholics, so that even
+the Father Felix Briot, in his annals, says that he caused
+them to be killed contrary to the faith which he had given
+them; which is altogether a falsehood, for the Adelantado
+did not give his word, nor would he when asked give it, to
+spare their lives, although they were willing to pay him for
+doing so; nor in the capture of Fort Caroline did he do
+more than has been related; and such is the account given
+by Doctor Salis de las Meras, brother-in-law to Donna Maria
+de Salis, wife of the Adelantado, who was present, and who,
+relating the punishment of the heretics, and the manner in
+which it was accomplished, says,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"'The Adelantado occupied himself in fortifying his settlement
+at St. Augustine, as well as he could, to defend it
+from the French fleet if they should attack it. Upon the
+following day some Indians came and by signs informed
+them that four leagues distant there were a large number of
+Christians, who were unable to cross an arm of the sea or
+strait, which is a river upon the inner side of an inlet, which
+they were obliged to cross in order to come to St. Augustine.
+The Adelantado sent thither forty soldiers about dusk,
+and arrived about midnight near the inlet, where he commanded
+a halt until morning, and leaving his soldiers concealed,
+he ascended a tree to see what was the state of matters.
+He discovered many persons on the other side of the
+river, and their standards; and to prevent their passing
+over, he directed his men to exhibit themselves towards the
+shore, so that it might be supposed that he had with him a
+large force; and when they were discovered, a French soldier
+swam over, and said that the persons beyond the river
+were Frenchmen, that they had been wrecked in a storm,
+but had all saved their lives. The Adelantado asked what
+French they were? He answered, that they were two hundred
+of the people under command of Jean Ribault, Viceroy
+and Captain General of this country for the king of the
+French. He asked again, if they were Catholics or Lutherans?
+It was replied that they were all Lutherans, of the
+new religion; all of which was previously well known to
+the Adelantado, when he encountered their fleet with his
+vessels; and the women and children whom he had spared
+when he took their fort, had also so informed him; and he<a name="page_042" id="page_042"></a>
+had found in the fort when he took it, six trunks filled with
+books, well bound and gilt; all of which were of the new
+sect, and from which they did not say mass, but preached
+their Lutheran doctrines every evening; all of which books
+he directed to be burnt, not sparing a single one.</p>
+
+<p>"'The Adelantado then asked him why he had come
+over? He said he had been sent over by his Captain, to see
+what people they were. The General asked if he wished to
+return. He said, "Yes, but he desired to know what people
+they were." This man spoke very plainly, for he was a
+Gascon of San Juan de Suz. "Then tell him," said the
+Adelantado, "that it is the Viceroy and Captain General of
+this country for the king, Don Philip; and that his name is
+Pedro Menendez, and that he is here with some of his soldiery
+to ascertain what people those were, for he had been
+informed the day before that they were there, and the hour
+at which they came."</p>
+
+<p>"'The French soldier went over with his message, and
+immediately returned, saying "that if they would pledge
+faith to his captain and to four other gentlemen, they would
+like to come and treat with him;" and they desired the loan
+of a boat, which the General had directed to bring some
+provisions to the river. The General instructed the messenger
+to say to his captain, "that he might come over
+securely under the pledge of his word," and then sent
+over for them the boat; and they crossed over. The Adelantado
+received them very well, with only ten of his followers;
+the others he directed to stay some distance off
+among some bushes, so that their number might appear to
+be greater than it was. One of the Frenchmen announced
+himself as captain of these people; and that in a great storm
+they had lost four galleons, and other vessels of the king of
+France, within a distance of twenty leagues of each other;
+and that these were the people from on board of one ship,
+and that they desired they would let them have a boat for
+this arm of the sea, and for another four leagues hence,
+which was at St. Augustine; that they desired to go to a
+fort which they held twenty leagues from there. It was the
+same fort which Menendez had taken. The Adelantado
+asked them "if they were Catholics or Lutherans?" He
+replied "that they were all of the New Religion." Then
+the Adelantado said to them, "Gentlemen, your fort is
+taken and its people destroyed, except the women, and children
+under fifteen years of age; and that you may be assured
+of this, among the soldiers who are here there are<a name="page_043" id="page_043"></a>
+many things, and also there are here two Frenchmen whom
+I have brought with me, who said they were Catholics. Sit
+down here and eat, and I will send the two Frenchmen to
+you, as also the things which some of my soldiers have taken
+from the fort, in order that you may be satisfied.</p>
+
+<p>"'The Adelantado having spoken thus, directed food to
+be given to them, and sent the two Frenchmen to them, and
+many things which the soldiers had brought from the fort,
+that they might see them, and then retired himself, to eat
+with his own people; and an hour afterwards, when he saw
+that the French had eaten, he went where they were and
+asked if they were satisfied of the truth of what he had told
+them. They said they were, and desired that for a consideration,
+he should give them vessels and ships' stores, that
+they might return to France. The Adelantado answered,
+"that he would do so with great pleasure if they were good
+Catholics, or if he had the ships for them; but he had not
+the vessels, having sent two to St. Matteo (Ft. Caroline), the
+one to take the artillery they had captured, and the French
+women and children, to St. Domingo, and to obtain provisions.
+The other had to go upon business of his Majesty to
+other parts.</p>
+
+<p>"'The French captain replied, "that he should grant to
+all, their lives, and that they should remain with him until
+they could obtain shipping for France, since they were not
+at war, and the kings of Spain and of France were brothers
+and friends." The Adelantado said, "that was true, and
+Catholics and friends he would favor, believing that he
+would serve both kings in doing so; but as to themselves,
+being of the new sect, he held them for enemies, and he
+would wage war upon them even to blood and to fire; and
+that he would pursue them with all cruelty wherever he
+should encounter them, in whatever sea or land where he
+should be viceroy or captain general for his king; and that
+he would go and plant the holy faith in this land, that the
+Indians might be enlightened and be brought to the knowledge
+of the Holy Catholic Faith of Jesus Christ our Saviour,
+as taught and announced by the Roman Church. That if
+they wished to surrender their standards and their arms, and
+throw themselves upon his mercy, they might do so, for <i>he
+would do with them what God should of his grace direct</i>; or, they
+could do as they might deem proper; that other treaty or
+friendship they should not have from him." The French
+captain replied, that he could not then conclude any other
+matter with the Adelantado. He went over in the boat,<a name="page_044" id="page_044"></a>
+saying, that he went to relate what had passed, and to agree
+upon what should be done, and within two hours he would
+return with an answer. The Adelantado said, "They could
+do as seemed best to them, and he would wait for them."
+Two hours passed, when the same French captain returned,
+with those who had accompanied him previously, and said
+to the General, "that there were many people of family,
+and nobles among them, and that they would give fifty
+thousand ducats, of ransom, if he would spare all their
+lives." He answered, "that although he was a poor soldier,
+he could not be governed by selfish interests, and if he were to
+be merciful and lenient, he desired to be so without the suspicion
+of other motives." The French captain returned to
+urge the matter. "Do not deceive yourselves," said the
+Adelantado, "for if Heaven were to join to earth, I would
+do no otherwise than I have said." The French officer then
+going towards where his people stood, said, that in accordance
+with that understanding he would return shortly with
+an answer; and within half an hour he returned and placed
+in the boat, the standards, seventy arquebuses, twenty pistols,
+a quantity of swords and shields, and some helmets and
+breast-plates; and the captain came to where the General
+stood, and said that all the French force there submitted
+themselves to his clemency, and surrendered to him their
+standards and their arms. The Adelantado then directed
+twenty soldiers to go in the boat and bring the French, ten
+by ten. The river was narrow and easy to pass, and he directed
+Diego Flores de Valdes, Admiral of the Fleet, to receive
+the standards and the arms, and to go in the boat and
+see that the soldiers did not maltreat them. The Adelantado
+then withdrew from the shore, about two bow shots,
+behind a hillock of sand, within a copse of bushes, where
+the persons who came in the boat which brought over the
+French, could not see; and then said to the French captain
+and the other eight Frenchmen who were there with him,
+"Gentlemen, I have but few men with me, and they are not
+very effective, and you are numerous; and, going unrestrained,
+it would be an easy thing to take satisfaction upon
+our men for those whom we destroyed when we took the
+fort; and thus it is necessary that you should march with
+hands tied behind, a distance of four leagues from here
+where I have my camp." The French replied "that they
+would do so;" and they had their hands tied strongly behind
+their backs with the match ropes of the soldiers; and the
+ten who came in the boat did not see those who had their<a name="page_045" id="page_045"></a>
+hands tied, until they came up to the same place; for it was
+so arranged, in order that the French who had not passed
+the river, should not understand what was being done, and
+might not be offended, and thus were tied two hundred and
+eight Frenchmen. Of whom the Adelantado asked that if
+any among them were Catholics, they should declare it.
+Eight said that they were Catholics, and were separated
+from the others and placed in a boat, that they might go by
+the river to St. Augustine; and all the rest replied "that
+they were of the new religion, and held themselves to be
+very good Christians; that this was their faith and no other."
+The Adelantado then gave the order to march with them,
+having first given them meat and drink, as each ten arrived,
+before being tied, which was done before the succeeding ten
+arrived; and he directed one of his captains who marched
+with the vanguard, that at a certain distance from there he
+would observe a mark made by a lance, which he carried in
+his hand, which would be in a sandy place that they would
+be obliged to pass in going on their way towards the fort of
+St. Augustine, and that there the prisoners should all be
+destroyed; and he gave the one in command of the rearguard
+the same orders; and it was done accordingly; when,
+leaving there all of the dead, they returned the same night
+before dawn, to the fort at St. Augustine, although it was
+already sundown when the men were killed.'"<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></p>
+
+<p>Such is the second part of this sad and bloody tragedy;
+which took place at the Matanzas Inlet, about eighteen miles
+south of the city of St. Augustine, and at the southerly end
+of Anastasia Island. The account we have given, it must
+be borne in mind, is that of De Solis, the brother-in-law and
+apologist of Menendez; but even under his extenuating
+hand the conduct of Menendez was that of one deaf to the
+voice of humanity, and exulting in cold-blooded treachery,
+dealing in vague generalities intended to deceive, while
+affording a shallow apology for the actor. A massacre in
+cold blood of poor shipwrecked, famished men, prisoners
+yielding themselves to an expected clemency, tied up like
+sheep, and butchered by poignard blows from behind,
+shocked alike the moral sense of all to whom the tale
+without regard to faith or flag.<a name="page_046" id="page_046"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.<br />
+FATE OF RIBAULT AND HIS FOLLOWERS&mdash;BLOODY MASSACRE
+AT MATANZAS&mdash;1565.</h3>
+
+<p>The first detachment of the French whom Menendez met
+and so utterly destroyed, constituted the complement of a
+single vessel, which had been thrown ashore at a more
+northerly point than the others. All these vessels were
+wrecked between Mosquito Inlet and Matanzas.</p>
+
+<p>Of the fate of the main detachment, under Ribault in person,
+we have the following account, as related by the same
+apologist, the chaplain De Solis:</p>
+
+<p>"On the next day following the return of the Adelantado
+at St. Augustine, the same Indians who came before returned,
+and said that 'a great many more Christians were at the
+same part of the river as the others had been.' The Adelantado
+concluded that it must be Jean Ribault, the General
+of the Lutherans at sea and on land, whom they called the
+Viceroy of this country for the king of France. He immediately
+went, with one hundred and fifty men in good order,
+and reached the place where he had lodged the first time, at
+about midnight; and at dawn he pushed forward to the river,
+with his men drawn out, and when it was daylight, he saw,
+two bow-shots from the other bank of the river, many persons,
+and a raft made to cross over the people, at the place
+where the Adelantado stood. But immediately, when the
+French saw the Adelantado and his people, they took arms,
+and displayed a royal standard and two standards of companies,
+sounding fifes and drums, in very good order, and
+showing a front of battle to the Adelantado; who, having
+ordered his men to sit down and take their breakfast, so
+that they made no demonstration of any change, he himself
+walked up and down the shore, with his admiral and two
+other captains, paying no attention to the movement and
+demonstration of battle of the French; so that they observing
+this, halted and the fifes and the drums ceased,
+while with a bugle note they unfurled the white flag of
+peace, which was returned by the Adelantado. A Frenchman
+placed himself upon the raft, and cried with a loud
+voice that he wished to cross over, but that owing to the<a name="page_047" id="page_047"></a>
+force of the current he could not bring the raft over, and
+desired an Indian canoe which was there to be sent over.
+The Adelantado said he could swim over for it, under pledge
+of his word. A French sailor immediately came over, but
+the General would not permit him to speak with him, but
+directed him to take the canoe, and go and tell his captain,
+that inasmuch as he called for a conference, if he desired
+anything he should send over some one to communicate
+with him. The same sailor immediately came with a gentleman,
+who said he was the sergeant major of Jean Ribault,
+Viceroy and Captain General of this land for the king of
+France, and that he had sent him to say, that they had been
+wrecked with their fleet in a great storm, and that he had
+with him three hundred and fifty French; that they wished
+to go to a fort which they held, twenty leagues from there;
+that they wished the favor of boats, to pass this river, and
+the other, four leagues further on, and that he desired to
+know if they were Spaniards, and under what leader they
+served.</p>
+
+<p>"The Adelantado answered him, that they were Spaniards,
+and that the captain under whom they served was the
+person now addressing him, and was called Pedro Menendez.
+That he should tell his General that the fort which
+he held twenty leagues from there had been taken by him,
+and he had destroyed all the French, and the rest who had
+come with the fleet, because they were badly governed; and
+then, passing thence to where the dead bodies of the Frenchmen
+whom he had killed still lay unburied, pointed them
+out to him and said, therefore he could not permit them to
+pass the river to their fort.</p>
+
+<p>"The sergeant, with an unmoved countenance, and without
+any appearance of uneasiness on account of what the
+Adelantado had said, replied, that if he would have the goodness
+to send a gentleman of his party, to say to the French
+general, that they might negotiate with safety, the people
+were much exhausted, and the general would come over in
+a boat which was there. The Adelantado replied, 'Farewell,
+comrade, and bear the answer which they shall give
+you; and if your general desires to come and treat with me,
+I give my word that he shall come and return securely, with
+four or six of his people whom he may select for his advisors,
+that he may do whatever he may conclude to be
+best.'</p>
+
+<p>"The French gentleman then departed with this message.
+Within half an hour he returned to accept the assurance the<a name="page_048" id="page_048"></a>
+Adelantado had given, and to obtain the boat; which the
+Adelantado was unwilling to let him have, but said he could
+use the canoe, which was safe, and the strait was narrow;
+and he again went back with this message.</p>
+
+<p>"Immediately Jean Ribault came over, whom the Adelantado
+received very well, with other eight gentleman, who
+had come with him. They were all gentlemen of rank and
+position. He gave them a collation, and would have given
+them food if they had desired. Jean Ribault with much humility,
+thanked him for his kind reception, and said that to
+raise their spirits, much depressed by the sad news of the death
+of their comrades, they would partake only of the wine and
+condiments, and did not wish anything else to eat. Then
+after eating, Jean Ribault said, 'that he saw that those his
+companions were dead, and that he could not be mistaken if
+he desired to be.' Then the Adelantado directed the soldiers
+to bring each one whatever he had taken from the
+fort; and he saw so many things that he knew for certain
+that it was taken: although he knew this before, yet he
+could not wholly believe it, because among his men there
+was a Frenchman by name of Barbero, of those whom the
+Adelantado had ordered to be destroyed with the rest, and
+was left for dead with the others, having with the first thrust
+he received fallen down and made as though he were dead,
+and when they left there he had passed over by swimming,
+to Ribault; and this Barbero held it for certain that the Adelantado
+had deceived them in saying that the fort was taken,
+it not being so; and thus until now he had supposed. The
+Adelantado said that in order with more certainty to believe
+this and satisfy himself, he might converse apart with the
+two Frenchmen who were present, to satisfy him better;
+which he did.</p>
+
+<p>"Immediately Jean Ribault came towards the Adelantado
+and said, 'it was certain that all which he had told him was
+true; but that what had happened to him, might have happened
+to the Adelantado; and since their kings were brothers,
+and such great friends, the Adelantado should act towards
+him as a friend, and give him ships and provisions,
+that he might return to France.'</p>
+
+<p>"The Adelantado replied in the same manner that he had
+done to the other Frenchmen, as to what he would do; and
+that taking it or leaving it, Jean Ribault could obtain nothing
+further from the Adelantado. Jean Ribault then said
+that he would go and give an account of matters to his people,<a name="page_049" id="page_049"></a>
+for he had among them many of noble blood; and
+would return or send an answer as to what he would do.</p>
+
+<p>"Three hours afterwards, Jean Ribault returned in the
+canoe, and said, 'that there were different opinions among
+his people; that while some were willing to yield themselves
+to his clemency, others were not.' The Adelantado
+replied 'that it mattered but little to him whether they all
+came, or a part, or none at all; that they should do as it
+pleased them, and he would act with the same liberty.' Jean
+Ribault said to him, 'that the half of the people who were
+willing to yield themselves to his clemency, would pay him
+a ransom of more than 100,000 ducats; and the other half
+were able to pay more, for there were among them persons
+of wealth and large incomes, who had desired to establish
+estates in this country.' The Adelantado answered him,
+'It would grieve me much to lose so great and rich a ransom,
+under the necessity I am under for such aid, to carry
+forward the conquest and settlement of this land, in the
+name of my king, as is my duty, and to plant here the Holy
+Evangel.' Jean Ribault considered from this, that with the
+amount they could all give, he might be induced to spare
+his own life and that of all the others who were with him, and
+that they might be able to pay more than 200,000 ducats;
+and he said to the Adelantado, 'that he would return with
+his answer to his people; that as it was late, he would take
+it as a favor if he would be willing to wait until the following
+day, when, he would bring their reply as to what they would
+conclude to do.' The Adelantado said, 'Yes, that he would
+wait.' Jean Ribault then went back to his people, it being
+already sunset. In the morning, he returned with the canoe,
+and surrendered to the Adelantado two royal standards&mdash;the
+one that of the king of France, the other that of the
+Admiral (Coligny),&mdash;and the standards of the company, and
+a sword, dagger, and helmet, gilded very beautifully; and
+also a shield, a pistol, and a commission given him under
+the high admiral of France, to assure to him his title and
+possessions.</p>
+
+<p>"He then said to him, 'that but one hundred and fifty of
+the three hundred and fifty whom he had with him were
+willing to yield to his clemency, and that the others had
+withdrawn during the night; and that they might take the
+boat and bring those who were willing to come over, and
+their arms.' The Adelantado immediately directed the captain,
+Diego Flores Valdes, Admiral of the fleet, that he
+should bring them over as he had done the others, ten by<a name="page_050" id="page_050"></a>
+ten; and the Adelantado, taking Jean Ribault behind the
+sand hills, among the bushes where the others had their
+hands tied behind them, he said to these and all the others
+as he had done before, that they had four leagues to go after
+night, and that he could not permit them to go unbound;
+and after they were all tied, he asked if they were Catholics
+or Lutherans, or if any of them desired to make confession.</p>
+
+<p>"Jean Ribault replied, 'that all who were there were of
+the new religion,' and he then began to repeat the psalm,
+'<i>Domine! Memento! Mei</i>;' and having finished, he said, 'that
+from dust they came and to dust they must return, and that
+in twenty years, more or less, he must render his final account;
+that the Adelantado might do with them as he
+chose.' The Adelantado then ordered all to be killed, in
+the same order and at the same mark, as had been done to
+the others. He spared only the fifers, drummers, and trumpeters,
+and four others who said that they were Catholics, in
+all, sixteen persons." "<i>Todos los demas fueron degallados</i>,"&mdash;"all
+the rest were slaughtered," is the sententious summary
+lay which Padre de Solis announced the close of the sad
+career of the gray-haired veteran, the brave soldier, the Admiral
+Jean Ribault, and his companions.<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a></p>
+
+<p>At some point on the thickly-wooded shores of the Island
+of Anastasio, or beneath the shifting mounds of sand which
+mark its shores, may still lie the bones of some of the three
+hundred and fifty who, spared from destruction by the tempest,
+and escaping the perils of the sea and of the savage,
+fell victims to the vindictive rancor and blind rage of one
+than whom history recalls none more cruel, or less humane.
+But while their bones, scattered on earth and sea, unhonored
+and unburied, were lost to human sight, the tale of their
+destruction and sad fate, scattered in like manner over the
+whole world, has raised to their memory through sympathy
+with their fate, a memorial which will endure as long as the
+pages of history.</p>
+
+<p>The Adelantado returned that night to St. Augustine,
+where, says his apologist, some persons censured him for
+his cruelty. Others commended what he had done, as the
+act of a good general, and said that even if they had been
+Catholics, he could not have done more justly than he had
+done for them; for with the few provisions that the Adelantado
+had, either the one or the other people would have had
+to perish with hunger, and the French would have destroyed
+our people: they were the most numerous.<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a><a name="page_051" id="page_051"></a></p>
+
+<p>We have still to trace the fate of the body of two hundred,
+who retired from Ribault after his final determination to
+surrender to the tender mercies of Menendez. As we are
+already aware, it comprised the elite of his force, men of
+standing and rank, and whose spirits had retained energy
+to combat against the natural discouragements of their position;
+and they adopted the nobler resolve of selling their
+lives, at least with their swords in their hands.</p>
+
+<p>De Solis proceeds to give the following further account of
+them:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Twenty days subsequently to the destruction of these,
+some Indians came to the Adelantado, and informed him by
+signs, that eight days' journey from here to the southward,
+near the Bahama Channel, at Canaveral, a large number of
+people, brethren of those whom the General had caused to
+be killed, were building a fort and a vessel. The Adelantado
+at once came to the conclusion, that the French had
+retired to the place where their vessels were wrecked, and
+where their artillery and munitions, and provisions were, in
+order to build a vessel and return to France to procure succor.
+The General thereupon dispatched from St. Augustine
+to St. Matteo, ten of his soldiers, conveying intelligence
+of what had taken place, and directing that they should
+send to him one hundred and fifty of the soldiers there,
+with the thirty-five others who remained when he returned
+to St. Augustine, after taking the fort. The master of the
+camp immediately dispatched them, under command of Captains
+Juan Velez de Medrano and Andrez Lopez Patrio;
+and they arrived at St. Augustine on October 23d. On the
+25th, after having heard mass, the Adelantado departed for
+the coast, with three hundred men, and three small vessels
+to go by sea with the arms and provisions; and the vessels
+were to go along and progress equally with the troops; and
+each night when the troops halted, the vessels also anchored
+by them, for it was a clear and sandy coast.</p>
+
+<p>"The Adelantado carried in the three vessels provisions
+for forty days for three hundred men, and one day's ration
+was to last for two days; and he promised to do everything
+for the general good of all, although they might have to
+undergo many dangers and privations; that he had great
+hope that he would have the goodness and mercy of God to
+aid him in carrying through safely this so holy and pious an
+undertaking. He then took leave of them, leaving most of
+them in tears, for he was much loved, feared, and respected
+by all.<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a><a name="page_052" id="page_052"></a></p>
+
+<p>"The Adelantado, after a wearisome journey, marching
+on foot himself the whole distance, arrived in the neighborhood
+of the French camp on All Saints Day, at daylight,
+guided by the Indians by land, and the three vessels under
+the command of Captain Diego de Maya. As soon as the
+French descried the Spaniards, they fled to their fort, without
+any remaining. The Adelantado sent them a trumpeter,
+offering them their lives, that they should return and
+should receive the same treatment as the Spaniards. One
+hundred and fifty came to the Adelantado; and their leader,
+with twenty others, sent to say that they would sooner be
+devoured by the Indians, than surrender themselves to the
+Spaniards. The Adelantado received those who surrendered,
+very well, and having set fire to the fort, which was
+of wood, burned the vessel which they were building, and
+buried the artillery, for the vessels could not carry them."</p>
+
+<p>De Solis here closes his account of the matter; but from
+other accounts we learn that the Adelantado kept his faith
+on this occasion with them, and that some entered his service,
+some were converted to his faith, and others returned
+to France; and thus ended the Huguenot attempt to colonize
+the shores of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>There are several other accounts of the fate of Ribault
+and his followers, drawn from the narratives of survivors
+of the expedition, which, without varying the general order
+of events, fill in sundry details of the massacres. The main
+point of difference is, as to the pledges or assurances given
+by Menendez. The French accounts say that he pledged
+his faith to them that their lives should be spared.<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> It will
+be seen that the Spanish account denies that he did so, but
+makes him use language subject to misconstruction, and
+calculated to deceive them into the hope and expectation of
+safety. I do not see that in a Christian or even moral view
+there is much difference between an open breach of faith
+and the breach of an implied faith, particularly when it was
+only by this deception that the surrender could have been
+accomplished. Nor could Menendez have had a very delicate
+sense of the value of the word of a soldier, a Christian,
+and a gentleman, when, as his apologist admits, he did directly
+use the language of falsehood, to induce them to submit
+to the degradation of having their hands tied.</p>
+
+<p>Nor, considered in its broader aspects is it a matter of any<a name="page_053" id="page_053"></a>
+consequence whether he gave his word or no; nor does it
+lessen the enormity of his conduct, had they submitted
+themselves in the most unreserved manner to his discretion.
+France and Spain were at peace; no act of hostility had
+been committed by the French toward the Spaniards; and
+Ribault asked only to be allowed to pass on. In violation
+alike of the laws of war and the law of humanity, he first
+induced them to surrender, to abide what God, whose holy
+name he invoked, should put into his heart to do, and then
+cajoling them into allowing their hands to be tied, he ordered
+them to be killed, in their bonds as they stood, defenseless,
+helpless, wrecked, and famished men. It would
+have been a base blot upon human nature, had he thus
+served the most savage tribe of nations, standing on that far
+shore, brought into the common sympathy of want and suffering.
+The act seems one of monstrous atrocity, when committed
+against the people of a sister nation.<a name="page_054" id="page_054"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.<br />
+FORTIFYING OF ST. AUGUSTINE&mdash;DISAFFECTIONS AND MUTINIES&mdash;APPROVAL<br />
+OF MENENDEZ' ACTS BY THE KING<br />
+OF SPAIN. 1565-1568.</h3>
+
+<p>During the time of the several expeditions of the Adelantado
+against the French Huguenots, the fortification
+and strengthening of the defenses of the settlement at St.
+Augustine had not been neglected. The fort, or Indian
+council-house, which had been first fortified, seems to have
+been consumed in the conflagration spoken of; and thereupon
+a plan of a regular fortification or fort was marked
+out by Menendez; and, as there existed same danger of the
+return of the French, the Spaniards labored unceasingly
+with their whole force, to put it in a respectable state of defense.
+From an engraving contained in De Bry, illustrating
+the attack of Sir Francis Drake, twenty years afterwards,
+this fort appears to have been an octagonal structure of logs,
+and located near the site of the present fort, while the settlement
+itself was probably made in the first instance, at
+the lower end of the peninsula, near the building now called
+"the powder-house."</p>
+
+<p>He also established a government for the place, with civil
+and military officials, a hall of justice, etc.</p>
+
+<p>All of these matters were arranged by Menendez before
+his expedition against the French at Canaveral, of whom
+one hundred and fifty returned with him, and were received
+upon an equal footing with his own men, the more distinguished
+being received at his own table upon the most
+friendly terms; a clemency which, with a knowledge of his
+character, can only be ascribed to motives of policy. The
+position of the French at Canaveral was probably inaccessible,
+as they had their arms, besides artillery brought from
+the vessels; and the duplicity which had characterized his
+success with their comrades, was out of the question here;
+the French could therefore exact their own terms, and unshackled
+could forcibly resist any attempt at treachery.</p>
+
+<p>The addition of this number to his force lessened the
+already diminished supply of provisions which Menendez
+had brought with him; and want soon began to threaten his
+camp. He sent as many of his soldiers as he could into<a name="page_055" id="page_055"></a>
+camp at San Matteo, and endeavored to draw supplies from
+the Indians; but unfortunately for him, the country between
+the St. Johns and St. Augustine was under the rule of the
+Indian Chief, Satouriara, the friend (and ally of the French),
+whose hostility the Spaniards were never able to overcome.
+Satouriara and his followers withdrew from all peaceable
+intercourse with the Spaniards, and hung about their path
+to destroy, harrass, and cut them off upon every possible
+occasion.</p>
+
+<p>The winter succeeding the settlement of the Spaniards at
+St. Augustine, was most distressing and discouraging to
+them. The lack of provisions in their camp drove them to
+seek, in the surrounding country, subsistence from the roots
+and esculent plants it might afford, or to obtain in the neighboring
+creeks, fish and oysters; but no sooner did a Spaniard
+venture out alone beyond, the gates of the fort, than he was
+grasped, by some unseen foe, from the low underbrush and
+put to death, or a shower of arrows from some tree-top was
+his first intimation of danger; if he discharged his arquebuse
+towards his invisible assailants, others would spring
+upon him before he could reload his piece; or, if he attempted
+to find fish and oysters in some quiet creek, the
+noiseless canoe of an Indian would dart in upon him, and
+the heavy war-club of the savage descending upon his unprotected
+head, end his existence. Against such a foe, no defense
+could avail; and it is related that more than one hundred
+and twenty of the Spaniards were thus killed, including
+Captain Martin de Ochoa, Captain Diego de Hevia, Fernando
+de Gamboa, and Juan Menendez, a nephew of the
+Adelantado, and many others of the bravest and most distinguished
+of the garrison.</p>
+
+<p>In this crisis of affairs, the Governor concluded to go to
+Cuba himself, to obtain relief for his colony. He in the
+meantime established a fort at St. Lucia, near Canaveral.
+A considerable jealousy seems to have existed on the part
+of the governor of Cuba; and he received Menendez with
+great coolness, and in reply to his appeals for aid, only offered
+an empty vessel. In this emergency, Menendez contemplated,
+as his only means of obtaining what he wished,
+to go upon a filibustering expedition against some Portuguese
+and English vessels which were in those waters. While
+making preparations to do this, four vessels of the fleet with
+which he had left Spain, and which had been supposed lost,
+arrived; and after dispatching a vessel to Campeachy for
+provisions, he commenced his return voyage to his colony,<a name="page_056" id="page_056"></a>
+delaying however for a time in South Florida, to seek intelligence
+among the Indians of his lost son.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime his garrisons at St. Augustine and San
+Matteo had mutinied, and were in open revolt; provisions
+had become so scarce that twenty-five reals had been given for
+a pound of biscuit, and but for the fish they would have
+starved. They plundered the public stores, imprisoned their
+officers, and seized upon a vessel laden with provisions
+which had been sent to the garrison. The Master of the
+Camp succeeded in escaping from confinement and releasing
+his fellow prisoners, by a bold movement cut off the intercourse
+between the mutineers on board the vessel and those
+on shore, and hung the Sergeant Major, who was at the head
+of the movement. The Commandant then attempted to
+attack those in the vessel, and was nearly lost with his companions,
+by being wrecked on the bar. The vessel made
+sail to the West India Islands. The garrison at San Matteo
+took a vessel there and come around to St. Augustine, but
+arrived after their accomplices had left.</p>
+
+<p>Disease had already begun to make its ravages, and added
+to the general wish to leave the country; which all would
+then have done had they had the vessels in which to embark.
+They used for their recovery from sickness, the roots of a
+native shrub, which produced marvelous cures.</p>
+
+<p>At this period Menendez returned to the famished garrison,
+but was forced to permit Juan Vicente, with one hundred
+of the disaffected, to go to St. Domingo by a vessel
+which he dispatched there for supplies; and it is said that
+the governors of the islands where they went, harbored
+them, and that of some five hundred who on different occasions
+deserted from the Adelantado, and all of whom had
+been brought out at his cost, but two or three were ever returned
+to him; while the deserters putting their own construction
+upon their acts, sent home to the king of Spain
+criminations of the Adelantado, and represented the conquest
+of Florida, as a hopeless and worthless acquisition;
+that it was barren and swampy, and produced nothing.</p>
+
+<p>After this defection, Menendez proceeded along the coast
+to San Matteo, and thence to Guale, Amelia, and adjoining
+islands, Orista and St. Helena; made peaceful proposals to
+the Indian tribes, lectured them upon theology, and planted
+a cross at their council-houses. The cacique of Guale asked
+Menendez how it was "that he had waged war upon the
+other white men, who had come from the same country as
+himself?" He replied, "that the other white people were<a name="page_057" id="page_057"></a>
+bad Christians, and believers in lies; and that those whom
+he had killed, deserved the most cruel death, because they
+had fled their own country, and came to mislead and deceive
+the caciques and other Indians, as they had already before
+misled and deceived many other good Christians, in order
+that the devil may take possession of them." While at St.
+Helena he succeeded in obtaining permission of the Indians
+to erect a fort there, and he left a detachment. On his return
+he also erected fort San Felipe, at Orista; and after
+setting up a cross at Guale, the cacique demanded of him,
+that as now they had become good Christians, he should
+cause rain to come upon their fields; for a drought had continued
+eight months. The same night a severe rain-storm
+happened, which confirmed the faith of the Indians, and
+gained the Adelantado great credit with them. While here,
+he learned that there was a fugitive Lutheran among the
+Indians, and he took some pains to cause to be given to the
+fugitive hopes of good treatment if he would come into the
+Spanish post at St. Helena, while he gave private directions
+that he should be killed, directing his lieutenant to make
+very strange of his disappearance; an incident very illustrative
+of the vindictiveness and duplicity of Menendez.<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a></p>
+
+<p>He returned to St. Augustine, and was received with great
+joy, and devoted himself to the completion of the fort, which
+was to frighten the savages, and enforce respect from strangers.
+It was built, it is said, where it now stands, <i>donde este
+ahora</i>, (1722.)</p>
+
+<p>The colony left at St. Helena mutinied almost immediately,
+and seizing a vessel sent with supplies, sailed for Cuba,
+and were wrecked on the Florida Keys, where they met at
+an Indian town the mutineers who had deserted from the
+fort at St. Matteo: these had been also wrecked there.</p>
+
+<p>The garrison again becoming much straitened for provisions,
+the Adelantado, in June, was obliged to go to Cuba
+for succor. He was received with indifference, and his
+wishes unheeded. He applied to the governor of Mexico,
+and others who happened to be there, and who had the
+power of assisting him; from all he received no encouragement,
+but the advice to abandon his enterprise. He at last
+pawned his jewels, the badge of his order, and his valuables,
+thus obtaining five hundred ducats; with which he purchased
+provisions, and set sail on his return, with only sixty-five
+men.</p>
+
+<p>But just at this period succor came to the famished<a name="page_058" id="page_058"></a>
+troops; a fleet of seventeen vessels arrived with fifteen hundred
+men from Spain, under Juan de Avila, as admiral.
+By this means all the posts were succored and reinforced,
+and the enterprise saved from destruction; for the small
+supplies brought by Menendez would have been soon exhausted,
+and further efforts being out of his power, they
+would have been forced to withdraw from the country.</p>
+
+<p>The admiral of the fleet also had entrusted to him for the
+Adelantado a letter from the king, written on the 12th of
+May, 1566, which, among other matters, contained the following
+royal commendation of the acts of Menendez. "Of
+the great success which has attended your enterprise, we
+have the most entire satisfaction, and we bear in memory
+the loyalty, the love, and the diligence, with which you
+have borne us service, as well as the dangers and perils in
+which you have been placed; and as to the <i>retribution</i> you
+have visited upon the Lutheran pirates who sought to occupy
+that country, and to fortify themselves there, in order
+to disseminate in it their wicked creed, and to prosecute
+there their wrongs and robberies, which they have done
+and were doing against God's service and my own, we believe
+that you did it with every justification and propriety,
+and we consider ourself to have been well served in so
+doing."<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a></p>
+
+<p>To this commendation of Philip II., it is unnecessary to
+add any comment, save that no other action could have
+been expected of him. And of Charles the Ninth, of
+France, the Spanish historian says that he treated the memorial
+of the widows and orphans of the slain with contempt,
+"considering their punishment to have been just, in
+that they were equally enemies of Spain, of France, of the
+Church, and of the peace of the world."</p>
+
+<p>During the absence of Menendez to inspect his posts,
+disaffection again broke out; and finding his force too numerous,
+he with sixteen vessels went upon a freebooting
+expedition to attack pirates. He failed to meet with any;
+but having learned that a large French fleet was on its way,
+he visited and fortified the forts on the islands of Cuba,
+Hispaniola, and Puerto Rico, and again returned to Florida;
+the expected French fleet never having arrived. About
+this time, a small vessel brought from Spain three learned
+and exemplary priests; one of whom, Padre Martinez,
+landed upon the coast with some of the crew, and being
+unable to regain the vessel, coasted along to St. George<a name="page_059" id="page_059"></a>
+Island, where he was attacked and murdered by the Indians,
+with a number of his companions.</p>
+
+<p>The following year was principally occupied by Menendez,
+in strengthening his fortifications at his three forts, in visiting
+the Indian chiefs at their towns, and exploring the
+country. One of his expeditions went as far north as the
+thirty-seventh degree of latitude by sea, and another went
+to the foot of the Apalachian Mountains, about one hundred
+and fifty leagues, and established a fort. The former
+was about the mouth of the Chesapeake, called the Santa
+Maria,<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> and the land expedition, probably to the up-country
+of Georgia, in the neighborhood of Rome.</p>
+
+<p>All attempts at pacifying their warlike neighbor were as
+fruitless as their attempts to subjugate him; whether in
+artifice and duplicity, in open warfare, or secret ambush,
+he was more than equal to the Adelantado, and was a
+worthy ancestor of the modern Seminole,&mdash;never present
+when looked for, and never absent when an opportunity of
+striking a blow occurred.</p>
+
+<p>The Adelantado having had built an extremely slight
+vessel of less than twenty tons, called a frigate, concluded to
+visit Spain, and ran in seventeen days to the Azores, sailing
+seventy leagues per day, an exploit not often equaled in
+modern times. He was received with great joy in Spain,
+and the king treated him with much consideration. The
+Adelantado felt great anxiety to return to his colony,
+and deprecated the delays of the court, fearing the result of
+the indignation at his cruelty to the Huguenots, which, says
+his chronicler, increased day by day.<a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a><a name="page_060" id="page_060"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.<br />
+THE NOTABLE REVENGE OF DOMINIC DE GOURGUES&mdash;RETURN
+OF MENENDEZ&mdash;INDIAN MISSION&mdash;1568.</h3>
+
+<p>While Menendez thus remained at the Spanish court
+urging the completion of his business, seeking compensation
+for the great expenditures which he had made in the
+king's service, and vindicating himself from the accusations
+which had been preferred against him,&mdash;the revenge, the
+distant murmurs of which had already reached his ears, fell
+upon the Spaniards on the St. Johns.</p>
+
+<p>Dominic de Gourgues, one of those soldiers of fortune
+who then abounded throughout Europe, took upon himself
+the expression of the indignation with which the French
+nation viewed the slaughter of their countrymen. From
+motives of policy, or from feelings still less creditable, the
+French court ignored the event; but it rankled nevertheless
+in the national heart, and many a secret vow of revenge
+was breathed, the low whispers of which reached even the
+confines of the Spanish court. Conscience, and the knowledge
+that the sentiment of the age was against him, made
+Menendez from the moment of his success exceedingly
+anxious lest well-merited retribution should fall upon his
+own colony. He guarded against it in every way in his
+power; he strengthened all his posts; he erected for the
+protection of San Matteo, formerly Fort Caroline, two small
+forts on either side of the entrance of the river, at the points
+now known as Batten Island and Mayport Mills. He placed
+large garrisons at each post, and had made such arrangements
+against surprise or open attack upon his forts, that
+Father Mendoza boasted that, "half of all France could not
+take them."</p>
+
+<p>De Gourgues, with three vessels and about two hundred
+and fifty chosen men, animated with like feelings with himself,
+appeared in April, 1568, off the mouth of the St. Johns.
+The Spanish fort received his vessels with a salute, supposing
+them to be under the flag of Spain. De Gourgues
+returned the salute, thus confirming their error. He then
+entered the St. Marys, called the Somme, and was met by
+a large concourse of Indians, friendly to the French and bitterly<a name="page_061" id="page_061"></a>
+hostile to the Spaniards, at the head of whom was the
+stern and uncompromising Satouriara. Their plans were
+quickly formed, and immediately carried into execution.
+Their place of rendezvous was the Fort George Inlet, called
+by them the Sarabay; and they traversed that island at low
+tide, fell suddenly upon the fort at Batten Island on the
+north side of the river, completely surprising it. The force
+occupying the Spanish forts amounted to four hundred men,
+one hundred and twenty of whom occupied the two forts at
+the mouth of the river, and the remainder Fort Caroline.
+The French with their Indian allies approached the fort on
+the north side of the river at day-break. Having waded the
+intervening marsh and creek, to the great damage of their
+feet and legs by reason of the oyster banks, they arrived
+within two hundred yards of the post, when they were discovered
+by the sentinel upon the platform of the fort; who
+immediately cried, "to arms," and discharged twice at the
+French a culverin which had been taken at Fort Caroline.
+Before he could load it a third time the brave Olatocara
+leaped upon him, and killed him with a pike. Gourgues
+then charging in, the garrison, by this time alarmed, rushed
+out, armed hastily and seeking escape; another part of
+Gourgues' force coming up, inclosed the Spaniards between
+them, and all but fifteen of the garrison perished on the
+spot; the others were taken prisoners, only to be reserved
+for the summary vengeance which the French leader meditated.</p>
+
+<p>The Spanish garrison in the other fort kept up in the
+mean time a brisk cannonade, which incommoded the assailants,
+who however soon managed to point the pieces of
+the fort they had taken; and under the cover of this fire the
+French crossed to the other fort, their Indian allies in great
+numbers swimming with them. The garrison of sixty men,
+panic-struck, made no attempt at resistance, but fled, endeavoring
+to reach the main fort; being intercepted by the
+Indians in one direction, and by the French in another, but
+few made good their escape. These, arriving at Fort Caroline,
+carried an exaggerated account of the number of their
+assailants.</p>
+
+<p>De Gourgues at once pushed forward to attack Fort Caroline,
+while its defenders were terrified at the suddenness of
+his attack, and the supposed strength of his force. Upon
+his arrival near the fort, the Spanish commander sent out a
+detachment of sixty men, to make a reconnoisance. De
+Gourgues skillfully interposed a body of his own men with<a name="page_062" id="page_062"></a>
+a large number of the Indians between the reconnoitering
+party and the fort, and then with his main force charged
+upon them in front: when the Spaniards, turning to seek the
+shelter of the fort, were met by the force in their rear, and
+were all either killed or taken prisoners. Seeing this misfortune,
+the Spanish commander despaired of being able to
+hold the fortress, and determined to make a timely retreat
+to St. Augustine. In attempting this, most of his followers
+fell into the hands of the Indians, and were slain upon the
+spot; the commandant with a few others alone escaped.</p>
+
+<p>De Gourgues, now completely successful in making retaliation
+for the fate of his countrymen on the same spot
+where they suffered, on the same tree which had borne the
+bodies of the Huguenots caused his prisoners to be suspended;
+and as Menendez had on the former occasion erected
+a tablet that they had been punished "not as Frenchmen
+but as Lutherans," so De Gourgues in like manner erected
+an inscription that he had done this to them "<i>not as to
+Spaniards, nor as to outcasts, but as to traitors, thieves and murderers</i>."<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a></p>
+
+<p>After inducing the Indians to destroy the forts, and to
+raze them to the ground, he set sail for France, arriving
+safely without further adventure.</p>
+
+<p>His conduct was at the time disavowed and censured by
+the French court; and the Spanish ambassador had the assurance,
+in the name of that master who had publicly declared
+his approval of the conduct of Menendez, to demand
+the surrender of De Gourgues to his vengeance. The brave
+captain, however the crown might seem to disapprove, was
+secretly sustained and protected by many distinguished persons
+official and private, and by the mass of the people; to
+whom his boldness, spirit, and signal success were grateful.
+Some years afterwards he was restored to the favor of his
+sovereign, and appointed admiral of the fleet.</p>
+
+<p>That De Gourgues deserves censure, cannot be denied;
+but there will always exist an admiration for his courage
+and intrepid valor, with a sympathy for the bitter provocations
+under which he acted, both personal and national; a
+sympathy not shared with Menendez, who visited his wrath
+upon the religious opinions of men, while De Gourgues was
+the unauthorized avenger of undoubted crime and inhumanity.
+Both acted in violation of the pure spirit of that<a name="page_063" id="page_063"></a>
+Christianity which they alike professed to revere, under the
+same form.</p>
+
+<p>While these scenes were enacting on the St. Johns,
+Menendez was on his way to his colonies, where he first
+heard of the descent of De Gourgues, then on his way back
+to France. The Adelantado upon his arrival found his
+troops hungry and naked, and their relations with the Indians
+worse than ever. Having made such arrangements
+as were in his power, he returned to Havana, to further his
+plans for introducing Christianity among the Indians; to
+which, to his credit be it said, he devoted the greater share
+of his time and attention. Father Rogel applied himself to
+learning their language, with great success; and an institution
+was established in Havana especially for their instruction.
+In the Ensayo Cronologica, there is set forth in full, a
+rescript addressed by Pope Pius V., to Menendez, conveying
+to him the acknowledgements of his Holiness for the zeal
+and loyalty he had exhibited, and his labors in carrying the
+faith to the Indians, and urging him strongly to see to it
+that his Indian converts should not be scandalized by the
+vicious lives of their white brethren who claimed to be
+Christians.</p>
+
+<p>A small party of Spaniards, as has already been mentioned,
+accompanied by a priest, De Quiros, had been left
+upon the Chesapeake, and under the auspices of a young
+converted chief, who had been some time with the Spaniards
+in Havana and Florida, anticipated a more easy access to
+the Indian tribes in that region. Another priest, with ten
+associates, went the following year; when, after they had
+sent away their vessel, they discovered that their predecessor
+had been murdered, through the treachery of the renegade
+apostate; and they themselves shortly fell victims to
+his perfidy. Menendez dispatched a third vessel there;
+when the fate of the two former parties was ascertained, and
+he went in person to chastise the murderers; he succeeded in
+capturing six or seven, who, it is said, (rather improbably I
+think), confessed themselves to have been implicated in the
+massacre. Menendez, in his summary and sailor-like way,
+ordered their execution at the yard-arm of his vessel. The
+Cronicle says that they were first converted and baptized,
+by the zeal of Father Rogel, before the sentence was carried
+into execution. A long period elapsed before any
+further efforts were made in this quarter to establish a colony;
+and it was then accomplished by the English. In consequence
+of these temporary establishments, however, the<a name="page_064" id="page_064"></a>
+Spanish crown, for a long period, claimed the whole of the
+intervening country, as lying within its Province of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>The annals of the city during the remainder of the life of
+Menendez, present only the usual vicissitudes of new settlements,&mdash;the
+alternations of supply and want, occasional
+disaffections, and petty annoyances.</p>
+
+<p>Menendez was the recipient from his court of new honors
+from time to time, and had been appointed the grand
+admiral of the Spanish Armada; when, in September, 1574,
+he was suddenly carried off by a fever, at the age of fifty-five.
+It is a singular coincidence that De Gourgues, five years
+afterwards, was carried off in a similar manner, just after
+his appointment as admiral of the French fleet. A splendid
+monument in the church of San Nicolas, at Aviles, was
+erected to the memory of Menendez, with the following inscription:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">Here lies buried the illustrious Cavalier, Pedro
+Menendez de Aviles, a native of this city, Adelantado
+of the Provinces of Florida, Knight Commander of Santa
+Cruz of the order of Santiago, and Captain General of
+the Oceanic Seas and of the Armada which his Royal
+Highness collected at Santander in the year 1574, where
+he died on the 17th of September of that year, in the
+55th year of his age.</span>"</p></div>
+
+<p><a name="page_065" id="page_065"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.<br />
+SIR FRANCIS DRAKE'S ATTACK UPON ST. AUGUSTINE&mdash;ESTABLISHMENT
+OF MISSIONS&mdash;MASSACRE OF MISSIONARIES
+AT ST. AUGUSTINE&mdash;1586-1638.</h3>
+
+<p>Nine years had elapsed from the death of Menendez, and
+the colony at St. Augustine had slowly progressed into the
+settlement of a small town; but the eclat and importance
+which the presence of Menendez had given it, were much
+lessened; when, in 1586, Sir Francis Drake, with a fleet returning
+from South America, discovered the Spanish look-out
+upon Anastasia Island, and sent boats ashore to ascertain
+something in reference to it. Marching up the shore,
+they discovered across the bay, a fort, and further up a
+town built of wood.</p>
+
+<p>Proceeding towards the fort, which bore the name of San
+Juan de Pinas, some guns were fired upon them from it,
+and they retired towards their vessel; the same evening a
+fifer made his appearance, and informed them that he was
+a Frenchman, detained a prisoner there, and that the
+Spaniards had abandoned their fort; and he offered to
+conduct them over. Upon this information they crossed
+the river and found the fort abandoned as they had been
+informed, and took possession of it without opposition. It
+was built entirely of wood, and only surrounded by a wall
+or pale formed of the bodies or trunks of large trees, set upright
+in the earth; for, says the narrative, it was not at that
+time inclosed by a ditch, as it had been but lately begun by the
+Spaniards. The platforms were made of the bodies of
+large pine trees (of which there are plenty here), laid horizontally
+across each other, with earth rammed in to fill up
+the vacancies. Fourteen brass cannon were found in the
+fort, and there was left behind the treasure chest, containing
+£2,000 sterling, designed for the payment of the
+garrison, which consisted of one hundred and fifty men.
+Whether the massive, iron-bound mahogany chest,<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> still
+preserved in the old fort is the same which fell into the<a name="page_066" id="page_066"></a>
+hands of Drake, is a question for antiquaries to decide; its
+ancient appearance might well justify the supposition.</p>
+
+<p>On the following day, Drake's forces marched towards the
+town, but owing, it is said, to heavy rains, were obliged to
+return and go in the boats. On their approach, the Spaniards
+fled into the country. It is said, in Barcia, that a
+Spaniard concealed in the bushes, fired at the sergeant major
+and wounded him, and then ran up and dispatched him,
+and that in revenge for this act, Drake burnt their buildings
+and destroyed their gardens. The garrison and inhabitants
+retired to fort San Matteo, on the St. Johns river. Barcia
+says that the population of the place was then increasing
+considerably, and that it possessed a hall of justice, parochial
+church, and other buildings, together with gardens in the
+rear of the town.</p>
+
+<p>An engraved plan or view of Drake's descent upon St.
+Augustine, published after his return to England, represents
+an octagonal fort between two streams; at the distance of
+half a mile another stream; beyond that the town, with a
+look-out and two religious houses, one of which is a church,
+and the other probably the house of the Franciscans, who
+had shortly before established a house of their order there.
+The town contains three squares lengthwise, and four in
+width, with gardens on the west side.</p>
+
+<p>Some doubt has been thrown on the actual site of the
+first settlement, by this account; but I think it probably
+stood considerably to the south of the present public square,
+between the barracks and the powder-house. Perhaps the
+Maria Sanchez creek may have then communicated with the
+bay near its present head, in wet weather and at high tides
+isolating the fort from the town. The present north ditch
+may have been the bed of a tide creek, and thus would correspond
+to the appearance presented by the sketch. It is
+well known that the north end of the city was built at a
+much later period than the southern, and that the now vacant
+space below the barracks, was once occupied with
+buildings. Buildings and fields are shown upon Anastasia
+Island, opposite the town. The relative position of the
+town with reference to the entrance of the harbor is correctly
+shown on the plan; and there seems no sufficient
+ground to doubt the identity of the present town with the
+ancient locality.</p>
+
+<p>The garrison and country were then under the command
+of Don Pedro Menendez, a nephew of the Adelantado, who,
+after the English squadron sailed, having received assistance<a name="page_067" id="page_067"></a>
+from Havana began, it is said, to rebuild the city, and
+made great efforts to increase its population, and to induce
+the Indians to settle in its neighborhood.</p>
+
+<p>In 1592, twelve Franciscan missionaries arrived at St. Augustine,
+with their Superior, Fray Jean de Silva, and placed
+themselves under the charge of Father Francis Manon,
+Warden of the convent of St. Helena. One of them, a Mexican,
+Father Francis Panja, drew up in the language of the
+Yemasees his "Abridgment of Christian Doctrine," said to
+be the first work compiled in any of our Indian languages.</p>
+
+<p>The Franciscan Father Corpa established a Mission
+house for the Indians at Talomato, in the northwest portion
+of the city of St, Augustine, where there was then an Indian
+village. Father Blas de Rodriguez, also called Montes, had
+an Indian Church at a village of the Indians called Tapoqui,
+situated on the creek called Cano de la Leche, north of the
+fort; and the church bearing the name of "Our Lady of the
+Milk" was situated on the elevated ground a quarter of a
+mile north of the fort, near the creek. A stone church
+existed at this locality as late as 1795, and the crucifix belonging
+to it is preserved in the Roman Catholic Church at
+St. Augustine.</p>
+
+<p>These missions proceeded with considerable apparent success,
+large numbers of the Indians being received and instructed
+both at this and other missions.</p>
+
+<p>Among the converts at the mission of Talomato, was the
+son of the cacique of the province of Guale, a proud and
+high-spirited young leader, who by no means submitted to
+the requirements of his spiritual fathers, but indulged in
+excesses which scandalized his profession. Father Corpa,
+after trying private remonstrances and warnings in vain,
+thought it necessary to administer to him a public rebuke.
+This aroused the pride of the young chief, and he suddenly
+left the mission, determined upon revenge. He gathered
+from the interior a band of warriors, whom he inspired with
+his own hatred against the missionaries. Returning to
+Talomato with his followers under the cover of night, he
+crept up to the mission house, burst open the chapel doors,
+and slew the devoted Father Corpa while at prayer; then
+severed his head from his body, set it upon a pikestaff, and
+threw his body out into the forest where it could never afterwards
+be found. The scene of this tragedy was in the
+neighborhood of the present Roman Catholic cemetery of
+St. Augustine.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as this occurrence became known in the Indian<a name="page_068" id="page_068"></a>
+village, all was excitement; some of the most devoted bewailing
+the death of their spiritual father, while others
+dreaded the consequences of so rash an act, and shrunk with
+terror from the vengeance of the Spaniards, which they foresaw
+would soon follow. The young chief of Guale gathered
+them around him, and in earnest tones addressed them.
+"Yes," said he, "the friar is dead. It would not have been
+done, if he would have allowed us to live as we did before
+we became Christians. We desire to return to our ancient
+customs; and we must provide for our defense against the
+punishment which will be hurled upon us by the Governor
+of Florida, which, if it be allowed to reach us, will be as
+rigorous for this single friar as if we had killed them all.&mdash;For
+the same power which we possess to destroy this one
+priest, we have to destroy them all."</p>
+
+<p>His followers approved of what had been done, and said
+there was no doubt but what the same vengeance would fall
+upon them for the death of the one, as for all.</p>
+
+<p>He then resumed. "Since we shall receive equal punishment
+for the death of this one, as though we had killed
+them all, let us regain the liberty of which these friars have
+robbed us, with their promises of good things which we
+have not yet seen, but which they seek to keep us in hope
+of, while they accumulate upon us who are called Christians,
+injuries and disgusts, making us quit our wives, restricting
+us to one only, and prohibiting us from changing her.&mdash;They
+prevent us from having our balls, banquets, feasts,
+celebrations, games and contests, so that being deprived of
+them, we lose our ancient valor and skill which we inherited
+from our ancestors. Although they oppress us with
+labor, refusing to grant even the respite of a few days, and
+although we are disposed to do all they require from us,
+they are not satisfied; but for everything they reprimand as,
+injuriously treat us, oppress us, lecture us, call us bad
+Christians, and deprive us of all the pleasures which our
+fathers enjoyed, in the hope that they would give us heaven;
+by these frauds subjecting us and holding us under their absolute
+control. And what have we to hope except to be
+made slaves? If we now put them all to death, we shall
+destroy these excrescenses, and force the governor to treat
+us well."</p>
+
+<p>The majority were carried away by his address, and rung
+out the war-cry of death and defiance. While still eager
+for blood, their chief led them to the Indian town of Tapoqui,
+the mission of Father Montes, on the Cano de la Leche;<a name="page_069" id="page_069"></a>
+tumultuously rushing in, they informed the missionary of
+the fate of Father Corpa, and that they sought his own life
+and those of all his order; and then with uplifted weapons
+bade him prepare to die. He reasoned and remonstrated
+with them, portraying the folly and wickedness of their intentions,
+that the vengeance of the Spaniards would surely
+overtake them, and implored them with tears, that for their
+own sakes rather than his, they would pause in their mad
+designs. But all in vain; they were alike insensible to his
+eloquence, and his tears, and pressed forward to surround
+him. Finding all else vain, he begged as a last favor that
+he should be permitted to celebrate mass before he died.
+In this he was probably actuated in part by the hope that
+their fierce hatred might be assuaged by the sight of the
+ceremonies of their faith, or that the delay might afford
+time for succor from the adjoining garrison.</p>
+
+<p>The permission was given; and there for the last time the
+worthy Father put on his robes, which might well be termed
+his robes of sacrifice. The wild and savage crowd,
+thirsting for his blood, reclined upon the floor and looked
+on in sullen silence, awaiting the conclusion of the rites.
+The priest alone, standing before the altar, proceeded with
+this most sad and solemn mass, then cast his eyes to heaven
+and knelt in private supplication; where the next moment
+he fell under the blows of his cruel foes, bespattering the
+altar at which he ministered, with his own life's blood. His
+crushed remains were thrown into the fields, that they might
+serve for the fowls of the air or the beasts of the forest;
+but not one would approach it, except a dog, which, rushing
+forward to lay hold upon the body, fell dead upon the spot,
+says the ancient chronicle; and an old Christian Indian,
+recognizing it, gave it sepulture in the forest.</p>
+
+<p>From thence the ferocious young chief of Guale led his
+followers against several missions, in other parts of the
+country, which he attacked and destroyed, together with
+their attendant clergy. Thus upon the soil of the ancient
+city was shed the blood of Christian martyrs, who were
+laboring with a zeal well worthy of emulation, to carry the
+truths of religion to the native tribes of Florida. Two hundred
+and sixty years have passed away since these sad scenes
+were enacted; but we can not even now repress a tear of
+sympathy and a feeling of admiration for those self-denying
+missionaries of the cross, who sealed their faith with their
+blood, and fell victims to their energy and devotion. The
+spectacle of the dying priest struck down at the altar, attired<a name="page_070" id="page_070"></a>
+in his sacred vestments, and perhaps imploring pardon
+upon his murderers, cannot fail to call up in the heart of the
+most insensible, something more than a passing emotion.</p>
+
+<p>The zeal of the Franciscans was only increased by this
+disaster, and each succeeding year brought additions to their
+number. They pushed their missions into the interior of
+the country so rapidly that in less than two years they had
+established through the principal towns of the Indiana no
+less than twenty mission houses. The presumed remains
+of these establishments are still occasionally to be found
+throughout the interior of the country.<a name="page_071" id="page_071"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.<br />
+SUBJECTION OF THE APALACHIAN INDIANS&mdash;CONSTRUCTION
+OF THE FORT, SEA WALL, &amp;c.&mdash;1638-1700.</h3>
+
+<p>In the year 1638, hostilities were entered into between the
+Spanish settlements on the coast, and the Apalachian Indians,
+who occupied the country in the neighborhood of the
+river Suwanee. The Spaniards soon succeeded in subduing
+their Indian foes; and in 1640, large numbers of the Apalachian
+Indians were brought to St. Augustine, and in alleged
+punishment for their outbreak, and with a sagacious eye to
+the convenience of the arrangement, were forced to labor
+upon the public works and fortifications of the city. At
+this period the English settlements along the coast to the
+northward, had begun to be formed, much to the uneasiness
+and displeasure of the Spanish crown, which for a long
+period claimed, by virtue of exploration and occupation, as
+well as by the ancient papal grant of Alexander, all the
+eastern coast of the United States. Their missionaries had
+penetrated Virginia before the settlement at Jamestown;
+and they had built a fort in South Carolina, and kept up a
+garrison for some years in it. But the Spanish government
+had become too feeble to compete with either the English
+or the French on the seas; and with the loss of their celebrated
+Armada, perished forever their pretensions as a
+naval power. They were therefore forced to look to the
+safety of their already established settlements in Florida;
+and the easy capture of the fort at St. Augustine by the
+passing squadron of Drake, evinced the necessity of works
+of a much more formidable character.</p>
+
+<p>It is evident that the fort, or castle as it was usually
+designated, had been then commenced, although its form
+was afterwards changed; and for sixty years subsequently,
+these unfortunate Apalachian Indians were compelled to
+labor upon the works, until in 1680, upon the recommendation
+of their mission Fathers, they were relieved from further
+compulsory labor, with the understanding that in case
+of necessity they would resume their labors.</p>
+
+<p>In 1648, St. Augustine is described to have contained<a name="page_072" id="page_072"></a>
+more than three hundred householders (<i>vecinos</i>), a flourishing
+monastry of the order of St. Francis with fifty Franciscans,
+men very zealous for the conversion of the Indians,
+and regarded by their countrymen with the highest veneration.
+Besides these there were in the city alone, a vicar, a
+parochial curate, a superior sacristan, and a chaplain attached
+to the castle. The parish church was built of wood,
+the Bishop of Cuba, it is said, not being able to afford anything
+better, his whole income being but four hundred pezos
+per annum, which he shared with Florida; and sometimes
+he expended much more than his receipts.</p>
+
+<p>In 1665, Captain Davis, one of the English buccaneers
+and freebooters (then very numerous in the West Indies),
+with a fleet of seven or eight vessels came on the coast
+from Jamaica, to intercept the Spanish plate fleet on its return
+from New Spain to Europe; but being disappointed in this
+scheme, he proceeded along the coast of Florida, and came off
+St. Augustine, where he landed and marched directly upon
+the town, which he sacked and plundered, without meeting
+the least opposition or resistance from the Spaniards,
+although they had then a garrison of two hundred men
+in the fort, which at that time was an octagon, fortified and
+defended by round towers.</p>
+
+<p>The fortifications, if this account be true, were probably
+then very incomplete; and with a vastly inferior force it is
+not surprising that they did not undertake what could only
+have been an ineffectual resistance. It does not appear that
+the fort was taken; and the inhabitants retired probably
+within its enclosure with their valuables.<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a></p>
+
+<p>In the Spanish account of the various occurrences in this
+country, it is mentioned that in 1681, "the English having
+examined a province of Florida, distant twelve leagues from
+another called New Castle, where the air is pleasant, the
+climate mild, and the lands very fertile, called it Salvania;
+and that knowing these advantages, a Quaker, or Shaker (a
+sect barbarous impudent, and abominable), called William
+Penn, obtained a grant of it from Charles II., King of England,
+and made great efforts to colonize it." Such was the
+extent then claimed for the province of Florida, and such
+the opinion entertained of the Quakers.</p>
+
+<p>In 1681, Don Juan Marquez Cabrera, applied himself at
+once, upon his appointment to the governorship of Florida,
+to finishing the castle; and collected large quantities of<a name="page_073" id="page_073"></a>
+stone, lime, timber, and iron, more than sufficient subsequently
+to complete it. About this period, a new impulse
+was given to the extension of the missions for converting
+the Indians; and large reinforcements of the clerical force
+were received from Mexico, Havana, and Spain; and many
+of them received salaries from the crown. A considerable
+Indian town is spoken of at this period, as existing six hundred
+varas north of St. Augustine, and called Macarasi,
+which would correspond to the place formerly occupied by
+Judge Douglas, deceased, and which has long been called
+Macariz. Other parts of the country were known by various
+names. Amelia Island was the province of Guale.
+The southern part of the country was known as the
+province of Carlos. Indian river was the province of Ys.
+Westwardly was the province of Apalachie; while smaller
+divisions were designated by the names of the chiefs.</p>
+
+<p>It is hardly to be doubted, that the same spirit of oppression
+towards the Indians, exercised in the other colonies
+under Spanish domination, existed in Florida. It has
+been already mentioned that the Apalachians were kept at
+labor upon the fortifications of St. Augustine; and in 1680,
+the Yemasees, who had always been particularly peaceful
+and manageable, and whose principal town was Macarisqui,
+near St. Augustine, revolted at the rule exercised over them
+by the Spanish authorities at St. Augustine, in consequence
+of the execution of one of their chiefs by the order of the
+governor; and six years afterwards they made a general
+attack upon the Spaniards, drove them within the walls of
+the castle, and became such mortal enemies to them, that
+they never gave a Spaniard quarter, waylaying, and invariably
+massacring, any stragglers they could intercept outside
+of the fort.</p>
+
+<p>In 1670, an English settlement was established near Port
+Royal, South Carolina, one hundred and five years subsequent
+to the settlement of St. Augustine. The Spaniards
+regarded it as an infringement upon their rights; and although
+a treaty, after this settlement, had been made between
+Spain and England, confirming to the latter all her
+settlements and islands, yet as no boundaries or limits were
+mentioned, their respective rights and boundaries remained
+a subject of dispute for seventy years.</p>
+
+<p>About 1675, the Spanish authorities at St. Augustine,
+having intelligence from <i>white servants</i> who fled to them, of
+the discontented and miserable situation of the colony in
+Carolina, advanced with a party under arms as far as the<a name="page_074" id="page_074"></a>
+Island of St. Helena, to dislodge or destroy the settlers. A
+treacherous colonist of the name of Fitzpatrick, deserted
+to the Spaniards; but the governor, Sir John Yeamans,
+having received a reinforcement, held his ground; and a
+detachment of fifty volunteers under Colonel Godfrey,
+marched against the enemy, forcing them to retire from the
+Island of St. Helena, and retreat to St. Augustine.<a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a></p>
+
+<p>Ten years afterwards, three galleys sailed from St. Augustine,
+and attacked a Scotch and English settlement at Port
+Royal, which had been founded by Lord Cardross, in 1681.
+The settlement was weak and unprotected, and the Spaniards
+fell upon them, killed several, whipped many, plundered
+all, and broke up the colony. Flushed with success, they
+continued their depredations on Edisto River, burning the
+houses, wasting the plantations, and robbing the settlers;
+and finished their marauding expedition by capturing the
+brother of Governor Morton, and burning him alive in one
+of the galleys which a hurricane had driven so high upon
+land as to make it impossible to have it re-launched. Such
+at least is the English account of the matter; and they say
+that intestine troubles alone prevented immediate and signal
+retaliation by the South Carolinians.<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a></p>
+
+<p>One Captain Don Juan de Aila went to Spain in the
+year 1687, in his own vessel, to procure additional forces
+and ammunition for the garrison at St. Augustine. He received
+the men and munitions desired; and as a reward for
+his diligence and patriotism, he also received the privilege
+of carrying merchandise, duty free; being also allowed to
+take twelve Spanish negroes for the cultivation of the fields
+of Florida, of whom it is said there was a great want in
+that province. By a mischance, he was only able to carry
+one negro there, with the troops and other cargo, and was
+received in the city with universal joy. This was the first
+occasion of the reception of African slaves; although as
+has been heretofore mentioned, it was made a part of the
+royal stipulation with Menendez, that he should bring over
+five hundred negro slaves.</p>
+
+<p>Don Diego de Quiroga y Losada, the governor of Florida
+in 1690, finding that the sea was making dangerous encroachments
+upon the shores of the town, and had reached
+even the houses, threatening to swallow them up, and render<a name="page_075" id="page_075"></a>
+useless the fort which had cost so much to put in the
+state of completion in which it then was, called a public
+meeting of the chief men and citizens of the place, and proposed
+to them that in order to escape the danger which
+menaced them, and to restrain the force of the sea, they
+should construct a wall, which should run from the castle
+and cover and protect the city from all danger of the sea.
+The inhabitants not only approved of his proposal, but
+began the work with so much zeal, that the soldiers gave
+more than seventeen hundred dollars of their wages, although
+they were very much behind, not having been paid
+in six years; with which the governor began to make the
+necessary preparations, and sent forward a dispatch to the
+home government upon the subject.</p>
+
+<p>The council of war of the Indies approved, in the following
+year, of the work of the sea wall, and directed the
+viceroy of New Spain to furnish ten thousand dollars for it,
+and directed that a plan and estimate of the work should
+be forwarded. Quiroga was succeeded in the governorship of
+Florida, by Don Laureano de Torres, who went forward with
+the work of the sea wall, and received for this purpose the
+means furnished by the soldiers, and one thousand dollars
+more, which they offered besides the two thousand dollars,
+and likewise six thousand dollars which had come from
+New Spain, remitted by the viceroy, Count de Galleo, for
+the purpose of building a tower, as a look-out to observe the
+surrounding Indian settlements. Whether this tower was
+erected, or where, we have no certain knowledge. The
+towers erected on the governor's palace and at the northeast
+angle of the fort, were intended as look-outs both sea and
+landward.</p>
+
+<p>The statements made in reference to the building of this
+wall, from the castle as far as the city, confirm the opinion
+previously expressed, that the ancient and early settlement
+of the place was south of the public square, as the remains
+of the ancient sea wall extend to the basin at the Plaza.
+The top of this old sea wall is still visible along the centre
+of Bay street, where it occasionally appears above the level
+of the street; and its general plan and arrangement are
+shown on several old maps and plans of the city. Upon a
+plan of the city made in 1665, it is represented as terminating
+in a species of break-water at the public square. It is
+unnecessary to add that the present sea wall is a much superior
+structure to the old, and extends above twice the<a name="page_076" id="page_076"></a>
+distance. Its cost is said to have been one hundred thousand
+dollars, and it was building from 1837 to 1843.</p>
+
+<p>In the year 1700, the work on the sea wall had progressed
+but slowly, although the governor had employed thirty
+stone-cutters at a time, and had eight yoke of oxen drawing
+stone to the landing, and two lime-kilns all the while at
+work. But the money previously provided, and considerable
+additional funds was requisite, resembling in this respect
+its successor. The new governor, De Curriga, took the
+matter in hand, as he had much experience in fortifications.
+The defenses of the fort are spoken of as being at the time
+too weak to resist artillery, and the sea wall as being but a
+slight work.<a name="page_077" id="page_077"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.<br />
+ATTACK ON ST. AUGUSTINE BY GOVERNOR MOORE OF SOUTH
+CAROLINA&mdash;DIFFICULTIES WITH THE GEORGIANS.
+1702-1732.</h3>
+
+<p>Hostilities had broken out between England and Spain
+in 1702. The English settlements in Carolina only numbered
+six or seven thousand inhabitants, when Governor
+Moore, who was an ambitious and energetic man, but with
+serious defects of character, led an invading force from Carolina
+against St. Augustine. The pretense was to retaliate
+for old injuries, and, by taking the initiative, to prevent an
+attack upon themselves. The real motive was said by Gov.
+Moore's opponents at home, to have been the acquisition of
+military reputation and private gain.</p>
+
+<p>The plan of the expedition embraced a combined land
+and naval attack: and for this purpose six hundred provincial
+militia were embodied, with an equal number of Indian
+allies; a portion of the militia, with the Indians, were to go
+inland by boats and by land, under the command of Col.
+Daniel, who is spoken of as a good officer, while the main
+body proceeded with the governor by sea in several merchant
+schooners and ships which had been impressed for the service.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards, who had received intimations of the contemplated
+attack, placed themselves in the best posture of defense
+in their power, and laid up provisions in the castle to
+withstand a long siege.</p>
+
+<p>The forces under Col. Daniel arrived in advance of the
+naval fleet of the expedition, and immediately marched upon
+the town. The inhabitants, upon his approach, retired with
+their most valuable effects within the spacious walls of the
+castle, and Col. Daniel entered and took possession of the
+town, the larger part of which, it must be recollected, was
+at some distance from the castle.</p>
+
+<p>The quaint description of these events, given by Oldmixon,
+is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Col. Rob. Daniel, a very brave man, commanded a party
+who were to go up the river in periagas, and come upon<a name="page_078" id="page_078"></a>
+Augustino on the land side, while the Governour sailed
+thither, and attacked it by sea. They both set out in August,
+1702. Col. Daniel, in his way, took St. Johns, a small
+Spanish settlement; as also St. Mary's, another little village
+belonging to the Spaniards; after which he proceeded to
+Augustino, came before the town, entered and took it, Col.
+Moor not being yet arrived with the fleet.</p>
+
+<p>"The inhabitants having notice of the approach of the
+English, had packed up their best effects and retired with
+them into the castle, which was surrounded by a very deep
+and broad moat.</p>
+
+<p>"They had laid up provisions there for four months, and
+resolved to defend themselves to the last extremity. However,
+Col. Daniel found a considerable booty in the town.
+The next day the Governour came ashore, and his troops
+following him, they entrenched, posted their guards in the
+church, and blocked up the castle. The English held possession
+of the town a whole month; but finding they could
+do nothing for want of mortars and bombs, they despatched
+away a sloop for Jamaica; but the commander of the sloop,
+instead of going thither, came to Carolina out of fear of
+treachery. Finding others offered to go in his stead, he
+proceeded in the voyage himself, after he had lain some time
+at Charlestown.</p>
+
+<p>"The Governour all this while lay before the castle of
+Augustino, in expectation of the return of the sloop, which
+hearing nothing of, he sent Col. Daniel, who was the life of
+the action, to Jamaica on the same errand.</p>
+
+<p>"This gentleman, being hearty in the design, procured a
+supply of bombs, and returned towards Augustino. But in
+the mean time two ships appeared in the offing, which being
+taken to be two very large men of war, the Governour tho't
+fit to raise the siege and abandon his ships, with a great
+quantity of stores, ammunition, and provisions, to the enemy.
+Upon which the two men of war entered the port of
+Augustino, and took the Governour's ships. Some say he
+burnt them himself. Certain it is they were lost to the English,
+and that he returned to Charles-Town over land 300
+miles from Augustino. The two men of war that were
+thought to be so large, proved to be two small frigates, one
+of 82, and the other of 16 guns.<a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a><a name="page_079" id="page_079"></a></p>
+
+<p>"When Col. Daniel came back to St. Augustine, he was
+chased, but got away; and Col. Moor retreated with no
+great honor homewards. The periagas lay at St. Johns,
+whither the Governour retired and so to Charles-Town, having
+lost but two men in the whole expedition."</p>
+
+<p>Arratomakaw, king of the Yamioseans, who commanded
+the Indians, retreated to the periagas with the rest, and there
+slept upon his oars with a great deal of bravery and unconcern.
+The governor's soldiers, taking a false alarm, and
+thinking the Spaniards were coming, did not like this slow
+pace of the Indian king in his flight, and to quicken him into
+it, bade him make more haste. But he replied, "No;
+though your governor leaves you, I will not stir till I have
+seen all my men before me."</p>
+
+<p>The Spanish accounts say that he burned the town, and
+this statement is confirmed by the report made on the
+18th July, 1740, by a committee of the House of Commons
+of the province of South Carolina, in which it is
+said, referring to these transactions, that Moore was obliged
+to retreat, <i>but not without</i> first burning the town.<a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a></p>
+
+<p>It seems that the plunder carried off by Moore's troops
+was considerable; as his enemies charged at the time that
+he sent off a sloop-load to Jamaica, and in an old colonial
+document of South Carolina it is represented "that the late
+unfortunate, ill-contrived, and worst managed expedition
+against St. Augustine, was principally set on foot by the
+said late governor and his adherents; and that if any person
+in the said late assembly undertook to speak against it,
+and to show how unfit and unable we were at that time for
+such an attempt, he was presently looked upon by them as
+an enemy and traitor to his country, and reviled and affronted
+in the said assembly; although the true design of
+the said expedition was no other than catching and making
+slaves of Indians for private advantage, and impoverishing
+the country. * * * And that the expedition was to enrich
+themselves will appear particularly, because whatsoever
+booty, as rich silks, great quantity of church plate, with a
+great many other costly church ornaments and utensils taken
+by our soldiers at St. Augustine, are now detained in the
+possession of the said late governor and his officers, contrary
+to an act of assembly made for an equal division of the same
+amongst the soldiers."<a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a><a name="page_080" id="page_080"></a></p>
+
+<p>The Spanish accounts of this expedition of Moore's are
+very meager. They designate him as the governor of St.
+George, by which name they called the harbor of Charleston;
+and they also speak of the plunder of the town, and
+the burning of the greater part of the houses. Don Joseph
+de Curriga was the then governor of the city, and had received
+just previous to the English attack, reinforcements
+from Havana, and had repaired and strengthened the fortifications.</p>
+
+<p>The retreat of the English was celebrated with great rejoicing
+by the Spaniards, who had been for three months
+shut up within the limited space of the walls of the castle;
+and they gladly repaired their ruined homes, and made good
+the ravages of the English invasion. An English account
+says that the two vessels which appeared off the bar and
+caused Moore's precipitate retreat, contained but two hundred
+men, and that had he awaited Colonel Daniel's return
+with the siege guns and ammunition, the castle would have
+fallen into their hands.</p>
+
+<p>In the same year, the king of Spain, alarmed at the dangers
+which menaced his possessions in Florida, gave greater
+attention to the strengthening the defenses of St. Augustine,
+and forwarded considerable reinforcements to the garrison,
+as well as additional supplies of munitions.</p>
+
+<p>The works were directed to be strengthened, which Governor
+Curriga thought not as strong as had been represented,
+and that the sea wall in the process of erection was insufficient
+for the purpose for which it was designed.</p>
+
+<p>Sixty years had elapsed since the Apalachian Indians had
+been conquered and compelled to labor upon the fortifications
+of St. Augustine; their chiefs now asked that they
+might be relieved from further compulsory labor; and after
+the usual number of references and reports and informations,
+through the Spanish circumlocution offices, this was
+graciously granted in a suspensory form, until their services
+should be again required.</p>
+
+<p>During the year 1712, a great scarcity of provisions, caused
+by the failure of the usual supply vessels, reduced the inhabitants
+of St. Augustine to the verge of starvation; and, for
+two or three months, they were obliged to live upon horses,
+cats, dogs, and other disgusting animals. It seems strange,
+that after a settlement of nearly one hundred and fifty years,
+the Spaniards in Florida should still be dependant upon the
+importation of provisions for their support; and that anything
+like the distress indicated should prevail, with the<a name="page_081" id="page_081"></a>
+abundant resources they had, from the fish, oysters, turtle,
+and clams of the sea, and the arrow-root and cabbage-tree
+palm of the land.</p>
+
+<p>The English settlements were now extending into the
+interior portions of South Carolina; and the French had
+renewed their efforts at settlement and colonization upon
+the rivers discharging into the Gulf of Mexico. All three
+nations were competitors for the trade with the Indians, and
+kept up an intriguing rivalship for this trade for more than
+a hundred years.</p>
+
+<p>There seems to have been at this period a policy pursued
+by the Spanish authorities in Florida, of the most reprehensible
+character. The strongest efforts were made to
+attach all the Indian tribes to the Spanish interest; and
+they were encouraged to carry on a system of plunder and
+annoyance upon the English settlements of Carolina. They
+particularly seized upon all the negroes they could obtain,
+and carried them to the governor at St. Augustine, who
+invariably refused to surrender them, alleging that he was
+acting under the instructions of his government in so doing.</p>
+
+<p>In 1704, Governor Moore had made a sweeping and vigorous
+excursion against the Indian towns in Middle Florida,
+all of whom were in the Spanish interest; and had broken
+up and destroyed the towns and missions attached to them.
+In 1725, Col. Palmer determined, since no satisfaction could
+be obtained for the incursions of the Spanish Indians, and
+the loss of their slaves, to make a descent upon them; and
+with a party of three hundred men entered Florida, with an
+intention of visiting upon the province all the desolation of
+retributive warfare.</p>
+
+<p>He went up to the very gates of St. Augustine, and compelled
+the inhabitants to seek protection within the castle.
+In his course he swept every thing before him, destroying
+every house, field and improvement within his reach; carrying
+off the live stock, and every thing else of value. The
+Spanish Indians who fell within his power, were slain in
+large numbers, and many were taken prisoners. Outside of
+the walls of St. Augustine, nothing was left undestroyed;
+and the Spanish authorities received a memorable lesson in
+the law of retribution.<a name="page_082" id="page_082"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.<br />
+SIEGE OF ST. AUGUSTINE, BY OGLETHORPE&mdash;1732-1740</h3>
+
+<p>Difficulties existed for many years subsequently between
+the Spanish and English settlements. In 1732, Oglethorpe
+planted his colony in Georgia, and extended his settlements
+along the coast towards Florida, claiming and occupying the
+country up to the margin of the St. Johns, and established
+a post at St. George Island. This was deemed an invasion
+of the territory of Spain; and the post was attacked unfairly,
+as the English say, and some of their men murdered.
+Oglethorpe, upon this, acting under the instructions of the
+home government, commenced hostilities by arranging a
+joint attack of the forces of South Carolina and Georgia,
+with a view to the entire conquest of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>The instructions of the king of England to Oglethorpe,
+were, that he should make a naval and land attack upon St.
+Augustine; "and if it shall please God to give you success,
+you are either to demolish the fort and bastions, or put a
+garrison in it, in case you shall have men enough for that
+purpose; which last, it is thought, will be the best way to
+prevent the Spaniards from endeavoring to retake and settle
+the said place again, at any time hereafter."<a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a></p>
+
+<p>Don Manuel Monteano was then governor of Florida, and
+in command of the garrison. The city and castle were
+previously in a poor condition to withstand an attack from
+a well-prepared foe; and on the 11th November, 1737, Governor
+Monteano writes to the governor-general of Cuba,
+that "the fort of this place is its only defense; it has no
+casemates for the shelter of the men, nor the necessary elevation
+to the counter-scarp, nor covert ways, nor ravelins to
+the curtains, nor other exterior works that could give time
+for a long defense; but it is thus naked outside, as it is
+without soul within, for there are no cannon that could be
+fired twenty-four hours, and though there were, artillery-men
+to manage them are wanting."</p>
+
+<p>Under the superintendence of an able officer of engineers,<a name="page_083" id="page_083"></a>
+Don Antonio de Arredondo, the works were put in order;
+the ramparts were heightened and casemated; a covered
+way was made, by planting and embanking four thousand
+stakes; bomb-proof vaults were constructed, and entrenchments
+thrown up around the town, protected by ten salient
+angles, many of which are still visible. The garrison of the
+town was about seven hundred and forty soldiers, according
+to Governor Monteano's return of troops. On the 25th
+March, 1740, the total population of St. Augustine, of all
+classes, was two thousand one hundred and forty-three.</p>
+
+<p>Previous to his attack upon the place, General Oglethorpe
+obtained the following information from prisoners whom he
+took at the outposts. He says: "They agree that there are
+fifty pieces of cannon in the castle at St. Augustine, several
+of which are of brass, from twelve to forty-eight pounds.
+It has four bastions. The walls are of stone, and casemated.
+The internal square is sixty yards. The ditch is forty feet
+wide, and twelve feet deep, six of which is sometimes filled
+with water. The counterscarp is faced with stone. They
+have lately made a covered way. The town is fortified with
+an entrenchment, salient angles and redoubts, which inclose
+about half a mile in length, and a quarter of a mile in width.
+The inhabitants and garrison, men, women and children,
+amount to above two thousand five hundred. For the garrison,
+the king pays eight companies, sent from Spain two
+years since for the invasion of Georgia; upon establishment
+fifty-three men each, three companies of foot and one of artillery,
+of the old garrison, and one troop of horse one hundred
+each upon establishment; of these, one hundred are at
+St. Marks, ten days' march from St. Augustine; upon the
+Gulf of Mexico, one hundred are disposed in several small
+forts."</p>
+
+<p>Of these out-posts, there were two, one on each side of
+the river St. Johns&mdash;at Picolata and immediately opposite&mdash;and
+at Diego. The purpose of the forts at Picolata was to
+guard the passage of the river, and to keep open the communication
+with St. Marks and Pensacola; and when threatened
+with the invasion of Oglethorpe, messengers were dispatched
+to the governor of Pensacola for aid, and also to
+Mexico by the same route. The fort at Diego was but a
+small work, erected by Don Diego de Spinosa, upon his own
+estate; and the remains of it, with one or two cannon, are
+still visible. Fort Moosa, was an out-post at the place now
+known by that name, on the North River, about two miles
+north of St. Augustine. A fortified line, a considerable portion<a name="page_084" id="page_084"></a>
+of which may now be traced, extended across from the
+stockades on the St. Sebastian to Fort Moosa. Communication
+by a tide-creek existed through the marshes, between
+the castle at St. Augustine and Fort Moosa.</p>
+
+<p>Oglethorpe first attacked the two forts at Picolata, one of
+which, called Fort Poppa, or St. Francis de Poppa, was a
+place of some strength. Its remains still exist, about one-fourth
+of a mile north of the termination of the Bellamy
+Road, its earthworks being still strongly marked.</p>
+
+<p>After a slight resistance, both forts fell into his hands,
+much to the annoyance of Governor Monteano. Oglethorpe
+speaks of Fort Francis as being of much importance, "as
+commanding the passes from St. Augustine to Mexico, and
+into the country of the Creek Indians, and also being upon
+the ferry, where the troops which come from St. Augustine
+must pass." He found in it, one mortar piece, two carriages,
+three small guns, ammunition, one hundred and fifty
+shells, and fifty glass bottles full of gunpowder, with fuses&mdash;a
+somewhat novel missile of war.</p>
+
+<p>The English general's plan of operation was, that the
+crews and troops upon the vessels should land, and throw
+up batteries upon Anastasia Island, from thence bombarding
+the town; while he himself designed to lead the attack
+on the land side. Having arrived in position, he gave the
+signal of attack to the fleet, by sending up a rocket; but no
+response came from the vessels, and he had the mortification
+of being obliged to withdraw his troops. The troops were
+unable to effect a landing from the vessels, in consequence
+of a number of armed Spanish galleys having been drawn
+up inside the bar; so that no landing could be made except
+under a severe fire, while the galleys were protected from an
+attack by the ships, in consequence of the shoal water.</p>
+
+<p>He then prepared to reduce the town by a regular siege,
+with a strict blockade by sea. He hoped, by driving the
+inhabitants into the castle, so to encumber the governor with
+useless mouths, as to reduce him to the necessity of a surrender,
+to avoid starvation. The town was placed under the
+range of his heavy artillery and mortars, and soon became
+untenable, forcing the citizens generally to seek the shelter
+of the fort.</p>
+
+<p>Col. Vanderduysen was posted at Point Quartel; and others
+of the troops upon Anastasia Island, and the north
+beach. Three batteries were erected: one on Anastasia Island,
+called the Poza, which consisted of four eighteen-pounders
+and one nine-pounder; one on the point of the<a name="page_085" id="page_085"></a>
+wood of the island, mounting two eighteen-pounders. The
+remains of the Peza battery are still to be seen, almost as
+distinctly marked as on the day of its creation. Four mortars
+and forty cohorns were employed in the siege.</p>
+
+<p>The siege began on the 12th June; and on the 25th June
+a night sortie was made from the castle against a portion of
+the troops under command of Col. Palmer, who were encamped
+at Fort Moosa, including a company of Scotch Highlanders,
+numbering eighty-five men, under their chief, Capt.
+McIntosh, all equipped in Highland dress. This attack was
+entirely successful, and the English sustained a severe loss,
+their colonel being killed, with twenty Highlanders, twenty-seven
+soldiers, and a number of Indians.</p>
+
+<p>This affair at Fort Moosa has generally been considered
+as a surprise, and its disastrous results as the consequence
+of carelessness and disobedience of the orders of Oglethorpe.
+Captain McIntosh, the leader of the Highlanders, was taken
+prisoner, and finally transferred to Spain. From his prison
+at St. Sebastian, under date of 20th June, 1741, he gives the
+following account of the matter:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I listed seventy men, all in Highland dress, and marched
+to the siege, and was ordered to scout nigh St. Augustine
+and molest the enemy, while the general and the rest of his
+little army went to an island where we could have no succor
+of them. I punctually obeyed my orders, until seven hundred
+Spaniards sallied out from the garrison, an hour before
+daylight. <i>They did not surprise us</i>, for we were all under
+arms, ready to receive them, which we did briskly, keeping
+a constant firing for a quarter of an hour, when they prest
+on with numbers; was obliged to take our swords until the
+most of us were shot and cut to pieces. You are to observe
+we had but eighty men; and the engagement was in view
+of the rest of our army, but they could not come to our assistance,
+by being in the foresaid island, under the enemy's
+guns. They had twenty prisoners, a few got off, the rest
+killed; as we were well informed by some of themselves,
+they had three hundred killed on the spot,<a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> besides several
+wounded. We were all stripped naked of clothes, brought
+to St. Augustine, where we remained three months in close
+confinement."<a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a><a name="page_086" id="page_086"></a></p>
+
+<p>This officer was Capt. John McIntosh; and his son, Brig.
+Gen. McIntosh, then a youth of fourteen, was present in
+the engagement, and escaped without injury. The family
+of the McIntoshes have always been conspicuous in the history
+of Georgia.</p>
+
+<p>The large number of persons collected within the walls of
+the castle, and under the protection of its battlements, soon
+gave rise to serious apprehensions on the part of the
+besieged, of being reduced by starvation to the necessity of
+a speedy surrender. The batteries of Oglethorpe were
+planted at so great a distance that he could produce but
+little effect by his shot or shells upon the castle, although
+he rendered the city itself untenable. The heat of the season
+and the exposure, to which the Provincial militia were
+unaccustomed, soon produced considerable sickness and discouragement
+in the invading force, and affected Oglethorpe himself.</p>
+
+<p>The Spanish governor sent most urgent messages to the
+governor of the island of Cuba, which were transmitted by
+runners along the coast, and thence by small vessels across
+to Havana. In one of these letters he says, "My greatest
+anxiety is for provisions; and if they do not come, there is
+no doubt of our dying by the hands of hunger." In another,
+he says, "I assure your Lordship, that it is impossible to
+express the confusion of the place; for we have no protection
+except the fort, and all the rest is open field. The
+families have abandoned their houses, and come to put
+themselves under the guns, which is pitiable; though
+nothing gives me anxiety but the want of provisions; and if
+your Lordship for want of competent force cannot send relief,
+we all must perish."<a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a></p>
+
+<p>With the exception of the Fort Moosa affair, the hostilities
+were confined to the exchange of shots between the
+castle and the batteries. Considerable discrepancy exists
+between the Spanish and English accounts, as to the period
+when the garrison was relieved: it was the communication
+of the fact of relief having been received, which formed the
+ostensible ground of abandoning the siege by Oglethorpe;
+but the Spanish governor asserts that these provision vessels
+did not arrive until the siege was raised. The real fact,
+I am inclined to think, is that the provision vessels arrived
+at Mosquito, a harbor sixty miles below, where they were to
+await orders from Gov. Monteano, as to the mode of getting<a name="page_087" id="page_087"></a>
+discharged,<a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a> and that the information of their arrival, being
+known at St. Augustine, was communicated to the English,
+and thus induced their raising the siege; in fact, the hope
+of starving out the garrison was the only hope left to Oglethorpe;
+his strength was insufficient for an assault, and his
+means inadequate to reduce the castle, which was well
+manned and well provided with means of defense.</p>
+
+<p>It was in truth a hopeless task, under the circumstances,
+for Oglethorpe to persevere; and it is no impeachment of
+his courage or his generalship, that he was unable to take a
+fortress of really very respectable strength.</p>
+
+<p>The siege continued from the 13th June to the 20th July, a
+period of thirty-eight days. The bombardment was kept
+up twenty days, but owing to the lightness of the guns and
+the long range, but little effect was produced on the strong
+walls of the castle. Its spongy, infrangible walls received
+the balls from the batteries like a cotton bale, or sand battery,
+almost without making an impression; this may be
+seen on examination, since the marks remain to this day, as
+they were left at the end of the siege, one hundred and
+seventeen years ago.</p>
+
+<p>The prosecution of the siege having become impracticable,
+preparations were made for retiring; and Oglethorpe, as a
+pardonable and characteristic protest against the assumption
+of his acting from any coercion, with drums beating and
+banners displayed, crossed over to the main land, and
+marched in full view of the castle, to his encampment three
+miles distant, situated probably at the point now known as
+Pass Navarro.</p>
+
+<p>Great credit and respect have been deservedly awarded to
+Governor Monteano, for the courage, skill, and perseverance
+with which he sustained the siege.</p>
+
+<p>It is well known that the English general had, in a few
+months, an ample opportunity of showing to his opponent
+that his skill in defending his own territory under the most
+disadvantageous circumstances, was equal to that of the accomplished
+Monteano himself. The defense of Frederica,
+and signal defeat of the Spanish forces at Fort Simons, will
+ever challenge for Oglethorpe the highest credit for the
+most sterling qualities of a good general and a great man.</p>
+
+<p>Two years subsequently, Oglethorpe again advanced into
+Florida, appeared before the gates of St. Augustine, and
+endeavored to induce the garrison to march out to meet
+him; but they kept within their walls, and Oglethorpe in<a name="page_088" id="page_088"></a>
+one of his despatches says, in the irritation caused by their
+prudence, "that they were so meek there was no provoking
+them." As in this incursion he had no object in view but a
+devastation of the country, and harrassing the enemy, he
+shortly withdrew his forces.</p>
+
+<p>A committee of the South Carolina House of Commons,
+in a report upon the Oglethorpe expedition, thus speaks of
+St. Augustine, evidently smarting under the disappointment
+of their recent defeat.</p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="r">"<span class="smcap">July 1st</span>, 1741."</p>
+
+<p>"St. Augustine, in the possession of the crown of Spain,
+is well known to be situated but little distance from hence,
+in latitude thirty degrees, in Florida, the next territory to
+us. It is maintained by his Catholic Majesty, partly to preserve
+his claim to Florida, and partly that it may be of service
+to the plate-fleets when coming through the gulf, by
+showing lights to them along the coast, and by being ready
+to give assistance when any of them are cast away there-about.
+The castle, by the largest account, doth not cover
+more than one acre of ground, but is allowed on all hands
+to be a place of great strength, and hath been usually
+garrisoned with about three or four hundred men of the
+King's regular troops. The town is not very large, and but
+indifferently fortified. The inhabitants, many of which are
+mulattoes of savage dispositions, are all in the king's pay;
+also being registered from their birth, and a severe penalty
+laid on any master of a vessel that shall attempt to carry any
+of them off. These are formed into a militia, and have been
+generally computed to be near about the same number as
+the regular troops. Thus relying wholly on the king's pay for
+their subsistence, their thoughts never turned to trade or even
+agriculture, but depending on foreign supplies for the most
+common necessaries of life, they spent their time in universal,
+perpetual idleness. From such a state, mischievous
+inclinations naturally spring up in such a people; and
+having leisure and opportunity, ever since they had a neighbor
+the fruits of whose industry excited their desires and
+envy, they have not failed to carry those inclinations into
+action as often as they could, without the least regard to
+peace or war subsisting between the two crowns of Great
+Britain and Spain, or to stipulations agreed upon between
+the two governments."<a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a><a name="page_089" id="page_089"></a></p>
+
+<p>Among the principal grievances set forth in this report,
+was the carrying off and enticing and harboring their slaves,
+of which a number of instances are enumerated; and they
+attributed the negro insurrection which occurred in South
+Carolina, in 1739, to the connivance and agency of the
+Spanish authorities at St. Augustine; and they proceed in a
+climax of indignation to hurl their denunciation at the supposed
+authors of their misfortunes, in the following terms:
+"With indignation we looked at St. Augustine (like another
+Sallee!) That den of thieves and ruffians! receptacle of
+debtors, servants and slaves! bane of industry and society!
+and revolved in our minds all the injuries this province had
+received from thence, ever since its first settlement. That
+they had from first to last, in times of profoundest peace,
+both publickly and privately, by themselves, Indians, and
+Negroes, in every shape molested us, not without some instances
+of uncommon cruelty."<a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a></p>
+
+<p>It is very certain there was on each side, enough supposed
+causes of provocation to induce a far from amiable state of
+feeling between these neighboring colonies.<a name="page_090" id="page_090"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV.<br />
+COMPLETION OF THE CASTLE&mdash;DESCRIPTIONS OF ST. AUGUSTINE
+A CENTURY AGO&mdash;ENGLISH OCCUPATION
+OF FLORIDA. 1755&mdash;1763&mdash;1788.</h3>
+
+<p>Don Alonzo Fernandez de Herrera was appointed governor
+of Florida in 1755, and completed the exterior works
+and finish of the fort. It is this governor who erected the
+tablet over its main entrance, with the Spanish coat of arms
+sculptured in <i>alto relievo</i>, with the following inscription beneath:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="c">
+REYNANDO EN ESPANA EL SEN<sup>R</sup><br />
+DON FERNANDO SEXTO Y SIENDO<br />
+GOV<sup>OR</sup> Y CAP<sup>N</sup> DE ES<sup>A</sup> C<sup>D</sup> S<sup>AN</sup> AUG<sup>N</sup> DE<br />
+LA FLORIDA Y SUS PROV<sup>A</sup>. EL MARISCAL<br />
+DE CAMPO D<sup>N</sup> ALONZO FERN<sup>DO</sup> HEREDA<br />
+ASI CONCLUIO ESTE CASTILLO EL AN<br />
+OD 1756 DIRI<sup>G</sup>ENDO LAS OBRAS EL<br />
+CAP. INGN<sup>RO</sup> D<sup>N</sup> PEDRO DE BROZAS<br />
+Y GARAY.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Don Ferdinand the Sixth, being king of Spain, and the
+Field Marshal, Don Alonzo Fernando Hereda, being Governor
+and Captain General of this place, St. Augustine,
+of Florida, and its province. This fort was finished in
+the year 1756. The works were directed by the Captain
+Engineer, Don Pedro de Brazos y Garay.</span></p>
+
+<p>
+<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>I am not sure but that the boastful governor might with
+equal propriety and truth have put a similar inscription at
+the city gate, claiming the town also as a finished city.</p>
+
+<p>The first fort erected was called San Juan de Pinos, and
+probably the same name attached to the present fort at the<a name="page_091" id="page_091"></a>
+commencement of its erection; when it acquired the name
+of St. Mark, I have not discovered. The Apalachian Indians
+were employed upon it for more than sixty years, and
+to their efforts are probably due the evidences of immense
+labor in the construction of the ditch, the ramparts and
+glacis, and the approaches; while the huge mass of stone
+contained in its solid walls, must have required the labor
+of hundreds of persons for many long years, in procuring
+and cutting the stone in the quarries on the island,
+transporting it to the water, and across the bay, and fashioning
+and raising them to their places. Besides the Indians
+employed, some labor was constantly bestowed by the
+garrison; and, for a considerable period, convicts were
+brought hither from Mexico to carry on the public works.
+During the works of extension and repair effected by Monteano,
+previous to the siege by Oglethorpe, he employed
+upon it one hundred and forty of these Mexican convicts.
+The southwestern bastion is said to have been completed by
+Monteano. The bastions bore the names respectively of St.
+Paul, St. Peter, St. James, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>The whole work remains now as it was in 1756, with the
+exception of the water battery, which was reconstructed by
+the government of the United States in 1842-3. The complement
+of its guns is one hundred, and its full garrison establishment
+requires one thousand men. It is built upon
+the plan of Vauban, and is considered by military men as a
+very creditable work; its strength and efficiency have been
+well tested in the old times; for it has never been taken, although
+twice besieged, and several times attacked. Its
+frowning battlements and sepulchral vaults will long stand
+after we and those of our day shall be numbered with that
+long past, of which it is itself a memorial; of its legends
+connected with the dark chambers and prison vaults, the
+chains, the instruments of torture, the skeletons walled in,
+its closed and hidden recesses&mdash;of Coacouchee's escape, and
+many another tale, there is much to say; but it is better said
+within its grim walls, where the eye and the imagination
+can go together, in weaving a web of mystery and awe over
+its sad associations, to the music of the grating bolt, the
+echoing tread, and the clanking chain.</p>
+
+<p>Of the city itself, we have the following description in
+1754:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"It is built on a little bay, at the foot of a hill shaded by
+trees, and forms an oblong square, divided into four streets,
+and has two full streets, which cut each other at right angles.<a name="page_092" id="page_092"></a>
+The houses are well built, and regular. They have
+only one church, which is called after the city. St. John's
+Fort, standing about a mile north of it, is a strong, irregular
+fortification, well mounted with cannon, and capable of
+making a long defense."</p>
+
+<p>I am inclined to think that the <i>mile</i> between the fort and
+the city, and the <i>hill</i> at the foot of which, he says, the city
+was built, existed only in the focus of the writer's spectacles.</p>
+
+<p>The Provinces of Florida were ceded by treaty to England
+in the year 1763, and the Spanish inhabitants very generally
+left the country, which had then been under Spanish
+rule for near two hundred years; and certainly in no portion
+of this country had less progress been made. Beyond
+the walls occupied by its garrison, little had been attempted
+or accomplished in these two hundred years. This was in
+part, perhaps, attributable to the circumstances of the country&mdash;the
+frequent hostility of the Indians, and the want of
+that mutual support given by neighborhoods, which in Florida
+are less practicable than elsewhere; but it was still more
+owing to the character of the Spanish inhabitants, who were
+more soldiers than civilians, and more townsmen than agriculturists;
+at all events, at the cession of Florida to Great
+Britain, the number of inhabitants was not over five thousand.</p>
+
+<p>Of the period of the English occupation of Florida, we
+have very full accounts. It was a primary object with the
+British government, to colonize and settle it; and inducements
+to emigrants were strongly put forth, in various publications.
+The work of Roberts was the first of these, and
+was followed in a few years by those of Bartram, Stork,
+and Romans. The works of both Roberts and Stork, contain
+plans and minute descriptions of St. Augustine. The
+plan of the town in Stork, represents every building, lot,
+garden, and flower-bed in the place, and gives a very accurate
+view of its general appearance.</p>
+
+<p>The descriptions vary somewhat. Roberts, who published
+his work the year of the cession, 1763, shows in connection
+with his plan of the town, an Indian village on the point
+south of the city, at the powder-house, and another just
+north of the city. The one to the north has a church. A
+negro fort is shown about a mile to the northward. Oglethorpe's
+landing place is shown on Anastasia Island, and a
+small fort on the main land south of the city. The depth
+of water on the bar is marked as being at low water, eight
+feet.<a name="page_093" id="page_093"></a></p>
+
+<p>Roberts describes the city as "running along the shore at
+the foot of a pleasant hill, adorned with trees; its form is
+oblong, divided by four regular streets, crossing each other
+at right angles; down by the sea side, about three-fourths
+of a mile south of the town, standeth the church, and a
+monastery of St. Augustine. The best built part of the
+town is on the north side, leading to the castle, which is
+called St. John's Fort. It is a square building of soft stone,
+fortified with whole bastions, having a rampart of twenty
+feet high, with a parapet nine feet high, and it is casemated.
+The town is fortified with bastions, and with cannon. On
+the north and south, without the walls of the city, are the
+Indian towns."</p>
+
+<p>The next plan we have, is in the work by Dr. Stork, the
+third edition of which was published in 1769. He gives a
+beautiful plan of the place. Shows the fort as it now exists,
+with its various outworks; three churches are designated,
+one on the public square at its southwest corner; another
+on St. George street, on the lot on the west side, south of
+Green lane, and a Dutch church near where the Roman
+Catholic cemetery now exists. From the size of the plan,
+it does not embrace the Indian village. The present United
+States Court-house was the governor's official residence, and
+is represented as having attached to it a beautiful garden.
+The Franciscan house or convent is shown where the barracks
+are now, but different in the form of the buildings.
+With the exception of the disappearance of a part of one
+street then existing, there appears very little change from
+the present plan of the town and buildings.</p>
+
+<p>He describes the fort as being finished "according to the
+modern taste of military architecture," and as making a
+very handsome appearance, and "that it might justly be
+deemed the prettiest fort in the king's dominion." He
+omits the pleasant hill from his description, and says "the
+town is situated near the glacis of the fort; the streets are
+regularly laid out, and built narrow for the purposes of shade.
+It is above half a mile in length, regularly fortified with bastions,
+half-bastions, and a ditch; that it had also several rows
+of the Spanish bayonet along the ditch, which formed so close
+a chevaux de frize, with their pointed leaves, as to be impenetrable;
+the southern bastions were built of stone. In
+the middle of the town is a spacious square, called the
+parade, open towards the harbor; at the bottom of the
+square is the governor's house, the apartments of which are
+spacious and suitable; suited to the climate, with high<a name="page_094" id="page_094"></a>
+windows, a balcony in front, and galleries on both sides; to
+the back of the house is joined a tower, called in America
+a look-out, from which there is an extensive prospect towards
+the sea, as well as inland. There are two churches
+within the walls of the town, the parish church, a plain
+building, and another belonging to the convent of Franciscan
+Friars, which is converted into barracks for the garrison.
+The houses are built of free-stone, commonly two
+stories high, two rooms upon a floor, with large windows
+and balconies; before the entry of most of the houses, runs
+a portico of stone arches. The roofs are commonly flat.
+The Spaniards consulted convenience more than taste in
+their buildings. The number of houses within the town
+and lines, when the Spaniards left it, was about nine hundred;
+many of them, especially in the suburbs, being built
+of wood, are now gone to decay. The inhabitants were of
+all colors, whites, negroes, mulattoes, Indians, &amp;c. At the
+evacuation of St. Augustine, the population was five thousand
+seven hundred, including the garrison of two thousand
+five hundred men. Half a mile from the town to the west,
+is a line with a broad ditch and bastions, running from the
+St. Sebastian creek to St. Marks river. A mile further is
+another fortified line with some redoubts, forming a second
+communication between a stoccata fort upon St. Sebastian
+river, and Fort Moosa, upon St. Marks river.</p>
+
+<p>"Within the first line near the town, was a small settlement
+of Germans, who had a church of their own. Upon
+the St. Marks river, within the second line, was also an
+Indian town, with a church built of freestone; what is very
+remarkable, it is in good taste, though built by the Indians."</p>
+
+<p>The two lines of defense here spoken of, may still be
+traced. The nearest one is less than one-fourth of a mile
+from the city gate, and the other at the well-known place
+called the stockades, the stakes driven to form which, still
+distinctly mark the place; and the ditch and embankment
+can be traced for a considerable distance through the grounds
+attached to my residence.</p>
+
+<p>A letter-writer, who dates at St. Augustine, May, 1774,
+says, "This town is now truly become a heap of ruins, a fit
+receptacle for the wretches of inhabitants." (Rather a
+dyspeptic description, in all probability.)</p>
+
+<p>A bridge was built across the Sebastian river by the
+English, "but the great depth of the water, joined to the
+instability of the bottom, did not suffer it to remain long,
+and a ferry is now established in its room; the keeper of<a name="page_095" id="page_095"></a>
+the ferry has fifty pounds per annum allowed him, and the
+inhabitants pay nothing for crossing, except after dark."</p>
+
+<p>The English constructed large buildings for barracks,
+characterised by Romans "as such stupendous piles of
+buildings, which were large enough to contain five regiments,
+when it is a matter of great doubt whether there
+will ever be a necessity to keep one whole regiment here.
+The material for this great barracks was brought from New
+York, and far inferior to those found on the spot; yet the
+freight alone amounted to more than their value when
+landed. It makes us almost believe," says the elaborate
+Romans, "that all this show is in vain, or at most, that the
+English were so much in dread of musquitoes, that they
+thought a large army requisite to drive off these formidable
+foes. To be serious," says he, "this fort and barracks add
+not a little to the beauty of the prospect; but most men
+would think that the money spent on this useless parade,
+would have been better laid out on roads and fences through
+the province; or, if it must be in forts, why not at Pensacola?"</p>
+
+<p>There is a manuscript work of John Gerard Williams de
+Brahm, existing in the library of Harvard University, which
+contains some particulars of interest, relative to Florida at
+the period of the English occupation.</p>
+
+<p>He states the number of inhabitants of East Florida,
+which in those days meant mostly St. Augustine, from 1663
+to 1771, as follows: householders, besides women, &amp;c., two
+hundred and eighty-eight; imported by Mr. Turnbull from
+Minorca, &amp;c., one thousand four hundred; negroes, upwards
+of nine hundred. Of these, white heads of families, one
+hundred and forty-four were married, which is just one-half;
+thirty-one are storekeepers and traders; three haberdashers,
+fifteen innkeepers, forty-five artificers and mechanics,
+one hundred and ten planters, four hunters, six cow-keepers,
+eleven overseers, twelve draftsmen in employ of
+government, besides mathematicians; fifty-eight had left
+the province; twenty-eight dead, of whom four were killed
+acting as constables, two hanged for pirating. Among the
+names of those then residing in East Florida are mentioned
+Sir Charles Burdett, William Drayton, Esq., planter, Chief
+Justice; Rev. John Forbes, parson, Judge of Admiralty
+and Councillor; Rev. N. Fraser, parson at Musquito; Governor
+James Grant, Hon. John Moultrie, planter and lieutenant
+Governor; William Stork, Esq., historian; Andrew
+Turnbull, Esq., H. M. Counselor; Bernard Romans, draftsman,
+&amp;c.; William Bartram, planter; James Moultrie, Esq.<a name="page_096" id="page_096"></a></p>
+
+<p>He says, The light house on Anastasia Island had been
+constructed and built of mason-work by the Spaniards; and,
+in 1769, by order of General Haldimand, it was raised sixty
+feet higher in carpenter's work, had a cannon planted on
+the top, which is fired the very moment the flag is hoisted,
+for a signal to the town and pilots that a vessel is off. The
+light house has two flag-staffs, one to the south and one to
+the north; on either of which the flag is hoisted, viz., to the
+south if the vessel comes from thence, and the north if the
+vessel comes that way.</p>
+
+<p>"The town is situated in a healthy zone, is surrounded
+with salt water marshes, not at all prejudicial to health;
+their evaporations are swept away in the day time by the
+easterly winds, and in the night season by the westerly
+winds trading back to the eastward. At the time when the
+Spaniards left the town, all the gardens were well stocked
+with fruit trees, viz., figs, guavas, plantain, pomegranates,
+lemons, limes, citrons, shadock, bergamot, China and
+Seville oranges, the latter full of fruit throughout the whole
+winter season; and the pot-herbs, though suspended in
+their vegetation, were seldom destroyed by cold. The
+town is three-quarters of a mile in length, but not quite a
+quarter wide; had four churches ornamently built with
+stone in the Spanish taste, of which one within and one
+without the town still exist. One is pulled down; that is
+the German church, but the steeple is preserved as an ornament
+to the town; and the other, viz., the convent church
+and convent in town is taken in the body of the barracks.
+All houses are built of masonry; their entrances are shaded
+by piazzas, supported by Tuscan pillars or pilasters, against
+the south sun. The houses have to the east windows projecting
+sixteen or eighteen inches into the street, very wide,
+and proportionally high. On the west side, their windows
+are commonly very small, and no opening of any kind to
+the north, on which side they have double walls six or eight
+feet asunder, forming a kind of gallery, which answers for
+cellars and pantries. Before most of the entrances were
+arbors of vines, producing plenty and very good grapes.
+No house has any chimney for a fire place; the Spaniards
+made use of stone urns, filled them with coals left in their
+kitchens in the afternoon, and set them at sunset in their
+bed-rooms, to defend themselves against those winter seasons,
+which required such care. The governor's residence
+has both sides piazzas, viz., a double one to the south, and
+a single one to the north; also a Belvidere and a grand portico<a name="page_097" id="page_097"></a>
+decorated with Doric pillars and entablatures. On the
+north end of the town is a casemated fort, with four bastions,
+a ravelin, counterscarp, and a glacis built with quarried
+shell-stones, and constructed according to the rudiments
+of Marechal de Vauban. This fort commands the
+road of the bay, the town, its environs, and both Tolomako
+stream and Mantanzas creek. The soil in the gardens and
+environs of the town is chiefly sandy and marshy. The
+Spaniards seem to have had a notion of manuring their land
+with shells one foot deep.</p>
+
+<p>"Among the three thousand who evacuated St. Augustine,
+the author is credibly informed, were many Spaniards
+near and above the age of one hundred years, (observe;)
+this nation, especially natives of St. Augustine, bore the
+reputation of great sobriety."<a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a></p>
+
+<p>On the 3d of January, 1766, the thermometer sunk to 26°
+with the wind from N. W. "The ground was frozen an
+inch thick on the banks; this was the fatal night that destroyed
+the lime, citron, and banana trees in St. Augustine,
+and many curious evergreens up the river that were twenty
+years old in a flourishing state."<a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a> In 1774 there was a snow
+storm, which extended over most of the province. The ancient
+inhabitants still (1836) speak of it as an extraordinary
+white rain. It was said to have done little damage.<a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a></p>
+
+<p>In this connection, and as it is sometimes supposed that
+the climate is now colder than formerly, it may be stated
+that the thermometer went very low in 1799. East Florida
+suffered from a violent frost on the 6th April, 1828. In
+February, 1835, the thermometer sunk to 7° above zero,
+wind from N. W.; and the St. Johns river was frozen
+several rods from the shore; all kinds of fruit trees were
+killed to the ground, and the wild orange trees suffered as
+well as the cultivated.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Nicholas Turnbull, in the year 1767, associated with
+Sir William Duncan and other Englishmen of note, projected
+a colony of European emigrants, to be settled at New
+Smyrna. He brought from the islands of Greece, Corsica,
+and Minorca, some fourteen hundred persons, agreeing to
+convey them free of expense, find them in clothing and provisions,
+and, at the end of three years, to give fifty acres of
+land to each head of a family, and twenty-five to each child.<a name="page_098" id="page_098"></a>
+After a long passage they arrived out, and formed the settlement.
+The principal article of cultivation produced by
+them was indigo, which commanded a high price, and was
+assisted by a bounty from the English government. After
+a few years, Turnbull, as is alleged, either from avarice or
+natural cruelty, assumed a control the most absolute over
+these colonists, and practiced cruelties the most painful upon
+them.</p>
+
+<p>An insurrection took place in 1769 among them, in consequence
+of severe punishments, which was speedily repressed,
+and the leaders of it brought to trial before the
+English court at St. Augustine; five of the number were
+convicted and sentenced to death. Gov. Grant pardoned
+two of the five, and a third was released upon the condition
+of his becoming the executioner of the other two. Nine
+years after the commencement of their settlement, their
+number had become reduced from 1,400 to 600. In 1776,
+proceedings were instituted on their behalf by Mr. Yonge,
+the attorney-general of the province, which resulted in their
+being exonerated from their contract with Turnbull; lands
+were thereupon assigned them in the northern part of the
+city, which was principally built up by them; and their descendants,
+at the present day, form the larger portion of the
+population of that place.</p>
+
+<p>Governor Grant was the first English governor, and was
+a gentleman of much energy; and during his term of office
+he projected many great and permanent improvements in
+the province. The public roads, known as the king's roads,
+from St. Augustine to New Smyrna, and from St. Augustine
+to Jacksonville, and thence to Coleraine, were then
+constructed, and remain a lasting monument of his wisdom
+and desire of improvement.</p>
+
+<p>Gov. Tonyn succeeded Gov. Grant; and a legislative
+council was authorized to assemble, and the pretense and
+forms of a constitutional government were gone through
+with.</p>
+
+<p>In August, 1775, a British vessel called the Betsey, Capt.
+Lofthouse, from London, with 111 barrels of powder, was
+captured off the bar of St. Augustine, by an American privateer
+from Charleston, very much to the disgust and annoyance
+of the British authorities.</p>
+
+<p>At this period, St. Augustine assumed much importance
+as a depot and <i>point d'appui</i> for the British forces in their
+operations against the Southern States; and very considerable
+forces were at times assembled.<a name="page_099" id="page_099"></a></p>
+
+<p>In the excess of the zeal and loyalty of the garrison and
+inhabitants of St. Augustine, upon the receipt of the news
+of the American Declaration of Independence, the effigies
+of John Hancock and Samuel Adams were burned upon
+the public square, where the monument now stands.</p>
+
+<p>The expedition of Gen. Prevost against Savannah was organized
+and embarked from St. Augustine, in 1779.</p>
+
+<p>Sixty of the most distinguished citizens of Carolina were
+seized by the British in 1780, and transported to St. Augustine
+as prisoners of war and hostages, among whom were
+Arthur Middleton, Edward Rutledge, Gen. Gadsden, and
+Mr. Calhoun; all were put upon parole except Gen. Gadsden
+and Mr. Calhoun, who refused the indulgence, and were
+committed to the fort, where they remained many months
+close prisoners. Gen. Rutherford and Col. Isaacs, of North
+Carolina, were also transported hither, and committed to
+the fort.</p>
+
+<p>An expedition was fitted out from St. Augustine in 1783,
+to act against New Providence, under Col. Devereux; and,
+with very slender means that able officer succeeded in capturing
+and reducing the Bahamas, which have ever since
+remained under English domination.</p>
+
+<p>The expense of supporting the government of East
+Florida during the English occupation, was very considerable,
+amounting to the sum of £122,000. The exports of
+Florida, in 1778, amounted to £48,000; and in 1772, the
+province exported 40,000 lbs. indigo; and in 1782, 20,000
+barrels of turpentine.<a name="page_100" id="page_100"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI.<br />
+RE-CESSION OF FLORIDA TO SPAIN&mdash;ERECTION OF THE
+PARISH CHURCH&mdash;CHANGE OF FLAGS. 1783&mdash;1821.</h3>
+
+<p>In June, 1784, in fulfillment of the treaty between
+England and Spain, Florida, after twenty years of British
+occupation, was re-ceded to the Spanish Crown, and taken
+possession of by Governor Zespedez.</p>
+
+<p>The English residents, in general, left<a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> the country, and
+went either to the Bahamas, Jamaica, or the United States.
+Those who went to the British islands were almost ruined;
+but those who settled in the States were more successful.</p>
+
+<p>In April, 1793, the present Roman Catholic church was
+commenced, the previous Church having been in another
+portion of the city.<a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> It was constructed under the direction
+of Don Mariana de la Rocque and Don P. Berrio, government
+engineer-officers. The cost of the church was $16,650,
+of which about $6,000 was received from the proceeds of
+the materials and ornaments of the old churches, about
+$1,000 from the contributions of the inhabitants, and the
+remaining $10,000 furnished by the government. One of
+its four bells has the following inscription, showing it to be
+probably the oldest bell in this country, being now 185
+years old.</p>
+
+<p class="c"><big><big><big><big>&#10014;</big></big></big></big><br />
+<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
+Sancte Joseph.<br />
+Ora Pro Nobis.<br />
+D 1682.
+</span></p>
+
+<p>Don Enrique White was for many years governor of Florida,
+and died in the city of St. Augustine. He is spoken
+of by those who knew him, in high terms, for his integrity<a name="page_101" id="page_101"></a>
+and openness of character; and many amusing anecdotes
+are related connected with his eccentricities.</p>
+
+<p>In 1812, the American government, being apprehensive
+that Great Britain designed obtaining possession of Florida,
+sent its troops into the province, overrunning and destroying
+the whole country. The manner and the pretenses
+under which this was done, reflect but little credit on the
+United States government; and the transparent sham of
+taking possession of the country by the patriots, supported
+by United States troops, was as undignified as it was futile.
+It is for the damages occasioned by this invasion, that the
+"Florida claims" for "losses" of its citizens have been
+presented to the government of the United States. The
+<i>principal</i> of the damages sustained, that is to say, the actual
+value of the property then destroyed, has been allowed and
+paid; but the interest, or damages for the detention, has
+been withheld upon the ground that the government does
+not pay interest. The treaty between the United States
+and Spain in reference to the cession of Florida to the
+United States, requires the United States to make <i>satisfaction</i>
+for such claims; and the payment of the bare amount
+of actual loss, after a detention of thirty years, is considered
+by the claimants an inadequate <i>satisfaction</i> of a just claim.</p>
+
+<p>In the spring of 1818, General Jackson made his
+celebrated incursion into Florida, and by a series of energetic
+movements followed the Seminoles and Creeks to their fastnesses,
+and forever crushed the power of those formidable
+tribes for offensive operations.</p>
+
+<p>In the latter part of 1817, a revolutionary party took possession
+of Amelia Island, and raised a <i>soi disant patriot</i> flag
+at Fernandina, supported mainly in the enterprise by adventurers
+from the United States; M'Gregor was assisted by
+officers of the United States army. An expedition was
+sent from St. Augustine by the Spanish governor to eject
+the invaders, which failed. One Aury, an English adventurer,
+for a time held command there; and also a Mr. Hubbard,
+formerly sheriff of New York, who was the civil governor,
+and died there. The United States troops eventually
+interfered; but negotiations for the cession put a stop to
+further hostilities.</p>
+
+<p>The king of Spain, finding his possessions in Florida
+utterly worthless to his crown, and only an expense to sustain
+the garrisons, while the repeated attempts to disturb
+its political relations prevented any beneficial progress
+towards its settlement, gladly agreed, in 1819, to a transfer
+of Florida to the United States for five millions of dollars.<a name="page_102" id="page_102"></a></p>
+
+<p>An English gentleman who visited St. Augustine in 1817,
+gives his impressions of the place as follows: "Emerging
+from the solitudes and shades of the pine forests, we espied
+the distant yet distinct lights of the watch towers of the
+fortress of St. Augustine, delightful beacons to my weary
+pilgrimage. The clock was striking ten as I reached the
+foot of the drawbridge; the sentinels were passing the <i>alerto</i>,
+as I demanded entrance; having answered the preliminary
+questions, the draw-bridge was slowly lowered. The officer
+of the guard, having received my name and wishes, sent a
+communication to the governor, who issued orders for my
+immediate admission. On opening the gate, the guard was
+ready to receive me; and a file of men, with their officer,
+escorted me to his Excellency, who expressed his satisfaction
+at my revisit to Florida. I soon retired to the luxury
+of repose, and the following morning was greeted as an old
+acquaintance by the members of this little community.</p>
+
+<p>"I had arrived at a season of general relaxation, on the
+eve of the carnival, which is celebrated with much gayety
+in all Catholic countries. Masks, dominoes, harlequins,
+punchinellos, and a great variety of grotesque disguises, on
+horseback, in cars, gigs, and on foot, paraded the streets
+with guitars, violins, and other instruments; and in the
+evenings, the houses were open to receive masks, and balls
+were given in every direction. I was told that in their
+better days, when their pay was regularly remitted from the
+Havana, these amusements were admirably conducted, and
+the rich dresses exhibited on these occasions, were not
+eclipsed by their more fashionable friends in Cuba; but
+poverty had lessoned their spirit for enjoyment, as well as
+the means for procuring it; enough, however, remained to
+amuse an idle spectator, and I entered with alacrity into
+their diversions.</p>
+
+<p>"About thirty of the hunting warriors of the Seminoles,
+with their squaws, had arrived, for the purpose of selling
+the produce of the chase, consisting of bear, deer, tiger, and
+other skins, bears' grease, and other trifling articles. This
+savage race, once the lords of the ascendant, are the most
+formidable border enemies of the United States. This
+party had arrived, after a range of six months, for the purpose
+of sale and barter. After trafficking for their commodities,
+they were seen at various parts of the town,
+assembled in small groups, seated upon their haunches, like
+monkeys, passing round their bottles of <i>aque dente</i> (the rum
+of Cuba), their repeated draughts upon which soon exhausted<a name="page_103" id="page_103"></a>
+their contents; they then slept off the effects of
+intoxication, under the walls, exposed to the influence of the
+sun. Their appearance was extremely wretched; their
+skins of a dark, dirty, chocolate color, with long, straight,
+black hair, over which they had spread a quantity of bears'
+grease. In their ears, and the cartilages of the nose, were
+inserted rings of silver and brass, with pendants of various
+shapes; their features prominent and harsh, and their eyes
+had a wild and ferocious expression.</p>
+
+<p>"A torn blanket, or an ill-fashioned dirty linen jacket, is
+the general costume of these Indians; a triangular piece of
+cloth passes around the loins; the women vary in their
+apparel by merely wearing short petticoats, the original
+colors of which were not distinguishable from the various
+incrustations of dirt. Some of the young squaws were tolerably
+agreeable, and if well washed and dressed would not
+have been uninteresting; but the elder squaws wore the air
+of misery and debasement.</p>
+
+<p>"The garrison is composed of a detachment from the
+Royal regiment of Cuba, with some <i>black</i> troops; who
+together form a respectable force. The fort and bastions
+are built of the same material as the houses of the town,
+<i>coquina</i>. This marine substance is superior to stone, not
+being liable to splinter from the effects of bombardment;
+it receives and imbeds the shot, which adds rather than detracts
+from its strength and security.</p>
+
+<p>"The houses and the rear of the town are intersected and
+covered with orange groves; their golden fruit and deep
+green foliage, not only render the air agreeable, but
+beautify the appearance of this interesting little town, in
+the centre of which (the square) rises a large structure dedicated
+to the Catholic religion. At the upper end are the
+remains of a very considerable house, the former residence
+of the governor of this settlement; but now (1817), in a
+state of dilapidation and decay, from age and inattention.</p>
+
+<p>"At the southern extremity of the town, stands a large
+building, formerly a monastery of Carthusian Friars, but
+now occupied as a barrack for the troops of the garrison.
+At a little distance are four stacks of chimnies, the sole
+remains of a beautiful range of barracks, built during the occupancy
+of the British, from 1763 to 1783; for three years
+the 29th regiment was stationed there, and in that time they
+did not lose a single man. The proverbial salubrity of the
+climate, has obtained for St. Augustine the designation of
+the Montpelier of Forth America; indeed, such is the
+general character of the Province of East Florida.<a name="page_104" id="page_104"></a></p>
+
+<p>"The governor (Copinger), is about forty-five years of
+age, of active and vigorous mind, anxious to promote by
+every means in his power the prosperity of the province
+confided to his command; his urbanity and other amiable
+qualities render him accessible to the meanest individual,
+and justice is sure to follow an appeal to his decision. His
+military talents are well known, and appreciated by his
+sovereign; and he now holds, in addition to the government
+of East Florida, the rank of Colonel in the Royal
+Regiment of Cuba.</p>
+
+<p>"The clergy consist of the <i>padre</i> (priest of the parish),
+Father Cosby, a native of Wexford, in Ireland; a Franciscan
+friar, the chaplain to the garrison, and an inferior or
+curè. The social qualities of the <i>padre</i>, and the general
+tolerance of his feelings, render him an acceptable visitor
+to all his flock. The judge, treasurer, collector, and
+notary, are the principal officers of the establishment, besides
+a number of those devoted solely to the military occupations
+of the garrison. The whole of this society is
+extremely courteous to strangers; they form one family,
+and those little jealousies and animosities, so disgraceful to
+our small English communities, do not sully their meetings
+of friendly chit-chat, called as in Spain, <i>turtulias</i>. The
+women are deservedly celebrated for their charms; their
+lovely black eyes have a vast deal of expression; their complexions
+a clear brunette; much attention is paid to the arrangement
+of their hair; at mass they are always well
+dressed in black silk <i>basquinas</i> (petticoats), with the little
+<i>mantilla</i> (black lace veil) over their heads; the men in their
+military costumes; good order and temperance are their
+characteristic virtues; but the vice of gambling too often
+profanes their social haunts, from which even the fair sex
+are not excluded. Two days following our arrival, a ball
+was given by some of the inhabitants, to which I was
+invited. The elder couples opened it with minuets, succeeded
+by the younger couples displaying their handsome
+light figures in Spanish dances."<a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a></p>
+
+<p>The old inhabitants still speak in terms of fond regret of
+the place when embowered in its orange groves, and the
+pleasantness of its old customs and usages. Dancing
+formed one of their most common amusements, as it does
+now. The posey dance, now become obsolete, was then of
+almost daily occurrence, and was introduced in the following
+manner: The females of the family erect in a room of<a name="page_105" id="page_105"></a>
+their house a neat little arbor, dressed with pots and garlands
+of flowers, and lit up brightly with candles. This is
+understood by the gentleman as an invitation to drop in and
+admire the beauty of their decorations. In the mean time,
+the lady who has prepared it, selects a partner from among
+her visitors, and in token of her preference, honors him
+with a bouquet of flowers. The gentleman who receives
+the bouquet becomes then, for the nonce, king of the ball,
+and leads out the fair donor as queen of the dance; the
+others take partners, and the hall is thus inaugurated, and
+may continue several successive evenings. Should the
+lady's choice fall upon an unwilling swain, which seldom
+happened, he could be excused by assuming the expenses
+of the entertainment. These assemblies were always informal,
+and frequented by all classes, all meeting on a level;
+but were conducted with the utmost politeness and decorum,
+for which the Spanish character is so distinguished.</p>
+
+<p>The carnival amusements are still kept up to some extent,
+but with little of the taste and wit which formerly characterised
+them, and without which they degenerate into mere
+buffoonery.</p>
+
+<p>The graceful Spanish dance, so well suited in its slow and
+regular movements to the inhabitants of a warm climate,
+has always retained the preference with the natives of the
+place, who dance it with that native grace and elegance of
+movement which seems easy and natural for every one, but
+is seldom equaled by the Anglo-Saxon.<a name="page_106" id="page_106"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII.<br />
+TRANSFER OF FLORIDA TO THE UNITED STATES&mdash;AMERICAN
+OCCUPATION&mdash;ANCIENT BUILDINGS, <span class="smcap">Etc</span>.</h3>
+
+<p>On the 10th day of July, in the year 1821, the standard
+of Spain, which had been raised two hundred and fifty-six
+years before over St. Augustine, was finally lowered forever
+from the walls over which it had so long fluttered, and the
+stars and stripes of the youngest of nations rose where,
+sooner or later, the hand of destiny would assuredly have
+placed them.</p>
+
+<p>It was intended that the change of flags should have
+taken place on the 4th of July; owing to a detention,
+this was frustrated; but the inhabitants celebrated the 4th
+with a handsome public ball at the governor's house.</p>
+
+<p>The Spanish garrison, and officers connected with it, returned
+to Cuba, and some of the Spanish families; but the
+larger portion of the inhabitants remained. A considerable
+influx of inhabitants from the adjoining States took
+place, and the town speedily assumed a somewhat American
+character. The proportion of American population since
+the change of flags, has been about one-third. Most of the
+native inhabitants converse with equal fluency in either
+language.</p>
+
+<p>In the year 1823 the legislative council of Florida held
+its second session in the government house at St. Augustine.
+Governor W.P. Duval was the first governor after
+the organization of the territory. The Ralph Ringwood
+Sketches of Irving have given a wide celebrity to the character
+of our worthy and original first governor, now recently
+deceased.</p>
+
+<p>During the month of February, 1835, East Florida
+was visited by a frost much more severe than any before
+experienced. A severe northwest wind blew ten days in
+succession, but more violently for about three days. During
+this period, the mercury sunk to seven degrees above zero.
+The St. Johns river was frozen several rods from the shore.
+All kinds of fruit trees were killed to the ground; many of
+them never started again, even from the roots. The wild<a name="page_107" id="page_107"></a>
+groves suffered equally with those cultivated. The orange
+had become the staple of Florida commerce; several millions
+were exported from the St. Johns and St. Augustine
+during the two previous years. Numerous groves had just
+been planted out, and extensive nurseries could hardly supply
+the demand for young trees. Some of the groves had,
+during the previous autumn, brought to their owners, one,
+two, and three thousand dollars; and the increasing demand
+for this fruit, opened in prospect mines of wealth to
+the inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p class="c">"Then came a frost, a withering frost."</p>
+
+<p>Some of the orange groves in East Florida were estimated
+at from five to ten thousand dollars, and even more. They
+were at once rendered valueless. The larger part of the
+population at St. Augustine had been accustomed to depend
+on the produce of their little groves of eight or ten
+trees, to purchase their coffee, sugar, and other necessaries
+from the stores; they were left without resource.</p>
+
+<p>"The town of St. Augustine, that heretofore appeared
+like a rustic village, their white houses peeping from among
+the clustered boughs and golden fruit of their favorite tree,
+beneath whose shade the foreign invalid cooled his fevered
+limbs, and imbibed health from the fragrant air,&mdash;how was
+she fallen! Dry, unsightly poles, with ragged bark, stick
+up around her dwellings; and where the mocking-bird once
+delighted to build her nest, and tune her lovely songs, owls
+hoot at night, and sterile winds whistle through the leafless
+branches. Never was a place rendered more desolate."<a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a></p>
+
+<p>The groves were at once replanted, and soon bid fair to
+yield most abundantly; when, in 1842, an insect was introduced
+into the country, called the <i>orange coccus</i>, which
+spread over the whole country with wonderful rapidity, and
+almost totally destroyed every tree it fastened upon. Of
+late, the ravages of this insect seem less destructive, and
+the groves have begun to resume their bearing; these add
+to the beauty of the residences at St. Augustine with their
+glossy, deep-green leaves, and golden fruit; and hopes of
+an entire restoration are now confidently entertained.</p>
+
+<p>In December, 1835, the war with the Seminole Indians
+broke out; and for some years St. Augustine was full of
+the pomp and circumstance of war. It was dangerous to
+venture beyond the gates; and many sad scenes of Indian
+massacre took place in the neighborhood of the city. During<a name="page_108" id="page_108"></a>
+this period, great apparent prosperity prevailed; property
+was valuable, rents were high; speculators projected
+one city on the north of the town, and another on the west;
+a canal to the St. Johns, and also a railroad to Picolata;
+and great hopes of future prosperity were entertained.
+With the cessation of the war, the importance of St. Augustine
+diminished; younger communities took the lead of
+it, aided by superior advantages of location, and greater
+enterprise, and St. Augustine has subsided into the pleasant,
+quiet, <i>dolce far niente</i> of to-day, living upon, its old memories,
+contented, peaceful, and agreeable, and likely to remain
+without much change for the future.</p>
+
+<p>Of the public buildings, it may be remarked that the
+extensive British barracks were destroyed by fire in 1792;
+and that the Franciscan Convent was occupied as it had
+been before, as barracks for the troops not in garrison in
+the fort. The appearance of these buildings has been much
+changed by the extensive repairs and alterations made by
+the United States government. It had formerly a large
+circular look-out upon the top, from which a beautiful view
+of the surrounding country was obtained. Its walls are
+probably the oldest foundations in the city.</p>
+
+<p>The present United States Court-house, now occupied by
+many public offices, was the residence of the Spanish governors.
+It has been rebuilt by the United States; and its
+former quaint and interesting appearance has been lost, in
+removing its look-out tower, and balconies, and the handsome
+gateway, mentioned by De Brahm, which is said to
+have been a fine specimen of Doric architecture.<a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a></p>
+
+<p>Trinity Episcopal Church was commenced in 1827, and
+consecrated in 1833, by Bishop Bowen, of South Carolina.
+The Presbyterian Church was built about 1830, and the
+Methodist chapel about 1846.</p>
+
+<p>The venerable-looking building on the bay, at the corner
+of Green lane and Bay street, is considered the oldest building
+in the place, and has evidently been a fine building in
+its day. It was the residence of the attorney-general, in
+English times.</p>
+
+<p>The monument on the public square was erected in 1812-13,
+upon the information of the adoption of the Spanish
+constitution, as a memorial of that event, in pursuance of
+a royal order to that effect, directed to the public authorities
+of all the provincial towns. Geronimo Alvarez was<a name="page_109" id="page_109"></a>
+the Alcalde under whose direction it was erected. The
+plan of it was made by Sr. Hernandez, the father of the
+late General Hernandez. A short time after it was put up,
+the Spanish constitution having had a downfall, orders
+were issued by the government that all the monuments
+erected to the constitution throughout its dominions, should
+be demolished. The citizens of St. Augustine were unwilling
+to see their monument torn down; and with the
+passive acquiescence of the governor, the marble tablets
+inscribed <span class="smcap">Plaza de la Constitucion</span> being removed, the
+monument itself was allowed to stand; and thus it remains
+to this day, the only monument in existence to commemorate
+the farce of the constitution of 1812. In 1818, the
+tablets were restored without objection.</p>
+
+<p>The bridge and causeway are the work of the government
+of the United States. The present sea-wall was built
+between 1835 and 1842, by the United States, at an expense
+of one hundred thousand dollars.<a name="page_110" id="page_110"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.<br />
+PRESENT APPEARANCE OF ST. AUGUSTINE, AS GIVEN BY
+THE AUTHOR OF THANATOPSIS&mdash;ITS CLIMATE AND
+SALUBRITY.</h3>
+
+<p>St. Augustine has now attained, for this side of the Atlantic,
+a period of most respectable antiquity. In a country like
+America, where States are ushered into existence in the full
+development of maturity, where large cities rise like magic
+from the rude forest, where the "oldest inhabitant" recollects
+the cutting down of the lofty elms which shadowed the
+wigwam of the red man, perchance on some spot now in the
+heart of a great city; an antiquity of three centuries would
+be esteemed as almost reaching back (compared with modern
+growth) to the days of the Pharaohs.</p>
+
+<p>The larger number of early settlements were unsuitably
+located, and were forced to be abandoned on account of
+their unhealthiness; but the Spanish settlement at St. Augustine
+has remained for near three hundred years where it
+was originally planted; and the health of its inhabitants
+has, for this long period, given it a deserved reputation for
+salubrity and exemption from disease, attributable to locality
+or extraneous influences or causes.</p>
+
+<p>The great age attained by its inhabitants was remarked
+by De Brahm; the number and healthfulness of the children
+that throng its streets, attract now, as they did then,
+the attention of strangers. This salubrity is easily accounted
+for, by the almost insular position of the city, upon a narrow
+neck of land nearly surrounded by salt water; the main
+shore, a high and healthy pine forest and sandy plains, so
+near the ocean as to be fanned by its constant breezes, and
+within the sound of its echoing waves; a situation combining
+more local advantages for salubrity could hardly be imagined.
+While it will never probably increase to any great
+extent in population, it will hardly be likely to decrease. Its
+health, easy means of support, unambitious class of inhabitants,
+with their strong attachments and family and local
+ties, will contribute to maintain St. Augustine as the time-honored
+ancient city, with its permanent population, and
+its visitors for health, for centuries perhaps yet to come.<a name="page_111" id="page_111"></a></p>
+
+<p>I cannot perhaps better conclude these historic notices
+than by giving the impressions of the author of Thanatopsis,<a name="FNanchor_43_43" id="FNanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a>
+one whose poetic fame will endure as long as American
+literature exists. Writing from St. Augustine in April,
+1843, he says:</p>
+
+<p>"At length we emerged upon a shrubby plain, and finally
+came in sight of this oldest city of the United States, seated
+among its trees on a sandy swell of land, where it has stood
+for three hundred years. I was struck with its ancient and
+homely aspect, even at a distance, and could not help likening
+it to pictures which I had seen of Dutch towns, though
+it wanted a wind-mill or two to make the resemblance perfect.
+We drove into a green square, in the midst of which
+was a monument erected to commemorate the Spanish
+constitution of 1812, and thence through the narrow streets
+of the city to our hotel.</p>
+
+<p>"I have called the streets narrow. In few places are they
+wide enough to allow two carriages to pass abreast. I was
+told that they were not originally intended for carriages; and
+that in the time when the town belonged to Spain, many of
+them were floored with an artificial stone, composed of
+shells and mortar, which in this climate takes and keeps the
+hardness of rock; and that no other vehicle than a hand-barrow
+was allowed to pass over them. In some places you
+see remnants of this ancient pavement; but for the most
+part it has been ground into dust under the wheels of the
+carts and carriages introduced by the new inhabitants. The
+old houses, built of a kind of stone which is seemingly a
+pure concretion of small shells, overhang the streets with
+their wooden balconies; and the gardens between the
+houses are fenced on the side of the street with high walls
+of stone. Peeping over these walls you see branches of the
+pomegranate, and of the orange-tree now fragrant with
+flowers, and rising yet higher, the leaning boughs of the fig
+with its broad luxuriant leaves. Occasionally you pass the
+ruins of houses&mdash;walls of stone with arches and stair-cases
+of the same material, which once belonged to stately dwellings.
+You meet in the streets with men of swarthy complexions
+and foreign physiognomy, and you hear them
+speaking to each other in a strange language. You are told
+that these are the remains of those who inhabited the
+country under the Spanish dominion, and that the dialect
+you have heard is that of the island of Minorca.<a name="page_112" id="page_112"></a></p>
+
+<p>"'Twelve years ago,' said an acquaintance of mine,
+'when I first visited St. Augustine, it was a fine old Spanish
+town. A large proportion of the houses which you now
+see roofed like barns, were then flat-roofed; they were all
+of shell rock, and these modern wooden buildings were
+then not erected. That old fort which they are now repairing,
+to fit it for receiving a garrison, was a sort of ruin, for
+the outworks had partly fallen, and it stood unoccupied by
+the military, a venerable monument of the Spanish dominion.
+But the orange-groves were the wealth and ornament
+of St. Augustine, and their produce maintained the inhabitants
+in comfort. Orange-trees of the size and height of
+the pear-tree, often rising higher than the roofs of the
+houses, embowered the town in perpetual verdure. They
+stood so close in the groves that they excluded the sun; and
+the atmosphere was at all times aromatic with their leaves
+and fruit, and in spring the fragrance of the flowers was almost
+oppressive.'</p>
+
+<p>"The old fort of St. Mark, now called Fort Marion&mdash;a
+foolish change of name&mdash;is a noble work, frowning over the
+Mantanzas, which flows between St. Augustine and the
+island of Anastasia; and it is worth making a long journey
+to see. No record remains of its original construction; but
+it is supposed to have been erected about a hundred and
+fifty years since,<a name="FNanchor_44_44" id="FNanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> and the shell rock of which it is built is
+dark with time. We saw where it had been struck with
+cannon balls, which, instead of splitting the rock, became
+imbedded and clogged among the loosened fragments of
+shell. This rock is therefore one of the best materials for
+fortification in the world. We were taken into the ancient
+prisons of the fort-dungeons, one of which was dimly
+lighted by a grated window, and another entirely without
+light; and by the flame of a torch we were shown the half
+obliterated inscriptions scrawled on the walls long ago by
+prisoners. But in another corner of the fort, we were taken
+to look at the secret cells, which were discovered a few
+years since in consequence of the sinking of the earth over
+a narrow apartment between them. These cells are deep
+under ground, vaulted over-head, and without windows.
+In one of them a wooden machine was found, which some
+supposed might have been a rack, and in the other a quantity
+of human bones. The doors of these cells had been
+walled up and concealed with stucco, before the fort passed
+into the hands of the Americans.<a name="page_113" id="page_113"></a></p>
+
+<p>"You cannot be in St. Augustine a day without hearing
+some of its inhabitants speak of its agreeable climate.
+During the sixteen days of my residence here, the weather
+has certainly been as delightful as I could imagine. We
+have the temperature of early June as June is known in
+New York. The mornings are sometimes a little sultry;
+but after two or three hours a fresh breeze comes in from
+the sea sweeping through the broad piazzas, and breathing
+in at the windows. At this season it comes laden with the
+fragrance of the flowers of the Pride of India, and sometimes of
+the orange tree, and sometimes brings the scent of roses, now
+in bloom. The nights are gratefully cool; and I have been told
+by a person who has lived here many years, that there are very
+few nights in summer when you can sleep without a blanket.</p>
+
+<p>"An acquaintance of mine, an invalid, who has tried
+various climates, and has kept up a kind of running fight
+with death for many years, retreating from country to
+country as he pursued, declares to me that the winter climate
+of St. Augustine is to be preferred to that of any part
+of Europe, even that of Sicily, and that it is better than
+the climate of the West Indies. He finds it genial and
+equable, at the same time that it is not enfeebling. The
+summer heats are prevented from being intense by the sea-breeze,
+of which I have spoken. I have looked over the
+work of Dr. Forry on the climate of the United States, and
+have been surprised to see the uniformity of climate which
+he ascribes to Key West. As appears by the observations
+he has collected, the seasons at that place glide into each
+other by the softest gradations; and the heat never, even in
+midsummer, reaches that extreme which is felt in the
+higher latitudes of the American continent. The climate of
+Florida is, in fact, an insular climate: the Atlantic on the
+east, and the Gulf of Mexico on the west, temper the airs
+that blow over it, making them cooler in summer and
+warmer in winter. I do not wonder, therefore, that it is so
+much the resort of invalids; it would be more so if the
+softness of its atmosphere, and the beauty and serenity of
+its seasons were generally known. Nor should it be supposed
+that accommodations for persons in delicate health are
+wanting; they are, in fact, becoming better with every year,
+as the demand for them increases. Among the acquaintances
+whom I have made here, I remember many who
+having come hither for the benefit of their health, are
+detained for life by the amenity of the climate. 'It seems
+to me,' said an intelligent gentleman of this class, the other<a name="page_114" id="page_114"></a>
+day, 'as if I could not exist out of Florida. When I go to
+the north, I feel most sensibly the severe extremes of the
+weather; the climate of Charleston itself appears harsh to
+me.'</p>
+
+<p>"The negroes of St. Augustine are a good-looking specimen
+of the race, and have the appearance of being very
+well treated. You rarely see a negro in ragged clothing;
+and the colored children, though slaves, are often dressed
+with great neatness. In the colored people whom I saw in
+the Catholic church, I remarked a more agreeable, open,
+and gentle physiognomy than I have been accustomed to see
+in that class.</p>
+
+<p>"Some old customs which the Minorcans brought with
+them from their native country, are still kept up. On the
+evening before Easter Sunday, about eleven o'clock, I heard
+the sound of a serenade in the streets. Going out, I found
+a party of young men with instruments of music, grouped
+about the window of one of the dwellings, singing a hymn
+in honor of the Virgin,<a name="FNanchor_45_45" id="FNanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a> in the Mahonese dialect. They began,
+as I was told, with tapping on the shutter. An answering
+knock within had told them that their visit was
+welcome, and they immediately began the serenade. If no
+reply had been heard, they would have passed on to another
+dwelling. I give the hymn as it was kindly taken down
+for me in writing, by a native of St. Augustine. I presume
+this is the first time that it has been put in print; but I fear
+the copy has several corruptions, occasioned by the unskillfulness
+of the copyist. The letter <i>e</i>, which I have put
+in italics, represents the guttural French <i>e</i>, or, perhaps,
+more nearly the sound of the <i>u</i> in the word but. The <i>sh</i>
+of our language is represented by <i>sc</i> followed by an <i>i</i> or an
+<i>e</i>; the <i>g</i>, both hard and soft, has the same sound as in our
+language.</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left">"'Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cantar<i>e</i>m aub' alagria</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y n'arem a da</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Las pascuas a Maria</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">O Maria!</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Sant Grabiel,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Qui portaba la ambasciado</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Des nostro rey del cel,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Estaran vos prenada</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ya omitiada</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tu o vais aqui surventa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Fia del Dieu contenta</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Para fe lo que el vol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.<a name="page_115" id="page_115"></a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Y a milla nit</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Pariguero vos regina</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">A un Dieu infinit,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Dintra una establina.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y a milla dia,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que los angles von cantant</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Pau y abondant</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">De la gloria de Dieu sol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Y a Libalam,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Alla la terra santa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Nus nat Jesus</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Aub' alagria tanta</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Infant petit</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que tot lu mon salvaria</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y ningu y bastaria</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Nu mes un Dieu tot sul</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Cuant de Orion lus</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tres reys la stralla veran</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Dieu omnipotent</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Adora lo vingaran</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Un present inferan</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">De mil <i>e</i>ncens y or</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">A lu beneit seno</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que conesce cual se vol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Tot fu gayant</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Para cumple la prumas</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y lu Esperit sant</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">De un angel fau gramas</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Gran foc ences,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que crama lu curagia</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Dieu nos da lenguagia</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Para fe lo que Dieu vol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Cuant trespasa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">De quest mon nostra Senora</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Al cel s' empugia</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sun fil la matescia ora</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">O! Emperadora</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que del cel san eligida</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Lu rosa florida</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Me resplenden que un sol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">"'Y el tercer giorn</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que Jesus resunta</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Dieu y Aboroma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que la mort triumfa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">De alli se balla</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Para perldra Lucife</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">An tot a sen penda</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Que de nostro ser el sol</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 5em;">Disciar<i>e</i>m lu dol, &amp;c.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><a name="page_116" id="page_116"></a></p>
+
+<p>"After this hymn, the following stanzas, soliciting the
+customary gift of cakes or eggs, are sung:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left">"'Ce set que vam cantant,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Regina celestial!</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Damos pan y alagria</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y bonas festas tingan</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y vos da sus bonas festas</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Danos dines de sus nous</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sempre tar<i>e</i>m lus neans Uestas</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Para recibi un grapat de nes,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y el giorn de pascua florida</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Alagramos y giuntament</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">As qui <i>e</i>s mort par dar nos vida</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Y via glorosiamente,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">A questa casa esta empedrada</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Bien halla que la empedro;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">San amo de aquesta casa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Baldria duna un do</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Formagiado o empanada</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cucutta a flao;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cual se val casa rue grada,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sol que no rue digas que no.'</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>"The shutters are then opened by the people within, and
+a supply of cheese, cakes or other pastry, or eggs, is
+dropped into a bag carried by one of the party; who acknowledge
+the gift in the following lines, and then depart:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left">"'Aquesta casa reta empedrada</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Empedrada de cuatro vens;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sun amo de aquesta casa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Es omo de compliment.'</td></tr>
+</table>
+<p>"If nothing is given, the last line reads thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left">"'No es homo de compliment.'"</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><a name="page_117" id="page_117"></a></p>
+
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX.<br />
+ST. AUGUSTINE IN ITS OLD AGE.&mdash;1565-1868.</h3>
+
+<p>Three hundred and three years have now passed over
+the walls of this venerable city. Ten generations of men
+and women have passed away since this ancient city had an
+existence and a name. One can look back to 1565 and picture
+to the mind the galleons of Spain anchored off its
+harbor; see the gallant Adelantado Menendez, clad in mail,
+preceded by the standards of Spain, and followed by his men
+at arms, his bowmen and his cavaliers, taking possession of
+the country in the name of his sovereign. The waves roll
+in upon the same shores now as they did then; the green,
+grassy marshes and oyster-clad banks present to our eyes
+the same appearance as they did to theirs; the white sandy
+beach which received the impress of the iron-clad heel of
+the cavalier, now yields to the pressure of your foot; the
+rustling pines along the shore cast their pleasant shadows
+over you as they did over them, and perchance the same
+eager thoughts of gain pervade your breast as you pass beneath
+them, as filled the hearts and souls of those who long
+ago came seeking gold and wealth unmeasured upon those
+shores.</p>
+
+<p>Three hundred years ago, and St. Augustine stood the
+solitary settlement of the white race north of the Gulf of
+Mexico in all that great expanse which now boasts of its
+thirty-four States, its three hundred cities, and its thirty
+millions of people.</p>
+
+<p>Then the Province of Florida extended northward to the
+pole, and westward to the Pacific. At a later period, after
+the voyages of the French and English, its boundaries were
+limited to the shores of the Chesapeake and the Mississippi
+river, and were subsequently gradually contracted to their
+present limits, so that Florida once represented upon the
+maps all of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>The life of St. Augustine runs parallel with that of Spain.
+For a long period Spain was at the head of European monarchies;
+its rulers held sway over more vast possessions
+than had ever belonged to any single crown since the days<a name="page_118" id="page_118"></a>
+of the Cæsars; wealth flowed into its coffers from the New
+World in boundless profusion, and corruption, venality and
+effeminacy followed in its train. The whole continent of
+America was claimed as its dominion. Its fleets anchored
+upon every shore for conquest or exploration, and its banners
+were unfurled by its generals, and the cross was planted
+by its priests, upon every headland. From all this grandeur
+and eminence the Spanish monarchy has been cast down.
+Driven from land to land, it has receded from the main land
+of America, and has exchanged its dominion over a continent
+to the islands of the sea, which it holds with a precarious
+grasp, and it now remains in a dry old age a fourth-rate
+power where once it stood foremost. The first planted
+of all the cities of the United States, St. Augustine, now
+ranks among the least.</p>
+
+<p>Ten years have been added to the longevity of the ancient
+city since the first publication of this work. Ten years do
+not make their mark upon the aged man as they do upon
+the youth launching forth into manhood, or as they do upon
+him who in the full measure of his matured strength is
+battling with life. On the nation at large, these ten years
+have left almost ineffaceable scars and bruises; ten years,
+the most important, the weightiest and the gravest of any
+since the throes of the great revolution which gave birth to
+the nation. This long sad period has left no mark upon its
+walls&mdash;grey and mouldy with the weight of years, and have
+scarcely added a tinge the more of age and sorrow&mdash;and
+yet the inner life of the old city has sustained a great
+shock. The system of servitude, which has now been
+swept away, was the sole dependence of many aged persons,
+of many poor widows and orphan children.</p>
+
+<p>Servants in St. Augustine were treated with paternal kindness;
+they had grown up in the family of the indulgent
+master, had been his play-mate in infancy, and rendered
+willing service. They had their holidays and their balls,
+and were ever found in the background at all festive gatherings,
+enjoying, upon a privileged footing, the pleasures
+of the hour, looking on and commenting with pride upon
+the graceful movements in the dance of their young mistresses,
+and anon whirling each other around to the music,
+in the corridors, with the unrestrained exuberance of their
+simple and unalloyed happiness. All this has passed away,
+their homes are broken up, the poor widow and the orphan
+children have been brought to want, the sound of music
+and dancing no longer resound in the old streets, the privileged<a name="page_119" id="page_119"></a>
+house-maid and man-servant no longer do their easy
+tasks with cheerful song and merry laugh.</p>
+
+<p>The naval forces of the United States took possession of
+St. Augustine in 1862. Batteries had been mounted at the
+fort, and a small garrison of Confederate troops were in
+military occupation of the place, but too few in numbers to
+offer any resistance, and the city was surrendered by the
+civil authorities upon the demand of Captain Dupont. The
+4th New Hampshire regiment first garrisoned the city.
+The old fort was brushed up and repaired, the earth-works
+strengthened, and barracks built on the platform. Occasionally
+reconnoitering parties of Confederates approached
+the town, and on one occasion a festive party of officers,
+who had gone out to Mr. Solanas, near Picolata, to attend
+a dance, were captured, with their music and ambulance,
+by Captain Dickinson, celebrated for many daring exploits.
+It was even believed that this daring partisan had ridden
+through the city at night in the guise of a Federal cavalry
+officer. On another occasion, the commanding officer of
+the garrison at St. Augustine was captured on the road
+from Jacksonville by a Confederate picket.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants, isolated from all means of obtaining
+supplies from without the lines, were reduced to great
+straits. The only condition upon which they were allowed
+to purchase, was the acceptance of an oath of loyalty.
+Sympathizing strongly with the South, they were placed in
+an unfortunate position, and many doubtless suffered
+greatly. At one period, those of the citizens who had relatives
+in the Confederate service were ordered to leave the
+city. Then ensued a scene which beggars description.
+Men, women and children were huddled on board a vessel,
+and, homeless and helpless, were carried along the coast
+and disembarked, shelterless, on the banks of the Nassau
+river, to make their way to food and shelter as best they
+could&mdash;hardships which hardly seemed called for by any
+military necessity. Many of the young men of the city
+went into the Confederate service and served through the
+war with distinction, but many fell victims on the battlefield,
+in the hospitals, or from exposure to the rigorous climate
+of Virginia and Tennessee, to which they were unaccustomed.</p>
+
+<p>To these misfortunes succeeded to all, sales and forcible
+deprivation of property, under the most rigorous construction
+of most rigorous laws&mdash;the unsettling of titles and the
+loss of mean have combined to lessen the ability of the<a name="page_120" id="page_120"></a>
+people to do more than try to live, without much effort to
+improve their homes and the appearance of the city.</p>
+
+<p>Some changes have taken place in the suburbs of the city.
+Macariz, the site of the old Indian town, belonging to the
+late Judge Douglas, with its beautiful groves of forest
+trees, has been utterly destroyed; and a once pleasant cottage
+home, near the stockades, dear to the writer, cared for
+and embellished with many things pleasant to the eye, fragrant
+with the ever blooming roses and honeysuckles, has,
+under the rude hand of war, been utterly destroyed, with
+its library, its furniture, and all its pleasant surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>But while man's work has been to destroy, Nature has
+done much within these few years to restore one of its former
+sources of prosperity, the cultivation of the orange,
+which, having been at one period almost utterly destroyed
+by the cold, and then by the coccus insect, is now fast regaining
+its pristine vigor and productiveness, and promises
+in a few years to furnish to the city more permanent and
+abundant sources of prosperity than it has ever had.</p>
+
+<p>With the infusion of Northern energy and capital, much
+could be done to further the prosperity of the old city, by
+building up first-class hotels and boarding-houses for visitors
+during the winter, by rebuilding the Picolata railway, thus
+facilitating access to the city, and thus a means of support
+could be given to its inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>I am sure that no one will feel otherwise than that its
+old age shall be tranquil and serene, and that its name may
+ever be associated with pleasant memories.</p>
+
+<p class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/deco.png" width="152" height="198" alt="decoration" title="" />
+</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="cb">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> The fountain of youth is a very ancient fable; and the reader will be
+reminded of the amusing story of the accomplishment of this miracle, told
+in Hawthorne's Twice-Told Tales, and of the marvelous effects produced
+by imbibing this celebrated spring water.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Barcia Ensayo, Cron. 66.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The galleon spoken of was Menendez's own flag ship, the El Pelayo,
+the largest vessel in his fleet, fitted out at his own expense, and which had
+brought four hundred men. He had put on board of her a lieutenant and
+some soldiers, besides fifteen Lutherans as prisoners, whom he was sending
+home to the Inquisition at Seville. The orders to his officers were to go as
+speedily as possible to the island of Hispaniola, to bring provisions and
+additional forces. Upon the passage, the Lutheran prisoners, with some
+Levantine sailors, rose upon the Spaniards, killed the commander, and carried
+the vessel into Denmark. Menendez was much chagrined when he
+ascertained the fate of his favorite galleon, a long period afterwards.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> A low palm, bearing an oily berry.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Ternaux Compans.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> Hakluyt.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Brevis Narratio.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> W. Gilmore Simms, Esq.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> Laudonnière says, "<i>joignant la montagne</i>."</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> Canaveral, where Ribault was wrecked, must have been some point
+north of Mosquito Inlet, and not the cape now bearing that name, as he
+could not have crossed Mosquito Inlet in his march to Matanzas.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Barcia, p. 87.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> Barcia, p. 89.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> Barcia, p. 89.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Barcia, p. 89.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> Such was the understanding of those who then wrote in reference to
+the transaction, as Barcia admits.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> Ensay. Cron. 110.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> Ensayo: Cron. 115.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> Pensacola Bay was also so called.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> Ensayo: Cron. 133.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> Ternaux Compans, p. 357.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> This old chest, which remained in one of the western vaults of the
+fort, up to the late war, was broken up for relics, and is no longer there.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> I do not find any account of this expedition and capture of St. Augustine
+in the Ensayo Cronologica.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> Carroll's S. C., Vol. 1, p. 62.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> Rivers' S. C. Hist. Coll. p. 143. Do. Appendix, 426. Carroll's Coll.,
+2d vol., 350.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> There must be an error, of course, in this statement of an 82-gun ship
+entering St. Augustine, as the depth of water would never admit a vessel
+of over 300 tons: probably 82 should read 12 tons. G. R. F.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> Carroll's Hist. Coll., vol. 2, p. 352.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> Rivers' Hist. Sketches, S. C., app. 458.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> State Papers of Georgia. Ga. Hist. Soc.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> This statement is unsupported by either Spanish or English authority.
+The writer of the letter, through want of familiarity with their language,
+misunderstood his informants, in all probability, as to the extent of their
+loss.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> MSS, in Geo. Hist. Soc. Library.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> Monteano, MSS., Archives St. Augustine.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> Monteano, MS. Letter of, 28th July, 1740.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> Report upon Expedition to St. Augustine. Carroll's Coll. 2d vol., p.
+354.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> Carroll's Hist. Coll. S. C. p. 359.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> De Brahm MS., p. 192.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> Stork, p. 11.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> Williams' Florida, p. 17.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> Among the families remaining were the Fatios, Flemings, and a few
+others.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> The old parish church was on St. George street, on west side of the street.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> Voyage to Spanish Main. London, 1819. Page 116, <i>et seq.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> Williams' Florida, pp. 18, <i>et seq.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> It is said to have been taken down by the contractor, to form the
+foundation of his kitchen.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_43_43" id="Footnote_43_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> Bryant.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_44_44" id="Footnote_44_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> It is much more ancient.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_45_45" id="Footnote_45_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> This song is usually called the <i>Fromajardis</i>.</p></div>
+
+</div>
+<hr class="full" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Spaniards in Florida, by George R. Fairbanks
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37507-h.htm or 37507-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/5/0/37507/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, University of Florida Digital
+Collections and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/37507-h/images/deco.png b/37507-h/images/deco.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e52b2da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507-h/images/deco.png
diff --git a/37507.txt b/37507.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc2f17e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5077 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Spaniards in Florida, by George R. Fairbanks
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Spaniards in Florida
+       Comprising the notable settlement of the Huguenots in 1564,
+       and the History and Antiquities of St. Augustine, Founded
+       A.D. 1565
+
+Author: George R. Fairbanks
+
+Release Date: September 22, 2011 [EBook #37507]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, University of Florida Digital
+Collections and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE
+SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA,
+COMPRISING THE NOTABLE SETTLEMENT
+OF THE
+HUGUENOTS IN 1564,
+AND THE
+HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES
+OF
+ST. AUGUSTINE,
+FOUNDED A. D. 1565.
+
+BY
+GEORGE R. FAIRBANKS,
+
+VICE PRESIDENT FLORIDA HISTORICAL SOCIETY: HONORARY MEMBER NEW-YORK
+HISTORICAL SOCIETY: LECTURER ON AMERICAN HISTORY IN THE UNIVERSITY
+OF THE SOUTH.
+
+JACKSONVILLE, FLA.
+COLUMBUS DREW.
+1868.
+
+Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by
+COLUMBUS DREW,
+
+In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the
+United States for the Southern District of New York.
+
+
+RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED
+
+TO
+
+BUCKINGHAM SMITH, ESQ.,
+U. S. SECRETARY OF LEGATION AT MADRID,
+
+TO WHOSE EFFORTS IN THE
+
+DISCOVERY AND PRESERVATION OF THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF THE
+SPANISH DOMINION IN AMERICA,
+
+A GRATEFUL ACKNOWLEDGMENT
+
+IS DUE FROM
+
+AMERICAN SCHOLARS.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+This volume, relating to the history and antiquities of the oldest
+settlement in the United States, has grown out of a lecture delivered by
+the author, and which he was desired to embody in a more permanent form.
+
+The large amount of interesting material in my possession, has made my
+work rather one of laborious condensation than expansion.
+
+I have endeavored to preserve as fully as possible, the style and
+quaintness of the old writers from whom I have drawn, rather than to
+transform or embellish the narrative with the supposed graces of modern
+diction; and, as much of the work consisted in translations from foreign
+idioms, this peculiarly un-English style, if I may so call it, will be
+more noticeably observed. I have mainly sought to give it a permanent
+value, as founded on the most reliable ancient authorities; and thus, to
+the extent of the ground which it covers, to make it a valuable addition
+to the history of our country.
+
+In that portion of the work devoted to the destruction of the Huguenot
+colony and the forces of Ribault, I have in the main followed the
+Spanish accounts, desiring to divest the narrative of all suspicion of
+prejudice or unfairness; _Barcia_, the principal authority, as is well
+known, professing the same faith as Menendez, and studiously endeavoring
+throughout his work, to exalt the character of the Adelantado.
+
+I am under great obligations to my friend, BUCKINGHAM SMITH, ESQ., for
+repeated favors in the course of its preparation.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
+
+
+The interest evinced in the publication of the first edition of this
+volume, in 1858, under the title of HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF ST.
+AUGUSTINE, has induced the author to prepare a second edition for the
+press, under the present title, as being more exactly descriptive of
+that portion of the history of Florida embraced in its pages.
+
+He hopes at no distant day to put to press the History of Florida, in a
+much more complete form, and embracing the chequered and various
+pictures of the many expeditions which sought either to found upon its
+shores a kingdom to satiate their ambition, or to find wealth
+commensurate with their desires.
+
+A chapter of no mean interest in the history of Florida has been added
+since the first preface was written. Battles have been fought upon its
+soil, more considerable as to the numbers engaged and the fierceness of
+the fray, than any ever before recorded. But as this chapter forms a
+portion of the general history of the State rather than of the old city
+which played but an inconsiderable part in the contest, it does not fall
+within the purview of this work to make more than a brief mention of
+this period.
+
+G. R. F.
+
+UNIVERSITY PLACE, TENN.,
+OCT. 1, 1868.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                                    PAGE.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+Introductory                                                           9
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+First discovery, 1512 to 1565.--Juan Ponce de Leon                    11
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+Ribault, Laudonniere, and Menendez--Settlements of the Huguenots,
+    and foundation of St. Augustine.--1562-1566-1568                  13
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+The attack on Fort Caroline.--1585                                    19
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+Escape of Laudonniere and others from Fort Caroline--Adventures of
+    the fugitives                                                     24
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+Site of Fort Caroline, afterwards called San Matteo                   31
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+Menendez's return to St. Augustine--Shipwreck of Ribault--Massacre
+    of part of his command.--A. D. 1565                               38
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+Fate of Ribault and his followers--Bloody massacre at Mantanzas, 1565  46
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+Fortifying of St. Augustine--Disaffections and mutinies--Approval of
+    Menendez' acts by king of Spain.--1585-1568                       54
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+The notable revenge of Dominic de Gourgues--Return of Menendez--Indian
+    Mission.--1568                                                    60
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+Sir Francis Drake's attack upon St. Augustine--Establishment of
+    missions--Massacre of missionaries at St. Augustine.--1586-1688   65
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+Subjection of the Apalachian Indians--Construction of the fort, sea
+    wall, &c.--1688-1700                                              71
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+Attack on St. Augustine by Gov. Moore of South Carolina--Difficulties
+    with the Georgians.--1702-1732                                    77
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+Siege of St. Augustine by Oglethorpe.--1732-1740                      82
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+Completion of the castle--Descriptions of St. Augustine a century
+    ago--English occupation of Florida.--1755-1763-1788               90
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+Re-cession of Florida to Spain--Erection of the Parish Church--Change
+    of flags.--1783-1821                                             100
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+Transfer of Florida to the United States--American occupation--Ancient
+    buildings, &c.                                                   106
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+Present appearance of St. Augustine, as given by the author of
+    Thanatopsis--Its climate and salubrity                           110
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+St. Augustine in its old age.--1565-1868                             118
+
+
+
+
+THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF ST. AUGUSTINE, Fla.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+INTRODUCTORY.
+
+
+The Saint Augustine of the present and the St. Augustine of the past,
+are in striking contrast.
+
+We see, to-day, a town less in population than hundreds of places of but
+few months' existence, dilapidated in its appearance, with the stillness
+of desolation hanging over it, its waters undisturbed except by the
+passing canoe of the fisherman, its streets unenlivened by busy traffic,
+and at mid-day it might be supposed to have sunk under the enchanter's
+wand into an almost eternal sleep.
+
+With no participation in the active schemes of life, and no hopes for
+the future; with no emulation, and no feverish visions of future
+greatness; with no corner lots on sale or in demand; with no stocks,
+save those devoted to disturbers of the public peace; with no
+excitements and no events; a quiet, undisturbed, dreamy vision of still
+life surrounds its walls, and creates a sensation of entire repose,
+pleasant or otherwise, as it falls upon the heart of the weary wanderer
+sick of life's busy bustle, or upon the restless mind of him who looks
+to nothing as life except perpetual, unceasing action--the one rejoicing
+in its rest, the other chafing under its monotony. And yet, about the
+old city there clings a host of historic associations, that throw around
+it a charm which few can fail to feel.
+
+Its life is in its past; and when we recall the fact that it was the
+first permanent settlement of the white man, by more than forty years,
+in this confederacy; that here for the first time, isolated within the
+shadows of the primeval forest, the civilization of the Old World made
+its abiding place, where all was new, and wild, and strange; that this
+now so insignificant place was the key of an empire; that upon its fate
+rested the destiny of a nation; that its occupation or retention decided
+the fate of a people; that it was itself a vice provincial court,
+boasted of its adelantados, men of the first mark and note, of its Royal
+Exchequer, its public functionaries, its brave men at arms; that its
+proud name, conferred by its monarch, "_Le siempre fiel Ciudad de San
+Augustin_,"--The ever faithful City of St. Augustine--stood out upon the
+face of history; that here the cross was first planted; that from the
+Papal throne itself rescripts were addressed to its governors; that the
+first great efforts at Christianizing the fierce tribes of America
+proceeded from this spot; that the martyr's blood was first here shed;
+that within these quiet walls the din of arms, the noise of battle, and
+the fierce cry of assaulting columns, have been heard;--Who will not
+then feel that we stand on historic ground, and that an interest
+attaches to the annals of this ancient city far more than is possessed
+by mere brick and mortar, rapid growth, or unwonted prosperity?
+Moss-grown and shattered, it appeals to our instinctive feelings of
+reverence for antiquity; and we feel desirous to know the history of its
+earlier days.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+FIRST DISCOVERY, 1512 TO 1565--JUAN PONCE DE LEON.
+
+
+Among the sturdy adventurers of the sixteenth century who sought both
+fame and fortune in the path of discovery, was Ponce de Leon, a
+companion of Columbus on his second voyage, a veteran and bold mariner,
+who, after a long and adventurous life, feeling the infirmities of age
+and the shadows of the decline of life hanging over him, willingly
+credited the tale that in this, the beautiful land of his imagination,
+there existed a fountain whose waters could restore youth to palsied
+age, and beauty to efface the marks of time.
+
+The story ran that far to the north there existed a land abounding in
+gold and all manner of desirable things, but, above all, possessing a
+river and springs of so remarkable a virtue that their waters would
+confer immortal youth on whoever bathed in them; that upon a time a
+considerable expedition of the Indians of Cuba had departed northward in
+search of this beautiful country and these waters of immortality, who
+had never returned, and who, it was supposed, were in a renovated state,
+still enjoying the felicities of the happy land.
+
+Furthermore, Peter Martyr affirms, in his second decade, addressed to
+the Pope, "that among the islands on the north side of Hispaniola, there
+is one about three hundred and twenty-five leagues distant, as they say
+which have searched the same, in the which is a continual spring of
+running water, of such marvelous virtue that the water thereof being
+drunk, perhaps with some diet, maketh old men young again. And here I
+must make protestation to your Holiness not to think this to be said
+lightly, or rashly; for they have so spread this rumor for a truth
+throughout all the court, that not only all the people, but also many of
+them whom wisdom or fortune have divided from the common sort, think it
+to be true."[1] Thoroughly believing in the verity of this pleasant
+account, this gallant cavalier fitted out an expedition from Porto Rico,
+and in the progress of his search came upon the coast of Florida, on
+Easter Monday, 1512, supposing then, and for a long period afterwards,
+that it was an island. Partly in consequence of the bright spring
+verdure and flowery plains that met his eye, and the magnificence of the
+magnolia, the bay and the laurel and partly in honor of the day, Pascua
+Florida, or Palm Sunday, and reminded, probably, of its appropriateness
+by the profusion of the cabbage palms near the point of his landing, he
+gave to the country the name of Florida.
+
+On the 3d of April, 1512, three hundred and fifty-five years ago, he
+landed a few miles north of St. Augustine, and took possession of the
+country for the Spanish crown. He found the natives fierce and
+implacable; and after exploring the country for some distance around,
+and trying the virtue of all the streams, and growing neither younger
+nor handsomer, he left the country without making a permanent
+settlement.
+
+The subsequent explorations of Narvaez, in 1526, and of De Soto, in
+1539, were made in another portion of our State, and do not bear
+immediately upon the subject of our investigation, although forming a
+most interesting portion of our general history.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+RIBAULT, LAUDONNIERE, AND MENENDEZ--SETTLEMENTS OF THE HUGUENOTS, AND
+FOUNDATION OF ST. AUGUSTINE.
+
+1562-1565-1568.
+
+
+The settlement of Florida had its origin in the religious troubles
+experienced by the Huguenots under Charles IX. in France.
+
+Their distinguished leader, Admiral Coligny, as early as 1555 projected
+colonies in America, and sent an expedition to Brazil, which proved
+unsuccessful. Having procured permission from Charles IX. to found a
+colony in Florida--a designation which embraced in rather an indefinite
+manner the whole country from the Chesapeake to the Tortugas--he sent an
+expedition in 1562 from France, under command of Jean Ribault, composed
+of many young men of good family. They first landed at the St. John's
+River, where they erected a monument, but finally established a
+settlement at Port Royal, South Carolina, and erected a fort. After some
+months, however, in consequence of dissensions among the officers of the
+garrison, and difficulties with the Indians, this settlement was
+abandoned.
+
+In 1564 another expedition came out under the command of Rene de
+Laudonniere, and made their first landing at the River of Dolphins,
+being the present harbor of St. Augustine, and so named by them in
+consequence of the great number of Dolphins (Porpoises) seen by them at
+its mouth. They afterwards coasted to the north, and entered the River
+St. Johns, called by them the River May.
+
+Upon an examination of this river, Laudonniere concluded to establish
+his colony on its banks; and proceeding about two leagues above its
+mouth, built a fort upon a pleasant hill of "mean height," which, in
+honor of his sovereign, he named Fort Caroline.
+
+The colonists after a few months were reduced to great distress, and
+were about taking measures to abandon the country a second time, when
+Ribault arrived with reinforcements.
+
+It is supposed that intelligence of these expeditions was communicated
+by the enemies of Coligny to the court of Spain.
+
+Jealousy of the aggrandizement of the French in the New World,
+mortification for their own unsuccessful efforts in that quarter, and a
+still stronger motive of hatred to the faith of the Huguenot, induced
+the bigoted Philip II. of Spain, to dispatch Pedro Menendez de Aviles, a
+brave, bigoted and remorseless soldier, to drive out the French colony,
+and take possession of the country for himself.
+
+The compact made between the King and Menendez was, that he should
+furnish one galleon completely equipped, and provisions for a force of
+six hundred men; that he should conquer and settle the country. He
+obligated himself to carry one hundred horses, two hundred horned
+cattle, four hundred hogs, four hundred sheep and some goats, and five
+hundred slaves, (for which he had a permission free of duties), the
+third part of which should be men, for his own service and that of those
+who went with him, to aid in cultivating the land and building. That he
+should take twelve priests, and four fathers of the Jesuit order. He was
+to build two or three towns of one hundred families, and in each town
+should build a fort according to the nature of the country. He was to
+have the title of Adelantado of the country, as also to be entitled a
+Marquis, and his heirs after him, to have a tract of land, receive a
+salary of 2,000 ducats, a percentage of the royal duties, and have the
+freedom of all the other ports of New Spain.[2]
+
+His force consisted, at starting, of eleven sail of vessels, with two
+thousand and six hundred men; but, owing to storms and accidents, not
+more than one half arrived. He came upon the coast on the 28th August,
+1565, shortly after the arrival of the fleet of Ribault. On the 7th day
+of September, Menendez cast anchor in the River of Dolphins, the harbor
+of St. Augustine. He had previously discovered and given chase to some
+of the vessels of Ribault, off the mouth of the River May. The Indian
+village of Selooe then stood upon the site of St. Augustine, and the
+landing of Menendez was upon the spot where the city of St. Augustine
+now stands.
+
+Fray Francisco Lopez de Mendoza, the Chaplain of the Expedition, thus
+chronicles the disembarkation and attendant ceremonies:--
+
+     "On Saturday the 8th day of September, the day of the nativity of
+     our Lady, the General disembarked, with numerous banners displayed,
+     trumpets and other martial music resounding, and amid salvos of
+     artillery.
+
+     "Carrying a cross, I proceeded at the head, chanting the hymn _Te
+     Deum Laudamus_. The General marched straight up to the cross,
+     together with all those who accompanied him; and, kneeling, they
+     all kissed the cross. A great number of Indians looked upon these
+     ceremonies, and imitated whatever they saw done. Thereupon the
+     General took possession of the country in the name of his Majesty.
+     All the officers then took an oath of allegiance to him, as their
+     general, and as adelantado of the whole country."
+
+The name of St. Augustine was given, in the usual manner of the early
+voyagers, because they had arrived upon the coast on the day dedicated
+in their calendar to that eminent saint of the primitive church, revered
+alike by the good of all ages for his learning and piety.
+
+The first troops who landed, says Mendoza, were well received by the
+Indians, who gave them a large mansion belonging to the chief, situated
+near the banks of the river. The engineer officers immediately erected
+an entrenchment of earth, and a ditch around this house, with a slope
+made of earth and fascines, these being the only means of defense which
+the country presents; for, says the father with surprise, "there is not
+a stone to be found in the whole country." They landed eighty cannon
+from the ships, of which the lightest weighed two thousand five hundred
+pounds.
+
+But in the meantime Menendez had by no means forgotten the errand upon
+which he principally came; and by inquiries of the Indians he soon
+learned the position of the French fort and the condition of its
+defenders. Impelled by necessity, Laudonniere had been forced to seize
+from the Indians food to supply his famished garrison, and had thus
+incurred their enmity, which was soon to produce its sad results.
+
+The Spaniards numbered about six hundred combatants, and the French
+about the same; but arrangements had been made for further accessions to
+the Spanish force, to be drawn from St. Domingo and Havana, and these
+were daily expected.
+
+It was the habit of those days to devolve almost every event upon the
+ordering of a special providence; and each nation had come to look upon
+itself almost in the light of a peculiar people, led like the Israelites
+of old by signs and wonders; and as in their own view all their actions
+were directed by the design of advancing God's glory as well as their
+own purposes, so the blessing of Heaven would surely accompany them in
+all their undertakings.
+
+So believed the Crusaders on the plains of Palestine; so believed the
+conquerors of Mexico and Peru; so believed the Puritan settlers of New
+England (alike in their Indian wars and their oppressive social polity);
+and so believed, also, the followers of Menendez and of Ribault; and in
+this simple and trusting faith, the worthy chaplain gives us the
+following account of the miraculous escape and deliverance of a portion
+of the Spanish fleet:--
+
+     "God and his Holy Mother have performed another great miracle in
+     our favor. The day following the landing of the General in the
+     fort, he said to us that he was very uneasy because his galley and
+     another vessel were at anchor, isolated and a league at sea, being
+     unable to enter the port on account of the shallowness of the
+     water; and that he feared that the French might come and capture or
+     maltreat them. As soon as this idea came to him he departed, with
+     fifty men, to go on board of his galleon. He gave orders to three
+     shallops which were moored in the river to go out and take on board
+     the provisions and troops which were on board the galleon. The next
+     day, a shallop having gone out thither, they took on board as much
+     of the provisions as they could, and more than a hundred men who
+     were in the vessel, and returned towards the shore; but half a
+     league before arriving at the bar they were overtaken by so
+     complete a calm that they were unable to proceed further, and
+     thereupon cast anchor and passed the night in that place. The day
+     following at break of day they raised anchor as ordered by the
+     pilot, as the rising of the tide began to be felt. When it was
+     fully light they saw astern of them at the poop of the vessel, two
+     French ships which during the night had been in search of them. The
+     enemy arrived with the intention of making an attack upon us. The
+     French made all haste in their movements, for we had no arms on
+     board, and had only embarked the provisions. When day appeared, and
+     our people discovered the French, they addressed their prayers to
+     our Lady of _Bon Secours d'Utrera_, and supplicated her to grant
+     them a little wind, for the French were already close up to them.
+     They say that _Our Lady_ descended, herself, upon the vessel; for
+     the wind freshened and blew fair for the bar, so that the shallop
+     could enter it. The French followed it; but, as the bar has but
+     little depth and their vessels were large, they were not able to go
+     over it, so that our men and the provisions made a safe harbor.
+     When it became still clearer they perceived besides the two vessels
+     of the enemy, four others at a distance, being the same which we
+     had seen in port the evening of our arrival. They were well
+     furnished with both troops and artillery, and had directed
+     themselves for our galleon and the other ship, which were alone at
+     sea. In this circumstance God accorded us two favors. The first
+     was, that the same evening after they had discharged the provisions
+     and the troops I have spoken of, at midnight the galleon and other
+     vessel put to sea without being perceived by the enemy; the one
+     for Spain, and the other for Havana, for the purpose of seeking the
+     fleet which was there; and in this way neither was taken.
+
+     "The second favor, by which God rendered us a still greater
+     service, was that on the day following the one I have described
+     there arose a storm, and so great a tempest that certainly the
+     greater part of the French vessels must have been lost at sea; for
+     they were overtaken upon the most dangerous coast I have ever seen,
+     and were very close to the shore; and if our vessels, that is the
+     galleon and its consort, are not shipwrecked, it is because they
+     were already more than twelve leagues off the coast, which gave
+     them the facility of running before the wind, and maneuvering as
+     well as they could, relying upon the aid of God to preserve
+     them."[3]
+
+Menendez had ascertained from the Indians that a large number of the
+French troops had embarked on board of the vessels which he had seen off
+the harbor, and he had good ground for believing that these vessels
+would either be cast helpless upon the shore, or be driven off by the
+tempest to such a distance as would render their return for some days
+impossible. He at once conceived the project of attacking the French
+fort upon the river May, by land.
+
+A council of war was held, and after some discussion, for the most part
+adverse to the plan proposed by him, Menendez spoke as follows:
+
+     "Gentlemen and Brothers! we have before us now an opportunity which
+     if improved by us will have a happy result. I am satisfied that the
+     French fleet which four days since fled from me, and has now come
+     to seek me, has been reinforced with the larger part of the
+     garrison of their fort, to which, nor to port, will they be able to
+     return for many days according to appearances; and since they are
+     all Lutherans, as we learned before we sailed from Spain, by the
+     edicts which Jean Ribault published before embarking, in order that
+     no Catholic at the peril of his life should go in his fleet, nor
+     any Catholic books be taken; and this they themselves declared to
+     us the night they fled from us, and hence our war must be to blood
+     and fire, not only on account of the orders we are under, but
+     because they have sought us in order to destroy us, that we should
+     not plant our holy religion in these regions, and to establish
+     their own abominable and crazy sect among the Indians; so that the
+     more promptly we shall punish them, we shall the more speedily do
+     a service to our God and our king, and comply with our conscience
+     and our duty.
+
+     "To accomplish this, we must choose five hundred arquebuse men and
+     pikemen, and carry provisions in our knapsacks for eight days,
+     divided into ten companies, each one with its standard and its
+     captain, and go with this force by land to examine the settlements
+     and fort of our enemies; and as no one knows the road, I will guide
+     you within two points by a mariner's compass; and where we cannot
+     get along, we will open a way with our axes; and moreover, I have
+     with me a Frenchman who has been more than a year at their fort,
+     and who says he knows the ground for two leagues around the fort.
+
+     "If we shall arrive without discovery, it may be that falling upon
+     it at daylight we may take it, by planting upon it twenty scaling
+     ladders, at the cost of fifty lives. If we are discovered, we can
+     form in the shelter of the wood, which I am assured is not more
+     than a quarter of a league distant, and planting there ten
+     standards, send forward a trumpeter requiring them to leave the
+     fort and the country, and return to their own country, offering
+     them ships and provisions for the voyage. They will imagine that we
+     have a much greater army with us, and they may surrender; and if
+     they do not, we shall at least accomplish that they will leave us
+     undisturbed in this our own settlement, and we shall know the way,
+     so that we may return to destroy them the succeeding spring."
+
+After some discussion it was concluded that after hearing mass they
+should undertake the expedition on the third day. Considerable
+opposition was manifested on the part of the officers; but, with a
+consummate knowledge of human nature, the Adelantado got up the most
+splendid dinner in his power, and invited his recreant officers to the
+repast, and dexterously appealed to their fears, as well as their pride,
+and overcame their reluctance to undertake the unknown dangers of a
+first march through Florida at a wet season, an actual acquaintance with
+which would still more have dampened their ardor.
+
+The troops assembled promptly upon the day appointed, at the sound of
+the trumpet, the fife and the drum, and they all went to hear mass,
+except Juan de Vicente, who said he had a disorder of the stomach, and
+in his leg; and when some friends wished to urge his coming, he replied:
+"I vow to God, that I will wait until the news comes that our force is
+entirely cut off, when we who remain will embark in our three vessels,
+and go to the Indies, where there will be no necessity of our all
+perishing like beasts."
+
+This Juan Vicente seems to have been an apt specimen of a class of
+croakers not peculiar to any age or country. Of his future history the
+chronicle gives other instances of a similar spirit; and his sole claim
+to immortality, like that of many an other, is founded upon his
+impudence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE ATTACK ON FORT CAROLINE--1565.
+
+
+The troops, having heard mass, marched out in order, preceded by twenty
+Biscayans and Asturians having as their captain Martin de Ochoa, a
+leader of great fidelity and bravery, furnished with axes to open a road
+where they could not get along. At this moment there arrived two
+Indians, who said that they had been at the fort six days before, and
+who "seemed like angels" to the soldiers, sent to guide their march.
+Halting for refreshment and rest wherever suitable places could be
+found, and the Adelantado always with the vanguard, in four days they
+reached the vicinity of the fort, and came up within less than a quarter
+of a league of it, concealed by a grove of pine trees. It rained
+heavily, and a severe storm prevailed. The place where they had halted
+was a very bad one, and very marshy; but he decided to stop there, and
+went back to seek the rearguard, lest they might lose the way.
+
+About ten at night the last of the troops arrived, very wet indeed, for
+there had been much rain during the four days; they had passed marshes
+with the water rising to their waists, and every night there was so
+great a flood that they were in great danger of losing their powder,
+their match-fire, and their biscuit; and they became desperate, cursing
+those who had brought them there, and themselves for coming.
+
+Menendez pretended not to hear their complaints, not daring to call a
+council as to proceeding or returning, for both officers and soldiers
+went forward very inquietly. Remaining firm in his own resolve, two
+hours before dawn he called together the Master of the Camp and the
+Captains to whom he said that during the whole night he had sought of
+God and his most Holy Mother that they would favor him and instruct him
+what he should do most advantageous for their holy service; and he was
+persuaded that they had all done the same. "But now, Gentlemen," he
+proceeded, "we must make some determination, finding ourselves
+exhausted, lost, without ammunition or provisions, and without the hope
+of relief."
+
+Some answered very promptly, "Why should they waste their time in giving
+reasons? for, unless they returned quickly to St. Augustine, they would
+be reduced to eating palmettos;[4] and the longer they delayed, the
+greater trouble they would have."
+
+The Adelantado said to them that what they said seemed very reasonable,
+but he would ask of them to hear some reasons to the contrary, without
+being offended. He then proceeded--after having smoothed down their
+somewhat ruffled dispositions, considerably disturbed by their first
+experience in encountering the hardships of such a march--to show them
+that the danger of retreat was then greater than an advance would be, as
+they would lose alike the respect of their friends and foes. That if, on
+the contrary, they attacked the fort, whether they succeeded in taking
+it or not, they would gain honor and reputation.
+
+Stimulated by the speech of their General, they demanded to be led to
+the attack, and the arrangements for the assault were at once made.
+Their French prisoner was placed in the advance; but the darkness of the
+night and the severity of the storm rendered it impossible to proceed,
+and they halted in a marsh, with the water up to their knees, to await
+daylight.
+
+At dawn the Frenchman recognized the country, and the place were they
+were, and where stood the fort; upon which the Adelantado ordered them
+to march, enjoining upon all, at the peril of their lives, to follow
+him; and coming to a small hill, the Frenchman said that behind that
+stood the fort, about three bow-shots distant, but lower down, near the
+river. The General put the Frenchman into the custody of Castaneda. He
+went up a little higher, and saw the river and one of the houses, but he
+was not able to discover the fort, although it was adjoining them; and
+he returned to Castaneda, with whom now stood the Master of the Camp and
+Ochoa, and said to them that he wished to go lower down, near to the
+houses which stood behind the hill, to see the fortress and the
+garrison, for, as the sun was now up, they could not attack the fort
+without a reconnoisance. This the Master of the Camp would not permit
+him to do, saying this duty appertained to him; and he went alone with
+Ochoa near to the houses, from whence they discovered the fort; and
+returning with their information, they came to two paths, and leaving
+the one by which they came, took the other. The Master of the Camp
+discovered his error, coming to a fallen tree, and turned his face to
+inform Ochoa, who was following him; and as they turned to seek the
+right path, he stopped in advance, and the sentinel discovered them, who
+imagined them to be French; but examining them he perceived they were
+unknown to him. He hailed, "Who goes there?" Ochoa answered,
+"Frenchmen." The sentinel was confirmed in his supposition that they
+were his own people, and approached them; Ochoa did the same; but seeing
+they were not French, the sentinel retreated. Ochoa closed with him, and
+with his drawn sword gave him a cut over the head, but did not hurt him
+much, as the sentinel fended off the blow with his sword; and the Master
+of the Camp coming up at this moment, gave him a thrust, from which he
+fell backwards, making a loud outcry. The Master of the Camp, putting
+his sword to his breast, threatened him with instant death unless he
+kept silence. They tied him thereupon, and took him to the General, who,
+hearing the noise, thought the Master of the Camp was being killed, and
+meeting with the Sergeant-major, Francisco de Recalde, Diego de Maya,
+and Andres Lopez Patino, with their standards and soldiers, without
+being able to restrain himself, he cried out, "Santiago! Upon them! Help
+of God, Victory! The French are destroyed. The Master of the Camp is in
+their fort, and has taken it." Upon which, all rushed forward in the
+path without order, the General remaining behind, repeating what he had
+said many times: himself believing it to be certain that the Master of
+the Camp had taken with him a considerable force, and had captured the
+fort.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+So great was the joy of the soldiers, and such their speed, that they
+soon came up with the Master of the Camp and Ochoa, who was hastening to
+receive the reward of carrying the good news to the General of the
+capture of the sentinel. But the Master of the Camp, seeing the spirit
+which animated the soldiers, killed the sentinel, and cried out with a
+loud voice to those who were pressing forward, "Comrades! do as I do.
+God is with us;" and turned, running towards the fort, and meeting two
+Frenchmen on the way, he killed one of them, and Andres Lopez Patino the
+other. Those in the environs of the fort, seeing this tragedy enacted,
+set up loud outcries; and in order to know the cause of the alarm, one
+of the Frenchmen within opened the postern of the principal gate, which
+he had no sooner done than it was observed by the Master of the Camp;
+and throwing himself upon him, he killed him, and entered the gate,
+followed by the most active of his followers.
+
+The French, awakened by the clamor, some dressed, others in their
+night-clothes, rushed to the doors of their houses to see what had
+happened; but they were all killed, except sixty of the more wary, who
+escaped by leaping the walls.
+
+Immediately the standards of the Sergeant-major and of Diego Mayo were
+brought in, and set up by Rodrigo Troche and Pedro Valdes Herrera, with
+two cavaliers, at the same moment. These being hoisted, the trumpets
+proclaimed the victory, and the bands of soldiers who had entered opened
+the gates and sought the quarters, leaving no Frenchman alive.
+
+The Adelantado hearing the cries, left Castaneda in his place to collect
+the people who had not come up, who were at least half the force, and
+went himself to see if they were in any danger. He arrived at the fort
+running; and as he perceived that the soldiers gave no quarter to any of
+the French, he shouted, "That at the penalty of their lives they should
+neither wound nor kill any woman, cripple, or child under fifteen years
+of age." By which seventy persons were saved; _the rest were all
+killed_!
+
+Renato de Laudonniere, the Commander of the fort, escaped with his
+servant and some twenty or thirty others, to a vessel lying in the
+river.
+
+Such is the Spanish chronicle, contained in Barcia, of the capture of
+Fort Caroline. Its details in the main correspond with the account of
+Laudonniere, and of Nicolas Challeux, the author of the letter printed
+at Lyons, in France, under date of August, 1566, by Jean Saugrain. In
+some important particulars, however, the historians disagree. It has
+been already seen that Menendez is represented as having given orders to
+spare all the women, maimed persons, and all children under fifteen
+years of age. The French relations of the event, on the contrary, allege
+that an indiscriminate slaughter took place, and that all were massacred
+without respect to age, sex, or condition; but as this statement is
+principally made upon the authority of a terrified and flying soldier,
+it is alike due to the probabilities of the case, and more agreeable to
+the hopes of humanity, to lessen somewhat the horrors of a scene which
+has need of all the palliation that can be drawn from the slightest
+evidences of compassion on the part of that stern and bigoted leader.
+
+The Spanish statement is further confirmed by other writers, who speak
+of a vessel being dispatched by Menendez subsequently to carry the
+survivors to Spain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+ESCAPE OF LAUDONNIERE AND OTHERS FROM FORT CAROLINE. ADVENTURES OF THE
+FUGITIVES.
+
+
+The narratives of this event are found singularly full, there being no
+less than three accounts by fugitives from the massacre. The most
+complete of these is that of Nicolas de Challeux, a native of Dieppe,
+which was published in the following year. I have largely transcribed
+from this quaint and curious narrative, not only an account of the
+fullness of the details, but also for the light it throws upon the
+habits of thought and modes of expression of that day, when so much was
+exhibited of an external religious faith, and so many were found who
+would fight for their faith when they refused to adhere to its
+requirements. There are apparent, also, a close study of the Scriptures,
+a great familiarity with its language, a frequent use of its
+illustrations, and a disposition to attribute all things, with a
+reverent piety, to the direct personal supervision of the Almighty. By
+the aid of a map of the St. John's River, it will not be difficult to
+trace the perilous route of escape pursued by De Challeux and his
+companions, over obstacles much magnified by the terror of the moment
+and want of familiarity with the country:--
+
+     "The number of persons in the fort was two hundred and forty,
+     partly of those who had not recovered from sea-sickness, partly of
+     artisans and of women and children left to the care and diligence
+     of Captain Laudonniere, who had no expectation that it was possible
+     that any force could approach by land to attack him. On which
+     account the guards had withdrawn for the purpose of refreshing
+     themselves a little before sunrise, on account of the bad weather
+     which had continued during the whole night, most of our people
+     being at the time in their beds sleeping. The wicket gate open, the
+     Spanish force, having traversed forests, swamps, and rivers,
+     arrived at break of day, Friday, the 20th September, the weather
+     very stormy, and entered the fort without any resistance, and made
+     a horrible satisfaction of the rage and hate they had conceived
+     against our nation. It was then who should best kill the most men,
+     sick and well, women and little children, in such a manner that it
+     is impossible to conceive of a massacre which could equal this for
+     its barbarity and cruelty.
+
+     "Some of the more active of our people, jumping from their beds,
+     slipped out and escaped to the vessel in the river. I was myself
+     surprised, going to my duty with my clasp-knife in my hand; for
+     upon leaving my cabin, I met the enemy, and saw no other means of
+     escape but turning my back, and making the utmost possible haste to
+     lead over the palisades, for I was closely pursued, step by step,
+     by a pike-man and one with a partisan; and I do not know how it
+     was, unless by the grace of God, that my strength was redoubled,
+     old man as I am and grey-headed, a thing which at any other time I
+     could not have done, for the rampart was raised eight or nine feet;
+     I then hastened to secrete myself in the woods, and when I was
+     sufficiently near the edge of the wood at the distance of a good
+     bow-shot, I turned towards the fort and rested a little time,
+     finding myself not pursued; and as from this place all the fort,
+     even the inner-court was distinctly visible to me, looking there I
+     saw a horrible butchery of our men taking place, and three
+     standards of our enemies planted upon the ramparts. Having then
+     lost all hope of seeing our men rally, I resigned all my senses to
+     the Lord. Recommending myself to his mercy, grace and favor, I
+     threw myself into the wood, for it seemed to me that I could find
+     no greater cruelty among the savage beast, than that of our enemy
+     which I had seen shown towards our people. But the misery and
+     anguish in which I found myself then, straitened and oppressed,
+     seeing no longer any means of safety upon the earth, unless by a
+     special grace of our Lord, transcending any expectation of man,
+     caused me to utter groans and sobs, and with a voice broken by
+     distress to thus cry to the Lord:
+
+     "'O God of our fathers and Lord of all mercy! who hast commanded us
+     to call upon Thee even from the depths of hell and the shades of
+     death, promising forthwith thy aid and succor! show me, for the
+     hope which I have in Thee, what course I ought to take to come to
+     the termination of this miserable old age, plunged into the gulf of
+     grief and bitterness; at least, cause that, feeling the effect of
+     Thy mercy, and the confidence which I have conceived in my heart
+     for Thy promises, they may not be snatched from me through fear of
+     savage and furious wild beasts on one hand, and of our and Thy
+     enemies on the other, who desire the more to injure us for the
+     memory of Thy name which is invoked by us than for any other cause;
+     aid me, my God! assist me, for I am so troubled that I can do
+     nothing more.'
+
+     "And while I was making this prayer, traversing the wood, which was
+     very thick and matted with briars and thorns, beneath the large
+     trees where there was neither any road nor path, scarcely had I
+     trailed my way half an hour, when I heard a noise like men weeping
+     and groaning near me; and advancing in the name of God, and in the
+     confidence of His succor, I discovered one of our people, named
+     Sieur de la Blonderie, and a little behind him another, named
+     Maitre Robert, well known to us all, because he had in charge the
+     prayers at the fort.
+
+     "Immediately afterwards we found also the servant of Sieur d'Ully,
+     the nephew of M. Lebreau, Master Jaques Trusse, and many others;
+     and we assembled and talked over our troubles, and deliberated as
+     to what course we could take to save our lives. One of our number,
+     much esteemed as being very learned in the lessons of Holy
+     Scripture, proposed after this manner: 'Brethren, we see to what
+     extremity we are brought; in whatever direction we turn our eyes,
+     we see only barbarism. The heavens, the earth, the sea, the forest,
+     and men,--in brief, nothing favors us. How can we know that if we
+     yield to the mercy of the Spaniards, they will spare us? and if
+     they should kill us, it will be the suffering of but a moment; they
+     are men, and it may be that, their fury appeased, they may receive
+     us upon some terms; and, moreover, what can we do? Would it not be
+     better to fall into the hands of men, than into the jaws of wild
+     beasts, or die of hunger in a strange land?'
+
+     "After he had thus spoken, the greater part of our number were of
+     his opinion, and praised his counsel. Notwithstanding, I pointed
+     out the cruel animosity still unappeased of our enemies, and that
+     it was not for any human cause of quarrel, that they had carried
+     out with such fury their enterprise, but mainly (as would appear by
+     the notice they had already given us) because we were of those who
+     were reformed by the preaching of the Gospel; that we should be
+     cowards to trust in men, rather than in God, who gives life to his
+     own in the midst of death, and gives ordinarily his assistance when
+     the hopes of men entirely fail.
+
+     "I also brought to their minds examples from Scripture, instancing
+     Joseph, Daniel, Elias, and the other prophets, as well also the
+     apostles, as St. Peter and St. Paul, who were all drawn out of much
+     affliction, as would appear by means extraordinary and strange to
+     the reason and judgment of men. His arm, said I, is not shortened,
+     nor in any wise enfeebled; his power is always the same. Do you not
+     recollect, said I the flight of the Israelites before Pharaoh? What
+     hope had that people of escaping from the hands of that powerful
+     tyrant? He had them, as it were, under his heel. Before them they
+     had the sea, on either side inaccessible mountains.
+
+     "What then? He who opened the sea to make a path for his people,
+     and made it afterwards to swallow up his enemies, can not he
+     conduct us by the forest places of this strange country? While thus
+     discoursing, six of the company followed out the first proposition,
+     and abandoned us to go and yield themselves up to our enemies,
+     hoping to find favor before them. But they learned, immediately and
+     by experience, what folly it is to trust more in men than in the
+     promise of the Lord. For having gone out of the wood, as they
+     descended to the fort they were immediately seized by the Spaniards
+     and treated in the same fashion as the others had been. They were
+     at once killed and massacred, and then drawn to the banks of the
+     river, where the others killed at the fort lay in heaps. We who
+     remained in the wood continued to make our way, and drawing towards
+     the sea, as well as we could judge, and as it pleased God to
+     conduct our paths and to straiten our course, we soon arrived at
+     the brow of a mountain and from there commenced to see the sea, but
+     it was still at a great distance; and what was worse, the road we
+     had to take showed itself wonderfully strange and difficult. In the
+     first place, the mountain from which it was necessary for us to
+     descend, was of such height and ruggedness, that it was not
+     possible for a person descending to stand upright; and we should
+     never have dared to descend it but for the hope we had of
+     sustaining ourselves by the branches of the bushes, which were
+     frequent upon the side of the mountain, and to save life, not
+     sparing our hands which we had all gashed up and bloody, and even
+     the legs and nearly all the body was torn. But descending from the
+     mountain, we did not lose our view of the sea, on account of a
+     small wood which was upon a little hill opposite to us; and in
+     order to go to the wood it was requisite that we should traverse a
+     large meadow, all mud and quagmire, covered with briars and other
+     kind of strange plants; for the stalk was as hard as wood, and the
+     leaves pricked our feet and our hands until the blood came, and
+     being all the while in water up to the middle, which redoubled our
+     pain and suffering. The rain came down upon us in such manner from
+     heaven, that we were during all that time between two floods; and
+     the further we advanced the deeper we found the water.
+
+     "And then thinking that the last period of our lives had come, we
+     all embraced each other, and with a common impulse, we commenced to
+     sigh and cry to the Lord, accusing our sins and recognizing the
+     weight of his judgment upon us. 'Alas! Lord,' said we, 'what are we
+     but poor worms of the earth? Our souls weakened by grief, surrender
+     themselves into thy hands. Oh, Father of Mercy and God of Love,
+     deliver us from this pain of death! or if thou wilt that in this
+     desert we shall draw our last breath, assist us so that death, of
+     all things the most terrible, shall have no advantage over us, but
+     that we may remain firm and stable in the sense of thy favor and
+     good-will, which we have too often experienced in the cause of thy
+     Christ to give way to the spirit of Satan, the spirit of despair
+     and of distrust; for if we die, we will protest now before thy
+     Majesty, that we would die unto thee, and that if we live it may be
+     to recount thy wonders in the midst of the assembly of thy
+     servants.' Our prayers concluded, we marched with great difficulty
+     straight towards the wood, when we came to a great river which ran
+     in the midst of this meadow; the channel was sufficiently narrow
+     but very deep, and ran with great force, as though all the field
+     ran toward the sea. This was another addition to our anguish, for
+     there was not one of our men who would dare to undertake to cross
+     over by swimming. But in this confusion of our thoughts, as to what
+     manner to pass over, I bethought myself of the wood which we had
+     left behind us. After exhorting my comrades to patience and a
+     continued trust in the Lord, I returned to the wood, and cut a long
+     pole, with the good size clasp knife which remained in my hand from
+     the hour the fort was taken; and I returned to the others, who
+     awaited me in great perplexity, 'Now, then, comrades,' said I, 'let
+     us see if God, by means of this stick, will not give us some help
+     to accomplish our path.' Then we laid the pole upon the water, and
+     each one by turn taking hold of the end of the pole, carried it by
+     his side to the midst of the channel, when losing sight of him we
+     pushed him with sufficient force to the other bank, where he drew
+     himself out by the canes and other bushes growing along its
+     borders; and by his example we passed over, one at a time; but it
+     was not without great danger, and not without drinking a great deal
+     of salt water, in such manner that our hearts were all trembling,
+     and we were as much overcome as though we had been half drowned.
+     After we had come to ourselves and had resumed courage, moving on
+     all the time towards the wood, which we had remarked close to sea,
+     the pole was not even needed to pass another creek, which gave us
+     not much less trouble than the first; but by the grace of God, we
+     passed it and entered the wood the same evening, where we passed
+     the night in great fear and trembling, standing about against the
+     trees.
+
+     "And, as much as we had labored, even had it been more, we felt no
+     desire to sleep; for what repose could there be to spirits in such
+     mortal affright? Near the break of day, we saw a great beast, like
+     a deer, at fifty paces from us, who had a great head, eyes flaming,
+     the ears hanging, and the higher parts elevated. It seemed to us
+     monstrous, because of its gleaming eyes, wondrously large; but it
+     did not come near us to do us any harm.
+
+     "The day having appeared, we went out of the wood and returned
+     towards the sea, in which we hoped, after God, as the only means of
+     saving our lives; but we were again cast down and troubled, for we
+     saw before us a country of marsh and muddy quagmires, full of water
+     and covered with briars, like that we had passed the previous day.
+     We marched across this salt marsh; and, in the direction we had to
+     take, we perceived among the briars a body of men, whom we at first
+     thought to be enemies, who had gone there to cut us off; but upon
+     close observation, they seemed in as sad a plight as ourselves,
+     naked and terrified; and we immediately perceived that they were
+     our own people. It was Captain Laudonniere, his servant-maid,
+     Jacques Morgues of Dieppe (the artist), Francis Duval of Rouen, son
+     of him of the iron crown of Rouen, Niguise de la Cratte, Nicholas
+     the carpenter, the Trumpeter of Sieur Laudonniere, and others, who
+     all together made the number of twenty-six men. Upon deliberating
+     as to what we should do, two of our men mounted to the top of one
+     of the tallest trees and discovered from thence one of our vessels,
+     which was that of Captain Maillard, to whom they gave a signal,
+     that he might know that we were in want of help. Thereupon he came
+     towards us with his small vessel, but in order to reach the banks
+     of the stream, it was necessary for us to traverse the briars and
+     two other rivers similar to those which we passed the previous day;
+     in order to accomplish which, the pole I had cut the day before was
+     both useful and necessary, and two others which Sr. de Laudonniere
+     had provided; and we came pretty near to the vessel, but our hearts
+     failed us from hunger and fatigue, and we should have remained
+     where we were unless the sailors had given us a hand, which aid was
+     very opportune; and they carried us, one after the other, to the
+     vessel, on board of which we were all received well and kindly.
+     They gave us bread and water, and we began afterwards, little by
+     little, to recover our strength and vigor; which was a strong
+     reason that we should recognize the goodness of the Lord, who had
+     saved us against all hope from an infinity of dangers and from
+     death, by which we had been surrounded and assaulted from all
+     quarters, to render him forevermore our thanks and praises. We thus
+     passed the entire night recounting the wonders of the Lord, and
+     consoled each other in the assurances of our safety.
+
+     "Daylight having come, Jacques Ribault, Captain of the Pearl,
+     boarded us to confer with us respecting what was to done by us, and
+     what means we should take for the safety of the rest of our men and
+     the vessels. It was then objected, the small quantity of provisions
+     which we had, our strength broken, our munitions and means of
+     defense taken from us, the uncertainty as to the condition of our
+     Admiral, and not knowing but that he had been shipwrecked on some
+     coast a long distance from us, or driven to a distance by the
+     tempest.
+
+     "We thereupon concluded that we could do no better than return to
+     France, and were of the opinion that the company should divide into
+     two parts, the one remaining on board the Pearl, the other under
+     charge of Captain Maillard.
+
+     "On Friday, the twenty-fifth day of the month of September, we
+     departed from this coast, favored by a strong northerly wind,
+     having concluded to return to France, and after the first day our
+     two ships were so far separated that we did not again encounter
+     each other.
+
+     "We proceeded five hundred leagues prosperously, when, one morning
+     about sunrise, we were attacked by a Spanish vessel, which we met
+     as well as we could, and cannonaded them in such sort that we made
+     them subject to our disposal, and battered them so that the blood
+     was seen to overrun the scuppers. We held them then as surrendered
+     and defeated; but there was no means of grappling her, on account
+     of the roughness of the sea for in grappling her there would be
+     danger of our striking together, which might have sunk us; she
+     also, satisfied with the affair, left us, joyful and thanking God
+     that no one of us was wounded or killed in this skirmish except our
+     cook.
+
+     "The rest of our passage was without any renconter with enemies;
+     but we were much troubled by contrary winds, which often threatened
+     to cast us on the coast of Spain, which would have been the
+     finishing touch to our misfortunes, and the thing of which we had
+     the greatest horror. We also endured at sea many other things, such
+     as cold and hunger; for be it understood that we, who escaped from
+     the land of Florida, had nothing else for vestment or equipment, by
+     day or by night, except our shirts alone, or some other little rag,
+     which was a small matter of defence from the exposure to the
+     weather; and what was more, the bread which we eat, and we eat it
+     very sparingly, was all spoilt and rotten, as well also the water
+     itself was all noisome, and of which, besides, we could only have
+     for the whole day a single small glass.
+
+     "This bad food was the reason, on our landing, that many of us fell
+     into divers maladies, which carried off many of the men of our
+     company; and we arrived at last, after this perilous and lamentable
+     voyage, at Rochelle; where we were received and treated very
+     humanely and kindly by the inhabitants of the country and those of
+     the city, giving us of their means, to the extent our necessities
+     require; and assisted by their kindness we were each enabled to
+     return to his own part of the country."[5]
+
+Laudonniere's[6] narrative speaks more of his own personal escape; and
+that of Le Moyne[7] refers to this description of De Challeux, as
+containing a full and accurate account of what took place. Barcia
+mentions De Challeux, very contemptuously as a carpenter, who succeeding
+badly at his trade, took up that of preaching, but does not deny the
+truth of his narrative.
+
+Those who separated from their comrades and threw themselves upon the
+enemies' mercy, are mentioned by the Spanish writers; but they are
+silent as to the treatment they received.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+SITE OF FORT CAROLINE, AFTERWARDS CALLED SAN MATTEO.
+
+
+It might naturally be supposed that a spot surrounded with so many
+thrilling and interesting associations, as the scene of the events we
+have just related, would have been commemorated either by tradition or
+by ancient remains attesting its situation. But, in truth, no recognized
+point now bears the appellation of Fort Caroline, and the antiquary can
+point at this day to no fosse or parapet, no crumbling bastion, no
+ancient helm or buckler, no shattered and corroded garniture of war
+mingled with the bones of the dead, as evidencing its position.
+
+A writer who has himself done more to rescue from oblivion the
+historical romance of the South than any other,[8] has well said, "It
+will be an employment of curious interest, whenever the people of
+Florida shall happen upon the true site of the settlement and structure
+of Laudonniere, to trace out in detail these several localities, and fix
+them for the benefit of posterity. The work is scarcely beyond the
+hammer and chisel of some Old Mortality, who has learned to place his
+affections and fix his sympathies upon the achievements of the past."
+
+With a consciousness of our unfitness to establish absolutely a memorial
+so interesting as the site of Fort Caroline must ever be, I shall
+endeavor to locate its position, upon the basis of reasons entirely
+satisfactory to myself, and measurably so, I trust, to others.
+
+The account given by Laudonniere himself, the leader of the Huguenots,
+by whom Fort Caroline was constructed, is as follows:--After speaking of
+his arrival at the mouth of the river, which had been named the River
+May by Ribault, who had entered it on the first day of May, 1562, and
+had therefore given it that name, he says, "Departing from thence, I had
+not sailed three leagues up the river, still being followed by the
+Indians, crying still, 'amy,' 'amy,' that is to say, friend, but I
+discovered an hill of meane height, neare which I went on land, harde
+by the fieldes that were sowed with mil, at one corner whereof there was
+an house, built for their lodgings which keep and garde the mil. * * * *
+* * Now was I determined to searche out the qualities of the hill.
+Therefore I went right to the toppe thereof; where we found nothing else
+but cedars, palms, and bay trees of so sovereign odor that Balme
+smelleth not more sweetly. The trees were environed around about with
+vines bearing grapes, in such quantities that the number would suffice
+to make the place habitable. Besides the fertilitie of the soyle for
+vines, one may see mesquine wreathed about the trees in great
+quantities. Touching the pleasure of the place, the sea may be seen
+plain enough from it; and more than six great leagues off, towards the
+River Belle, a man may behold the meadows, divided asunder into isles
+and islet, enterlacing one another. Briefly, the place is so pleasent,
+that those which are melancholicke, would be inforced to change their
+humour. * *
+
+"Our fort was built in form of a triangle; the side towards the west,
+which was towards the land, was inclosed with a little trench and raised
+with turf made in the form of a battlement, nine feet high; the other
+side, which was towards the river, was enclosed with a palisade of
+planks of timber, after the manner that Gabions are made; on the south
+line, there was a kind of bastion, within which I caused an house for
+the munition to be made. It was all builded with fagots and sand, saving
+about two or three foote high, with turfes whereof the battlements were
+made. In the middest, I caused a great court to be made of eighteen
+paces long, and the same in breadth. In the middest whereof, on the one
+side, drawing towards the south, I builded a corps de garde and an house
+on the other side towards the north. * * * * One of the sides that
+inclosed my court, which I made very faire and large, reached unto the
+grange of my munitions; and on the other side, towards the river, was
+mine own lodgings, round which were galleries all covered. The principal
+doore of my lodging was in the middest of the great place, and the other
+was towarde the river. A good distance from the fort I built an oven."
+
+Jacob Le Moyne, or Jacques Morgues, as he is sometimes called,
+accompanied the expedition; and his _Brevis Narratio_ contains two
+plates, representing the commencement of the construction of Fort
+Caroline, and its appearance when completed. The latter represents a
+much more finished fortification than could possibly have been
+constructed, but may be taken as a correct outline, I presume, of its
+general appearance.
+
+Barcia, in his account of its capture, describes neither its shape nor
+appearance, but mentions the parapet nine feet high, and the munition
+house and store house.
+
+From the account of Laudonniere and Le Moyne, it was situated near the
+river, on the slope or nearly at the foot of a hill.[9] Barcia speaks of
+its being behind a hill, and of descending towards it. The
+clerical-carpenter, Challeux, speaks of being able, after his escape, to
+look down from the hill he was on, into the court of the fort itself,
+and seeing the massacre of the French. As he was flying from the fort
+towards the sea, and along the river, and as the Spaniards came from a
+southeast direction, the fort must have been on the westerly side of a
+hill, near the river.
+
+The distance is spoken of as less than three leagues by Laudonniere.
+Hawkins and Ribault say, the fort was not visible from the mouth of the
+river. It is also incidentally spoken of in Barcia as being two leagues
+from the bar. De Challeux, in the narrative of his escape, speaks of the
+distance as being about two leagues. In the account given of the
+expedition of De Gourgues, it is said to be, in general terms, about one
+or two leagues above the forts afterwards constructed on each side of
+the mouth of the river; and it is also mentioned in De Gourgues, that
+the fort was at the foot of a hill, near the water, and could be
+overlooked from the hill. The distance from the mouth of the river, and
+the nature of the ground where the fort was built, are thus made
+sufficiently definite to enable us to seek a location which shall
+fulfill both these conditions. It is hardly necessary to remark that
+there can be no question but that the fort was located on the south or
+easterly side of the river, as the Spaniards marched by land from St.
+Augustine in a northwesterly direction to Fort Caroline.
+
+The River St. Johns is one of the largest rivers, in point of width, to
+be found in America, and is more like an arm of the sea than a river;
+from its mouth for a distance of fifteen miles, it is spread over
+extensive marshes, and there are few points where the channel touches
+the banks of the river. At its mouth it is comparatively narrow, but
+immediately extends itself over wide-spread marshes; and the first
+headland or shore which is washed by the channel is a place known as St.
+John's Bluff. Here the river runs closely along the shore, making a
+bold, deep channel close up to the bank. The land rises abruptly on one
+side into a hill of moderate height, covered with a dense growth of
+pine, cedar, &c. This hill gently slopes to the banks of the river, and
+runs off to the southwest, where, at the distance of a quarter of a
+mile, a creek discharges itself into the river, at a place called "the
+Shipyard" from time immemorial.
+
+I am not aware that any remains of Fort Caroline, or any old remains of
+a fortress, have ever been discovered here; but it must be recollected
+that this fort was constructed of sand and pine trees, and that three
+hundred years have passed away, with their storms and tempests, their
+rains and destructive influences--a period sufficient to have destroyed
+a work of much more durable character than sandy entrenchments and green
+pine stakes and timbers. Moreover, it is highly probable, judging from
+present appearances, that the constant abrasion of the banks still going
+on has long since worn away the narrow spot where stood Fort Caroline.
+It is also to be remarked, that as there is no other hill, or high land,
+or place where a fort could have been built, between St. John's Bluff
+and the mouth of the river, so it is also the fact that there is no
+point on the south side of the river where the channel touches high
+land, for a distance by water of eight or ten miles above St. John's
+Bluff.
+
+The evidence in favor of the location of Fort Caroline at St. John's
+Bluff is, I think conclusive and irresistible, and accords in all points
+with the descriptions given as to distance, topography, and points of
+view.
+
+It is within the memory of persons now living, that a considerable
+orange grove and somewhat extensive buildings, which existed at this
+place, then called San Vicente, have been washed into the river, leaving
+at this day no vestiges of their existence. It has been occupied as a
+Spanish fort within fifty years; yet so rapid has been the work of time
+and the elements, that no remains of such occupation are now to be seen.
+
+The narratives all speak of the distance from the mouth of the river as
+about two leagues; and in speaking of so short a distance the
+probability of exactness is much greater than when dealing with longer
+distances.
+
+As to the spot itself, it presents all the natural features mentioned by
+Laudonniere; and it requires but a small spice of enthusiasm and romance
+that it be recognized as a "goodlie and pleasante spotte," by those who
+might like the abundance of the wild grapes and the view of the distant
+salt meadows, with their "iles and islets, so pleasante that those which
+are melancholike would be inforced to change their humour."
+
+It is but proper, however, to say, that at a plantation known as
+Newcastle there is a high range of ground, and upon this high ground the
+appearance of an old earth-work of quadrangular form; but this point is
+distant some six leagues from the mouth of the river, is flanked by a
+deep bay or marsh to the southeast, and the work is on the top of the
+hill and not at its foot, is quadrangular and not triangular, and is a
+considerable distance from the water. These earth-works, I am satisfied,
+are Spanish or English remains of a much later period.
+
+By examining a map of the St. John's river, the first projecting land on
+the south side, lying east of the second township line marked from the
+coast, will be found nearly to indicate the point known as St. John's
+Bluff. On the eastern face the bluff is quite high and precipitous--being
+possibly the "brow of the mountain" mentioned by De Challeux--and
+immediately beyond is a deep indentation of the shore-line of several
+miles in circuit, within which is an immense tract of sea-marsh,
+interspersed with small islands, and cut up by narrow channels. Through
+this the fugitives may be supposed to have crossed, and, reaching the
+high lands which hem in the marsh near the mouth of the river, were
+enabled to view the vessels which offered them rescue. About the year
+1856 a handful of small copper coins were accidentally found near the
+eastern margin of this marsh, in the rear of what is now known as
+Mayport Mill. Some few were at first found on the ground, as if
+accidentally exposed, and upon removing the earth for a slight depth the
+remainder were discovered. They were distributed among several gentlemen
+in Florida, and Mr. Buckingham Smith, at that time and more recently
+made the history of the coins a subject of especial inquiry in Spain.
+
+Just before putting the second edition of this work to press, the
+following letter was received by the publisher of this volume, and is
+given as matter of interest in connection with the locality referred to:
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+      MADRID, August 15, 1868.
+
+MY DEAR SIR:--I brought with me from Florida, as I proposed, three
+copper coins of those found with others of the same sort many years ago,
+on the St. Johns river near the old site of Fort Caroline, in what the
+French three centuries ago called the Vale of Laudonniere, that I might
+have them examined in Europe. There were none of the sort in the British
+Museum, with which they might be compared, and in the Bibliothique
+Imperial I could only learn that they were Spanish. On my arrival here I
+gave them for inspection to Senor Bermudez, a long time in charge of the
+national collection of such like antiquities, second only in extent and
+value to that of Paris: and showed them also to other of my friends
+learned in numismatics. The work of A. Heiss, now making its appearance
+in numbers, with the title _Description General de las monedas
+Hispano-Christianas desde la invasion de los Arabes_, has been also
+consulted, and this is the amount of all the conclusions, the
+inscriptions on each coin being nearly the same:
+
+         [image of a dagger] KAROLVS.ET.IOANNA RE.
+
+Two II in the midst, with crowns upon them; to the right P, to the left S;
+             in the middle a square point.
+
+                       REVERSO:
+
+            Same--same--same--REGIS.
+
+    A Y in the middle, crowned; to the right IIII; to the left F.
+
+They were struck for Dona Juana and Carlos I., Empr. Charles V., between
+the years 1516 and 1555. The Y is supposed to refer to Ysabel: the
+double I to Joanna I., or may be to the columns of Hercules, and the
+crowns upon them to those of Castilla and Aragon. On later silver coins,
+not so rude, the columns are placed with the words _plus ultra_, as you
+may have observed on a Spanish dollar. The IIII (on some 4,) means four
+maravedises, the value of which have varied: at present 25 of these
+would be the value of a real. These coins are uncommon; in good
+preservation, very rare. The curiosity so many of us have had for a
+number of years about these matters, I believe is at last satisfied.
+
+I have visited the town of Aviles, a league from the Bay of Biscay,
+whence Pedro Menendez came, and brought his fleet to Florida, three
+centuries ago. I saw his tomb, and not far off the chapel of the family
+of one of his companions. There is no stranger any where to be heard of
+in all that country; every thing is intensely and old Spanish in every
+aspect. Going home late one evening, I was accosted by a native in good
+English. He said the town was rarely visited--three or four Englishmen
+within his memory had passed through, and he supposed me to be the first
+person from the United States who had ever been there. I told him I came
+from Florida, and, though rather late, was returning the visit of
+Menendez to St. Augustine.
+
+The estate of this old colonist is in the house of the Count of
+Canalejas, held by the Marquis of San Estevan, who is also by marriage
+the Count of Revilla Gigedo. I called on him at his country seat in
+Dania, and, detaining me to spend the day with him, gave orders to have
+his family pictures and palace shown to me at Gijon, and his papers at a
+residence in Oviedo. Among the documents is a valuable one for writing a
+life of Menendez. It is a draft for a letter in his own hand, directed
+to his nephew, Governor of Florida, in which he expresses his wish to be
+with him and away from business. He speaks of the "invincible armada"
+which he had been appointed to command, and gives the number of his
+ships. This probably was the last thing he ever wrote, dated ten days
+before he died, as it is known that he died on the ninth day of his
+sickness. Of course I have a copy to show you.
+
+Spain has greatly changed within the last eight years--impoverished
+itself, the people say, with improvements. The railroads traverse most
+parts, are well laid, durable, and the service good. The ancient
+monuments have begun to be cared for, are repaired, and in the charge of
+a commission of the government.
+
+Give my best regards to friends about you, and believe me truly yours,
+
+      BUCKINGHAM SMITH.
+
+Mr. COLUMBUS DREW, Jacksonville, Fla.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+MENENDEZ'S RETURN TO ST. AUGUSTINE--SHIPWRECK OF
+
+A. D. 1565.
+
+
+After an ineffectual attempt to induce those in the small vessels of the
+French to surrender, failing in this, the General concluded to return to
+St. Augustine, and send two of his vessels to the mouth of the river to
+intercept them.
+
+Some of the fugitives from the fort fled to the Indians; and ten of
+these were given up to the Spaniards, to be butchered in cold blood,
+says the French account,--to be sent back to France, says the Spanish
+chronicle.
+
+The 24th September being the day of St. Matthew, the name of the fort
+was changed to that of San Matheo, by which name it was always
+subsequently called by the Spaniards; and the name of St. Matthew was
+also given by them to the river, now called St. Johns, on which it is
+situated.
+
+The Spaniards proceeded at once to strengthen the fortress, deepening
+and enlarging the ditch, and raised and strengthened the ramparts and
+walls in such manner, says the boastful Mendoza, "that if the half of
+all France had come to attack it, they could not have disturbed it;" a
+boast upon which the easy conquest of it by De Gourgues, three years
+subsequently, affords an amusing commentary. They also constructed,
+subsequently, two small forts at the mouth of the river, one on each
+side, which probably were located the one at Batten Island and the other
+at Mayport.
+
+Leaving three hundred soldiers as a garrison under his Son-in-law, De
+Valdez, Master of the Camp, who was now appointed Governor of the fort,
+Menendez marched for St. Augustine, beginning now to feel considerable
+anxiety lest the French fleet, escaping from the tempest, might return
+and visit upon his own garrison at St. Augustine, the fate of Fort
+Caroline. He took with him upon his return but fifty soldiers, and,
+owing to the swollen waters, found great difficulty in retracing his
+route. When within a league of St. Augustine, he allowed one of the
+soldiers to go forward to announce his victory and safe return.
+
+The garrison at St. Augustine had been in great anxiety respecting their
+leader, and from the accounts given by those who had deserted, they had
+feared the total loss of the expedition. The worthy Chaplain thus
+describes the return of Menendez:--
+
+     "The same day, being Monday, we saw a man coming, crying out
+     loudly. I myself was the first to run to him for the news. He
+     embraced me with transport, crying 'Victory! Victory! The French
+     fort is ours.' I promised him the present which the bearer of good
+     news deserves, and gave him the best in my power.
+
+     "At the hour of vespers our good General arrived, with fifty foot
+     soldiers, very much fatigued. As soon as I learned that he was
+     coming, I ran home and put on a new soutain, the best which I had,
+     and a surplice, and going out with a crucifix in my hand, I went
+     forward to receive him; and he, a gentleman and a good Christian,
+     before entering kneeled and all his followers, and returned thanks
+     to the Lord for the great favours which he had received. My
+     companions and myself marched in front in procession, so that we
+     all returned with the greatest demonstrations of joy."
+
+When about to dispatch the two vessels in his harbor to the St John's,
+to cut off the French vessels he had left there, he was informed that
+two sails had already been seen to pass the bar, supposed to contain the
+French fugitives.
+
+Eight days after the capture of Fort Caroline, a fire broke out in the
+quarters of St. Augustine, which destroyed much treasure and provisions,
+and the origin of which was doubtful, whether to be ascribed to accident
+or design. Much dissatisfaction prevailed among the officers and
+soldiers, and the fire was looked upon with pleasure by some, as having
+a tendency to hasten their departure from a spot which offered few
+temptations or rewards, compared to Mexico or Peru.
+
+On the very day of Menendez's return, a Frenchman was discovered by a
+fishing party on Anastasia Island, who, being taken, said he was one of
+a party of eighteen, sent in a small vessel, some days before, to
+reconnoitre the Spanish position; that they had been unable to keep the
+sea, and had been thrown ashore, about four leagues below, at the mouth
+of a river; that the Indians attacked and killed three of their number,
+and they thereupon escaped.
+
+Menendez dispatched a captain and fifty men, to get off the vessel and
+capture any of the French who might be found. On their arrival at the
+place, they found that all the French had been killed by the Indians;
+but they succeeded in getting off the vessel. Menendez, feeling uneasy
+in reference to their encounter with the Indians, had followed on after
+the expedition, in company with the worthy Chaplain, to whom his
+promenade among the briars, vines, prickly cedars, chaparral, and
+prickly pears of Anastasia, seems to have been a true _via dolorosa_.
+
+Upon their arrival, they found a considerable body of French upon the
+south side of an inlet, whose fires indicated their position.
+
+The four vessels of Ribault, which had gone in pursuit of the Spaniards
+at St. Augustine, had been overtaken by the storm, and after keeping to
+sea with incredible effort, had been finally driven ashore upon the
+shoals of Canaveral,[10] with but little loss of life but a total loss
+of every thing else; they were thus thrown on shore without shelter from
+the elements, famished with hunger, borne down by disappointment, and
+utterly dispirited and demoralized. They were consumed, also, by the
+most painful uncertainty. Marching to the northward along shore, they
+discovered a skiff, and resolved to send a small number of persons in
+it, to make their way by sea to Fort Caroline, to bring succor to them
+from there. This boat succeeded in reaching the St. John's, where they
+were informed, by friendly Indians, of the fate which had befallen the
+fort; and subsequently they fell in with a Frenchman who had escaped,
+who related to them the whole disaster. Upon this they concluded to seek
+their own safety among the friendly Indians of St. Helena, rather than
+to be the useless bearers of the tidings of their misfortunes to their
+companions in arms.
+
+There are several accounts of the sad fate which befel the followers of
+Ribault, the massacre of whom has been perpetuated by the memorial name
+given to its scene, "the bloody river of Matanzas," the ebb and flow of
+whose recurring tides for three hundred years have failed to wash out
+the record of blood which has associated this massacre of the Huguenots
+with the darkest scenes of earth's history. In consequence of the rank
+and number of the victims, the event produced various and somewhat
+contradictory accounts; but all stamped with a seal of reprobation and
+execration the act and the actors, without reference to creed or
+nationality. Challeux relates instances of cruel barbarity added to the
+atrocity of slaughter itself; and others, it appears, had given other
+versions, all in different degree pointing the finger of historic
+justice to mark and commemorate the crime against humanity.
+
+The Spanish historian, Barcia, aims to counteract this general
+condemnation, of which in his own language he says, "These calumnies,
+repeated in so many quarters, have sullied the fame of the Adelantado,
+being exaggerated by the heretics, and consented to by the Catholics, so
+that even the Father Felix Briot, in his annals, says that he caused
+them to be killed contrary to the faith which he had given them; which
+is altogether a falsehood, for the Adelantado did not give his word, nor
+would he when asked give it, to spare their lives, although they were
+willing to pay him for doing so; nor in the capture of Fort Caroline did
+he do more than has been related; and such is the account given by
+Doctor Salis de las Meras, brother-in-law to Donna Maria de Salis, wife
+of the Adelantado, who was present, and who, relating the punishment of
+the heretics, and the manner in which it was accomplished, says,--
+
+"'The Adelantado occupied himself in fortifying his settlement at St.
+Augustine, as well as he could, to defend it from the French fleet if
+they should attack it. Upon the following day some Indians came and by
+signs informed them that four leagues distant there were a large number
+of Christians, who were unable to cross an arm of the sea or strait,
+which is a river upon the inner side of an inlet, which they were
+obliged to cross in order to come to St. Augustine. The Adelantado sent
+thither forty soldiers about dusk, and arrived about midnight near the
+inlet, where he commanded a halt until morning, and leaving his soldiers
+concealed, he ascended a tree to see what was the state of matters. He
+discovered many persons on the other side of the river, and their
+standards; and to prevent their passing over, he directed his men to
+exhibit themselves towards the shore, so that it might be supposed that
+he had with him a large force; and when they were discovered, a French
+soldier swam over, and said that the persons beyond the river were
+Frenchmen, that they had been wrecked in a storm, but had all saved
+their lives. The Adelantado asked what French they were? He answered,
+that they were two hundred of the people under command of Jean Ribault,
+Viceroy and Captain General of this country for the king of the French.
+He asked again, if they were Catholics or Lutherans? It was replied that
+they were all Lutherans, of the new religion; all of which was
+previously well known to the Adelantado, when he encountered their fleet
+with his vessels; and the women and children whom he had spared when he
+took their fort, had also so informed him; and he had found in the fort
+when he took it, six trunks filled with books, well bound and gilt; all
+of which were of the new sect, and from which they did not say mass, but
+preached their Lutheran doctrines every evening; all of which books he
+directed to be burnt, not sparing a single one.
+
+"'The Adelantado then asked him why he had come over? He said he had
+been sent over by his Captain, to see what people they were. The General
+asked if he wished to return. He said, "Yes, but he desired to know what
+people they were." This man spoke very plainly, for he was a Gascon of
+San Juan de Suz. "Then tell him," said the Adelantado, "that it is the
+Viceroy and Captain General of this country for the king, Don Philip;
+and that his name is Pedro Menendez, and that he is here with some of
+his soldiery to ascertain what people those were, for he had been
+informed the day before that they were there, and the hour at which they
+came."
+
+"'The French soldier went over with his message, and immediately
+returned, saying "that if they would pledge faith to his captain and to
+four other gentlemen, they would like to come and treat with him;" and
+they desired the loan of a boat, which the General had directed to bring
+some provisions to the river. The General instructed the messenger to
+say to his captain, "that he might come over securely under the pledge
+of his word," and then sent over for them the boat; and they crossed
+over. The Adelantado received them very well, with only ten of his
+followers; the others he directed to stay some distance off among some
+bushes, so that their number might appear to be greater than it was. One
+of the Frenchmen announced himself as captain of these people; and that
+in a great storm they had lost four galleons, and other vessels of the
+king of France, within a distance of twenty leagues of each other; and
+that these were the people from on board of one ship, and that they
+desired they would let them have a boat for this arm of the sea, and for
+another four leagues hence, which was at St. Augustine; that they
+desired to go to a fort which they held twenty leagues from there. It
+was the same fort which Menendez had taken. The Adelantado asked them
+"if they were Catholics or Lutherans?" He replied "that they were all of
+the New Religion." Then the Adelantado said to them, "Gentlemen, your
+fort is taken and its people destroyed, except the women, and children
+under fifteen years of age; and that you may be assured of this, among
+the soldiers who are here there are many things, and also there are here
+two Frenchmen whom I have brought with me, who said they were Catholics.
+Sit down here and eat, and I will send the two Frenchmen to you, as also
+the things which some of my soldiers have taken from the fort, in order
+that you may be satisfied.
+
+"'The Adelantado having spoken thus, directed food to be given to them,
+and sent the two Frenchmen to them, and many things which the soldiers
+had brought from the fort, that they might see them, and then retired
+himself, to eat with his own people; and an hour afterwards, when he saw
+that the French had eaten, he went where they were and asked if they
+were satisfied of the truth of what he had told them. They said they
+were, and desired that for a consideration, he should give them vessels
+and ships' stores, that they might return to France. The Adelantado
+answered, "that he would do so with great pleasure if they were good
+Catholics, or if he had the ships for them; but he had not the vessels,
+having sent two to St. Matteo (Ft. Caroline), the one to take the
+artillery they had captured, and the French women and children, to St.
+Domingo, and to obtain provisions. The other had to go upon business of
+his Majesty to other parts.
+
+"'The French captain replied, "that he should grant to all, their lives,
+and that they should remain with him until they could obtain shipping
+for France, since they were not at war, and the kings of Spain and of
+France were brothers and friends." The Adelantado said, "that was true,
+and Catholics and friends he would favor, believing that he would serve
+both kings in doing so; but as to themselves, being of the new sect, he
+held them for enemies, and he would wage war upon them even to blood and
+to fire; and that he would pursue them with all cruelty wherever he
+should encounter them, in whatever sea or land where he should be
+viceroy or captain general for his king; and that he would go and plant
+the holy faith in this land, that the Indians might be enlightened and
+be brought to the knowledge of the Holy Catholic Faith of Jesus Christ
+our Saviour, as taught and announced by the Roman Church. That if they
+wished to surrender their standards and their arms, and throw themselves
+upon his mercy, they might do so, for _he would do with them what God
+should of his grace direct_; or, they could do as they might deem
+proper; that other treaty or friendship they should not have from him."
+The French captain replied, that he could not then conclude any other
+matter with the Adelantado. He went over in the boat, saying, that he
+went to relate what had passed, and to agree upon what should be done,
+and within two hours he would return with an answer. The Adelantado
+said, "They could do as seemed best to them, and he would wait for
+them." Two hours passed, when the same French captain returned, with
+those who had accompanied him previously, and said to the General, "that
+there were many people of family, and nobles among them, and that they
+would give fifty thousand ducats, of ransom, if he would spare all their
+lives." He answered, "that although he was a poor soldier, he could not
+be governed by selfish interests, and if he were to be merciful and
+lenient, he desired to be so without the suspicion of other motives."
+The French captain returned to urge the matter. "Do not deceive
+yourselves," said the Adelantado, "for if Heaven were to join to earth,
+I would do no otherwise than I have said." The French officer then going
+towards where his people stood, said, that in accordance with that
+understanding he would return shortly with an answer; and within half an
+hour he returned and placed in the boat, the standards, seventy
+arquebuses, twenty pistols, a quantity of swords and shields, and some
+helmets and breast-plates; and the captain came to where the General
+stood, and said that all the French force there submitted themselves to
+his clemency, and surrendered to him their standards and their arms. The
+Adelantado then directed twenty soldiers to go in the boat and bring the
+French, ten by ten. The river was narrow and easy to pass, and he
+directed Diego Flores de Valdes, Admiral of the Fleet, to receive the
+standards and the arms, and to go in the boat and see that the soldiers
+did not maltreat them. The Adelantado then withdrew from the shore,
+about two bow shots, behind a hillock of sand, within a copse of bushes,
+where the persons who came in the boat which brought over the French,
+could not see; and then said to the French captain and the other eight
+Frenchmen who were there with him, "Gentlemen, I have but few men with
+me, and they are not very effective, and you are numerous; and, going
+unrestrained, it would be an easy thing to take satisfaction upon our
+men for those whom we destroyed when we took the fort; and thus it is
+necessary that you should march with hands tied behind, a distance of
+four leagues from here where I have my camp." The French replied "that
+they would do so;" and they had their hands tied strongly behind their
+backs with the match ropes of the soldiers; and the ten who came in the
+boat did not see those who had their hands tied, until they came up to
+the same place; for it was so arranged, in order that the French who had
+not passed the river, should not understand what was being done, and
+might not be offended, and thus were tied two hundred and eight
+Frenchmen. Of whom the Adelantado asked that if any among them were
+Catholics, they should declare it. Eight said that they were Catholics,
+and were separated from the others and placed in a boat, that they might
+go by the river to St. Augustine; and all the rest replied "that they
+were of the new religion, and held themselves to be very good
+Christians; that this was their faith and no other." The Adelantado then
+gave the order to march with them, having first given them meat and
+drink, as each ten arrived, before being tied, which was done before the
+succeeding ten arrived; and he directed one of his captains who marched
+with the vanguard, that at a certain distance from there he would
+observe a mark made by a lance, which he carried in his hand, which
+would be in a sandy place that they would be obliged to pass in going on
+their way towards the fort of St. Augustine, and that there the
+prisoners should all be destroyed; and he gave the one in command of the
+rearguard the same orders; and it was done accordingly; when, leaving
+there all of the dead, they returned the same night before dawn, to the
+fort at St. Augustine, although it was already sundown when the men were
+killed.'"[11]
+
+Such is the second part of this sad and bloody tragedy; which took place
+at the Matanzas Inlet, about eighteen miles south of the city of St.
+Augustine, and at the southerly end of Anastasia Island. The account we
+have given, it must be borne in mind, is that of De Solis, the
+brother-in-law and apologist of Menendez; but even under his extenuating
+hand the conduct of Menendez was that of one deaf to the voice of
+humanity, and exulting in cold-blooded treachery, dealing in vague
+generalities intended to deceive, while affording a shallow apology for
+the actor. A massacre in cold blood of poor shipwrecked, famished men,
+prisoners yielding themselves to an expected clemency, tied up like
+sheep, and butchered by poignard blows from behind, shocked alike the
+moral sense of all to whom the tale without regard to faith or flag.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+FATE OF RIBAULT AND HIS FOLLOWERS--BLOODY MASSACRE AT MATANZAS--1565.
+
+
+The first detachment of the French whom Menendez met and so utterly
+destroyed, constituted the complement of a single vessel, which had been
+thrown ashore at a more northerly point than the others. All these
+vessels were wrecked between Mosquito Inlet and Matanzas.
+
+Of the fate of the main detachment, under Ribault in person, we have the
+following account, as related by the same apologist, the chaplain De
+Solis:
+
+"On the next day following the return of the Adelantado at St.
+Augustine, the same Indians who came before returned, and said that 'a
+great many more Christians were at the same part of the river as the
+others had been.' The Adelantado concluded that it must be Jean Ribault,
+the General of the Lutherans at sea and on land, whom they called the
+Viceroy of this country for the king of France. He immediately went,
+with one hundred and fifty men in good order, and reached the place
+where he had lodged the first time, at about midnight; and at dawn he
+pushed forward to the river, with his men drawn out, and when it was
+daylight, he saw, two bow-shots from the other bank of the river, many
+persons, and a raft made to cross over the people, at the place where
+the Adelantado stood. But immediately, when the French saw the
+Adelantado and his people, they took arms, and displayed a royal
+standard and two standards of companies, sounding fifes and drums, in
+very good order, and showing a front of battle to the Adelantado; who,
+having ordered his men to sit down and take their breakfast, so that
+they made no demonstration of any change, he himself walked up and down
+the shore, with his admiral and two other captains, paying no attention
+to the movement and demonstration of battle of the French; so that they
+observing this, halted and the fifes and the drums ceased, while with a
+bugle note they unfurled the white flag of peace, which was returned by
+the Adelantado. A Frenchman placed himself upon the raft, and cried with
+a loud voice that he wished to cross over, but that owing to the force
+of the current he could not bring the raft over, and desired an Indian
+canoe which was there to be sent over. The Adelantado said he could swim
+over for it, under pledge of his word. A French sailor immediately came
+over, but the General would not permit him to speak with him, but
+directed him to take the canoe, and go and tell his captain, that
+inasmuch as he called for a conference, if he desired anything he should
+send over some one to communicate with him. The same sailor immediately
+came with a gentleman, who said he was the sergeant major of Jean
+Ribault, Viceroy and Captain General of this land for the king of
+France, and that he had sent him to say, that they had been wrecked with
+their fleet in a great storm, and that he had with him three hundred and
+fifty French; that they wished to go to a fort which they held, twenty
+leagues from there; that they wished the favor of boats, to pass this
+river, and the other, four leagues further on, and that he desired to
+know if they were Spaniards, and under what leader they served.
+
+"The Adelantado answered him, that they were Spaniards, and that the
+captain under whom they served was the person now addressing him, and
+was called Pedro Menendez. That he should tell his General that the fort
+which he held twenty leagues from there had been taken by him, and he
+had destroyed all the French, and the rest who had come with the fleet,
+because they were badly governed; and then, passing thence to where the
+dead bodies of the Frenchmen whom he had killed still lay unburied,
+pointed them out to him and said, therefore he could not permit them to
+pass the river to their fort.
+
+"The sergeant, with an unmoved countenance, and without any appearance
+of uneasiness on account of what the Adelantado had said, replied, that
+if he would have the goodness to send a gentleman of his party, to say
+to the French general, that they might negotiate with safety, the people
+were much exhausted, and the general would come over in a boat which was
+there. The Adelantado replied, 'Farewell, comrade, and bear the answer
+which they shall give you; and if your general desires to come and treat
+with me, I give my word that he shall come and return securely, with
+four or six of his people whom he may select for his advisors, that he
+may do whatever he may conclude to be best.'
+
+"The French gentleman then departed with this message. Within half an
+hour he returned to accept the assurance the Adelantado had given, and
+to obtain the boat; which the Adelantado was unwilling to let him have,
+but said he could use the canoe, which was safe, and the strait was
+narrow; and he again went back with this message.
+
+"Immediately Jean Ribault came over, whom the Adelantado received very
+well, with other eight gentleman, who had come with him. They were all
+gentlemen of rank and position. He gave them a collation, and would have
+given them food if they had desired. Jean Ribault with much humility,
+thanked him for his kind reception, and said that to raise their
+spirits, much depressed by the sad news of the death of their comrades,
+they would partake only of the wine and condiments, and did not wish
+anything else to eat. Then after eating, Jean Ribault said, 'that he saw
+that those his companions were dead, and that he could not be mistaken
+if he desired to be.' Then the Adelantado directed the soldiers to bring
+each one whatever he had taken from the fort; and he saw so many things
+that he knew for certain that it was taken: although he knew this
+before, yet he could not wholly believe it, because among his men there
+was a Frenchman by name of Barbero, of those whom the Adelantado had
+ordered to be destroyed with the rest, and was left for dead with the
+others, having with the first thrust he received fallen down and made as
+though he were dead, and when they left there he had passed over by
+swimming, to Ribault; and this Barbero held it for certain that the
+Adelantado had deceived them in saying that the fort was taken, it not
+being so; and thus until now he had supposed. The Adelantado said that
+in order with more certainty to believe this and satisfy himself, he
+might converse apart with the two Frenchmen who were present, to satisfy
+him better; which he did.
+
+"Immediately Jean Ribault came towards the Adelantado and said, 'it was
+certain that all which he had told him was true; but that what had
+happened to him, might have happened to the Adelantado; and since their
+kings were brothers, and such great friends, the Adelantado should act
+towards him as a friend, and give him ships and provisions, that he
+might return to France.'
+
+"The Adelantado replied in the same manner that he had done to the other
+Frenchmen, as to what he would do; and that taking it or leaving it,
+Jean Ribault could obtain nothing further from the Adelantado. Jean
+Ribault then said that he would go and give an account of matters to
+his people, for he had among them many of noble blood; and would return
+or send an answer as to what he would do.
+
+"Three hours afterwards, Jean Ribault returned in the canoe, and said,
+'that there were different opinions among his people; that while some
+were willing to yield themselves to his clemency, others were not.' The
+Adelantado replied 'that it mattered but little to him whether they all
+came, or a part, or none at all; that they should do as it pleased them,
+and he would act with the same liberty.' Jean Ribault said to him, 'that
+the half of the people who were willing to yield themselves to his
+clemency, would pay him a ransom of more than 100,000 ducats; and the
+other half were able to pay more, for there were among them persons of
+wealth and large incomes, who had desired to establish estates in this
+country.' The Adelantado answered him, 'It would grieve me much to lose
+so great and rich a ransom, under the necessity I am under for such aid,
+to carry forward the conquest and settlement of this land, in the name
+of my king, as is my duty, and to plant here the Holy Evangel.' Jean
+Ribault considered from this, that with the amount they could all give,
+he might be induced to spare his own life and that of all the others who
+were with him, and that they might be able to pay more than 200,000
+ducats; and he said to the Adelantado, 'that he would return with his
+answer to his people; that as it was late, he would take it as a favor
+if he would be willing to wait until the following day, when, he would
+bring their reply as to what they would conclude to do.' The Adelantado
+said, 'Yes, that he would wait.' Jean Ribault then went back to his
+people, it being already sunset. In the morning, he returned with the
+canoe, and surrendered to the Adelantado two royal standards--the one
+that of the king of France, the other that of the Admiral
+(Coligny),--and the standards of the company, and a sword, dagger, and
+helmet, gilded very beautifully; and also a shield, a pistol, and a
+commission given him under the high admiral of France, to assure to him
+his title and possessions.
+
+"He then said to him, 'that but one hundred and fifty of the three
+hundred and fifty whom he had with him were willing to yield to his
+clemency, and that the others had withdrawn during the night; and that
+they might take the boat and bring those who were willing to come over,
+and their arms.' The Adelantado immediately directed the captain, Diego
+Flores Valdes, Admiral of the fleet, that he should bring them over as
+he had done the others, ten by ten; and the Adelantado, taking Jean
+Ribault behind the sand hills, among the bushes where the others had
+their hands tied behind them, he said to these and all the others as he
+had done before, that they had four leagues to go after night, and that
+he could not permit them to go unbound; and after they were all tied, he
+asked if they were Catholics or Lutherans, or if any of them desired to
+make confession.
+
+"Jean Ribault replied, 'that all who were there were of the new
+religion,' and he then began to repeat the psalm, '_Domine! Memento!
+Mei_;' and having finished, he said, 'that from dust they came and to
+dust they must return, and that in twenty years, more or less, he must
+render his final account; that the Adelantado might do with them as he
+chose.' The Adelantado then ordered all to be killed, in the same order
+and at the same mark, as had been done to the others. He spared only the
+fifers, drummers, and trumpeters, and four others who said that they
+were Catholics, in all, sixteen persons." "_Todos los demas fueron
+degallados_,"--"all the rest were slaughtered," is the sententious
+summary lay which Padre de Solis announced the close of the sad career
+of the gray-haired veteran, the brave soldier, the Admiral Jean Ribault,
+and his companions.[12]
+
+At some point on the thickly-wooded shores of the Island of Anastasio,
+or beneath the shifting mounds of sand which mark its shores, may still
+lie the bones of some of the three hundred and fifty who, spared from
+destruction by the tempest, and escaping the perils of the sea and of
+the savage, fell victims to the vindictive rancor and blind rage of one
+than whom history recalls none more cruel, or less humane. But while
+their bones, scattered on earth and sea, unhonored and unburied, were
+lost to human sight, the tale of their destruction and sad fate,
+scattered in like manner over the whole world, has raised to their
+memory through sympathy with their fate, a memorial which will endure as
+long as the pages of history.
+
+The Adelantado returned that night to St. Augustine, where, says his
+apologist, some persons censured him for his cruelty. Others commended
+what he had done, as the act of a good general, and said that even if
+they had been Catholics, he could not have done more justly than he had
+done for them; for with the few provisions that the Adelantado had,
+either the one or the other people would have had to perish with hunger,
+and the French would have destroyed our people: they were the most
+numerous.[13]
+
+We have still to trace the fate of the body of two hundred, who retired
+from Ribault after his final determination to surrender to the tender
+mercies of Menendez. As we are already aware, it comprised the elite of
+his force, men of standing and rank, and whose spirits had retained
+energy to combat against the natural discouragements of their position;
+and they adopted the nobler resolve of selling their lives, at least
+with their swords in their hands.
+
+De Solis proceeds to give the following further account of them:--
+
+"Twenty days subsequently to the destruction of these, some Indians came
+to the Adelantado, and informed him by signs, that eight days' journey
+from here to the southward, near the Bahama Channel, at Canaveral, a
+large number of people, brethren of those whom the General had caused to
+be killed, were building a fort and a vessel. The Adelantado at once
+came to the conclusion, that the French had retired to the place where
+their vessels were wrecked, and where their artillery and munitions, and
+provisions were, in order to build a vessel and return to France to
+procure succor. The General thereupon dispatched from St. Augustine to
+St. Matteo, ten of his soldiers, conveying intelligence of what had
+taken place, and directing that they should send to him one hundred and
+fifty of the soldiers there, with the thirty-five others who remained
+when he returned to St. Augustine, after taking the fort. The master of
+the camp immediately dispatched them, under command of Captains Juan
+Velez de Medrano and Andrez Lopez Patrio; and they arrived at St.
+Augustine on October 23d. On the 25th, after having heard mass, the
+Adelantado departed for the coast, with three hundred men, and three
+small vessels to go by sea with the arms and provisions; and the vessels
+were to go along and progress equally with the troops; and each night
+when the troops halted, the vessels also anchored by them, for it was a
+clear and sandy coast.
+
+"The Adelantado carried in the three vessels provisions for forty days
+for three hundred men, and one day's ration was to last for two days;
+and he promised to do everything for the general good of all, although
+they might have to undergo many dangers and privations; that he had
+great hope that he would have the goodness and mercy of God to aid him
+in carrying through safely this so holy and pious an undertaking. He
+then took leave of them, leaving most of them in tears, for he was much
+loved, feared, and respected by all.[14]
+
+"The Adelantado, after a wearisome journey, marching on foot himself the
+whole distance, arrived in the neighborhood of the French camp on All
+Saints Day, at daylight, guided by the Indians by land, and the three
+vessels under the command of Captain Diego de Maya. As soon as the
+French descried the Spaniards, they fled to their fort, without any
+remaining. The Adelantado sent them a trumpeter, offering them their
+lives, that they should return and should receive the same treatment as
+the Spaniards. One hundred and fifty came to the Adelantado; and their
+leader, with twenty others, sent to say that they would sooner be
+devoured by the Indians, than surrender themselves to the Spaniards. The
+Adelantado received those who surrendered, very well, and having set
+fire to the fort, which was of wood, burned the vessel which they were
+building, and buried the artillery, for the vessels could not carry
+them."
+
+De Solis here closes his account of the matter; but from other accounts
+we learn that the Adelantado kept his faith on this occasion with them,
+and that some entered his service, some were converted to his faith, and
+others returned to France; and thus ended the Huguenot attempt to
+colonize the shores of Florida.
+
+There are several other accounts of the fate of Ribault and his
+followers, drawn from the narratives of survivors of the expedition,
+which, without varying the general order of events, fill in sundry
+details of the massacres. The main point of difference is, as to the
+pledges or assurances given by Menendez. The French accounts say that he
+pledged his faith to them that their lives should be spared.[15] It will
+be seen that the Spanish account denies that he did so, but makes him
+use language subject to misconstruction, and calculated to deceive them
+into the hope and expectation of safety. I do not see that in a
+Christian or even moral view there is much difference between an open
+breach of faith and the breach of an implied faith, particularly when it
+was only by this deception that the surrender could have been
+accomplished. Nor could Menendez have had a very delicate sense of the
+value of the word of a soldier, a Christian, and a gentleman, when, as
+his apologist admits, he did directly use the language of falsehood, to
+induce them to submit to the degradation of having their hands tied.
+
+Nor, considered in its broader aspects is it a matter of any consequence
+whether he gave his word or no; nor does it lessen the enormity of his
+conduct, had they submitted themselves in the most unreserved manner to
+his discretion. France and Spain were at peace; no act of hostility had
+been committed by the French toward the Spaniards; and Ribault asked
+only to be allowed to pass on. In violation alike of the laws of war and
+the law of humanity, he first induced them to surrender, to abide what
+God, whose holy name he invoked, should put into his heart to do, and
+then cajoling them into allowing their hands to be tied, he ordered them
+to be killed, in their bonds as they stood, defenseless, helpless,
+wrecked, and famished men. It would have been a base blot upon human
+nature, had he thus served the most savage tribe of nations, standing on
+that far shore, brought into the common sympathy of want and suffering.
+The act seems one of monstrous atrocity, when committed against the
+people of a sister nation.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+FORTIFYING OF ST. AUGUSTINE--DISAFFECTIONS AND MUTINIES--APPROVAL OF
+MENENDEZ' ACTS BY THE KING OF SPAIN. 1565-1568.
+
+
+During the time of the several expeditions of the Adelantado against the
+French Huguenots, the fortification and strengthening of the defenses of
+the settlement at St. Augustine had not been neglected. The fort, or
+Indian council-house, which had been first fortified, seems to have been
+consumed in the conflagration spoken of; and thereupon a plan of a
+regular fortification or fort was marked out by Menendez; and, as there
+existed same danger of the return of the French, the Spaniards labored
+unceasingly with their whole force, to put it in a respectable state of
+defense. From an engraving contained in De Bry, illustrating the attack
+of Sir Francis Drake, twenty years afterwards, this fort appears to have
+been an octagonal structure of logs, and located near the site of the
+present fort, while the settlement itself was probably made in the first
+instance, at the lower end of the peninsula, near the building now
+called "the powder-house."
+
+He also established a government for the place, with civil and military
+officials, a hall of justice, etc.
+
+All of these matters were arranged by Menendez before his expedition
+against the French at Canaveral, of whom one hundred and fifty returned
+with him, and were received upon an equal footing with his own men, the
+more distinguished being received at his own table upon the most
+friendly terms; a clemency which, with a knowledge of his character, can
+only be ascribed to motives of policy. The position of the French at
+Canaveral was probably inaccessible, as they had their arms, besides
+artillery brought from the vessels; and the duplicity which had
+characterized his success with their comrades, was out of the question
+here; the French could therefore exact their own terms, and unshackled
+could forcibly resist any attempt at treachery.
+
+The addition of this number to his force lessened the already diminished
+supply of provisions which Menendez had brought with him; and want soon
+began to threaten his camp. He sent as many of his soldiers as he could
+into camp at San Matteo, and endeavored to draw supplies from the
+Indians; but unfortunately for him, the country between the St. Johns
+and St. Augustine was under the rule of the Indian Chief, Satouriara,
+the friend (and ally of the French), whose hostility the Spaniards were
+never able to overcome. Satouriara and his followers withdrew from all
+peaceable intercourse with the Spaniards, and hung about their path to
+destroy, harrass, and cut them off upon every possible occasion.
+
+The winter succeeding the settlement of the Spaniards at St. Augustine,
+was most distressing and discouraging to them. The lack of provisions in
+their camp drove them to seek, in the surrounding country, subsistence
+from the roots and esculent plants it might afford, or to obtain in the
+neighboring creeks, fish and oysters; but no sooner did a Spaniard
+venture out alone beyond, the gates of the fort, than he was grasped, by
+some unseen foe, from the low underbrush and put to death, or a shower
+of arrows from some tree-top was his first intimation of danger; if he
+discharged his arquebuse towards his invisible assailants, others would
+spring upon him before he could reload his piece; or, if he attempted to
+find fish and oysters in some quiet creek, the noiseless canoe of an
+Indian would dart in upon him, and the heavy war-club of the savage
+descending upon his unprotected head, end his existence. Against such a
+foe, no defense could avail; and it is related that more than one
+hundred and twenty of the Spaniards were thus killed, including Captain
+Martin de Ochoa, Captain Diego de Hevia, Fernando de Gamboa, and Juan
+Menendez, a nephew of the Adelantado, and many others of the bravest and
+most distinguished of the garrison.
+
+In this crisis of affairs, the Governor concluded to go to Cuba himself,
+to obtain relief for his colony. He in the meantime established a fort
+at St. Lucia, near Canaveral. A considerable jealousy seems to have
+existed on the part of the governor of Cuba; and he received Menendez
+with great coolness, and in reply to his appeals for aid, only offered
+an empty vessel. In this emergency, Menendez contemplated, as his only
+means of obtaining what he wished, to go upon a filibustering expedition
+against some Portuguese and English vessels which were in those waters.
+While making preparations to do this, four vessels of the fleet with
+which he had left Spain, and which had been supposed lost, arrived; and
+after dispatching a vessel to Campeachy for provisions, he commenced
+his return voyage to his colony, delaying however for a time in South
+Florida, to seek intelligence among the Indians of his lost son.
+
+In the meantime his garrisons at St. Augustine and San Matteo had
+mutinied, and were in open revolt; provisions had become so scarce that
+twenty-five reals had been given for a pound of biscuit, and but for the
+fish they would have starved. They plundered the public stores,
+imprisoned their officers, and seized upon a vessel laden with
+provisions which had been sent to the garrison. The Master of the Camp
+succeeded in escaping from confinement and releasing his fellow
+prisoners, by a bold movement cut off the intercourse between the
+mutineers on board the vessel and those on shore, and hung the Sergeant
+Major, who was at the head of the movement. The Commandant then
+attempted to attack those in the vessel, and was nearly lost with his
+companions, by being wrecked on the bar. The vessel made sail to the
+West India Islands. The garrison at San Matteo took a vessel there and
+come around to St. Augustine, but arrived after their accomplices had
+left.
+
+Disease had already begun to make its ravages, and added to the general
+wish to leave the country; which all would then have done had they had
+the vessels in which to embark. They used for their recovery from
+sickness, the roots of a native shrub, which produced marvelous cures.
+
+At this period Menendez returned to the famished garrison, but was
+forced to permit Juan Vicente, with one hundred of the disaffected, to
+go to St. Domingo by a vessel which he dispatched there for supplies;
+and it is said that the governors of the islands where they went,
+harbored them, and that of some five hundred who on different occasions
+deserted from the Adelantado, and all of whom had been brought out at
+his cost, but two or three were ever returned to him; while the
+deserters putting their own construction upon their acts, sent home to
+the king of Spain criminations of the Adelantado, and represented the
+conquest of Florida, as a hopeless and worthless acquisition; that it
+was barren and swampy, and produced nothing.
+
+After this defection, Menendez proceeded along the coast to San Matteo,
+and thence to Guale, Amelia, and adjoining islands, Orista and St.
+Helena; made peaceful proposals to the Indian tribes, lectured them upon
+theology, and planted a cross at their council-houses. The cacique of
+Guale asked Menendez how it was "that he had waged war upon the other
+white men, who had come from the same country as himself?" He replied,
+"that the other white people were bad Christians, and believers in lies;
+and that those whom he had killed, deserved the most cruel death,
+because they had fled their own country, and came to mislead and deceive
+the caciques and other Indians, as they had already before misled and
+deceived many other good Christians, in order that the devil may take
+possession of them." While at St. Helena he succeeded in obtaining
+permission of the Indians to erect a fort there, and he left a
+detachment. On his return he also erected fort San Felipe, at Orista;
+and after setting up a cross at Guale, the cacique demanded of him, that
+as now they had become good Christians, he should cause rain to come
+upon their fields; for a drought had continued eight months. The same
+night a severe rain-storm happened, which confirmed the faith of the
+Indians, and gained the Adelantado great credit with them. While here,
+he learned that there was a fugitive Lutheran among the Indians, and he
+took some pains to cause to be given to the fugitive hopes of good
+treatment if he would come into the Spanish post at St. Helena, while he
+gave private directions that he should be killed, directing his
+lieutenant to make very strange of his disappearance; an incident very
+illustrative of the vindictiveness and duplicity of Menendez.[16]
+
+He returned to St. Augustine, and was received with great joy, and
+devoted himself to the completion of the fort, which was to frighten the
+savages, and enforce respect from strangers. It was built, it is said,
+where it now stands, _donde este ahora_, (1722.)
+
+The colony left at St. Helena mutinied almost immediately, and seizing a
+vessel sent with supplies, sailed for Cuba, and were wrecked on the
+Florida Keys, where they met at an Indian town the mutineers who had
+deserted from the fort at St. Matteo: these had been also wrecked there.
+
+The garrison again becoming much straitened for provisions, the
+Adelantado, in June, was obliged to go to Cuba for succor. He was
+received with indifference, and his wishes unheeded. He applied to the
+governor of Mexico, and others who happened to be there, and who had the
+power of assisting him; from all he received no encouragement, but the
+advice to abandon his enterprise. He at last pawned his jewels, the
+badge of his order, and his valuables, thus obtaining five hundred
+ducats; with which he purchased provisions, and set sail on his return,
+with only sixty-five men.
+
+But just at this period succor came to the famished troops; a fleet of
+seventeen vessels arrived with fifteen hundred men from Spain, under
+Juan de Avila, as admiral. By this means all the posts were succored and
+reinforced, and the enterprise saved from destruction; for the small
+supplies brought by Menendez would have been soon exhausted, and further
+efforts being out of his power, they would have been forced to withdraw
+from the country.
+
+The admiral of the fleet also had entrusted to him for the Adelantado a
+letter from the king, written on the 12th of May, 1566, which, among
+other matters, contained the following royal commendation of the acts of
+Menendez. "Of the great success which has attended your enterprise, we
+have the most entire satisfaction, and we bear in memory the loyalty,
+the love, and the diligence, with which you have borne us service, as
+well as the dangers and perils in which you have been placed; and as to
+the _retribution_ you have visited upon the Lutheran pirates who sought
+to occupy that country, and to fortify themselves there, in order to
+disseminate in it their wicked creed, and to prosecute there their
+wrongs and robberies, which they have done and were doing against God's
+service and my own, we believe that you did it with every justification
+and propriety, and we consider ourself to have been well served in so
+doing."[17]
+
+To this commendation of Philip II., it is unnecessary to add any
+comment, save that no other action could have been expected of him. And
+of Charles the Ninth, of France, the Spanish historian says that he
+treated the memorial of the widows and orphans of the slain with
+contempt, "considering their punishment to have been just, in that they
+were equally enemies of Spain, of France, of the Church, and of the
+peace of the world."
+
+During the absence of Menendez to inspect his posts, disaffection again
+broke out; and finding his force too numerous, he with sixteen vessels
+went upon a freebooting expedition to attack pirates. He failed to meet
+with any; but having learned that a large French fleet was on its way,
+he visited and fortified the forts on the islands of Cuba, Hispaniola,
+and Puerto Rico, and again returned to Florida; the expected French
+fleet never having arrived. About this time, a small vessel brought from
+Spain three learned and exemplary priests; one of whom, Padre Martinez,
+landed upon the coast with some of the crew, and being unable to regain
+the vessel, coasted along to St. George Island, where he was attacked
+and murdered by the Indians, with a number of his companions.
+
+The following year was principally occupied by Menendez, in
+strengthening his fortifications at his three forts, in visiting the
+Indian chiefs at their towns, and exploring the country. One of his
+expeditions went as far north as the thirty-seventh degree of latitude
+by sea, and another went to the foot of the Apalachian Mountains, about
+one hundred and fifty leagues, and established a fort. The former was
+about the mouth of the Chesapeake, called the Santa Maria,[18] and the
+land expedition, probably to the up-country of Georgia, in the
+neighborhood of Rome.
+
+All attempts at pacifying their warlike neighbor were as fruitless as
+their attempts to subjugate him; whether in artifice and duplicity, in
+open warfare, or secret ambush, he was more than equal to the
+Adelantado, and was a worthy ancestor of the modern Seminole,--never
+present when looked for, and never absent when an opportunity of
+striking a blow occurred.
+
+The Adelantado having had built an extremely slight vessel of less than
+twenty tons, called a frigate, concluded to visit Spain, and ran in
+seventeen days to the Azores, sailing seventy leagues per day, an
+exploit not often equaled in modern times. He was received with great
+joy in Spain, and the king treated him with much consideration. The
+Adelantado felt great anxiety to return to his colony, and deprecated
+the delays of the court, fearing the result of the indignation at his
+cruelty to the Huguenots, which, says his chronicler, increased day by
+day.[19]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE NOTABLE REVENGE OF DOMINIC DE GOURGUES--RETURN OF MENENDEZ--INDIAN
+MISSION--1568.
+
+
+While Menendez thus remained at the Spanish court urging the completion
+of his business, seeking compensation for the great expenditures which
+he had made in the king's service, and vindicating himself from the
+accusations which had been preferred against him,--the revenge, the
+distant murmurs of which had already reached his ears, fell upon the
+Spaniards on the St. Johns.
+
+Dominic de Gourgues, one of those soldiers of fortune who then abounded
+throughout Europe, took upon himself the expression of the indignation
+with which the French nation viewed the slaughter of their countrymen.
+From motives of policy, or from feelings still less creditable, the
+French court ignored the event; but it rankled nevertheless in the
+national heart, and many a secret vow of revenge was breathed, the low
+whispers of which reached even the confines of the Spanish court.
+Conscience, and the knowledge that the sentiment of the age was against
+him, made Menendez from the moment of his success exceedingly anxious
+lest well-merited retribution should fall upon his own colony. He
+guarded against it in every way in his power; he strengthened all his
+posts; he erected for the protection of San Matteo, formerly Fort
+Caroline, two small forts on either side of the entrance of the river,
+at the points now known as Batten Island and Mayport Mills. He placed
+large garrisons at each post, and had made such arrangements against
+surprise or open attack upon his forts, that Father Mendoza boasted
+that, "half of all France could not take them."
+
+De Gourgues, with three vessels and about two hundred and fifty chosen
+men, animated with like feelings with himself, appeared in April, 1568,
+off the mouth of the St. Johns. The Spanish fort received his vessels
+with a salute, supposing them to be under the flag of Spain. De Gourgues
+returned the salute, thus confirming their error. He then entered the
+St. Marys, called the Somme, and was met by a large concourse of
+Indians, friendly to the French and bitterly hostile to the Spaniards,
+at the head of whom was the stern and uncompromising Satouriara. Their
+plans were quickly formed, and immediately carried into execution. Their
+place of rendezvous was the Fort George Inlet, called by them the
+Sarabay; and they traversed that island at low tide, fell suddenly upon
+the fort at Batten Island on the north side of the river, completely
+surprising it. The force occupying the Spanish forts amounted to four
+hundred men, one hundred and twenty of whom occupied the two forts at
+the mouth of the river, and the remainder Fort Caroline. The French with
+their Indian allies approached the fort on the north side of the river
+at day-break. Having waded the intervening marsh and creek, to the great
+damage of their feet and legs by reason of the oyster banks, they
+arrived within two hundred yards of the post, when they were discovered
+by the sentinel upon the platform of the fort; who immediately cried,
+"to arms," and discharged twice at the French a culverin which had been
+taken at Fort Caroline. Before he could load it a third time the brave
+Olatocara leaped upon him, and killed him with a pike. Gourgues then
+charging in, the garrison, by this time alarmed, rushed out, armed
+hastily and seeking escape; another part of Gourgues' force coming up,
+inclosed the Spaniards between them, and all but fifteen of the garrison
+perished on the spot; the others were taken prisoners, only to be
+reserved for the summary vengeance which the French leader meditated.
+
+The Spanish garrison in the other fort kept up in the mean time a brisk
+cannonade, which incommoded the assailants, who however soon managed to
+point the pieces of the fort they had taken; and under the cover of this
+fire the French crossed to the other fort, their Indian allies in great
+numbers swimming with them. The garrison of sixty men, panic-struck,
+made no attempt at resistance, but fled, endeavoring to reach the main
+fort; being intercepted by the Indians in one direction, and by the
+French in another, but few made good their escape. These, arriving at
+Fort Caroline, carried an exaggerated account of the number of their
+assailants.
+
+De Gourgues at once pushed forward to attack Fort Caroline, while its
+defenders were terrified at the suddenness of his attack, and the
+supposed strength of his force. Upon his arrival near the fort, the
+Spanish commander sent out a detachment of sixty men, to make a
+reconnoisance. De Gourgues skillfully interposed a body of his own men
+with a large number of the Indians between the reconnoitering party and
+the fort, and then with his main force charged upon them in front: when
+the Spaniards, turning to seek the shelter of the fort, were met by the
+force in their rear, and were all either killed or taken prisoners.
+Seeing this misfortune, the Spanish commander despaired of being able to
+hold the fortress, and determined to make a timely retreat to St.
+Augustine. In attempting this, most of his followers fell into the hands
+of the Indians, and were slain upon the spot; the commandant with a few
+others alone escaped.
+
+De Gourgues, now completely successful in making retaliation for the
+fate of his countrymen on the same spot where they suffered, on the same
+tree which had borne the bodies of the Huguenots caused his prisoners to
+be suspended; and as Menendez had on the former occasion erected a
+tablet that they had been punished "not as Frenchmen but as Lutherans,"
+so De Gourgues in like manner erected an inscription that he had done
+this to them "_not as to Spaniards, nor as to outcasts, but as to
+traitors, thieves and murderers_."[20]
+
+After inducing the Indians to destroy the forts, and to raze them to the
+ground, he set sail for France, arriving safely without further
+adventure.
+
+His conduct was at the time disavowed and censured by the French court;
+and the Spanish ambassador had the assurance, in the name of that master
+who had publicly declared his approval of the conduct of Menendez, to
+demand the surrender of De Gourgues to his vengeance. The brave captain,
+however the crown might seem to disapprove, was secretly sustained and
+protected by many distinguished persons official and private, and by the
+mass of the people; to whom his boldness, spirit, and signal success
+were grateful. Some years afterwards he was restored to the favor of his
+sovereign, and appointed admiral of the fleet.
+
+That De Gourgues deserves censure, cannot be denied; but there will
+always exist an admiration for his courage and intrepid valor, with a
+sympathy for the bitter provocations under which he acted, both personal
+and national; a sympathy not shared with Menendez, who visited his wrath
+upon the religious opinions of men, while De Gourgues was the
+unauthorized avenger of undoubted crime and inhumanity. Both acted in
+violation of the pure spirit of that Christianity which they alike
+professed to revere, under the same form.
+
+While these scenes were enacting on the St. Johns, Menendez was on his
+way to his colonies, where he first heard of the descent of De Gourgues,
+then on his way back to France. The Adelantado upon his arrival found
+his troops hungry and naked, and their relations with the Indians worse
+than ever. Having made such arrangements as were in his power, he
+returned to Havana, to further his plans for introducing Christianity
+among the Indians; to which, to his credit be it said, he devoted the
+greater share of his time and attention. Father Rogel applied himself to
+learning their language, with great success; and an institution was
+established in Havana especially for their instruction. In the Ensayo
+Cronologica, there is set forth in full, a rescript addressed by Pope
+Pius V., to Menendez, conveying to him the acknowledgements of his
+Holiness for the zeal and loyalty he had exhibited, and his labors in
+carrying the faith to the Indians, and urging him strongly to see to it
+that his Indian converts should not be scandalized by the vicious lives
+of their white brethren who claimed to be Christians.
+
+A small party of Spaniards, as has already been mentioned, accompanied
+by a priest, De Quiros, had been left upon the Chesapeake, and under the
+auspices of a young converted chief, who had been some time with the
+Spaniards in Havana and Florida, anticipated a more easy access to the
+Indian tribes in that region. Another priest, with ten associates, went
+the following year; when, after they had sent away their vessel, they
+discovered that their predecessor had been murdered, through the
+treachery of the renegade apostate; and they themselves shortly fell
+victims to his perfidy. Menendez dispatched a third vessel there; when
+the fate of the two former parties was ascertained, and he went in
+person to chastise the murderers; he succeeded in capturing six or
+seven, who, it is said, (rather improbably I think), confessed
+themselves to have been implicated in the massacre. Menendez, in his
+summary and sailor-like way, ordered their execution at the yard-arm of
+his vessel. The Cronicle says that they were first converted and
+baptized, by the zeal of Father Rogel, before the sentence was carried
+into execution. A long period elapsed before any further efforts were
+made in this quarter to establish a colony; and it was then accomplished
+by the English. In consequence of these temporary establishments,
+however, the Spanish crown, for a long period, claimed the whole of the
+intervening country, as lying within its Province of Florida.
+
+The annals of the city during the remainder of the life of Menendez,
+present only the usual vicissitudes of new settlements,--the
+alternations of supply and want, occasional disaffections, and petty
+annoyances.
+
+Menendez was the recipient from his court of new honors from time to
+time, and had been appointed the grand admiral of the Spanish Armada;
+when, in September, 1574, he was suddenly carried off by a fever, at the
+age of fifty-five. It is a singular coincidence that De Gourgues, five
+years afterwards, was carried off in a similar manner, just after his
+appointment as admiral of the French fleet. A splendid monument in the
+church of San Nicolas, at Aviles, was erected to the memory of Menendez,
+with the following inscription:
+
+     "HERE LIES BURIED THE ILLUSTRIOUS CAVALIER, PEDRO MENENDEZ DE
+     AVILES, A NATIVE OF THIS CITY, ADELANTADO OF THE PROVINCES OF
+     FLORIDA, KNIGHT COMMANDER OF SANTA CRUZ OF THE ORDER OF SANTIAGO,
+     AND CAPTAIN GENERAL OF THE OCEANIC SEAS AND OF THE ARMADA WHICH HIS
+     ROYAL HIGHNESS COLLECTED AT SANTANDER IN THE YEAR 1574, WHERE HE
+     DIED ON THE 17TH OF SEPTEMBER OF THAT YEAR, IN THE 55TH YEAR OF HIS
+     AGE."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+SIR FRANCIS DRAKE'S ATTACK UPON ST. AUGUSTINE--ESTABLISHMENT OF
+MISSIONS--MASSACRE OF MISSIONARIES AT ST. AUGUSTINE--1586-1638.
+
+
+Nine years had elapsed from the death of Menendez, and the colony at St.
+Augustine had slowly progressed into the settlement of a small town; but
+the eclat and importance which the presence of Menendez had given it,
+were much lessened; when, in 1586, Sir Francis Drake, with a fleet
+returning from South America, discovered the Spanish look-out upon
+Anastasia Island, and sent boats ashore to ascertain something in
+reference to it. Marching up the shore, they discovered across the bay,
+a fort, and further up a town built of wood.
+
+Proceeding towards the fort, which bore the name of San Juan de Pinas,
+some guns were fired upon them from it, and they retired towards their
+vessel; the same evening a fifer made his appearance, and informed them
+that he was a Frenchman, detained a prisoner there, and that the
+Spaniards had abandoned their fort; and he offered to conduct them over.
+Upon this information they crossed the river and found the fort
+abandoned as they had been informed, and took possession of it without
+opposition. It was built entirely of wood, and only surrounded by a wall
+or pale formed of the bodies or trunks of large trees, set upright in
+the earth; for, says the narrative, it was not at that time inclosed by
+a ditch, as it had been but lately begun by the Spaniards. The platforms
+were made of the bodies of large pine trees (of which there are plenty
+here), laid horizontally across each other, with earth rammed in to fill
+up the vacancies. Fourteen brass cannon were found in the fort, and
+there was left behind the treasure chest, containing L2,000 sterling,
+designed for the payment of the garrison, which consisted of one hundred
+and fifty men. Whether the massive, iron-bound mahogany chest,[21]
+still preserved in the old fort is the same which fell into the hands
+of Drake, is a question for antiquaries to decide; its ancient
+appearance might well justify the supposition.
+
+On the following day, Drake's forces marched towards the town, but
+owing, it is said, to heavy rains, were obliged to return and go in the
+boats. On their approach, the Spaniards fled into the country. It is
+said, in Barcia, that a Spaniard concealed in the bushes, fired at the
+sergeant major and wounded him, and then ran up and dispatched him, and
+that in revenge for this act, Drake burnt their buildings and destroyed
+their gardens. The garrison and inhabitants retired to fort San Matteo,
+on the St. Johns river. Barcia says that the population of the place was
+then increasing considerably, and that it possessed a hall of justice,
+parochial church, and other buildings, together with gardens in the rear
+of the town.
+
+An engraved plan or view of Drake's descent upon St. Augustine,
+published after his return to England, represents an octagonal fort
+between two streams; at the distance of half a mile another stream;
+beyond that the town, with a look-out and two religious houses, one of
+which is a church, and the other probably the house of the Franciscans,
+who had shortly before established a house of their order there. The
+town contains three squares lengthwise, and four in width, with gardens
+on the west side.
+
+Some doubt has been thrown on the actual site of the first settlement,
+by this account; but I think it probably stood considerably to the south
+of the present public square, between the barracks and the powder-house.
+Perhaps the Maria Sanchez creek may have then communicated with the bay
+near its present head, in wet weather and at high tides isolating the
+fort from the town. The present north ditch may have been the bed of a
+tide creek, and thus would correspond to the appearance presented by the
+sketch. It is well known that the north end of the city was built at a
+much later period than the southern, and that the now vacant space below
+the barracks, was once occupied with buildings. Buildings and fields are
+shown upon Anastasia Island, opposite the town. The relative position of
+the town with reference to the entrance of the harbor is correctly shown
+on the plan; and there seems no sufficient ground to doubt the identity
+of the present town with the ancient locality.
+
+The garrison and country were then under the command of Don Pedro
+Menendez, a nephew of the Adelantado, who, after the English squadron
+sailed, having received assistance from Havana began, it is said, to
+rebuild the city, and made great efforts to increase its population, and
+to induce the Indians to settle in its neighborhood.
+
+In 1592, twelve Franciscan missionaries arrived at St. Augustine, with
+their Superior, Fray Jean de Silva, and placed themselves under the
+charge of Father Francis Manon, Warden of the convent of St. Helena. One
+of them, a Mexican, Father Francis Panja, drew up in the language of the
+Yemasees his "Abridgment of Christian Doctrine," said to be the first
+work compiled in any of our Indian languages.
+
+The Franciscan Father Corpa established a Mission house for the Indians
+at Talomato, in the northwest portion of the city of St, Augustine,
+where there was then an Indian village. Father Blas de Rodriguez, also
+called Montes, had an Indian Church at a village of the Indians called
+Tapoqui, situated on the creek called Cano de la Leche, north of the
+fort; and the church bearing the name of "Our Lady of the Milk" was
+situated on the elevated ground a quarter of a mile north of the fort,
+near the creek. A stone church existed at this locality as late as 1795,
+and the crucifix belonging to it is preserved in the Roman Catholic
+Church at St. Augustine.
+
+These missions proceeded with considerable apparent success, large
+numbers of the Indians being received and instructed both at this and
+other missions.
+
+Among the converts at the mission of Talomato, was the son of the
+cacique of the province of Guale, a proud and high-spirited young
+leader, who by no means submitted to the requirements of his spiritual
+fathers, but indulged in excesses which scandalized his profession.
+Father Corpa, after trying private remonstrances and warnings in vain,
+thought it necessary to administer to him a public rebuke. This aroused
+the pride of the young chief, and he suddenly left the mission,
+determined upon revenge. He gathered from the interior a band of
+warriors, whom he inspired with his own hatred against the missionaries.
+Returning to Talomato with his followers under the cover of night, he
+crept up to the mission house, burst open the chapel doors, and slew the
+devoted Father Corpa while at prayer; then severed his head from his
+body, set it upon a pikestaff, and threw his body out into the forest
+where it could never afterwards be found. The scene of this tragedy was
+in the neighborhood of the present Roman Catholic cemetery of St.
+Augustine.
+
+As soon as this occurrence became known in the Indian village, all was
+excitement; some of the most devoted bewailing the death of their
+spiritual father, while others dreaded the consequences of so rash an
+act, and shrunk with terror from the vengeance of the Spaniards, which
+they foresaw would soon follow. The young chief of Guale gathered them
+around him, and in earnest tones addressed them. "Yes," said he, "the
+friar is dead. It would not have been done, if he would have allowed us
+to live as we did before we became Christians. We desire to return to
+our ancient customs; and we must provide for our defense against the
+punishment which will be hurled upon us by the Governor of Florida,
+which, if it be allowed to reach us, will be as rigorous for this single
+friar as if we had killed them all.--For the same power which we possess
+to destroy this one priest, we have to destroy them all."
+
+His followers approved of what had been done, and said there was no
+doubt but what the same vengeance would fall upon them for the death of
+the one, as for all.
+
+He then resumed. "Since we shall receive equal punishment for the death
+of this one, as though we had killed them all, let us regain the liberty
+of which these friars have robbed us, with their promises of good things
+which we have not yet seen, but which they seek to keep us in hope of,
+while they accumulate upon us who are called Christians, injuries and
+disgusts, making us quit our wives, restricting us to one only, and
+prohibiting us from changing her.--They prevent us from having our
+balls, banquets, feasts, celebrations, games and contests, so that being
+deprived of them, we lose our ancient valor and skill which we inherited
+from our ancestors. Although they oppress us with labor, refusing to
+grant even the respite of a few days, and although we are disposed to do
+all they require from us, they are not satisfied; but for everything
+they reprimand as, injuriously treat us, oppress us, lecture us, call us
+bad Christians, and deprive us of all the pleasures which our fathers
+enjoyed, in the hope that they would give us heaven; by these frauds
+subjecting us and holding us under their absolute control. And what have
+we to hope except to be made slaves? If we now put them all to death, we
+shall destroy these excrescenses, and force the governor to treat us
+well."
+
+The majority were carried away by his address, and rung out the war-cry
+of death and defiance. While still eager for blood, their chief led them
+to the Indian town of Tapoqui, the mission of Father Montes, on the
+Cano de la Leche; tumultuously rushing in, they informed the missionary
+of the fate of Father Corpa, and that they sought his own life and those
+of all his order; and then with uplifted weapons bade him prepare to
+die. He reasoned and remonstrated with them, portraying the folly and
+wickedness of their intentions, that the vengeance of the Spaniards
+would surely overtake them, and implored them with tears, that for their
+own sakes rather than his, they would pause in their mad designs. But
+all in vain; they were alike insensible to his eloquence, and his tears,
+and pressed forward to surround him. Finding all else vain, he begged as
+a last favor that he should be permitted to celebrate mass before he
+died. In this he was probably actuated in part by the hope that their
+fierce hatred might be assuaged by the sight of the ceremonies of their
+faith, or that the delay might afford time for succor from the adjoining
+garrison.
+
+The permission was given; and there for the last time the worthy Father
+put on his robes, which might well be termed his robes of sacrifice. The
+wild and savage crowd, thirsting for his blood, reclined upon the floor
+and looked on in sullen silence, awaiting the conclusion of the rites.
+The priest alone, standing before the altar, proceeded with this most
+sad and solemn mass, then cast his eyes to heaven and knelt in private
+supplication; where the next moment he fell under the blows of his cruel
+foes, bespattering the altar at which he ministered, with his own life's
+blood. His crushed remains were thrown into the fields, that they might
+serve for the fowls of the air or the beasts of the forest; but not one
+would approach it, except a dog, which, rushing forward to lay hold upon
+the body, fell dead upon the spot, says the ancient chronicle; and an
+old Christian Indian, recognizing it, gave it sepulture in the forest.
+
+From thence the ferocious young chief of Guale led his followers against
+several missions, in other parts of the country, which he attacked and
+destroyed, together with their attendant clergy. Thus upon the soil of
+the ancient city was shed the blood of Christian martyrs, who were
+laboring with a zeal well worthy of emulation, to carry the truths of
+religion to the native tribes of Florida. Two hundred and sixty years
+have passed away since these sad scenes were enacted; but we can not
+even now repress a tear of sympathy and a feeling of admiration for
+those self-denying missionaries of the cross, who sealed their faith
+with their blood, and fell victims to their energy and devotion. The
+spectacle of the dying priest struck down at the altar, attired in his
+sacred vestments, and perhaps imploring pardon upon his murderers,
+cannot fail to call up in the heart of the most insensible, something
+more than a passing emotion.
+
+The zeal of the Franciscans was only increased by this disaster, and
+each succeeding year brought additions to their number. They pushed
+their missions into the interior of the country so rapidly that in less
+than two years they had established through the principal towns of the
+Indiana no less than twenty mission houses. The presumed remains of
+these establishments are still occasionally to be found throughout the
+interior of the country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+SUBJECTION OF THE APALACHIAN INDIANS--CONSTRUCTION OF THE FORT, SEA
+WALL, &c.--1638-1700.
+
+
+In the year 1638, hostilities were entered into between the Spanish
+settlements on the coast, and the Apalachian Indians, who occupied the
+country in the neighborhood of the river Suwanee. The Spaniards soon
+succeeded in subduing their Indian foes; and in 1640, large numbers of
+the Apalachian Indians were brought to St. Augustine, and in alleged
+punishment for their outbreak, and with a sagacious eye to the
+convenience of the arrangement, were forced to labor upon the public
+works and fortifications of the city. At this period the English
+settlements along the coast to the northward, had begun to be formed,
+much to the uneasiness and displeasure of the Spanish crown, which for a
+long period claimed, by virtue of exploration and occupation, as well as
+by the ancient papal grant of Alexander, all the eastern coast of the
+United States. Their missionaries had penetrated Virginia before the
+settlement at Jamestown; and they had built a fort in South Carolina,
+and kept up a garrison for some years in it. But the Spanish government
+had become too feeble to compete with either the English or the French
+on the seas; and with the loss of their celebrated Armada, perished
+forever their pretensions as a naval power. They were therefore forced
+to look to the safety of their already established settlements in
+Florida; and the easy capture of the fort at St. Augustine by the
+passing squadron of Drake, evinced the necessity of works of a much more
+formidable character.
+
+It is evident that the fort, or castle as it was usually designated, had
+been then commenced, although its form was afterwards changed; and for
+sixty years subsequently, these unfortunate Apalachian Indians were
+compelled to labor upon the works, until in 1680, upon the
+recommendation of their mission Fathers, they were relieved from further
+compulsory labor, with the understanding that in case of necessity they
+would resume their labors.
+
+In 1648, St. Augustine is described to have contained more than three
+hundred householders (_vecinos_), a flourishing monastry of the order of
+St. Francis with fifty Franciscans, men very zealous for the conversion
+of the Indians, and regarded by their countrymen with the highest
+veneration. Besides these there were in the city alone, a vicar, a
+parochial curate, a superior sacristan, and a chaplain attached to the
+castle. The parish church was built of wood, the Bishop of Cuba, it is
+said, not being able to afford anything better, his whole income being
+but four hundred pezos per annum, which he shared with Florida; and
+sometimes he expended much more than his receipts.
+
+In 1665, Captain Davis, one of the English buccaneers and freebooters
+(then very numerous in the West Indies), with a fleet of seven or eight
+vessels came on the coast from Jamaica, to intercept the Spanish plate
+fleet on its return from New Spain to Europe; but being disappointed in
+this scheme, he proceeded along the coast of Florida, and came off St.
+Augustine, where he landed and marched directly upon the town, which he
+sacked and plundered, without meeting the least opposition or resistance
+from the Spaniards, although they had then a garrison of two hundred men
+in the fort, which at that time was an octagon, fortified and defended
+by round towers.
+
+The fortifications, if this account be true, were probably then very
+incomplete; and with a vastly inferior force it is not surprising that
+they did not undertake what could only have been an ineffectual
+resistance. It does not appear that the fort was taken; and the
+inhabitants retired probably within its enclosure with their
+valuables.[22]
+
+In the Spanish account of the various occurrences in this country, it is
+mentioned that in 1681, "the English having examined a province of
+Florida, distant twelve leagues from another called New Castle, where
+the air is pleasant, the climate mild, and the lands very fertile,
+called it Salvania; and that knowing these advantages, a Quaker, or
+Shaker (a sect barbarous impudent, and abominable), called William Penn,
+obtained a grant of it from Charles II., King of England, and made great
+efforts to colonize it." Such was the extent then claimed for the
+province of Florida, and such the opinion entertained of the Quakers.
+
+In 1681, Don Juan Marquez Cabrera, applied himself at once, upon his
+appointment to the governorship of Florida, to finishing the castle;
+and collected large quantities of stone, lime, timber, and iron, more
+than sufficient subsequently to complete it. About this period, a new
+impulse was given to the extension of the missions for converting the
+Indians; and large reinforcements of the clerical force were received
+from Mexico, Havana, and Spain; and many of them received salaries from
+the crown. A considerable Indian town is spoken of at this period, as
+existing six hundred varas north of St. Augustine, and called Macarasi,
+which would correspond to the place formerly occupied by Judge Douglas,
+deceased, and which has long been called Macariz. Other parts of the
+country were known by various names. Amelia Island was the province of
+Guale. The southern part of the country was known as the province of
+Carlos. Indian river was the province of Ys. Westwardly was the province
+of Apalachie; while smaller divisions were designated by the names of
+the chiefs.
+
+It is hardly to be doubted, that the same spirit of oppression towards
+the Indians, exercised in the other colonies under Spanish domination,
+existed in Florida. It has been already mentioned that the Apalachians
+were kept at labor upon the fortifications of St. Augustine; and in
+1680, the Yemasees, who had always been particularly peaceful and
+manageable, and whose principal town was Macarisqui, near St. Augustine,
+revolted at the rule exercised over them by the Spanish authorities at
+St. Augustine, in consequence of the execution of one of their chiefs by
+the order of the governor; and six years afterwards they made a general
+attack upon the Spaniards, drove them within the walls of the castle,
+and became such mortal enemies to them, that they never gave a Spaniard
+quarter, waylaying, and invariably massacring, any stragglers they could
+intercept outside of the fort.
+
+In 1670, an English settlement was established near Port Royal, South
+Carolina, one hundred and five years subsequent to the settlement of St.
+Augustine. The Spaniards regarded it as an infringement upon their
+rights; and although a treaty, after this settlement, had been made
+between Spain and England, confirming to the latter all her settlements
+and islands, yet as no boundaries or limits were mentioned, their
+respective rights and boundaries remained a subject of dispute for
+seventy years.
+
+About 1675, the Spanish authorities at St. Augustine, having
+intelligence from _white servants_ who fled to them, of the discontented
+and miserable situation of the colony in Carolina, advanced with a
+party under arms as far as the Island of St. Helena, to dislodge or
+destroy the settlers. A treacherous colonist of the name of Fitzpatrick,
+deserted to the Spaniards; but the governor, Sir John Yeamans, having
+received a reinforcement, held his ground; and a detachment of fifty
+volunteers under Colonel Godfrey, marched against the enemy, forcing
+them to retire from the Island of St. Helena, and retreat to St.
+Augustine.[23]
+
+Ten years afterwards, three galleys sailed from St. Augustine, and
+attacked a Scotch and English settlement at Port Royal, which had been
+founded by Lord Cardross, in 1681. The settlement was weak and
+unprotected, and the Spaniards fell upon them, killed several, whipped
+many, plundered all, and broke up the colony. Flushed with success, they
+continued their depredations on Edisto River, burning the houses,
+wasting the plantations, and robbing the settlers; and finished their
+marauding expedition by capturing the brother of Governor Morton, and
+burning him alive in one of the galleys which a hurricane had driven so
+high upon land as to make it impossible to have it re-launched. Such at
+least is the English account of the matter; and they say that intestine
+troubles alone prevented immediate and signal retaliation by the South
+Carolinians.[24]
+
+One Captain Don Juan de Aila went to Spain in the year 1687, in his own
+vessel, to procure additional forces and ammunition for the garrison at
+St. Augustine. He received the men and munitions desired; and as a
+reward for his diligence and patriotism, he also received the privilege
+of carrying merchandise, duty free; being also allowed to take twelve
+Spanish negroes for the cultivation of the fields of Florida, of whom it
+is said there was a great want in that province. By a mischance, he was
+only able to carry one negro there, with the troops and other cargo, and
+was received in the city with universal joy. This was the first occasion
+of the reception of African slaves; although as has been heretofore
+mentioned, it was made a part of the royal stipulation with Menendez,
+that he should bring over five hundred negro slaves.
+
+Don Diego de Quiroga y Losada, the governor of Florida in 1690, finding
+that the sea was making dangerous encroachments upon the shores of the
+town, and had reached even the houses, threatening to swallow them up,
+and render useless the fort which had cost so much to put in the state
+of completion in which it then was, called a public meeting of the chief
+men and citizens of the place, and proposed to them that in order to
+escape the danger which menaced them, and to restrain the force of the
+sea, they should construct a wall, which should run from the castle and
+cover and protect the city from all danger of the sea. The inhabitants
+not only approved of his proposal, but began the work with so much zeal,
+that the soldiers gave more than seventeen hundred dollars of their
+wages, although they were very much behind, not having been paid in six
+years; with which the governor began to make the necessary preparations,
+and sent forward a dispatch to the home government upon the subject.
+
+The council of war of the Indies approved, in the following year, of the
+work of the sea wall, and directed the viceroy of New Spain to furnish
+ten thousand dollars for it, and directed that a plan and estimate of
+the work should be forwarded. Quiroga was succeeded in the governorship
+of Florida, by Don Laureano de Torres, who went forward with the work of
+the sea wall, and received for this purpose the means furnished by the
+soldiers, and one thousand dollars more, which they offered besides the
+two thousand dollars, and likewise six thousand dollars which had come
+from New Spain, remitted by the viceroy, Count de Galleo, for the
+purpose of building a tower, as a look-out to observe the surrounding
+Indian settlements. Whether this tower was erected, or where, we have no
+certain knowledge. The towers erected on the governor's palace and at
+the northeast angle of the fort, were intended as look-outs both sea and
+landward.
+
+The statements made in reference to the building of this wall, from the
+castle as far as the city, confirm the opinion previously expressed,
+that the ancient and early settlement of the place was south of the
+public square, as the remains of the ancient sea wall extend to the
+basin at the Plaza. The top of this old sea wall is still visible along
+the centre of Bay street, where it occasionally appears above the level
+of the street; and its general plan and arrangement are shown on several
+old maps and plans of the city. Upon a plan of the city made in 1665, it
+is represented as terminating in a species of break-water at the public
+square. It is unnecessary to add that the present sea wall is a much
+superior structure to the old, and extends above twice the distance. Its
+cost is said to have been one hundred thousand dollars, and it was
+building from 1837 to 1843.
+
+In the year 1700, the work on the sea wall had progressed but slowly,
+although the governor had employed thirty stone-cutters at a time, and
+had eight yoke of oxen drawing stone to the landing, and two lime-kilns
+all the while at work. But the money previously provided, and
+considerable additional funds was requisite, resembling in this respect
+its successor. The new governor, De Curriga, took the matter in hand, as
+he had much experience in fortifications. The defenses of the fort are
+spoken of as being at the time too weak to resist artillery, and the
+sea wall as being but a slight work.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+ATTACK ON ST. AUGUSTINE BY GOVERNOR MOORE OF SOUTH
+CAROLINA--DIFFICULTIES WITH THE GEORGIANS. 1702-1732.
+
+
+Hostilities had broken out between England and Spain in 1702. The
+English settlements in Carolina only numbered six or seven thousand
+inhabitants, when Governor Moore, who was an ambitious and energetic
+man, but with serious defects of character, led an invading force from
+Carolina against St. Augustine. The pretense was to retaliate for old
+injuries, and, by taking the initiative, to prevent an attack upon
+themselves. The real motive was said by Gov. Moore's opponents at home,
+to have been the acquisition of military reputation and private gain.
+
+The plan of the expedition embraced a combined land and naval attack:
+and for this purpose six hundred provincial militia were embodied, with
+an equal number of Indian allies; a portion of the militia, with the
+Indians, were to go inland by boats and by land, under the command of
+Col. Daniel, who is spoken of as a good officer, while the main body
+proceeded with the governor by sea in several merchant schooners and
+ships which had been impressed for the service.
+
+The Spaniards, who had received intimations of the contemplated attack,
+placed themselves in the best posture of defense in their power, and
+laid up provisions in the castle to withstand a long siege.
+
+The forces under Col. Daniel arrived in advance of the naval fleet of
+the expedition, and immediately marched upon the town. The inhabitants,
+upon his approach, retired with their most valuable effects within the
+spacious walls of the castle, and Col. Daniel entered and took
+possession of the town, the larger part of which, it must be
+recollected, was at some distance from the castle.
+
+The quaint description of these events, given by Oldmixon, is as
+follows:--
+
+"Col. Rob. Daniel, a very brave man, commanded a party who were to go
+up the river in periagas, and come upon Augustino on the land side,
+while the Governour sailed thither, and attacked it by sea. They both
+set out in August, 1702. Col. Daniel, in his way, took St. Johns, a
+small Spanish settlement; as also St. Mary's, another little village
+belonging to the Spaniards; after which he proceeded to Augustino, came
+before the town, entered and took it, Col. Moor not being yet arrived
+with the fleet.
+
+"The inhabitants having notice of the approach of the English, had
+packed up their best effects and retired with them into the castle,
+which was surrounded by a very deep and broad moat.
+
+"They had laid up provisions there for four months, and resolved to
+defend themselves to the last extremity. However, Col. Daniel found a
+considerable booty in the town. The next day the Governour came ashore,
+and his troops following him, they entrenched, posted their guards in
+the church, and blocked up the castle. The English held possession of
+the town a whole month; but finding they could do nothing for want of
+mortars and bombs, they despatched away a sloop for Jamaica; but the
+commander of the sloop, instead of going thither, came to Carolina out
+of fear of treachery. Finding others offered to go in his stead, he
+proceeded in the voyage himself, after he had lain some time at
+Charlestown.
+
+"The Governour all this while lay before the castle of Augustino, in
+expectation of the return of the sloop, which hearing nothing of, he
+sent Col. Daniel, who was the life of the action, to Jamaica on the same
+errand.
+
+"This gentleman, being hearty in the design, procured a supply of bombs,
+and returned towards Augustino. But in the mean time two ships appeared
+in the offing, which being taken to be two very large men of war, the
+Governour tho't fit to raise the siege and abandon his ships, with a
+great quantity of stores, ammunition, and provisions, to the enemy. Upon
+which the two men of war entered the port of Augustino, and took the
+Governour's ships. Some say he burnt them himself. Certain it is they
+were lost to the English, and that he returned to Charles-Town over land
+300 miles from Augustino. The two men of war that were thought to be so
+large, proved to be two small frigates, one of 82, and the other of 16
+guns.[25]
+
+"When Col. Daniel came back to St. Augustine, he was chased, but got
+away; and Col. Moor retreated with no great honor homewards. The
+periagas lay at St. Johns, whither the Governour retired and so to
+Charles-Town, having lost but two men in the whole expedition."
+
+Arratomakaw, king of the Yamioseans, who commanded the Indians,
+retreated to the periagas with the rest, and there slept upon his oars
+with a great deal of bravery and unconcern. The governor's soldiers,
+taking a false alarm, and thinking the Spaniards were coming, did not
+like this slow pace of the Indian king in his flight, and to quicken him
+into it, bade him make more haste. But he replied, "No; though your
+governor leaves you, I will not stir till I have seen all my men before
+me."
+
+The Spanish accounts say that he burned the town, and this statement is
+confirmed by the report made on the 18th July, 1740, by a committee of
+the House of Commons of the province of South Carolina, in which it is
+said, referring to these transactions, that Moore was obliged to
+retreat, _but not without_ first burning the town.[26]
+
+It seems that the plunder carried off by Moore's troops was
+considerable; as his enemies charged at the time that he sent off a
+sloop-load to Jamaica, and in an old colonial document of South Carolina
+it is represented "that the late unfortunate, ill-contrived, and worst
+managed expedition against St. Augustine, was principally set on foot by
+the said late governor and his adherents; and that if any person in the
+said late assembly undertook to speak against it, and to show how unfit
+and unable we were at that time for such an attempt, he was presently
+looked upon by them as an enemy and traitor to his country, and reviled
+and affronted in the said assembly; although the true design of the said
+expedition was no other than catching and making slaves of Indians for
+private advantage, and impoverishing the country. * * * And that the
+expedition was to enrich themselves will appear particularly, because
+whatsoever booty, as rich silks, great quantity of church plate, with a
+great many other costly church ornaments and utensils taken by our
+soldiers at St. Augustine, are now detained in the possession of the
+said late governor and his officers, contrary to an act of assembly
+made for an equal division of the same amongst the soldiers."[27]
+
+The Spanish accounts of this expedition of Moore's are very meager. They
+designate him as the governor of St. George, by which name they called
+the harbor of Charleston; and they also speak of the plunder of the
+town, and the burning of the greater part of the houses. Don Joseph de
+Curriga was the then governor of the city, and had received just
+previous to the English attack, reinforcements from Havana, and had
+repaired and strengthened the fortifications.
+
+The retreat of the English was celebrated with great rejoicing by the
+Spaniards, who had been for three months shut up within the limited
+space of the walls of the castle; and they gladly repaired their ruined
+homes, and made good the ravages of the English invasion. An English
+account says that the two vessels which appeared off the bar and caused
+Moore's precipitate retreat, contained but two hundred men, and that had
+he awaited Colonel Daniel's return with the siege guns and ammunition,
+the castle would have fallen into their hands.
+
+In the same year, the king of Spain, alarmed at the dangers which
+menaced his possessions in Florida, gave greater attention to the
+strengthening the defenses of St. Augustine, and forwarded considerable
+reinforcements to the garrison, as well as additional supplies of
+munitions.
+
+The works were directed to be strengthened, which Governor Curriga
+thought not as strong as had been represented, and that the sea wall in
+the process of erection was insufficient for the purpose for which it
+was designed.
+
+Sixty years had elapsed since the Apalachian Indians had been conquered
+and compelled to labor upon the fortifications of St. Augustine; their
+chiefs now asked that they might be relieved from further compulsory
+labor; and after the usual number of references and reports and
+informations, through the Spanish circumlocution offices, this was
+graciously granted in a suspensory form, until their services should be
+again required.
+
+During the year 1712, a great scarcity of provisions, caused by the
+failure of the usual supply vessels, reduced the inhabitants of St.
+Augustine to the verge of starvation; and, for two or three months, they
+were obliged to live upon horses, cats, dogs, and other disgusting
+animals. It seems strange, that after a settlement of nearly one hundred
+and fifty years, the Spaniards in Florida should still be dependant upon
+the importation of provisions for their support; and that anything like
+the distress indicated should prevail, with the abundant resources they
+had, from the fish, oysters, turtle, and clams of the sea, and the
+arrow-root and cabbage-tree palm of the land.
+
+The English settlements were now extending into the interior portions of
+South Carolina; and the French had renewed their efforts at settlement
+and colonization upon the rivers discharging into the Gulf of Mexico.
+All three nations were competitors for the trade with the Indians, and
+kept up an intriguing rivalship for this trade for more than a hundred
+years.
+
+There seems to have been at this period a policy pursued by the Spanish
+authorities in Florida, of the most reprehensible character. The
+strongest efforts were made to attach all the Indian tribes to the
+Spanish interest; and they were encouraged to carry on a system of
+plunder and annoyance upon the English settlements of Carolina. They
+particularly seized upon all the negroes they could obtain, and carried
+them to the governor at St. Augustine, who invariably refused to
+surrender them, alleging that he was acting under the instructions of
+his government in so doing.
+
+In 1704, Governor Moore had made a sweeping and vigorous excursion
+against the Indian towns in Middle Florida, all of whom were in the
+Spanish interest; and had broken up and destroyed the towns and missions
+attached to them. In 1725, Col. Palmer determined, since no satisfaction
+could be obtained for the incursions of the Spanish Indians, and the
+loss of their slaves, to make a descent upon them; and with a party of
+three hundred men entered Florida, with an intention of visiting upon
+the province all the desolation of retributive warfare.
+
+He went up to the very gates of St. Augustine, and compelled the
+inhabitants to seek protection within the castle. In his course he swept
+every thing before him, destroying every house, field and improvement
+within his reach; carrying off the live stock, and every thing else of
+value. The Spanish Indians who fell within his power, were slain in
+large numbers, and many were taken prisoners. Outside of the walls of
+St. Augustine, nothing was left undestroyed; and the Spanish
+authorities received a memorable lesson in the law of retribution.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+SIEGE OF ST. AUGUSTINE, BY OGLETHORPE--1732-1740
+
+
+Difficulties existed for many years subsequently between the Spanish and
+English settlements. In 1732, Oglethorpe planted his colony in Georgia,
+and extended his settlements along the coast towards Florida, claiming
+and occupying the country up to the margin of the St. Johns, and
+established a post at St. George Island. This was deemed an invasion of
+the territory of Spain; and the post was attacked unfairly, as the
+English say, and some of their men murdered. Oglethorpe, upon this,
+acting under the instructions of the home government, commenced
+hostilities by arranging a joint attack of the forces of South Carolina
+and Georgia, with a view to the entire conquest of Florida.
+
+The instructions of the king of England to Oglethorpe, were, that he
+should make a naval and land attack upon St. Augustine; "and if it shall
+please God to give you success, you are either to demolish the fort and
+bastions, or put a garrison in it, in case you shall have men enough for
+that purpose; which last, it is thought, will be the best way to prevent
+the Spaniards from endeavoring to retake and settle the said place
+again, at any time hereafter."[28]
+
+Don Manuel Monteano was then governor of Florida, and in command of the
+garrison. The city and castle were previously in a poor condition to
+withstand an attack from a well-prepared foe; and on the 11th November,
+1737, Governor Monteano writes to the governor-general of Cuba, that
+"the fort of this place is its only defense; it has no casemates for the
+shelter of the men, nor the necessary elevation to the counter-scarp,
+nor covert ways, nor ravelins to the curtains, nor other exterior works
+that could give time for a long defense; but it is thus naked outside,
+as it is without soul within, for there are no cannon that could be
+fired twenty-four hours, and though there were, artillery-men to manage
+them are wanting."
+
+Under the superintendence of an able officer of engineers, Don Antonio
+de Arredondo, the works were put in order; the ramparts were heightened
+and casemated; a covered way was made, by planting and embanking four
+thousand stakes; bomb-proof vaults were constructed, and entrenchments
+thrown up around the town, protected by ten salient angles, many of
+which are still visible. The garrison of the town was about seven
+hundred and forty soldiers, according to Governor Monteano's return of
+troops. On the 25th March, 1740, the total population of St. Augustine,
+of all classes, was two thousand one hundred and forty-three.
+
+Previous to his attack upon the place, General Oglethorpe obtained the
+following information from prisoners whom he took at the outposts. He
+says: "They agree that there are fifty pieces of cannon in the castle at
+St. Augustine, several of which are of brass, from twelve to forty-eight
+pounds. It has four bastions. The walls are of stone, and casemated. The
+internal square is sixty yards. The ditch is forty feet wide, and twelve
+feet deep, six of which is sometimes filled with water. The counterscarp
+is faced with stone. They have lately made a covered way. The town is
+fortified with an entrenchment, salient angles and redoubts, which
+inclose about half a mile in length, and a quarter of a mile in width.
+The inhabitants and garrison, men, women and children, amount to above
+two thousand five hundred. For the garrison, the king pays eight
+companies, sent from Spain two years since for the invasion of Georgia;
+upon establishment fifty-three men each, three companies of foot and one
+of artillery, of the old garrison, and one troop of horse one hundred
+each upon establishment; of these, one hundred are at St. Marks, ten
+days' march from St. Augustine; upon the Gulf of Mexico, one hundred are
+disposed in several small forts."
+
+Of these out-posts, there were two, one on each side of the river St.
+Johns--at Picolata and immediately opposite--and at Diego. The purpose
+of the forts at Picolata was to guard the passage of the river, and to
+keep open the communication with St. Marks and Pensacola; and when
+threatened with the invasion of Oglethorpe, messengers were dispatched
+to the governor of Pensacola for aid, and also to Mexico by the same
+route. The fort at Diego was but a small work, erected by Don Diego de
+Spinosa, upon his own estate; and the remains of it, with one or two
+cannon, are still visible. Fort Moosa, was an out-post at the place now
+known by that name, on the North River, about two miles north of St.
+Augustine. A fortified line, a considerable portion of which may now be
+traced, extended across from the stockades on the St. Sebastian to Fort
+Moosa. Communication by a tide-creek existed through the marshes,
+between the castle at St. Augustine and Fort Moosa.
+
+Oglethorpe first attacked the two forts at Picolata, one of which,
+called Fort Poppa, or St. Francis de Poppa, was a place of some
+strength. Its remains still exist, about one-fourth of a mile north of
+the termination of the Bellamy Road, its earthworks being still strongly
+marked.
+
+After a slight resistance, both forts fell into his hands, much to the
+annoyance of Governor Monteano. Oglethorpe speaks of Fort Francis as
+being of much importance, "as commanding the passes from St. Augustine
+to Mexico, and into the country of the Creek Indians, and also being
+upon the ferry, where the troops which come from St. Augustine must
+pass." He found in it, one mortar piece, two carriages, three small
+guns, ammunition, one hundred and fifty shells, and fifty glass bottles
+full of gunpowder, with fuses--a somewhat novel missile of war.
+
+The English general's plan of operation was, that the crews and troops
+upon the vessels should land, and throw up batteries upon Anastasia
+Island, from thence bombarding the town; while he himself designed to
+lead the attack on the land side. Having arrived in position, he gave
+the signal of attack to the fleet, by sending up a rocket; but no
+response came from the vessels, and he had the mortification of being
+obliged to withdraw his troops. The troops were unable to effect a
+landing from the vessels, in consequence of a number of armed Spanish
+galleys having been drawn up inside the bar; so that no landing could be
+made except under a severe fire, while the galleys were protected from
+an attack by the ships, in consequence of the shoal water.
+
+He then prepared to reduce the town by a regular siege, with a strict
+blockade by sea. He hoped, by driving the inhabitants into the castle,
+so to encumber the governor with useless mouths, as to reduce him to the
+necessity of a surrender, to avoid starvation. The town was placed under
+the range of his heavy artillery and mortars, and soon became untenable,
+forcing the citizens generally to seek the shelter of the fort.
+
+Col. Vanderduysen was posted at Point Quartel; and others of the troops
+upon Anastasia Island, and the north beach. Three batteries were
+erected: one on Anastasia Island, called the Poza, which consisted of
+four eighteen-pounders and one nine-pounder; one on the point of the
+wood of the island, mounting two eighteen-pounders. The remains of the
+Peza battery are still to be seen, almost as distinctly marked as on the
+day of its creation. Four mortars and forty cohorns were employed in the
+siege.
+
+The siege began on the 12th June; and on the 25th June a night sortie
+was made from the castle against a portion of the troops under command
+of Col. Palmer, who were encamped at Fort Moosa, including a company of
+Scotch Highlanders, numbering eighty-five men, under their chief, Capt.
+McIntosh, all equipped in Highland dress. This attack was entirely
+successful, and the English sustained a severe loss, their colonel being
+killed, with twenty Highlanders, twenty-seven soldiers, and a number of
+Indians.
+
+This affair at Fort Moosa has generally been considered as a surprise,
+and its disastrous results as the consequence of carelessness and
+disobedience of the orders of Oglethorpe. Captain McIntosh, the leader
+of the Highlanders, was taken prisoner, and finally transferred to
+Spain. From his prison at St. Sebastian, under date of 20th June, 1741,
+he gives the following account of the matter:--
+
+"I listed seventy men, all in Highland dress, and marched to the siege,
+and was ordered to scout nigh St. Augustine and molest the enemy, while
+the general and the rest of his little army went to an island where we
+could have no succor of them. I punctually obeyed my orders, until seven
+hundred Spaniards sallied out from the garrison, an hour before
+daylight. _They did not surprise us_, for we were all under arms, ready
+to receive them, which we did briskly, keeping a constant firing for a
+quarter of an hour, when they prest on with numbers; was obliged to take
+our swords until the most of us were shot and cut to pieces. You are to
+observe we had but eighty men; and the engagement was in view of the
+rest of our army, but they could not come to our assistance, by being in
+the foresaid island, under the enemy's guns. They had twenty prisoners,
+a few got off, the rest killed; as we were well informed by some of
+themselves, they had three hundred killed on the spot,[29] besides
+several wounded. We were all stripped naked of clothes, brought to St.
+Augustine, where we remained three months in close confinement."[30]
+
+This officer was Capt. John McIntosh; and his son, Brig. Gen. McIntosh,
+then a youth of fourteen, was present in the engagement, and escaped
+without injury. The family of the McIntoshes have always been
+conspicuous in the history of Georgia.
+
+The large number of persons collected within the walls of the castle,
+and under the protection of its battlements, soon gave rise to serious
+apprehensions on the part of the besieged, of being reduced by
+starvation to the necessity of a speedy surrender. The batteries of
+Oglethorpe were planted at so great a distance that he could produce but
+little effect by his shot or shells upon the castle, although he
+rendered the city itself untenable. The heat of the season and the
+exposure, to which the Provincial militia were unaccustomed, soon
+produced considerable sickness and discouragement in the invading force,
+and affected Oglethorpe himself.
+
+The Spanish governor sent most urgent messages to the governor of the
+island of Cuba, which were transmitted by runners along the coast, and
+thence by small vessels across to Havana. In one of these letters he
+says, "My greatest anxiety is for provisions; and if they do not come,
+there is no doubt of our dying by the hands of hunger." In another, he
+says, "I assure your Lordship, that it is impossible to express the
+confusion of the place; for we have no protection except the fort, and
+all the rest is open field. The families have abandoned their houses,
+and come to put themselves under the guns, which is pitiable; though
+nothing gives me anxiety but the want of provisions; and if your
+Lordship for want of competent force cannot send relief, we all must
+perish."[31]
+
+With the exception of the Fort Moosa affair, the hostilities were
+confined to the exchange of shots between the castle and the batteries.
+Considerable discrepancy exists between the Spanish and English
+accounts, as to the period when the garrison was relieved: it was the
+communication of the fact of relief having been received, which formed
+the ostensible ground of abandoning the siege by Oglethorpe; but the
+Spanish governor asserts that these provision vessels did not arrive
+until the siege was raised. The real fact, I am inclined to think, is
+that the provision vessels arrived at Mosquito, a harbor sixty miles
+below, where they were to await orders from Gov. Monteano, as to the
+mode of getting discharged,[32] and that the information of their
+arrival, being known at St. Augustine, was communicated to the English,
+and thus induced their raising the siege; in fact, the hope of starving
+out the garrison was the only hope left to Oglethorpe; his strength was
+insufficient for an assault, and his means inadequate to reduce the
+castle, which was well manned and well provided with means of defense.
+
+It was in truth a hopeless task, under the circumstances, for Oglethorpe
+to persevere; and it is no impeachment of his courage or his
+generalship, that he was unable to take a fortress of really very
+respectable strength.
+
+The siege continued from the 13th June to the 20th July, a period of
+thirty-eight days. The bombardment was kept up twenty days, but owing to
+the lightness of the guns and the long range, but little effect was
+produced on the strong walls of the castle. Its spongy, infrangible
+walls received the balls from the batteries like a cotton bale, or sand
+battery, almost without making an impression; this may be seen on
+examination, since the marks remain to this day, as they were left at
+the end of the siege, one hundred and seventeen years ago.
+
+The prosecution of the siege having become impracticable, preparations
+were made for retiring; and Oglethorpe, as a pardonable and
+characteristic protest against the assumption of his acting from any
+coercion, with drums beating and banners displayed, crossed over to the
+main land, and marched in full view of the castle, to his encampment
+three miles distant, situated probably at the point now known as Pass
+Navarro.
+
+Great credit and respect have been deservedly awarded to Governor
+Monteano, for the courage, skill, and perseverance with which he
+sustained the siege.
+
+It is well known that the English general had, in a few months, an ample
+opportunity of showing to his opponent that his skill in defending his
+own territory under the most disadvantageous circumstances, was equal to
+that of the accomplished Monteano himself. The defense of Frederica, and
+signal defeat of the Spanish forces at Fort Simons, will ever challenge
+for Oglethorpe the highest credit for the most sterling qualities of a
+good general and a great man.
+
+Two years subsequently, Oglethorpe again advanced into Florida, appeared
+before the gates of St. Augustine, and endeavored to induce the garrison
+to march out to meet him; but they kept within their walls, and
+Oglethorpe in one of his despatches says, in the irritation caused by
+their prudence, "that they were so meek there was no provoking them." As
+in this incursion he had no object in view but a devastation of the
+country, and harrassing the enemy, he shortly withdrew his forces.
+
+A committee of the South Carolina House of Commons, in a report upon the
+Oglethorpe expedition, thus speaks of St. Augustine, evidently smarting
+under the disappointment of their recent defeat.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+      "JULY 1ST, 1741."
+
+"St. Augustine, in the possession of the crown of Spain, is well known
+to be situated but little distance from hence, in latitude thirty
+degrees, in Florida, the next territory to us. It is maintained by his
+Catholic Majesty, partly to preserve his claim to Florida, and partly
+that it may be of service to the plate-fleets when coming through the
+gulf, by showing lights to them along the coast, and by being ready to
+give assistance when any of them are cast away there-about. The castle,
+by the largest account, doth not cover more than one acre of ground, but
+is allowed on all hands to be a place of great strength, and hath been
+usually garrisoned with about three or four hundred men of the King's
+regular troops. The town is not very large, and but indifferently
+fortified. The inhabitants, many of which are mulattoes of savage
+dispositions, are all in the king's pay; also being registered from
+their birth, and a severe penalty laid on any master of a vessel that
+shall attempt to carry any of them off. These are formed into a militia,
+and have been generally computed to be near about the same number as the
+regular troops. Thus relying wholly on the king's pay for their
+subsistence, their thoughts never turned to trade or even agriculture,
+but depending on foreign supplies for the most common necessaries of
+life, they spent their time in universal, perpetual idleness. From such
+a state, mischievous inclinations naturally spring up in such a people;
+and having leisure and opportunity, ever since they had a neighbor the
+fruits of whose industry excited their desires and envy, they have not
+failed to carry those inclinations into action as often as they could,
+without the least regard to peace or war subsisting between the two
+crowns of Great Britain and Spain, or to stipulations agreed upon
+between the two governments."[33]
+
+Among the principal grievances set forth in this report, was the
+carrying off and enticing and harboring their slaves, of which a number
+of instances are enumerated; and they attributed the negro insurrection
+which occurred in South Carolina, in 1739, to the connivance and agency
+of the Spanish authorities at St. Augustine; and they proceed in a
+climax of indignation to hurl their denunciation at the supposed authors
+of their misfortunes, in the following terms: "With indignation we
+looked at St. Augustine (like another Sallee!) That den of thieves and
+ruffians! receptacle of debtors, servants and slaves! bane of industry
+and society! and revolved in our minds all the injuries this province
+had received from thence, ever since its first settlement. That they had
+from first to last, in times of profoundest peace, both publickly and
+privately, by themselves, Indians, and Negroes, in every shape molested
+us, not without some instances of uncommon cruelty."[34]
+
+It is very certain there was on each side, enough supposed causes of
+provocation to induce a far from amiable state of feeling between these
+neighboring colonies.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+COMPLETION OF THE CASTLE--DESCRIPTIONS OF ST. AUGUSTINE A CENTURY
+AGO--ENGLISH OCCUPATION OF FLORIDA. 1755--1763--1788.
+
+
+Don Alonzo Fernandez de Herrera was appointed governor of Florida in
+1755, and completed the exterior works and finish of the fort. It is
+this governor who erected the tablet over its main entrance, with the
+Spanish coat of arms sculptured in _alto relievo_, with the following
+inscription beneath:--
+
+         REYNANDO EN ESPANA EL SENR
+         DON FERNANDO SEXTO Y SIENDO
+    GOVOR Y CAPN DE ESA CD SAN AUGN DE
+      LA FLORIDA Y SUS PROVA. EL MARISCAL
+      DE CAMPO DN ALONZO FERNDO HEREDA
+        ASI CONCLUIO ESTE CASTILLO EL AN
+        OD 1756 DIRIGENDO LAS OBRAS EL
+       CAP. INGNRO DN PEDRO DE BROZAS
+                   Y GARAY.
+
+DON FERDINAND THE SIXTH, BEING KING OF SPAIN, AND THE FIELD MARSHAL, DON
+ALONZO FERNANDO HEREDA, BEING GOVERNOR AND CAPTAIN GENERAL OF THIS
+PLACE, ST. AUGUSTINE, OF FLORIDA, AND ITS PROVINCE. THIS FORT WAS
+FINISHED IN THE YEAR 1756. THE WORKS WERE DIRECTED BY THE CAPTAIN
+ENGINEER, DON PEDRO DE BRAZOS Y GARAY.
+
+I am not sure but that the boastful governor might with equal propriety
+and truth have put a similar inscription at the city gate, claiming the
+town also as a finished city.
+
+The first fort erected was called San Juan de Pinos, and probably the
+same name attached to the present fort at the commencement of its
+erection; when it acquired the name of St. Mark, I have not discovered.
+The Apalachian Indians were employed upon it for more than sixty years,
+and to their efforts are probably due the evidences of immense labor in
+the construction of the ditch, the ramparts and glacis, and the
+approaches; while the huge mass of stone contained in its solid walls,
+must have required the labor of hundreds of persons for many long years,
+in procuring and cutting the stone in the quarries on the island,
+transporting it to the water, and across the bay, and fashioning and
+raising them to their places. Besides the Indians employed, some labor
+was constantly bestowed by the garrison; and, for a considerable period,
+convicts were brought hither from Mexico to carry on the public works.
+During the works of extension and repair effected by Monteano, previous
+to the siege by Oglethorpe, he employed upon it one hundred and forty of
+these Mexican convicts. The southwestern bastion is said to have been
+completed by Monteano. The bastions bore the names respectively of St.
+Paul, St. Peter, St. James, &c.
+
+The whole work remains now as it was in 1756, with the exception of the
+water battery, which was reconstructed by the government of the United
+States in 1842-3. The complement of its guns is one hundred, and its
+full garrison establishment requires one thousand men. It is built upon
+the plan of Vauban, and is considered by military men as a very
+creditable work; its strength and efficiency have been well tested in
+the old times; for it has never been taken, although twice besieged, and
+several times attacked. Its frowning battlements and sepulchral vaults
+will long stand after we and those of our day shall be numbered with
+that long past, of which it is itself a memorial; of its legends
+connected with the dark chambers and prison vaults, the chains, the
+instruments of torture, the skeletons walled in, its closed and hidden
+recesses--of Coacouchee's escape, and many another tale, there is much
+to say; but it is better said within its grim walls, where the eye and
+the imagination can go together, in weaving a web of mystery and awe
+over its sad associations, to the music of the grating bolt, the echoing
+tread, and the clanking chain.
+
+Of the city itself, we have the following description in 1754:--
+
+"It is built on a little bay, at the foot of a hill shaded by trees, and
+forms an oblong square, divided into four streets, and has two full
+streets, which cut each other at right angles. The houses are well
+built, and regular. They have only one church, which is called after the
+city. St. John's Fort, standing about a mile north of it, is a strong,
+irregular fortification, well mounted with cannon, and capable of making
+a long defense."
+
+I am inclined to think that the _mile_ between the fort and the city,
+and the _hill_ at the foot of which, he says, the city was built,
+existed only in the focus of the writer's spectacles.
+
+The Provinces of Florida were ceded by treaty to England in the year
+1763, and the Spanish inhabitants very generally left the country, which
+had then been under Spanish rule for near two hundred years; and
+certainly in no portion of this country had less progress been made.
+Beyond the walls occupied by its garrison, little had been attempted or
+accomplished in these two hundred years. This was in part, perhaps,
+attributable to the circumstances of the country--the frequent hostility
+of the Indians, and the want of that mutual support given by
+neighborhoods, which in Florida are less practicable than elsewhere; but
+it was still more owing to the character of the Spanish inhabitants, who
+were more soldiers than civilians, and more townsmen than
+agriculturists; at all events, at the cession of Florida to Great
+Britain, the number of inhabitants was not over five thousand.
+
+Of the period of the English occupation of Florida, we have very full
+accounts. It was a primary object with the British government, to
+colonize and settle it; and inducements to emigrants were strongly put
+forth, in various publications. The work of Roberts was the first of
+these, and was followed in a few years by those of Bartram, Stork, and
+Romans. The works of both Roberts and Stork, contain plans and minute
+descriptions of St. Augustine. The plan of the town in Stork, represents
+every building, lot, garden, and flower-bed in the place, and gives a
+very accurate view of its general appearance.
+
+The descriptions vary somewhat. Roberts, who published his work the year
+of the cession, 1763, shows in connection with his plan of the town, an
+Indian village on the point south of the city, at the powder-house, and
+another just north of the city. The one to the north has a church. A
+negro fort is shown about a mile to the northward. Oglethorpe's landing
+place is shown on Anastasia Island, and a small fort on the main land
+south of the city. The depth of water on the bar is marked as being at
+low water, eight feet.
+
+Roberts describes the city as "running along the shore at the foot of a
+pleasant hill, adorned with trees; its form is oblong, divided by four
+regular streets, crossing each other at right angles; down by the sea
+side, about three-fourths of a mile south of the town, standeth the
+church, and a monastery of St. Augustine. The best built part of the
+town is on the north side, leading to the castle, which is called St.
+John's Fort. It is a square building of soft stone, fortified with whole
+bastions, having a rampart of twenty feet high, with a parapet nine feet
+high, and it is casemated. The town is fortified with bastions, and with
+cannon. On the north and south, without the walls of the city, are the
+Indian towns."
+
+The next plan we have, is in the work by Dr. Stork, the third edition of
+which was published in 1769. He gives a beautiful plan of the place.
+Shows the fort as it now exists, with its various outworks; three
+churches are designated, one on the public square at its southwest
+corner; another on St. George street, on the lot on the west side, south
+of Green lane, and a Dutch church near where the Roman Catholic cemetery
+now exists. From the size of the plan, it does not embrace the Indian
+village. The present United States Court-house was the governor's
+official residence, and is represented as having attached to it a
+beautiful garden. The Franciscan house or convent is shown where the
+barracks are now, but different in the form of the buildings. With the
+exception of the disappearance of a part of one street then existing,
+there appears very little change from the present plan of the town and
+buildings.
+
+He describes the fort as being finished "according to the modern taste
+of military architecture," and as making a very handsome appearance, and
+"that it might justly be deemed the prettiest fort in the king's
+dominion." He omits the pleasant hill from his description, and says
+"the town is situated near the glacis of the fort; the streets are
+regularly laid out, and built narrow for the purposes of shade. It is
+above half a mile in length, regularly fortified with bastions,
+half-bastions, and a ditch; that it had also several rows of the Spanish
+bayonet along the ditch, which formed so close a chevaux de frize, with
+their pointed leaves, as to be impenetrable; the southern bastions were
+built of stone. In the middle of the town is a spacious square, called
+the parade, open towards the harbor; at the bottom of the square is the
+governor's house, the apartments of which are spacious and suitable;
+suited to the climate, with high windows, a balcony in front, and
+galleries on both sides; to the back of the house is joined a tower,
+called in America a look-out, from which there is an extensive prospect
+towards the sea, as well as inland. There are two churches within the
+walls of the town, the parish church, a plain building, and another
+belonging to the convent of Franciscan Friars, which is converted into
+barracks for the garrison. The houses are built of free-stone, commonly
+two stories high, two rooms upon a floor, with large windows and
+balconies; before the entry of most of the houses, runs a portico of
+stone arches. The roofs are commonly flat. The Spaniards consulted
+convenience more than taste in their buildings. The number of houses
+within the town and lines, when the Spaniards left it, was about nine
+hundred; many of them, especially in the suburbs, being built of wood,
+are now gone to decay. The inhabitants were of all colors, whites,
+negroes, mulattoes, Indians, &c. At the evacuation of St. Augustine, the
+population was five thousand seven hundred, including the garrison of
+two thousand five hundred men. Half a mile from the town to the west, is
+a line with a broad ditch and bastions, running from the St. Sebastian
+creek to St. Marks river. A mile further is another fortified line with
+some redoubts, forming a second communication between a stoccata fort
+upon St. Sebastian river, and Fort Moosa, upon St. Marks river.
+
+"Within the first line near the town, was a small settlement of Germans,
+who had a church of their own. Upon the St. Marks river, within the
+second line, was also an Indian town, with a church built of freestone;
+what is very remarkable, it is in good taste, though built by the
+Indians."
+
+The two lines of defense here spoken of, may still be traced. The
+nearest one is less than one-fourth of a mile from the city gate, and
+the other at the well-known place called the stockades, the stakes
+driven to form which, still distinctly mark the place; and the ditch and
+embankment can be traced for a considerable distance through the grounds
+attached to my residence.
+
+A letter-writer, who dates at St. Augustine, May, 1774, says, "This town
+is now truly become a heap of ruins, a fit receptacle for the wretches
+of inhabitants." (Rather a dyspeptic description, in all probability.)
+
+A bridge was built across the Sebastian river by the English, "but the
+great depth of the water, joined to the instability of the bottom, did
+not suffer it to remain long, and a ferry is now established in its
+room; the keeper of the ferry has fifty pounds per annum allowed him,
+and the inhabitants pay nothing for crossing, except after dark."
+
+The English constructed large buildings for barracks, characterised by
+Romans "as such stupendous piles of buildings, which were large enough
+to contain five regiments, when it is a matter of great doubt whether
+there will ever be a necessity to keep one whole regiment here. The
+material for this great barracks was brought from New York, and far
+inferior to those found on the spot; yet the freight alone amounted to
+more than their value when landed. It makes us almost believe," says the
+elaborate Romans, "that all this show is in vain, or at most, that the
+English were so much in dread of musquitoes, that they thought a large
+army requisite to drive off these formidable foes. To be serious," says
+he, "this fort and barracks add not a little to the beauty of the
+prospect; but most men would think that the money spent on this useless
+parade, would have been better laid out on roads and fences through the
+province; or, if it must be in forts, why not at Pensacola?"
+
+There is a manuscript work of John Gerard Williams de Brahm, existing in
+the library of Harvard University, which contains some particulars of
+interest, relative to Florida at the period of the English occupation.
+
+He states the number of inhabitants of East Florida, which in those days
+meant mostly St. Augustine, from 1663 to 1771, as follows: householders,
+besides women, &c., two hundred and eighty-eight; imported by Mr.
+Turnbull from Minorca, &c., one thousand four hundred; negroes, upwards
+of nine hundred. Of these, white heads of families, one hundred and
+forty-four were married, which is just one-half; thirty-one are
+storekeepers and traders; three haberdashers, fifteen innkeepers,
+forty-five artificers and mechanics, one hundred and ten planters, four
+hunters, six cow-keepers, eleven overseers, twelve draftsmen in employ
+of government, besides mathematicians; fifty-eight had left the
+province; twenty-eight dead, of whom four were killed acting as
+constables, two hanged for pirating. Among the names of those then
+residing in East Florida are mentioned Sir Charles Burdett, William
+Drayton, Esq., planter, Chief Justice; Rev. John Forbes, parson, Judge
+of Admiralty and Councillor; Rev. N. Fraser, parson at Musquito;
+Governor James Grant, Hon. John Moultrie, planter and lieutenant
+Governor; William Stork, Esq., historian; Andrew Turnbull, Esq., H. M.
+Counselor; Bernard Romans, draftsman, &c.; William Bartram, planter;
+James Moultrie, Esq.
+
+He says, The light house on Anastasia Island had been constructed and
+built of mason-work by the Spaniards; and, in 1769, by order of General
+Haldimand, it was raised sixty feet higher in carpenter's work, had a
+cannon planted on the top, which is fired the very moment the flag is
+hoisted, for a signal to the town and pilots that a vessel is off. The
+light house has two flag-staffs, one to the south and one to the north;
+on either of which the flag is hoisted, viz., to the south if the vessel
+comes from thence, and the north if the vessel comes that way.
+
+"The town is situated in a healthy zone, is surrounded with salt water
+marshes, not at all prejudicial to health; their evaporations are swept
+away in the day time by the easterly winds, and in the night season by
+the westerly winds trading back to the eastward. At the time when the
+Spaniards left the town, all the gardens were well stocked with fruit
+trees, viz., figs, guavas, plantain, pomegranates, lemons, limes,
+citrons, shadock, bergamot, China and Seville oranges, the latter full
+of fruit throughout the whole winter season; and the pot-herbs, though
+suspended in their vegetation, were seldom destroyed by cold. The town
+is three-quarters of a mile in length, but not quite a quarter wide; had
+four churches ornamently built with stone in the Spanish taste, of which
+one within and one without the town still exist. One is pulled down;
+that is the German church, but the steeple is preserved as an ornament
+to the town; and the other, viz., the convent church and convent in town
+is taken in the body of the barracks. All houses are built of masonry;
+their entrances are shaded by piazzas, supported by Tuscan pillars or
+pilasters, against the south sun. The houses have to the east windows
+projecting sixteen or eighteen inches into the street, very wide, and
+proportionally high. On the west side, their windows are commonly very
+small, and no opening of any kind to the north, on which side they have
+double walls six or eight feet asunder, forming a kind of gallery, which
+answers for cellars and pantries. Before most of the entrances were
+arbors of vines, producing plenty and very good grapes. No house has any
+chimney for a fire place; the Spaniards made use of stone urns, filled
+them with coals left in their kitchens in the afternoon, and set them at
+sunset in their bed-rooms, to defend themselves against those winter
+seasons, which required such care. The governor's residence has both
+sides piazzas, viz., a double one to the south, and a single one to the
+north; also a Belvidere and a grand portico decorated with Doric pillars
+and entablatures. On the north end of the town is a casemated fort, with
+four bastions, a ravelin, counterscarp, and a glacis built with quarried
+shell-stones, and constructed according to the rudiments of Marechal de
+Vauban. This fort commands the road of the bay, the town, its environs,
+and both Tolomako stream and Mantanzas creek. The soil in the gardens
+and environs of the town is chiefly sandy and marshy. The Spaniards seem
+to have had a notion of manuring their land with shells one foot deep.
+
+"Among the three thousand who evacuated St. Augustine, the author is
+credibly informed, were many Spaniards near and above the age of one
+hundred years, (observe;) this nation, especially natives of St.
+Augustine, bore the reputation of great sobriety."[35]
+
+On the 3d of January, 1766, the thermometer sunk to 26 deg. with the wind
+from N. W. "The ground was frozen an inch thick on the banks; this was
+the fatal night that destroyed the lime, citron, and banana trees in St.
+Augustine, and many curious evergreens up the river that were twenty
+years old in a flourishing state."[36] In 1774 there was a snow storm,
+which extended over most of the province. The ancient inhabitants still
+(1836) speak of it as an extraordinary white rain. It was said to have
+done little damage.[37]
+
+In this connection, and as it is sometimes supposed that the climate is
+now colder than formerly, it may be stated that the thermometer went
+very low in 1799. East Florida suffered from a violent frost on the 6th
+April, 1828. In February, 1835, the thermometer sunk to 7 deg. above zero,
+wind from N. W.; and the St. Johns river was frozen several rods from
+the shore; all kinds of fruit trees were killed to the ground, and the
+wild orange trees suffered as well as the cultivated.
+
+Dr. Nicholas Turnbull, in the year 1767, associated with Sir William
+Duncan and other Englishmen of note, projected a colony of European
+emigrants, to be settled at New Smyrna. He brought from the islands of
+Greece, Corsica, and Minorca, some fourteen hundred persons, agreeing to
+convey them free of expense, find them in clothing and provisions, and,
+at the end of three years, to give fifty acres of land to each head of
+a family, and twenty-five to each child. After a long passage they
+arrived out, and formed the settlement. The principal article of
+cultivation produced by them was indigo, which commanded a high price,
+and was assisted by a bounty from the English government. After a few
+years, Turnbull, as is alleged, either from avarice or natural cruelty,
+assumed a control the most absolute over these colonists, and practiced
+cruelties the most painful upon them.
+
+An insurrection took place in 1769 among them, in consequence of severe
+punishments, which was speedily repressed, and the leaders of it brought
+to trial before the English court at St. Augustine; five of the number
+were convicted and sentenced to death. Gov. Grant pardoned two of the
+five, and a third was released upon the condition of his becoming the
+executioner of the other two. Nine years after the commencement of their
+settlement, their number had become reduced from 1,400 to 600. In 1776,
+proceedings were instituted on their behalf by Mr. Yonge, the
+attorney-general of the province, which resulted in their being
+exonerated from their contract with Turnbull; lands were thereupon
+assigned them in the northern part of the city, which was principally
+built up by them; and their descendants, at the present day, form the
+larger portion of the population of that place.
+
+Governor Grant was the first English governor, and was a gentleman of
+much energy; and during his term of office he projected many great and
+permanent improvements in the province. The public roads, known as the
+king's roads, from St. Augustine to New Smyrna, and from St. Augustine
+to Jacksonville, and thence to Coleraine, were then constructed, and
+remain a lasting monument of his wisdom and desire of improvement.
+
+Gov. Tonyn succeeded Gov. Grant; and a legislative council was
+authorized to assemble, and the pretense and forms of a constitutional
+government were gone through with.
+
+In August, 1775, a British vessel called the Betsey, Capt. Lofthouse,
+from London, with 111 barrels of powder, was captured off the bar of St.
+Augustine, by an American privateer from Charleston, very much to the
+disgust and annoyance of the British authorities.
+
+At this period, St. Augustine assumed much importance as a depot and
+_point d'appui_ for the British forces in their operations against the
+Southern States; and very considerable forces were at times assembled.
+
+In the excess of the zeal and loyalty of the garrison and inhabitants of
+St. Augustine, upon the receipt of the news of the American Declaration
+of Independence, the effigies of John Hancock and Samuel Adams were
+burned upon the public square, where the monument now stands.
+
+The expedition of Gen. Prevost against Savannah was organized and
+embarked from St. Augustine, in 1779.
+
+Sixty of the most distinguished citizens of Carolina were seized by the
+British in 1780, and transported to St. Augustine as prisoners of war
+and hostages, among whom were Arthur Middleton, Edward Rutledge, Gen.
+Gadsden, and Mr. Calhoun; all were put upon parole except Gen. Gadsden
+and Mr. Calhoun, who refused the indulgence, and were committed to the
+fort, where they remained many months close prisoners. Gen. Rutherford
+and Col. Isaacs, of North Carolina, were also transported hither, and
+committed to the fort.
+
+An expedition was fitted out from St. Augustine in 1783, to act against
+New Providence, under Col. Devereux; and, with very slender means that
+able officer succeeded in capturing and reducing the Bahamas, which have
+ever since remained under English domination.
+
+The expense of supporting the government of East Florida during the
+English occupation, was very considerable, amounting to the sum of
+L122,000. The exports of Florida, in 1778, amounted to L48,000; and in
+1772, the province exported 40,000 lbs. indigo; and in 1782, 20,000
+barrels of turpentine.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+RE-CESSION OF FLORIDA TO SPAIN--ERECTION OF THE PARISH CHURCH--CHANGE OF
+FLAGS. 1783--1821.
+
+
+In June, 1784, in fulfillment of the treaty between England and Spain,
+Florida, after twenty years of British occupation, was re-ceded to the
+Spanish Crown, and taken possession of by Governor Zespedez.
+
+The English residents, in general, left[38] the country, and went either
+to the Bahamas, Jamaica, or the United States. Those who went to the
+British islands were almost ruined; but those who settled in the States
+were more successful.
+
+In April, 1793, the present Roman Catholic church was commenced, the
+previous Church having been in another portion of the city.[39] It was
+constructed under the direction of Don Mariana de la Rocque and Don P.
+Berrio, government engineer-officers. The cost of the church was
+$16,650, of which about $6,000 was received from the proceeds of the
+materials and ornaments of the old churches, about $1,000 from the
+contributions of the inhabitants, and the remaining $10,000 furnished by
+the government. One of its four bells has the following inscription,
+showing it to be probably the oldest bell in this country, being now 185
+years old.
+
+[Illustration: image of a cross]
+
+      Sancte Joseph.
+      Ora Pro Nobis.
+        D 1682.
+
+Don Enrique White was for many years governor of Florida, and died in
+the city of St. Augustine. He is spoken of by those who knew him, in
+high terms, for his integrity and openness of character; and many
+amusing anecdotes are related connected with his eccentricities.
+
+In 1812, the American government, being apprehensive that Great Britain
+designed obtaining possession of Florida, sent its troops into the
+province, overrunning and destroying the whole country. The manner and
+the pretenses under which this was done, reflect but little credit on
+the United States government; and the transparent sham of taking
+possession of the country by the patriots, supported by United States
+troops, was as undignified as it was futile. It is for the damages
+occasioned by this invasion, that the "Florida claims" for "losses" of
+its citizens have been presented to the government of the United States.
+The _principal_ of the damages sustained, that is to say, the actual
+value of the property then destroyed, has been allowed and paid; but the
+interest, or damages for the detention, has been withheld upon the
+ground that the government does not pay interest. The treaty between the
+United States and Spain in reference to the cession of Florida to the
+United States, requires the United States to make _satisfaction_ for
+such claims; and the payment of the bare amount of actual loss, after a
+detention of thirty years, is considered by the claimants an inadequate
+_satisfaction_ of a just claim.
+
+In the spring of 1818, General Jackson made his celebrated incursion
+into Florida, and by a series of energetic movements followed the
+Seminoles and Creeks to their fastnesses, and forever crushed the power
+of those formidable tribes for offensive operations.
+
+In the latter part of 1817, a revolutionary party took possession of
+Amelia Island, and raised a _soi disant patriot_ flag at Fernandina,
+supported mainly in the enterprise by adventurers from the United
+States; M'Gregor was assisted by officers of the United States army. An
+expedition was sent from St. Augustine by the Spanish governor to eject
+the invaders, which failed. One Aury, an English adventurer, for a time
+held command there; and also a Mr. Hubbard, formerly sheriff of New
+York, who was the civil governor, and died there. The United States
+troops eventually interfered; but negotiations for the cession put a
+stop to further hostilities.
+
+The king of Spain, finding his possessions in Florida utterly worthless
+to his crown, and only an expense to sustain the garrisons, while the
+repeated attempts to disturb its political relations prevented any
+beneficial progress towards its settlement, gladly agreed, in 1819, to a
+transfer of Florida to the United States for five millions of dollars.
+
+An English gentleman who visited St. Augustine in 1817, gives his
+impressions of the place as follows: "Emerging from the solitudes and
+shades of the pine forests, we espied the distant yet distinct lights of
+the watch towers of the fortress of St. Augustine, delightful beacons to
+my weary pilgrimage. The clock was striking ten as I reached the foot of
+the drawbridge; the sentinels were passing the _alerto_, as I demanded
+entrance; having answered the preliminary questions, the draw-bridge was
+slowly lowered. The officer of the guard, having received my name and
+wishes, sent a communication to the governor, who issued orders for my
+immediate admission. On opening the gate, the guard was ready to receive
+me; and a file of men, with their officer, escorted me to his
+Excellency, who expressed his satisfaction at my revisit to Florida. I
+soon retired to the luxury of repose, and the following morning was
+greeted as an old acquaintance by the members of this little community.
+
+"I had arrived at a season of general relaxation, on the eve of the
+carnival, which is celebrated with much gayety in all Catholic
+countries. Masks, dominoes, harlequins, punchinellos, and a great
+variety of grotesque disguises, on horseback, in cars, gigs, and on
+foot, paraded the streets with guitars, violins, and other instruments;
+and in the evenings, the houses were open to receive masks, and balls
+were given in every direction. I was told that in their better days,
+when their pay was regularly remitted from the Havana, these amusements
+were admirably conducted, and the rich dresses exhibited on these
+occasions, were not eclipsed by their more fashionable friends in Cuba;
+but poverty had lessoned their spirit for enjoyment, as well as the
+means for procuring it; enough, however, remained to amuse an idle
+spectator, and I entered with alacrity into their diversions.
+
+"About thirty of the hunting warriors of the Seminoles, with their
+squaws, had arrived, for the purpose of selling the produce of the
+chase, consisting of bear, deer, tiger, and other skins, bears' grease,
+and other trifling articles. This savage race, once the lords of the
+ascendant, are the most formidable border enemies of the United States.
+This party had arrived, after a range of six months, for the purpose of
+sale and barter. After trafficking for their commodities, they were seen
+at various parts of the town, assembled in small groups, seated upon
+their haunches, like monkeys, passing round their bottles of _aque
+dente_ (the rum of Cuba), their repeated draughts upon which soon
+exhausted their contents; they then slept off the effects of
+intoxication, under the walls, exposed to the influence of the sun.
+Their appearance was extremely wretched; their skins of a dark, dirty,
+chocolate color, with long, straight, black hair, over which they had
+spread a quantity of bears' grease. In their ears, and the cartilages of
+the nose, were inserted rings of silver and brass, with pendants of
+various shapes; their features prominent and harsh, and their eyes had a
+wild and ferocious expression.
+
+"A torn blanket, or an ill-fashioned dirty linen jacket, is the general
+costume of these Indians; a triangular piece of cloth passes around the
+loins; the women vary in their apparel by merely wearing short
+petticoats, the original colors of which were not distinguishable from
+the various incrustations of dirt. Some of the young squaws were
+tolerably agreeable, and if well washed and dressed would not have been
+uninteresting; but the elder squaws wore the air of misery and
+debasement.
+
+"The garrison is composed of a detachment from the Royal regiment of
+Cuba, with some _black_ troops; who together form a respectable force.
+The fort and bastions are built of the same material as the houses of
+the town, _coquina_. This marine substance is superior to stone, not
+being liable to splinter from the effects of bombardment; it receives
+and imbeds the shot, which adds rather than detracts from its strength
+and security.
+
+"The houses and the rear of the town are intersected and covered with
+orange groves; their golden fruit and deep green foliage, not only
+render the air agreeable, but beautify the appearance of this
+interesting little town, in the centre of which (the square) rises a
+large structure dedicated to the Catholic religion. At the upper end are
+the remains of a very considerable house, the former residence of the
+governor of this settlement; but now (1817), in a state of dilapidation
+and decay, from age and inattention.
+
+"At the southern extremity of the town, stands a large building,
+formerly a monastery of Carthusian Friars, but now occupied as a barrack
+for the troops of the garrison. At a little distance are four stacks of
+chimnies, the sole remains of a beautiful range of barracks, built
+during the occupancy of the British, from 1763 to 1783; for three years
+the 29th regiment was stationed there, and in that time they did not
+lose a single man. The proverbial salubrity of the climate, has obtained
+for St. Augustine the designation of the Montpelier of Forth America;
+indeed, such is the general character of the Province of East Florida.
+
+"The governor (Copinger), is about forty-five years of age, of active
+and vigorous mind, anxious to promote by every means in his power the
+prosperity of the province confided to his command; his urbanity and
+other amiable qualities render him accessible to the meanest individual,
+and justice is sure to follow an appeal to his decision. His military
+talents are well known, and appreciated by his sovereign; and he now
+holds, in addition to the government of East Florida, the rank of
+Colonel in the Royal Regiment of Cuba.
+
+"The clergy consist of the _padre_ (priest of the parish), Father Cosby,
+a native of Wexford, in Ireland; a Franciscan friar, the chaplain to the
+garrison, and an inferior or cure. The social qualities of the _padre_,
+and the general tolerance of his feelings, render him an acceptable
+visitor to all his flock. The judge, treasurer, collector, and notary,
+are the principal officers of the establishment, besides a number of
+those devoted solely to the military occupations of the garrison. The
+whole of this society is extremely courteous to strangers; they form one
+family, and those little jealousies and animosities, so disgraceful to
+our small English communities, do not sully their meetings of friendly
+chit-chat, called as in Spain, _turtulias_. The women are deservedly
+celebrated for their charms; their lovely black eyes have a vast deal of
+expression; their complexions a clear brunette; much attention is paid
+to the arrangement of their hair; at mass they are always well dressed
+in black silk _basquinas_ (petticoats), with the little _mantilla_
+(black lace veil) over their heads; the men in their military costumes;
+good order and temperance are their characteristic virtues; but the vice
+of gambling too often profanes their social haunts, from which even the
+fair sex are not excluded. Two days following our arrival, a ball was
+given by some of the inhabitants, to which I was invited. The elder
+couples opened it with minuets, succeeded by the younger couples
+displaying their handsome light figures in Spanish dances."[40]
+
+The old inhabitants still speak in terms of fond regret of the place
+when embowered in its orange groves, and the pleasantness of its old
+customs and usages. Dancing formed one of their most common amusements,
+as it does now. The posey dance, now become obsolete, was then of almost
+daily occurrence, and was introduced in the following manner: The
+females of the family erect in a room of their house a neat little
+arbor, dressed with pots and garlands of flowers, and lit up brightly
+with candles. This is understood by the gentleman as an invitation to
+drop in and admire the beauty of their decorations. In the mean time,
+the lady who has prepared it, selects a partner from among her visitors,
+and in token of her preference, honors him with a bouquet of flowers.
+The gentleman who receives the bouquet becomes then, for the nonce, king
+of the ball, and leads out the fair donor as queen of the dance; the
+others take partners, and the hall is thus inaugurated, and may continue
+several successive evenings. Should the lady's choice fall upon an
+unwilling swain, which seldom happened, he could be excused by assuming
+the expenses of the entertainment. These assemblies were always
+informal, and frequented by all classes, all meeting on a level; but
+were conducted with the utmost politeness and decorum, for which the
+Spanish character is so distinguished.
+
+The carnival amusements are still kept up to some extent, but with
+little of the taste and wit which formerly characterised them, and
+without which they degenerate into mere buffoonery.
+
+The graceful Spanish dance, so well suited in its slow and regular
+movements to the inhabitants of a warm climate, has always retained the
+preference with the natives of the place, who dance it with that native
+grace and elegance of movement which seems easy and natural for every
+one, but is seldom equaled by the Anglo-Saxon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+TRANSFER OF FLORIDA TO THE UNITED STATES--AMERICAN OCCUPATION--ANCIENT
+BUILDINGS, ETC.
+
+
+On the 10th day of July, in the year 1821, the standard of Spain, which
+had been raised two hundred and fifty-six years before over St.
+Augustine, was finally lowered forever from the walls over which it had
+so long fluttered, and the stars and stripes of the youngest of nations
+rose where, sooner or later, the hand of destiny would assuredly have
+placed them.
+
+It was intended that the change of flags should have taken place on the
+4th of July; owing to a detention, this was frustrated; but the
+inhabitants celebrated the 4th with a handsome public ball at the
+governor's house.
+
+The Spanish garrison, and officers connected with it, returned to Cuba,
+and some of the Spanish families; but the larger portion of the
+inhabitants remained. A considerable influx of inhabitants from the
+adjoining States took place, and the town speedily assumed a somewhat
+American character. The proportion of American population since the
+change of flags, has been about one-third. Most of the native
+inhabitants converse with equal fluency in either language.
+
+In the year 1823 the legislative council of Florida held its second
+session in the government house at St. Augustine. Governor W.P. Duval
+was the first governor after the organization of the territory. The
+Ralph Ringwood Sketches of Irving have given a wide celebrity to the
+character of our worthy and original first governor, now recently
+deceased.
+
+During the month of February, 1835, East Florida was visited by a frost
+much more severe than any before experienced. A severe northwest wind
+blew ten days in succession, but more violently for about three days.
+During this period, the mercury sunk to seven degrees above zero. The
+St. Johns river was frozen several rods from the shore. All kinds of
+fruit trees were killed to the ground; many of them never started
+again, even from the roots. The wild groves suffered equally with those
+cultivated. The orange had become the staple of Florida commerce;
+several millions were exported from the St. Johns and St. Augustine
+during the two previous years. Numerous groves had just been planted
+out, and extensive nurseries could hardly supply the demand for young
+trees. Some of the groves had, during the previous autumn, brought to
+their owners, one, two, and three thousand dollars; and the increasing
+demand for this fruit, opened in prospect mines of wealth to the
+inhabitants.
+
+    "Then came a frost, a withering frost."
+
+Some of the orange groves in East Florida were estimated at from five to
+ten thousand dollars, and even more. They were at once rendered
+valueless. The larger part of the population at St. Augustine had been
+accustomed to depend on the produce of their little groves of eight or
+ten trees, to purchase their coffee, sugar, and other necessaries from
+the stores; they were left without resource.
+
+"The town of St. Augustine, that heretofore appeared like a rustic
+village, their white houses peeping from among the clustered boughs and
+golden fruit of their favorite tree, beneath whose shade the foreign
+invalid cooled his fevered limbs, and imbibed health from the fragrant
+air,--how was she fallen! Dry, unsightly poles, with ragged bark, stick
+up around her dwellings; and where the mocking-bird once delighted to
+build her nest, and tune her lovely songs, owls hoot at night, and
+sterile winds whistle through the leafless branches. Never was a place
+rendered more desolate."[41]
+
+The groves were at once replanted, and soon bid fair to yield most
+abundantly; when, in 1842, an insect was introduced into the country,
+called the _orange coccus_, which spread over the whole country with
+wonderful rapidity, and almost totally destroyed every tree it fastened
+upon. Of late, the ravages of this insect seem less destructive, and the
+groves have begun to resume their bearing; these add to the beauty of
+the residences at St. Augustine with their glossy, deep-green leaves,
+and golden fruit; and hopes of an entire restoration are now confidently
+entertained.
+
+In December, 1835, the war with the Seminole Indians broke out; and for
+some years St. Augustine was full of the pomp and circumstance of war.
+It was dangerous to venture beyond the gates; and many sad scenes of
+Indian massacre took place in the neighborhood of the city. During this
+period, great apparent prosperity prevailed; property was valuable,
+rents were high; speculators projected one city on the north of the
+town, and another on the west; a canal to the St. Johns, and also a
+railroad to Picolata; and great hopes of future prosperity were
+entertained. With the cessation of the war, the importance of St.
+Augustine diminished; younger communities took the lead of it, aided by
+superior advantages of location, and greater enterprise, and St.
+Augustine has subsided into the pleasant, quiet, _dolce far niente_ of
+to-day, living upon, its old memories, contented, peaceful, and
+agreeable, and likely to remain without much change for the future.
+
+Of the public buildings, it may be remarked that the extensive British
+barracks were destroyed by fire in 1792; and that the Franciscan Convent
+was occupied as it had been before, as barracks for the troops not in
+garrison in the fort. The appearance of these buildings has been much
+changed by the extensive repairs and alterations made by the United
+States government. It had formerly a large circular look-out upon the
+top, from which a beautiful view of the surrounding country was
+obtained. Its walls are probably the oldest foundations in the city.
+
+The present United States Court-house, now occupied by many public
+offices, was the residence of the Spanish governors. It has been rebuilt
+by the United States; and its former quaint and interesting appearance
+has been lost, in removing its look-out tower, and balconies, and the
+handsome gateway, mentioned by De Brahm, which is said to have been a
+fine specimen of Doric architecture.[42]
+
+Trinity Episcopal Church was commenced in 1827, and consecrated in 1833,
+by Bishop Bowen, of South Carolina. The Presbyterian Church was built
+about 1830, and the Methodist chapel about 1846.
+
+The venerable-looking building on the bay, at the corner of Green lane
+and Bay street, is considered the oldest building in the place, and has
+evidently been a fine building in its day. It was the residence of the
+attorney-general, in English times.
+
+The monument on the public square was erected in 1812-13, upon the
+information of the adoption of the Spanish constitution, as a memorial
+of that event, in pursuance of a royal order to that effect, directed to
+the public authorities of all the provincial towns. Geronimo Alvarez
+was the Alcalde under whose direction it was erected. The plan of it was
+made by Sr. Hernandez, the father of the late General Hernandez. A short
+time after it was put up, the Spanish constitution having had a
+downfall, orders were issued by the government that all the monuments
+erected to the constitution throughout its dominions, should be
+demolished. The citizens of St. Augustine were unwilling to see their
+monument torn down; and with the passive acquiescence of the governor,
+the marble tablets inscribed PLAZA DE LA CONSTITUCION being removed, the
+monument itself was allowed to stand; and thus it remains to this day,
+the only monument in existence to commemorate the farce of the
+constitution of 1812. In 1818, the tablets were restored without
+objection.
+
+The bridge and causeway are the work of the government of the United
+States. The present sea-wall was built between 1835 and 1842, by the
+United States, at an expense of one hundred thousand dollars.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+PRESENT APPEARANCE OF ST. AUGUSTINE, AS GIVEN BY THE AUTHOR OF
+THANATOPSIS--ITS CLIMATE AND SALUBRITY.
+
+
+St. Augustine has now attained, for this side of the Atlantic, a period
+of most respectable antiquity. In a country like America, where States
+are ushered into existence in the full development of maturity, where
+large cities rise like magic from the rude forest, where the "oldest
+inhabitant" recollects the cutting down of the lofty elms which shadowed
+the wigwam of the red man, perchance on some spot now in the heart of a
+great city; an antiquity of three centuries would be esteemed as almost
+reaching back (compared with modern growth) to the days of the Pharaohs.
+
+The larger number of early settlements were unsuitably located, and were
+forced to be abandoned on account of their unhealthiness; but the
+Spanish settlement at St. Augustine has remained for near three hundred
+years where it was originally planted; and the health of its inhabitants
+has, for this long period, given it a deserved reputation for salubrity
+and exemption from disease, attributable to locality or extraneous
+influences or causes.
+
+The great age attained by its inhabitants was remarked by De Brahm; the
+number and healthfulness of the children that throng its streets,
+attract now, as they did then, the attention of strangers. This
+salubrity is easily accounted for, by the almost insular position of the
+city, upon a narrow neck of land nearly surrounded by salt water; the
+main shore, a high and healthy pine forest and sandy plains, so near the
+ocean as to be fanned by its constant breezes, and within the sound of
+its echoing waves; a situation combining more local advantages for
+salubrity could hardly be imagined. While it will never probably
+increase to any great extent in population, it will hardly be likely to
+decrease. Its health, easy means of support, unambitious class of
+inhabitants, with their strong attachments and family and local ties,
+will contribute to maintain St. Augustine as the time-honored ancient
+city, with its permanent population, and its visitors for health, for
+centuries perhaps yet to come.
+
+I cannot perhaps better conclude these historic notices than by giving
+the impressions of the author of Thanatopsis,[43] one whose poetic fame
+will endure as long as American literature exists. Writing from St.
+Augustine in April, 1843, he says:
+
+"At length we emerged upon a shrubby plain, and finally came in sight of
+this oldest city of the United States, seated among its trees on a sandy
+swell of land, where it has stood for three hundred years. I was struck
+with its ancient and homely aspect, even at a distance, and could not
+help likening it to pictures which I had seen of Dutch towns, though it
+wanted a wind-mill or two to make the resemblance perfect. We drove into
+a green square, in the midst of which was a monument erected to
+commemorate the Spanish constitution of 1812, and thence through the
+narrow streets of the city to our hotel.
+
+"I have called the streets narrow. In few places are they wide enough to
+allow two carriages to pass abreast. I was told that they were not
+originally intended for carriages; and that in the time when the town
+belonged to Spain, many of them were floored with an artificial stone,
+composed of shells and mortar, which in this climate takes and keeps the
+hardness of rock; and that no other vehicle than a hand-barrow was
+allowed to pass over them. In some places you see remnants of this
+ancient pavement; but for the most part it has been ground into dust
+under the wheels of the carts and carriages introduced by the new
+inhabitants. The old houses, built of a kind of stone which is seemingly
+a pure concretion of small shells, overhang the streets with their
+wooden balconies; and the gardens between the houses are fenced on the
+side of the street with high walls of stone. Peeping over these walls
+you see branches of the pomegranate, and of the orange-tree now fragrant
+with flowers, and rising yet higher, the leaning boughs of the fig with
+its broad luxuriant leaves. Occasionally you pass the ruins of
+houses--walls of stone with arches and stair-cases of the same material,
+which once belonged to stately dwellings. You meet in the streets with
+men of swarthy complexions and foreign physiognomy, and you hear them
+speaking to each other in a strange language. You are told that these
+are the remains of those who inhabited the country under the Spanish
+dominion, and that the dialect you have heard is that of the island of
+Minorca.
+
+"'Twelve years ago,' said an acquaintance of mine, 'when I first visited
+St. Augustine, it was a fine old Spanish town. A large proportion of the
+houses which you now see roofed like barns, were then flat-roofed; they
+were all of shell rock, and these modern wooden buildings were then not
+erected. That old fort which they are now repairing, to fit it for
+receiving a garrison, was a sort of ruin, for the outworks had partly
+fallen, and it stood unoccupied by the military, a venerable monument of
+the Spanish dominion. But the orange-groves were the wealth and ornament
+of St. Augustine, and their produce maintained the inhabitants in
+comfort. Orange-trees of the size and height of the pear-tree, often
+rising higher than the roofs of the houses, embowered the town in
+perpetual verdure. They stood so close in the groves that they excluded
+the sun; and the atmosphere was at all times aromatic with their leaves
+and fruit, and in spring the fragrance of the flowers was almost
+oppressive.'
+
+"The old fort of St. Mark, now called Fort Marion--a foolish change of
+name--is a noble work, frowning over the Mantanzas, which flows between
+St. Augustine and the island of Anastasia; and it is worth making a long
+journey to see. No record remains of its original construction; but it
+is supposed to have been erected about a hundred and fifty years
+since,[44] and the shell rock of which it is built is dark with time. We
+saw where it had been struck with cannon balls, which, instead of
+splitting the rock, became imbedded and clogged among the loosened
+fragments of shell. This rock is therefore one of the best materials for
+fortification in the world. We were taken into the ancient prisons of
+the fort-dungeons, one of which was dimly lighted by a grated window,
+and another entirely without light; and by the flame of a torch we were
+shown the half obliterated inscriptions scrawled on the walls long ago
+by prisoners. But in another corner of the fort, we were taken to look
+at the secret cells, which were discovered a few years since in
+consequence of the sinking of the earth over a narrow apartment between
+them. These cells are deep under ground, vaulted over-head, and without
+windows. In one of them a wooden machine was found, which some supposed
+might have been a rack, and in the other a quantity of human bones. The
+doors of these cells had been walled up and concealed with stucco,
+before the fort passed into the hands of the Americans.
+
+"You cannot be in St. Augustine a day without hearing some of its
+inhabitants speak of its agreeable climate. During the sixteen days of
+my residence here, the weather has certainly been as delightful as I
+could imagine. We have the temperature of early June as June is known in
+New York. The mornings are sometimes a little sultry; but after two or
+three hours a fresh breeze comes in from the sea sweeping through the
+broad piazzas, and breathing in at the windows. At this season it comes
+laden with the fragrance of the flowers of the Pride of India, and
+sometimes of the orange tree, and sometimes brings the scent of roses,
+now in bloom. The nights are gratefully cool; and I have been told by a
+person who has lived here many years, that there are very few nights in
+summer when you can sleep without a blanket.
+
+"An acquaintance of mine, an invalid, who has tried various climates,
+and has kept up a kind of running fight with death for many years,
+retreating from country to country as he pursued, declares to me that
+the winter climate of St. Augustine is to be preferred to that of any
+part of Europe, even that of Sicily, and that it is better than the
+climate of the West Indies. He finds it genial and equable, at the same
+time that it is not enfeebling. The summer heats are prevented from
+being intense by the sea-breeze, of which I have spoken. I have looked
+over the work of Dr. Forry on the climate of the United States, and have
+been surprised to see the uniformity of climate which he ascribes to Key
+West. As appears by the observations he has collected, the seasons at
+that place glide into each other by the softest gradations; and the heat
+never, even in midsummer, reaches that extreme which is felt in the
+higher latitudes of the American continent. The climate of Florida is,
+in fact, an insular climate: the Atlantic on the east, and the Gulf of
+Mexico on the west, temper the airs that blow over it, making them
+cooler in summer and warmer in winter. I do not wonder, therefore, that
+it is so much the resort of invalids; it would be more so if the
+softness of its atmosphere, and the beauty and serenity of its seasons
+were generally known. Nor should it be supposed that accommodations for
+persons in delicate health are wanting; they are, in fact, becoming
+better with every year, as the demand for them increases. Among the
+acquaintances whom I have made here, I remember many who having come
+hither for the benefit of their health, are detained for life by the
+amenity of the climate. 'It seems to me,' said an intelligent gentleman
+of this class, the other day, 'as if I could not exist out of Florida.
+When I go to the north, I feel most sensibly the severe extremes of the
+weather; the climate of Charleston itself appears harsh to me.'
+
+"The negroes of St. Augustine are a good-looking specimen of the race,
+and have the appearance of being very well treated. You rarely see a
+negro in ragged clothing; and the colored children, though slaves, are
+often dressed with great neatness. In the colored people whom I saw in
+the Catholic church, I remarked a more agreeable, open, and gentle
+physiognomy than I have been accustomed to see in that class.
+
+"Some old customs which the Minorcans brought with them from their
+native country, are still kept up. On the evening before Easter Sunday,
+about eleven o'clock, I heard the sound of a serenade in the streets.
+Going out, I found a party of young men with instruments of music,
+grouped about the window of one of the dwellings, singing a hymn in
+honor of the Virgin,[45] in the Mahonese dialect. They began, as I was
+told, with tapping on the shutter. An answering knock within had told
+them that their visit was welcome, and they immediately began the
+serenade. If no reply had been heard, they would have passed on to
+another dwelling. I give the hymn as it was kindly taken down for me in
+writing, by a native of St. Augustine. I presume this is the first time
+that it has been put in print; but I fear the copy has several
+corruptions, occasioned by the unskillfulness of the copyist. The letter
+_e_, which I have put in italics, represents the guttural French _e_,
+or, perhaps, more nearly the sound of the _u_ in the word but. The _sh_
+of our language is represented by _sc_ followed by an _i_ or an _e_; the
+_g_, both hard and soft, has the same sound as in our language.
+
+    "'Disciar_e_m lu dol
+    Cantar_e_m aub' alagria
+    Y n'arem a da
+    Las pascuas a Maria
+              O Maria!
+    "'Sant Grabiel,
+    Qui portaba la ambasciado
+    Des nostro rey del cel,
+    Estaran vos prenada
+    Ya omitiada
+    Tu o vais aqui surventa
+    Fia del Dieu contenta
+    Para fe lo que el vol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Y a milla nit
+    Pariguero vos regina
+    A un Dieu infinit,
+    Dintra una establina.
+    Y a milla dia,
+    Que los angles von cantant
+    Pau y abondant
+    De la gloria de Dieu sol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Y a Libalam,
+    Alla la terra santa
+    Nus nat Jesus
+    Aub' alagria tanta
+    Infant petit
+    Que tot lu mon salvaria
+    Y ningu y bastaria
+    Nu mes un Dieu tot sul
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Cuant de Orion lus
+    Tres reys la stralla veran
+    Dieu omnipotent
+    Adora lo vingaran
+    Un present inferan
+    De mil _e_ncens y or
+    A lu beneit seno
+    Que conesce cual se vol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Tot fu gayant
+    Para cumple la prumas
+    Y lu Esperit sant
+    De un angel fau gramas
+    Gran foc ences,
+    Que crama lu curagia
+    Dieu nos da lenguagia
+    Para fe lo que Dieu vol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Cuant trespasa
+    De quest mon nostra Senora
+    Al cel s' empugia
+    Sun fil la matescia ora
+    O! Emperadora
+    Que del cel san eligida
+    Lu rosa florida
+    Me resplenden que un sol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+    "'Y el tercer giorn
+    Que Jesus resunta
+    Dieu y Aboroma
+    Que la mort triumfa
+    De alli se balla
+    Para perldra Lucife
+    An tot a sen penda
+    Que de nostro ser el sol
+              Disciar_e_m lu dol, &c.
+
+"After this hymn, the following stanzas, soliciting the customary gift
+of cakes or eggs, are sung:--
+
+    "'Ce set que vam cantant,
+    Regina celestial!
+    Damos pan y alagria
+    Y bonas festas tingan
+    Y vos da sus bonas festas
+    Danos dines de sus nous
+    Sempre tar_e_m lus neans Uestas
+    Para recibi un grapat de nes,
+    Y el giorn de pascua florida
+    Alagramos y giuntament
+    As qui _e_s mort par dar nos vida
+    Y via glorosiamente,
+    A questa casa esta empedrada
+    Bien halla que la empedro;
+    San amo de aquesta casa
+    Baldria duna un do
+    Formagiado o empanada
+    Cucutta a flao;
+    Cual se val casa rue grada,
+    Sol que no rue digas que no.'
+
+"The shutters are then opened by the people within, and a supply of
+cheese, cakes or other pastry, or eggs, is dropped into a bag carried by
+one of the party; who acknowledge the gift in the following lines, and
+then depart:--
+
+    "'Aquesta casa reta empedrada
+    Empedrada de cuatro vens;
+    Sun amo de aquesta casa
+    Es omo de compliment.'
+
+"If nothing is given, the last line reads thus:--
+
+    "'No es homo de compliment.'"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+ST. AUGUSTINE IN ITS OLD AGE.--1565-1868.
+
+
+Three hundred and three years have now passed over the walls of this
+venerable city. Ten generations of men and women have passed away since
+this ancient city had an existence and a name. One can look back to 1565
+and picture to the mind the galleons of Spain anchored off its harbor;
+see the gallant Adelantado Menendez, clad in mail, preceded by the
+standards of Spain, and followed by his men at arms, his bowmen and his
+cavaliers, taking possession of the country in the name of his
+sovereign. The waves roll in upon the same shores now as they did then;
+the green, grassy marshes and oyster-clad banks present to our eyes the
+same appearance as they did to theirs; the white sandy beach which
+received the impress of the iron-clad heel of the cavalier, now yields
+to the pressure of your foot; the rustling pines along the shore cast
+their pleasant shadows over you as they did over them, and perchance the
+same eager thoughts of gain pervade your breast as you pass beneath
+them, as filled the hearts and souls of those who long ago came seeking
+gold and wealth unmeasured upon those shores.
+
+Three hundred years ago, and St. Augustine stood the solitary settlement
+of the white race north of the Gulf of Mexico in all that great expanse
+which now boasts of its thirty-four States, its three hundred cities,
+and its thirty millions of people.
+
+Then the Province of Florida extended northward to the pole, and
+westward to the Pacific. At a later period, after the voyages of the
+French and English, its boundaries were limited to the shores of the
+Chesapeake and the Mississippi river, and were subsequently gradually
+contracted to their present limits, so that Florida once represented
+upon the maps all of the United States.
+
+The life of St. Augustine runs parallel with that of Spain. For a long
+period Spain was at the head of European monarchies; its rulers held
+sway over more vast possessions than had ever belonged to any single
+crown since the days of the Caesars; wealth flowed into its coffers from
+the New World in boundless profusion, and corruption, venality and
+effeminacy followed in its train. The whole continent of America was
+claimed as its dominion. Its fleets anchored upon every shore for
+conquest or exploration, and its banners were unfurled by its generals,
+and the cross was planted by its priests, upon every headland. From all
+this grandeur and eminence the Spanish monarchy has been cast down.
+Driven from land to land, it has receded from the main land of America,
+and has exchanged its dominion over a continent to the islands of the
+sea, which it holds with a precarious grasp, and it now remains in a dry
+old age a fourth-rate power where once it stood foremost. The first
+planted of all the cities of the United States, St. Augustine, now ranks
+among the least.
+
+Ten years have been added to the longevity of the ancient city since the
+first publication of this work. Ten years do not make their mark upon
+the aged man as they do upon the youth launching forth into manhood, or
+as they do upon him who in the full measure of his matured strength is
+battling with life. On the nation at large, these ten years have left
+almost ineffaceable scars and bruises; ten years, the most important,
+the weightiest and the gravest of any since the throes of the great
+revolution which gave birth to the nation. This long sad period has left
+no mark upon its walls--grey and mouldy with the weight of years, and
+have scarcely added a tinge the more of age and sorrow--and yet the
+inner life of the old city has sustained a great shock. The system of
+servitude, which has now been swept away, was the sole dependence of
+many aged persons, of many poor widows and orphan children.
+
+Servants in St. Augustine were treated with paternal kindness; they had
+grown up in the family of the indulgent master, had been his play-mate
+in infancy, and rendered willing service. They had their holidays and
+their balls, and were ever found in the background at all festive
+gatherings, enjoying, upon a privileged footing, the pleasures of the
+hour, looking on and commenting with pride upon the graceful movements
+in the dance of their young mistresses, and anon whirling each other
+around to the music, in the corridors, with the unrestrained exuberance
+of their simple and unalloyed happiness. All this has passed away, their
+homes are broken up, the poor widow and the orphan children have been
+brought to want, the sound of music and dancing no longer resound in
+the old streets, the privileged house-maid and man-servant no longer do
+their easy tasks with cheerful song and merry laugh.
+
+The naval forces of the United States took possession of St. Augustine
+in 1862. Batteries had been mounted at the fort, and a small garrison of
+Confederate troops were in military occupation of the place, but too few
+in numbers to offer any resistance, and the city was surrendered by the
+civil authorities upon the demand of Captain Dupont. The 4th New
+Hampshire regiment first garrisoned the city. The old fort was brushed
+up and repaired, the earth-works strengthened, and barracks built on the
+platform. Occasionally reconnoitering parties of Confederates approached
+the town, and on one occasion a festive party of officers, who had gone
+out to Mr. Solanas, near Picolata, to attend a dance, were captured,
+with their music and ambulance, by Captain Dickinson, celebrated for
+many daring exploits. It was even believed that this daring partisan had
+ridden through the city at night in the guise of a Federal cavalry
+officer. On another occasion, the commanding officer of the garrison at
+St. Augustine was captured on the road from Jacksonville by a
+Confederate picket.
+
+The inhabitants, isolated from all means of obtaining supplies from
+without the lines, were reduced to great straits. The only condition
+upon which they were allowed to purchase, was the acceptance of an oath
+of loyalty. Sympathizing strongly with the South, they were placed in an
+unfortunate position, and many doubtless suffered greatly. At one
+period, those of the citizens who had relatives in the Confederate
+service were ordered to leave the city. Then ensued a scene which
+beggars description. Men, women and children were huddled on board a
+vessel, and, homeless and helpless, were carried along the coast and
+disembarked, shelterless, on the banks of the Nassau river, to make
+their way to food and shelter as best they could--hardships which hardly
+seemed called for by any military necessity. Many of the young men of
+the city went into the Confederate service and served through the war
+with distinction, but many fell victims on the battlefield, in the
+hospitals, or from exposure to the rigorous climate of Virginia and
+Tennessee, to which they were unaccustomed.
+
+To these misfortunes succeeded to all, sales and forcible deprivation of
+property, under the most rigorous construction of most rigorous
+laws--the unsettling of titles and the loss of mean have combined to
+lessen the ability of the people to do more than try to live, without
+much effort to improve their homes and the appearance of the city.
+
+Some changes have taken place in the suburbs of the city. Macariz, the
+site of the old Indian town, belonging to the late Judge Douglas, with
+its beautiful groves of forest trees, has been utterly destroyed; and a
+once pleasant cottage home, near the stockades, dear to the writer,
+cared for and embellished with many things pleasant to the eye, fragrant
+with the ever blooming roses and honeysuckles, has, under the rude hand
+of war, been utterly destroyed, with its library, its furniture, and all
+its pleasant surroundings.
+
+But while man's work has been to destroy, Nature has done much within
+these few years to restore one of its former sources of prosperity, the
+cultivation of the orange, which, having been at one period almost
+utterly destroyed by the cold, and then by the coccus insect, is now
+fast regaining its pristine vigor and productiveness, and promises in a
+few years to furnish to the city more permanent and abundant sources of
+prosperity than it has ever had.
+
+With the infusion of Northern energy and capital, much could be done to
+further the prosperity of the old city, by building up first-class
+hotels and boarding-houses for visitors during the winter, by rebuilding
+the Picolata railway, thus facilitating access to the city, and thus a
+means of support could be given to its inhabitants.
+
+I am sure that no one will feel otherwise than that its old age shall be
+tranquil and serene, and that its name may ever be associated with
+pleasant memories.
+
+[Illustration: decoration]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] The fountain of youth is a very ancient fable; and the reader will
+be reminded of the amusing story of the accomplishment of this miracle,
+told in Hawthorne's Twice-Told Tales, and of the marvelous effects
+produced by imbibing this celebrated spring water.
+
+[2] Barcia Ensayo, Cron. 66.
+
+[3] The galleon spoken of was Menendez's own flag ship, the El Pelayo,
+the largest vessel in his fleet, fitted out at his own expense, and
+which had brought four hundred men. He had put on board of her a
+lieutenant and some soldiers, besides fifteen Lutherans as prisoners,
+whom he was sending home to the Inquisition at Seville. The orders to
+his officers were to go as speedily as possible to the island of
+Hispaniola, to bring provisions and additional forces. Upon the passage,
+the Lutheran prisoners, with some Levantine sailors, rose upon the
+Spaniards, killed the commander, and carried the vessel into Denmark.
+Menendez was much chagrined when he ascertained the fate of his favorite
+galleon, a long period afterwards.
+
+[4] A low palm, bearing an oily berry.
+
+[5] Ternaux Compans.
+
+[6] Hakluyt.
+
+[7] Brevis Narratio.
+
+[8] W. Gilmore Simms, Esq.
+
+[9] Laudonniere says, "_joignant la montagne_."
+
+[10] Canaveral, where Ribault was wrecked, must have been some point
+north of Mosquito Inlet, and not the cape now bearing that name, as he
+could not have crossed Mosquito Inlet in his march to Matanzas.
+
+[11] Barcia, p. 87.
+
+[12] Barcia, p. 89.
+
+[13] Barcia, p. 89.
+
+[14] Barcia, p. 89.
+
+[15] Such was the understanding of those who then wrote in reference to
+the transaction, as Barcia admits.
+
+[16] Ensay. Cron. 110.
+
+[17] Ensayo: Cron. 115.
+
+[18] Pensacola Bay was also so called.
+
+[19] Ensayo: Cron. 133.
+
+[20] Ternaux Compans, p. 357.
+
+[21] This old chest, which remained in one of the western vaults of the
+fort, up to the late war, was broken up for relics, and is no longer
+there.
+
+[22] I do not find any account of this expedition and capture of St.
+Augustine in the Ensayo Cronologica.
+
+[23] Carroll's S. C., Vol. 1, p. 62.
+
+[24] Rivers' S. C. Hist. Coll. p. 143. Do. Appendix, 426. Carroll's
+Coll., 2d vol., 350.
+
+[25] There must be an error, of course, in this statement of an 82-gun
+ship entering St. Augustine, as the depth of water would never admit a
+vessel of over 300 tons: probably 82 should read 12 tons. G. R. F.
+
+[26] Carroll's Hist. Coll., vol. 2, p. 352.
+
+[27] Rivers' Hist. Sketches, S. C., app. 458.
+
+[28] State Papers of Georgia. Ga. Hist. Soc.
+
+[29] This statement is unsupported by either Spanish or English
+authority. The writer of the letter, through want of familiarity with
+their language, misunderstood his informants, in all probability, as to
+the extent of their loss.
+
+[30] MSS, in Geo. Hist. Soc. Library.
+
+[31] Monteano, MSS., Archives St. Augustine.
+
+[32] Monteano, MS. Letter of, 28th July, 1740.
+
+[33] Report upon Expedition to St. Augustine. Carroll's Coll. 2d vol.,
+p. 354.
+
+[34] Carroll's Hist. Coll. S. C. p. 359.
+
+[35] De Brahm MS., p. 192.
+
+[36] Stork, p. 11.
+
+[37] Williams' Florida, p. 17.
+
+[38] Among the families remaining were the Fatios, Flemings, and a few
+others.
+
+[39] The old parish church was on St. George street, on west side of the
+street.
+
+[40] Voyage to Spanish Main. London, 1819. Page 116, _et seq._
+
+[41] Williams' Florida, pp. 18, _et seq._
+
+[42] It is said to have been taken down by the contractor, to form the
+foundation of his kitchen.
+
+[43] Bryant.
+
+[44] It is much more ancient.
+
+[45] This song is usually called the _Fromajardis_.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Spaniards in Florida, by George R. Fairbanks
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SPANIARDS IN FLORIDA ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37507.txt or 37507.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/5/0/37507/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, University of Florida Digital
+Collections and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/37507.zip b/37507.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a3e530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37507.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d0d7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #37507 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37507)